# pali

volume: 30
item: 92
title: vedanānupassanāvaṇṇanā^cittānupassanāvaṇṇanā^dhammānupassanāvaṇṇanā^nīvaraṇapabbavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^115^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pahātabbādidhammavibhāgadassanavasena ^a^V1.0333^ea^ pañcadhā dhammānupassanā niddiṭṭhāti ayamattho pāḷito eva viññāyatīti tamatthaṃ ulliṅgento ^b^‘‘pañcavidhena^eb^^a^M1.0373^ea^^b^dhammānupassanaṃ kathetu’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ kasmā nīvaraṇādivaseneva niddiṭṭhanti? Veneyyajjhāsayato. Yesañhi veneyyānaṃ pahātabbadhammesu paṭhamaṃ nīvaraṇāni vibhāgena vattabbāni, tesaṃ vasenettha bhagavatā paṭhamaṃ nīvaraṇesu dhammānupassanā kathitā. Tathā hi kāyānupassanāpi samathapubbaṅgamā desitā, tato pariññeyyesu khandhesu āyatanesu, bhāvetabbesu bojjhaṅgesu pariññeyādivibhāgesu saccesu ca uttarā desanā desitā, tasmā cettha samathabhāvanāpi yāvadeva vipassanatthaṃ icchitā, vipassanāpadhānā vipassanābahulā ca satipaṭṭhānadesanāti tassā vipassanābhinivesavibhāgena desitabhāvaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha khandhāyatanadukkhasaccavasena missakapariggahakathanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Saññāsaṅkhārakkhandhapariggahampī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena sakalapañcupādānakkhandhapariggahaṃ sampiṇḍeti itaresaṃ tadantogadhattā. ‘‘Kaṇhasukkānaṃ yugandhatā natthī’’ti pajānanakāle abhāvā ^b^‘‘abhiṇhasamudācāravasenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Yathā^eb^ti yenākārena. So pana ‘‘kāmacchandassa uppādo hotī’’ti vuttattā kāmacchandassa kāraṇākārova, atthato kāraṇamevāti āha ^b^‘‘yena kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ca^eb^-saddo vakkhamānatthasamuccayattho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tatthā^eb^ti ‘‘yathā cā’’tiādinā vuttapade. ^b^Subhampī^eb^ti kāmacchandopi. So hi attano gahaṇākārena ^b^‘‘subha’’^eb^nti vuccati, tenākārena pavattanakassa aññassa kāmacchandassa nimittattā ^b^‘‘subhanimitta’’^eb^nti ca. Iṭṭhaṃ, iṭṭhākārena vā gayhamānaṃ rūpādi ^b^subhārammaṇaṃ^eb^. Ākaṅkhitassa hitasukhassa anupāyabhūto manasikāro ^b^anupāyamanasikāro. Ta^eb^nti ayonisomanasikāraṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti nipphādetabbe ārammaṇabhūte ca duvidhepi subhanimitte. ^b^Āhāro^eb^ti paccayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asubhampī^eb^ti asubhajjhānampi uttarapadalopena. Taṃ pana dasasu aviññāṇakāsubhesu, kesādīsu ca pavattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kesādīsu hi saññā asubhasaññāti ^b^girimānandasutte^eb^ (a. ni. 10.60) vuttāti. Ettha ca catubbidhassa ayonisomanasikārassa yonisomanasikārassa ^a^V1.0334^ea^ ca gahaṇaṃ niravasesadassanatthaṃ katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tesu pana asubhe ‘‘subha’’nti, ‘‘asubha’’nti ca manasikāro idhādhippeto, tadanukūlattā vā itarepīti.<br/><br/>[03]Ekādasasu ^a^M1.0374^ea^ (a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.16) asubhesu paṭikūlākārassa uggaṇhanaṃ, yathā vā tattha uggahanimittaṃ uppajjati, tathā paṭipatti ^b^asubhanimittassa uggaho^eb^. Upacārappanāvahāya asubhabhāvanāya anuyuñjanaṃ ^b^asubhabhāvanānuyogo^eb^. Bhojane mattaññuno thinamiddhābhibhavābhāvā otāraṃ alabhamāno kāmacchando pahīyatīti vadanti. Bhojananissitaṃ pana āhāre paṭikūlasaññaṃ, tabbipariṇāmassa, tadādhārassa, tassa ca udariyabhūtassa asubhatādassanaṃ, kāyassa āhāraṭṭhitikatādassanañca yo sammadeva jānāti, so visesato ^b^bhojane mattaññū^eb^ nāma, tassa ca kāmacchando pahīyateva. ^b^Asubhakammikatissatthero^eb^ dantaṭṭhidassāvī. ^b^Abhidhammapariyāyena^eb^ (dha. sa. 1159, 1503) sabbopi lobho kāmacchandanīvaraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘arahattamaggenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭighampi^eb^ purimuppannaṃ ^b^paṭighanimittaṃ^eb^ parato uppajjanakapaṭighassa kāraṇanti katvā. Mejjati hitapharaṇavasena siniyhatīti mitto, tasmiṃ mitte bhavā, mittassa vā esāti mettā, tassā ^b^mettāya^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Mettāyanassa sattesu hitapharaṇassa uppādanaṃ pavattanaṃ ^b^mettānimittassa uggaho^eb^. ^b^Odhisakānodhisakadisāpharaṇāna^eb^nti attātipiyasahāyamajjhattaverīvasena odhisakatā, sīmāsambhede kate anodhisakatā, ekādidisāpharaṇavasena disāpharaṇatā mettāya uggahaṇe veditabbā. Vihāraracchāgāmādivasena vā odhisakadisāpharaṇaṃ, vihārādiuddesarahitaṃ puratthimādidisāvasena anodhisakadisāpharaṇanti evaṃ vā dvidhā uggahaṇaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘odhisakānodhisakadisāpharaṇāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Uggaho ca yāva upacārā daṭṭhabbo, uggahitāya āsevanā bhāvanā. Tattha ‘‘sabbe sattā, pāṇā, bhūtā, puggalā, attabhāvapariyāpannā’’ti etesaṃ vasena pañcavidhā, ekekasmiṃ ‘‘averā hontu, abyāpajjā, anīghā, sukhī attānaṃ pariharantū’’ti catudhā pavattito vīsatividhā anodhisakapharaṇā mettā, ‘‘sabbā itthiyo, purisā, ariyā, anariyā, devā, manussā, vinipātikā’’ti sattodhikaraṇavasena pavattā sattavidhā aṭṭhavīsatividhā vā, dasahi disāhi disodhikaraṇavasena pavattā dasavidhā ca, ekekāya vā disāya sattādītthādiaverādibhedena ^a^M1.0375^ea^ asītādhikacatusatappabhedā ca odhibhopharaṇā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Yena ^a^V1.0335^ea^ ayonisomanasikārena aratiādikāni uppajjanti, so aratiādīsu ^b^ayonisomanasikāro,^eb^ tena. Nipphādetabbe hi idaṃ bhummaṃ. Esa nayo ito paresupi. ^b^Ukkaṇṭhitā^eb^ pantasenāsanesu adhikusalesu dhammesu ca uppajjanabhāvariñcanā. ^b^Kāyavināmanā^eb^ti kāyassa virūpenākārena nāmanā.<br/><br/>[03]Kusaladhammasampaṭipattiyā paṭṭhapanasabhāvatāya, tappaṭipakkhānaṃ visosanasabhāvatāya ca ārambhadhātuādito pavattavīriyanti āha ^b^‘‘paṭhamārambhavīriya’’^eb^nti. Yasmā paṭhamārambhamattassa kosajjavidhamanaṃ thāmagamanañca natthi, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kosajjato nikkhantatāya tato balavatara’’^eb^nti. Yasmā pana aparāparuppattiyā laddhāsevanaṃ uparūparivisesaṃ āvahantaṃ ativiya thāmagatameva hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paraṃ paraṃ ṭhānaṃ akkamanato tatopi balavatara’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atibhojane nimittaggāho^eb^ti atibhojane thinamiddhassa nimittaggāho, ‘‘ettake bhutte thinamiddhassa kāraṇaṃ hoti, ettake na hotī’’ti thinamiddhassa kāraṇākāraṇaggāho hotīti attho. ^b^Divā sūriyāloka^eb^nti divā gahitanimittaṃ sūriyālokaṃ rattiyaṃ manasikarontassapīti evamettha attho veditabbo. Dhutaṅgānaṃ vīriyanissitattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dhutaṅganissitasappāyakathāyapī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kukkuccampi katākatānusocanavasena pavattamānaṃ cetaso avūpasamāvahatāya uddhaccena samānalakkhaṇamevāti ^b^‘‘avūpasamo nāma avūpasantākāro, uddhaccakukkuccamevetaṃ atthato’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Bahussutassa ganthato atthato ca suttādīni vicārentassa atthavedādipaṭilābhasabbhāvato vikkhepo na hoti, yathāvidhipaṭipattiyā yathānurūpapaṭikārappavattiyā ca katākatānusocanañca na hotīti ^b^‘‘bāhusaccenapi…pe… uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahīyatī’’^eb^ti āha. Yadaggena bāhusaccena uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahīyati, tadaggena paripucchakatāvinayapakataññutāhipi taṃ pahīyatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Buddhasevitā ca buddhasīlitaṃ āvahatīti cetaso vūpasamakarattā uddhaccakukkuccapahānakārī vuttā. Buddhattaṃ ^a^M1.0376^ea^ pana anapekkhitvā vinayadharā kukkuccavinodakā kalyāṇamittā vuttāti daṭṭhabbā. Vikkhepo ca bhikkhuno yebhuyyena kukkuccahetuko hotīti ^b^‘‘kappiyākappiyaparipucchāmahulassā’’^eb^tiādinā vinayanayeneva paripucchakatādayo niddiṭṭhā. ^b^Pahīne uddhaccakukkucce^eb^ti niddhāraṇe bhummaṃ. ^b^Kukkuccassa^eb^ domanassasahagatattā ^b^anāgāmimaggena āyatiṃ anuppādo^eb^ vutto.<br/><br/>[03]Tiṭṭhati ^a^V1.0336^ea^ pavattati etthāti ṭhānīyā, vicikicchāya ṭhānīyā ^b^vicikicchāṭṭhānīyā,^eb^ vicikicchāya kāraṇabhūtā dhammā. Tiṭṭhatīti vā ṭhānīyā, vicikicchā ṭhānīyā etissāti ^b^vicikicchāṭṭhānīyā,^eb^ atthato vicikicchā eva. Sā hi purimuppannā parato uppajjanakavicikicchāya sabhāgahetutāya asādhāraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kusalākusalā^eb^ti kosallasambhūtaṭṭhena kusalā, tappaṭipakkhato akusalā. Ye akusalā, te ^b^sāvajjā asevitabbā hīnā ca^eb^. Ye kusalā, te ^b^anavajjā sevitabbā paṇītā ca^eb^. Kusalāpi vā hīnehi chandādīhi āraddhā ^b^hīnā,^eb^ paṇītehi ^b^paṇītā. Kaṇhā^eb^ti kāḷakā, cittassa apabhassarabhāvakaraṇā. ^b^Sukkā^eb^ti odātā, cittassa pabhassarabhāvakaraṇā. Kaṇhābhijātihetuto vā ^b^kaṇhā,^eb^ sukkābhijātihetuto ^b^sukkā^eb^. Te eva ^b^sappaṭibhāgā^eb^. Kaṇhā hi ujuvipaccanīkatāya sukkehi sappaṭibhāgā, tathā sukkāpi itarehi. Atha vā kaṇhasukkā ca sappaṭibhāgā ca ^b^kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgā^eb^. Sukhā hi vedanā dukkhāyavedanāya sappaṭibhāgā, dukkhā ca vedanā sukhāya vedanāya sappaṭibhāgāti.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmaṃ bāhusaccaparipucchakatāhi aṭṭhavatthukāpi vicikicchā pahīyati, tathāpi ratanattayavicikicchāmūlikā sesavicikicchāti katvā āha ^b^‘‘tīṇi ratanāni ārabbhā’’^eb^ti. Ratanattayaguṇāvabodhe hi ‘‘satthari kaṅkhatī’’ti (dha. sa. 1008, 1123, 1167, 1241, 1263, 1270; vibha. 915) ādivicikicchāya asambhavoti. Vinaye pakataññutā ‘‘sikkhāya kaṅkhatī’’ti (dha. sa. 1008, 1123, 1167, 1241, 1263, 1270; vibha. 915) vuttāya vicikicchāya pahānaṃ karotīti āha ^b^‘‘vinaye ciṇṇavasībhāvassapī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Okappanīyasaddhāsaṅkhātādhimokkhabahulassā^eb^ti saddheyyavatthuno anupavisanasaddhāsaṅkhātādhimokkhena adhimuccanabahulassa ^a^M1.0377^ea^. Adhimuccanañca adhimokkhuppādanamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Saddhāya vā ninnapoṇatā adhimutti adhimokkho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Subhanimittāsubhanimittādīsū^eb^ti ‘‘subhanimittādīsu asubhanimittādīsū’’ti ādi-saddo paccekaṃ yojetabbo. Tattha paṭhamena ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena paṭighanimittādīnaṃ saṅgaho, dutiyena mettācetovimuttiādīnaṃ. Sesamettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ vuttanayamevāti.<br/><br/>[06]Nīvaraṇapabbavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 93
title: cittānupassanāvaṇṇanā^dhammānupassanāvaṇṇanā^nīvaraṇapabbavaṇṇanā^khandhapabbavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^116^eb^^b^.^eb^ Upādānehi ^a^V1.0337^ea^ ārammaṇakaraṇādivasena upādātabbā vā khandhā ^b^upādānakkhandā. Iti rūpa^eb^nti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddo idaṃ-saddena samānatthoti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘idaṃ rūpa’’^eb^nti. Tayidaṃ sarūpato anavasesapariyādānaṃ hotīti āha – ^b^‘‘ettakaṃ rūpaṃ, na ito paraṃ rūpaṃ atthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Itī^eb^ti vā pakāratthe nipāto, tasmā ^b^‘‘iti rūpa’’^eb^nti iminā bhūtupādādivasena yattako rūpassa bhedo, tena saddhiṃ rūpaṃ anavasesato pariyādiyitvā dasseti. ^b^Sabhāvato^eb^ti ruppanasabhāvato cakkhādivaṇṇādisabhāvato ca. ^b^Vedanādīsupī^eb^ti ettha ‘‘ayaṃ vedanā, ettakā vedanā, na ito paraṃ vedanā atthīti sabhāvato vedanaṃ pajānātī’’tiādinā, ^b^sabhāvato^eb^ti ca anubhavanasabhāvato sātādisabhāvato cāti evamādinā yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Khandhapabbavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 94
title: dhammānupassanāvaṇṇanā^nīvaraṇapabbavaṇṇanā^khandhapabbavaṇṇanā^āyatanapabbavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^117^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Chasu ajjhattikabāhiresū^eb^ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.384) ‘‘chasu ajjhattikesu chasu bāhiresu’’ti ^b^‘‘chasū’’^eb^ti padaṃ paccekaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Kasmā panetāni ubhayāni chaḷeva vuttāni? Chaviññāṇakāyuppattidvārārammaṇavavatthānato. Cakkhuviññāṇavīthiyā ^a^M1.0378^ea^ pariyāpannassa hi viññāṇakāyassa cakkhāyatanameva uppattidvāraṃ, rūpāyatanameva ca ārammaṇaṃ, tathā itarāni itaresaṃ, chaṭṭhassa pana bhavaṅgamanasaṅkhāto manāyatanekadeso uppattidvāraṃ, asādhāraṇañca dhammāyatanaṃ ārammaṇaṃ. Cakkhatīti ^b^cakkhu,^eb^ rūpaṃ assādeti vibhāveti cāti attho. Suṇātīti ^b^sotaṃ^eb^. Ghāyatīti ^b^ghānaṃ^eb^. Jīvitanimittatāya raso jīvitaṃ, taṃ jīvitamavhāyatīti ^b^jivhā^eb^. Kucchitānaṃ sāsavadhammānaṃ āyo uppattidesoti ^b^kāyo^eb^. Munāti ārammaṇaṃ vijānātīti ^b^mano^eb^. Rūpayati vaṇṇavikāraṃ āpajjamānaṃ hadayaṅgatabhāvaṃ pakāsetīti ^b^rūpaṃ^eb^. Sappati attano paccayehi harīyati sotaviññeyyabhāvaṃ gamīyatīti ^b^saddo^eb^. Gandhayati attano vatthuṃ sūcetīti ^b^gandho^eb^. Rasanti taṃ sattā assādentīti ^b^raso^eb^. Phusīyatīti ^b^phoṭṭhabbaṃ^eb^. Attano lakkhaṇaṃ dhārentīti ^b^dhammā^eb^. Sabbāni pana āyānaṃ tananādiatthena ^b^āyatanāni^eb^. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 2.510-512) ^b^taṃsaṃvaṇṇanāya^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.510) ca vuttanayena veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cakkhuñca^eb^^a^V1.0338^ea^^b^pajānātī^eb^ti ettha ^b^cakkhu^eb^ nāma pasādacakkhu, na sasambhāracakkhu, nāpi dibbacakkhuādikanti āha ^b^‘‘cakkhupasāda’’^eb^nti. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘yaṃ cakkhu catunnaṃ mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya pasādo’’ti (dha. sa. 596-599). ^b^Ca^eb^-saddo vakkhamānatthasamuccayattho. ^b^Yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇavasenā^eb^ti aviparītassa attano rasassa ceva lakkhaṇassa ca vasena, rūpesu āviñchanakiccassa ceva rūpābhighātārahabhūtapasādalakkhaṇassa ca vasenāti attho. ‘‘Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe cā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.204, 400; 3.421, 425-426; saṃ. ni. 2.43-45; 4.54-55; kathā. 465, 467) samuditāniyeva rūpāyatanāni cakkhuviññāṇuppattihetu, na visuṃ visunti imassa atthassa dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘rūpe cā’’^eb^ti puthuvacanaggahaṇaṃ, tāya eva ca desanāgatiyā kāmaṃ idhāpi ‘‘rūpe ca pajānātī’’ti vuttaṃ, rūpabhāvasāmaññena pana sabbaṃ ekajjhaṃ gahetvā ^b^‘‘bahiddhā catusamuṭṭhānikarūpañcā’’^eb^ti ekavacanavasena attho vutto. ^b^Sarasalakkhaṇavasenā^eb^ti cakkhuviññāṇassa visayabhāvakiccassa ceva cakkhupaṭihananalakkhaṇassa ca vasenāti yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ubhayaṃ paṭiccā^eb^ti cakkhuṃ upanissayapaccayavasena paccayabhūtaṃ, rūpe ārammaṇādhipatiārammaṇūpanissayavasena paccayabhūte ca paṭicca. Kāmañcāyaṃ suttantasaṃvaṇṇanā ^a^M1.0379^ea^, nippariyāyakathā nāma abhidhammasannissitā evāti abhidhammanayeneva saṃyojanāni dassento ^b^‘‘kāmarāga…pe… avijjāsaṃyojana’’^eb^nti āha. Tattha kāmesu rāgo, kāmo ca so rāgo cāti ^b^kāmarāgo,^eb^ so eva bandhanaṭṭhena ^b^saṃyojanaṃ^eb^. Ayañhi yassa saṃvijjati, taṃ puggalaṃ vaṭṭasmiṃ saṃyojeti bandhati, iti dukkhena sattaṃ, bhavādike vā bhavantarādīhi, kammunā vā vipākaṃ saṃyojeti bandhatīti ^b^saṃyojanaṃ^eb^. Evaṃ paṭighasaṃyojanādīnampi yathārahaṃ attho vattabbo. ^b^Sarasalakkhaṇavasenā^eb^ti ettha pana sattassa vaṭṭato anissajjanasaṅkhātassa attano kiccassa ceva yathāvuttabandhanasaṅkhātassa lakkhaṇassa ca vasenāti yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Bhavassāda-diṭṭhissāda-nivattanatthaṃ ^b^kāmassāda^eb^ggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Assādayato^eb^ti abhiramantassa. ^b^Abhinandato^eb^ti sapppītikataṇhāvasena nandantassa. Padadvayenapi balavato kāmarāgassa paccayabhūtā kāmarāguppatti vuttā. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Etaṃ ārammaṇa^eb^nti etaṃ evaṃsukhumaṃ evaṃdubbibhāgaṃ ārammaṇaṃ. ^b^Niccaṃ dhuva^eb^nti etaṃ nidassanamattaṃ, ‘‘ucchijjissati vinassissatīti gaṇhato’’ti evamādīnampi saṅgaho icchitabbo. ^b^Bhavaṃ patthentassā^eb^ti ‘‘īdise sampattibhave yasmā amhākaṃ idaṃ iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ sulabhaṃ jātaṃ, tasmā āyatimpi sampattibhavo bhaveyyā’’ti ^a^V1.0339^ea^ bhavaṃ nikāmentassa. Evarūpaṃ sakkā laddhunti yojanā. ^b^Usūyato^eb^ti usūyaṃ issaṃ uppādayato. ^b^Aññassa maccharāyato^eb^ti aññena asādhāraṇabhāvakaraṇena macchariyaṃ karoto. ^b^Sabbeheva^eb^ yathāvuttehi navahi saṃyojanehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tañca kāraṇa^eb^nti subhanimittapaṭighanimittādivibhāvaṃ iṭṭhāniṭṭhādirūpārammaṇañceva tajjāyonisomanasikārañcāti tassa tassa saṃyojanassa kāraṇaṃ. Avikkhambhitāsamūhatabhūmiladdhuppannataṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘appahīnaṭṭhena uppannassā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Vattamānuppannatā ^b^samudācāra^eb^ggahaṇeneva gahitā. ^b^Yena kāraṇenā^eb^ti yena vipassanāsamathabhāvanāsaṅkhātena kāraṇena. ^b^Ta^eb^ñhi tassa tadaṅgavasena ceva vikkhambhanavasena ca pahānakāraṇaṃ. Issāmacchariyānaṃ apāyagamanīyatāya paṭhamamaggavajjhatā vuttā. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpanno hotī’’ti (a. ni. 4.241) suttapadaṃ ^a^M1.0380^ea^ kathanti? Taṃ suttantapariyāyena vuttaṃ. Yathānulomasāsanañhi suttantadesanā, ayaṃ pana abhidhammanayena saṃvaṇṇanāti nāyaṃ doso. ^b^Oḷārikassā^eb^ti thūlassa, yato abhiṇhasamuppattipariyuṭṭhānatibbatāva hoti. ^b^Aṇusahagatassā^eb^ti vuttappakāraoḷārikābhāvena aṇubhāvaṃ sukhumabhāvaṃ gatassa. Uddhaccasaṃyojanassapettha anuppādo vuttoyeva yathāvuttasaṃyojanehi avinābhāvato. Sotādīnaṃ sabhāvasarasalakkhaṇavasena pajānanā, tappaccayānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ uppādādipajānanā ca vuttanayeneva veditabbāti dassento ^b^‘‘eseva nayo’’^eb^ti atidisati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attano vā dhammesū^eb^ti attano ajjhattikāyatanadhammesu, attano ubhayadhammesu vā. Imasmiṃ pakkhe ^b^ajjhattikāyatanapariggahaṇenā^eb^ti ajjhattikāyatanapariggaṇhanamukhenāti attho, evañca anavasesato saparasantānesu āyatanānaṃ pariggaho siddho hoti. ^b^Parassa vā dhammesū^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Rūpāyatanassā^eb^ti aḍḍhekādasapabhedarūpasabhāvassa āyatanassa. Rūpakkhandhe vuttanayena nīharitabbāti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. ^b^Sesakhandhesū^eb^ti vedanāsaññāsaṅkhārakkhandhesu. ^b^Vuttanayenā^eb^ti iminā atidesena rūpakkhandhe āhārasamudayāti, viññāṇakkhandhe nāmarūpasamudayāti, sesakkhandhesu phassasamudayāti imaṃ visesaṃ vibhāveti, itaraṃ pana sabbattha samānanti. Khandhapabbe viya āyatanapabbepi lokuttaranivattanaṃ pāḷiyaṃ gahitaṃ natthīti āha ^b^‘‘lokuttaradhammā na gahetabbā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Āyatanapabbavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 95
title: nīvaraṇapabbavaṇṇanā^khandhapabbavaṇṇanā^āyatanapabbavaṇṇanā^bojjhaṅgapabbavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^118^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bujjhanakasattassā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0340^ea^ kilesaniddāya paṭibujjhanakasattassa, ariyasaccānaṃ vā paṭivijjhanakasattassa. ^b^Aṅgesū^eb^ti kāraṇesu, avayavesu vā. Udayabbayañāṇuppādato paṭṭhāya sambodhipaṭipadāyaṃ ṭhito nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘āraddhavipassakato paṭṭhāya yogāvacaroti sambodhī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Satisambojjhaṅgaṭṭhānīyā’’^eb^ti ^a^M1.0381^ea^ padassa attho ‘‘vicikicchaṭṭhānīyā’’ti ettha vuttanayena veditabbo.^b^ Ta^eb^nti yonisomanasikāraṃ. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti satiyaṃ. Nipphādetabbe cetaṃ bhummaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sati ca sampajaññañca ^b^satisampajaññaṃ^eb^ (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.385; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.5.232; a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.418). Atha vā satipadhānaṃ abhikkantādisātthakabhāvapariggaṇhanañāṇaṃ ^b^satisampajaññaṃ^eb^. Taṃ sabbattha satokāribhāvāvahattā satisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya hoti. Yathā paccanīkadhammānaṃ pahānaṃ anurūpadhammasevanā ca anuppannānaṃ kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ uppādāya hoti, evaṃ satirahitapuggalavivajjhanā, satokārīpuggalasevanā, tattha ca yuttapayuttatā satisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya hotīti imamatthaṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘satisampajañña’’^eb^ntiādinā.<br/><br/>[03]Dhammānaṃ, dhammesu vā vicayo dhammavicayo, so eva sambojjhaṅgo, tassa ^b^dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa^eb^. ^b^‘‘Kusalākusalā dhammā’’^eb^tiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. Tattha ^b^yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro^eb^ti kusalādīsu taṃtaṃsabhāvarasalakkhaṇādikassa yāthāvato avabujjhanavasena uppanno ñāṇasampayuttacittuppādo. So hi aviparītamanasikāratāya ‘‘yonisomanasikāro’’ti vutto, tadābhogatāya āvajjanāpi taggatikāva, tassa abhiṇhapavattanaṃ bahulīkāro. ^b^Bhiyyobhāvāyā^eb^ti punappunabhāvāya. ^b^Vepullāyā^eb^ti vipulabhāvāya. ^b^Pāripūriyā^eb^ti paribrūhanāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paripucchakatā^eb^ti pariyogāhetvā pucchakabhāvo. Ācariye payirupāsitvā pañcapi nikāye saha aṭṭhakathāya pariyogāhetvā yaṃ yaṃ tattha gaṇṭhiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ, taṃ taṃ ‘‘idaṃ bhante kathaṃ, imassa ko attho’’ti khandhāyatanādiatthaṃ pucchantassa dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo uppajjati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khandhadhātu…pe… bahulatā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vatthuvisadakiriyā^eb^ti ^a^V1.0341^ea^ ettha cittacetasikānaṃ pavattiṭṭhānabhāvato sarīraṃ, tappaṭibaddhāni cīvarādīni ca idha ‘‘vatthūnī’’ti adhippetāni. Tāni yathā cittassa sukhāvahāni honti, tathā karaṇaṃ tesaṃ visadabhāvakaraṇaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘ajjhattikabāhirāna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Ussannadosa^eb^nti vātādiussannadosaṃ. ^b^Sedamalamakkhita^eb^nti sedena ceva jallikāsaṅkhātena sarīramalena ^a^M1.0382^ea^ ca makkhitaṃ. ^b^Ca^eb^-saddena aññampi sarīrassa pīḷāvahaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Senāsanaṃ vā^eb^ti ^b^vā^eb^-saddena pattādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Avisade^eb^ sati, visayabhūte vā. Kathaṃ bhāvanamanuyuttassa tāni visayo? Antarantarā pavattanakacittuppādavasenevaṃ vuttaṃ. Te hi cittuppādā cittekaggatāya aparisuddhabhāvāya saṃvattanti. ^b^Cittacetasikesu^eb^ nissayādipaccayabhūtesu. ^b^Ñāṇampī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddo sampiṇḍanattho. Tena na kevalaṃ taṃ vatthuyeva, atha kho tasmiṃ aparisuddhe ñāṇampi aparisuddhaṃ hotīti nissayāparisuddhiyā taṃnissitāparisuddhi viya visayassa aparisuddhatāya visayīnaṃ aparisuddhiṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samabhāvakaraṇa^eb^nti kiccato anūnādhikabhāvakaraṇaṃ. Yathāpaccayaṃ saddheyyavatthusmiṃ adhimokkhakiccassa paṭutarabhāvena paññāya avisadatāya vīriyādīnañca sithilatādinā ^b^saddhindriyaṃ balavaṃ hoti^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘itarāni mandānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tato^eb^ti tasmā saddhindriyassa balavabhāvato itaresañca mandattā. Kosajjapakkhe patituṃ adatvā sampayuttadhammānaṃ paggaṇhanaṃ anubalappadānaṃ paggaho, paggahova kiccaṃ ^b^paggahakiccaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Kātuṃ na sakkotī’’ti ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Ārammaṇaṃ upagantvā ṭhānaṃ, anissajjanaṃ vā ^b^upaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Vikkhepapaṭipakkho, yena vā sampayuttā avikkhittā honti, so ^b^avikkhepo^eb^. Rūpagataṃ viya cakkhunā yena yāthāvato visayasabhāvaṃ passati, taṃ ^b^dassanakiccaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti^eb^ balavatā saddhindriyena abhibhūtattā. Sahajātadhammesu indaṭṭhaṃ kārentānaṃ sahapavattamānānaṃ dhammānaṃ ekarasatāvaseneva atthasiddhi, na aññathā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmā^eb^ti vuttamevatthaṃ kāraṇabhāvena paccāmasati. ^b^Ta^eb^nti saddhindriyaṃ. ^b^Dhammasabhāvapaccavekkhaṇenā^eb^ti yassa saddheyyavatthuno uḷāratādiguṇe adhimuccanassa sātisayappavattiyā saddhindriyaṃ balavaṃ jātaṃ, tassa paccayapaccayuppannatādivibhāgato yāthāvato vīmaṃsanena. Evañhi evaṃdhammatānayena sabhāvasarasato pariggayhamāne savipphāro adhimokkho na hoti ‘‘ayaṃ imesaṃ dhammānaṃ sabhāvo’’ti parijānanavasena paññābyāpārassa sātisayattā. Dhuriyadhammesu hi yathā saddhāya balavabhāve paññāya mandabhāvo hoti, evaṃ paññāya balavabhāve saddhāya mandabhāvo hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘taṃ dhammasabhāvapaccavekkhaṇena…pe… hāpetabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tathā^eb^^a^V1.0342^ea^^b^amanasikārenā^eb^ti yenākārena bhāvanamanuyuñjantassa saddhindriyaṃ balavaṃ ^a^M1.0383^ea^ jātaṃ, tenākārena bhāvanāya ananuyuñjanatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Idha duvidhena saddhindriyassa balavabhāvo attano vā paccayavisesavasena kiccuttariyato vīriyādīnaṃ vā mandakiccatāya. Tattha paṭhamavikappe hāpanavidhi dassito, dutiyavikappe pana yathā manasikaroto vīriyādīnaṃ mandakiccatāya saddhindriyaṃ balavaṃ jātaṃ, tathā amanasikārena, vīriyādīnaṃ paṭukiccabhāvāvahena manasikārena saddhindriyaṃ tehi samarasaṃ karontena hāpetabbaṃ. Iminā nayena sesindriyesupi hāpanavidhi veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vakkalittheravatthū^eb^ti so hi āyasmā saddhādhimuttāya katādhikāro satthu rūpakāyadassanapasuto eva hutvā viharanto satthārā ‘‘kiṃ te, vakkali, iminā pūtikāyena diṭṭhena, yo kho, vakkali, dhammaṃ passati, so maṃ passatī’’tiādinā (saṃ. ni. 3.87) ovaditvā kammaṭṭhāne niyojitopi taṃ ananuyuñjanto paṇāmito attānaṃ vinipātetuṃ papātaṭṭhānaṃ abhiruhi. Atha naṃ satthā yathānisinnova obhāsagissajjanena atthānaṃ dassetvā –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Pāmojjabahulo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhasāsane;<br/><br/>[22]Adhigacche padaṃ santaṃ, saṅkhārūpasamaṃ sukha’’nti. (dha. pa. 381);<br/><br/>[03]Gāthaṃ vatvā ‘‘ehivakkalī’’ti āha. So tena amateneva abhisitto haṭṭhatuṭṭho hutvā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapesi, saddhāya pana balavabhāvato vipassanāvīthiṃ na otarati. Taṃ ñatvā bhagavā tassa indriyasamattapaṭipādanāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ sodhetvā adāsi. So satthārā dinnanayena vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā maggapaṭipāṭiyā arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vakkalittheravatthu cettha nidassana’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Itarakiccabheda^eb^nti upaṭṭhānādikiccavisesaṃ. ^b^Passaddhādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena samādhiupekkhāsambojjhaṅgānaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Hāpetabba^eb^nti yathā saddhindriyassa balavabhāvo dhammasabhāvapaccavekkhaṇena hāyati, evaṃ vīriyindriyassa adhimattatā passaddhiādibhāvanāya hāyati samādhipakkhiyattā tassā. Tathāhi sā samādhindriyassa adhimattataṃ kosajjapātato rakkhantī vīriyādibhāvanā viya vīriyindriyassa adhimattataṃ uddhaccapātato rakkhantī ekaṃsato ^a^M1.0384^ea^ hāpeti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘passaddhādibhāvanāya hāpetabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^Soṇattherassa vatthū^eb^ti sukhumālasoṇattherassa ^a^V1.0343^ea^ vatthu. So hi āyasmā, satthu, santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā sītavane viharanto ‘‘mama sarīraṃ sukhumālaṃ, na ca sakkā sukheneva sukhaṃ adhigantuṃ, kāyaṃ kilametvāpi samaṇadhammo kātabbo’’ti ṭhānacaṅkamameva adhiṭṭhāya padhānamanuyuñjanto pādatalesu phoṭesu uṭṭhitesupi vedanaṃ ajjhupekkhitvā daḷhavīriyaṃ karonto accāraddhavīriyatāya visesaṃ nibbattetuṃ nāsakkhi. Satthā tattha gantvā vīṇūpamovādena ovaditvā vīriyasamatāyojanavidhiṃ dassento kammaṭṭhānaṃ sodhetvā gijjhakūṭaṃ gato. Theropi satthārā dinnanayena vīriyasamataṃ yojetvā bhāvento vipassanaṃ ussukkāpetvā arahatte patiṭṭhāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘soṇattherassa vatthu dassetabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sesesupī^eb^ti satisamādhipaññindriyesupi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samata^eb^nti saddhāpaññānaṃ aññamaññaṃ anūnānadhikabhāvaṃ, tathā samādhivīriyānaṃ. Yathā hi saddhāpaññānaṃ visuṃ visuṃ dhuriyadhammabhūtānaṃ kiccato aññamaññānātivattanaṃ visesato icchitabbaṃ, yato nesaṃ samadhuratāya appanā sampajjati, evaṃ samādhivīriyānaṃ kosajjuddhaccapakkhikānaṃ samarasatāya sati aññamaññūpatthambhanato sampayuttadhammānaṃ antadvayapātābhāvena sammadeva appanā ijjhatīti. ^b^Balavasaddho^eb^tiādi vuttassevatthassa byatirekamukhena samatthanaṃ. Tassattho – yo balavatiyā saddhāya samannāgato avisadañāṇo, so ^b^mudhāpasanno hoti,^eb^^b^na^eb^ aveccappasanno. Tathā hi so ^b^avatthusmiṃ pasīdati^eb^ seyyathāpi titthiyasāvakā. ^b^Kerāṭikapakkha^eb^nti sāṭheyyapakkhaṃ bhajati. Saddhāhīnāya paññāya atidhāvanto ‘‘deyyavatthupariccāgena vinā cittuppādamattenapi dānamayaṃ puññaṃ hotī’’tiādīni parikappeti hetupatirūpakehi vañcito, evaṃbhūto ca sukkhatakkaviluttacitto paṇḍitānaṃ vacanaṃ nādiyati, saññattiṃ na gacchati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘bhesajjasamuṭṭhito viya rogo atekiccho hotī’’^eb^ti. Yathā cettha saddhāpaññānaṃ aññamaññaṃ samabhāvo atthāvaho, anatthāvaho visamabhāvo, evaṃ samādhivīriyānaṃ aññamaññaṃ avikkhepāvaho samabhāvo, itaro vikkhepāvaho cāti. ^b^Kosajjaṃ adhibhavati,^eb^ tena appanaṃ na pāpuṇātīti adhippāyo ^a^M1.0385^ea^. ^b^Uddhaccaṃ adhibhavatī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Tadubhaya^eb^nti saddhāpaññādvayaṃ samādhivīriyadvayañca. ^b^Samaṃ kātabba^eb^nti samarasaṃ kātabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samādhikammikassā^eb^ti samathakammaṭṭhānikassa. ^b^Eva^eb^nti evaṃ sante, saddhāya thokaṃ balavabhāve satīti attho. ^b^Saddahanto^eb^ti ‘‘pathavīti manasikāramattena kathaṃ jhānuppattī’’ti acintetvā ‘‘addhā sammāsambuddhena vuttavidhi ijjhissatī’’ti saddahanto saddhaṃ janento. ^b^Okappento^eb^ti ārammaṇaṃ anupavisitvā viya adhimuccanavasena avakappento pakkhandanto. ^b^Ekaggatā balavatī vaṭṭati^eb^ samādhippadhānattā jhānassa. ^b^Ubhinna^eb^nti samādhipaññānaṃ. Samādhikammikassa samādhino adhimattatāya ^a^V1.0344^ea^ paññāya adhimattatāpi icchitabbāti āha ^b^‘‘samatāyapī’’^eb^ti, samabhāvenapīti attho. ^b^Appanā^eb^ti lokiyāppanā. Tathā hi ^b^‘‘hotiyevā’’^eb^ti sāsaṅkaṃ vadati. Lokuttarappanā pana tesaṃ samabhāveneva icchitā. Yathāha ‘‘samathavipassanaṃ yuganaddhaṃ bhāvetī’’ti (a. ni. 4.17; paṭi. ma. 2.5). Yadi visesato saddhāpaññānaṃ samādhivīriyānañca samatā icchitā, kathaṃ satīti āha ^b^‘‘sati pana sabbattha balavatī vaṭṭatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti līnuddhaccapakkhikesu pañcasu indriyesu. Uddhaccapakkhikekadese gaṇhanto ^b^‘‘saddhāvīriyapaññāna’’^eb^nti āha. Aññathā pīti ca gahetabbā siyā. Tathā hi ^b^‘‘kosajjapakkhikena samādhinā’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ, na ‘‘passaddhisamādhiupekkhāhī’’ti. ^b^Sā^eb^ti sati. Sabbesu rājakammesu niyutto ^b^sabbakammiko. Tenā^eb^ti tenā sabbattha icchitabbatthena kāraṇena. ^b^Āha^eb^ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ. Sabbattha niyuttā ^b^sabbatthikā,^eb^ sabbena vā līnuddhaccapakkhiyena bojjhaṅgena atthetabbā sabbatthiyā, sabbatthiyāva ^b^sabbatthikā^eb^. ^b^Citta^eb^nti kusalacittaṃ. Tassa hi ^b^sati paṭisaraṇaṃ^eb^ parāyaṇaṃ appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa adhigamāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khandhādibhede anogāḷhapaññāna^eb^nti pariyattibāhusaccavasenapi khandhāyatanādīsu appatiṭṭhitabuddhīnaṃ. Bahussutasevanā hi sutamayañāṇāvahā. Taruṇavipassanāsamaṅgīpi bhāvanāmayañāṇe ṭhitattā ekaṃsato paññavā eva ^a^M1.0386^ea^ nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘samapaññāsa…pe… puggalasevanā’’^eb^ti. Ñeyyadhammassa gambhīrabhāvavasena tapparicchedakañāṇassa gambhīrabhāvaggahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘gambhīresu khandhādīsu pavattāya gambhīrapaññāyā’’^eb^ti. Tañhi ñeyyaṃ tādisāya paññāya caritabbato gambhīrañāṇacariyaṃ, tassā vā paññāya tattha pabhedato pavatti gambhīrañāṇacariyā, tassā paccavekkhaṇāti āha ^b^‘‘gambhīrapaññāya pabhedapaccavekkhaṇā’’^eb^ti. Yathā sativepullappatto nāma arahā eva, evaṃ so eva paññāvepullappattopīti āha ^b^‘‘arahattamaggena bhāvanāpāripūrī hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vīriyādīsu^eb^pi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Tattaṃ ayokhilaṃ hatthe gamentī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 3.250, 267; a. ni. 3.36) pañcavidhabandhanakammakāraṇaṃ niraye nibbattasattassa yebhuyyena sabbapaṭhamaṃ karontīti devadūtasuttādīsu tassā ādito vuttattā ca āha ^b^‘‘pañcavidhabandhanakammakāraṇato paṭṭhāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sakaṭavāhanādikāle^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena tadaññaṃ manussehi tiracchānehi ca vibādhiyamānakālaṃ saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Ekaṃ buddhantara^eb^nti idaṃ aparāparaṃ petesuyeva uppajjanakasattavasena vuttaṃ, ekaccānaṃ vā ^a^V1.0345^ea^ petānaṃ ekaccatiracchānānaṃ viya tathā dīghāyukabhāvato. Tathā hi kāḷo nāgarājā catunnaṃ buddhānaṃ adhigatarūpadassano.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ ānisaṃsadassāvino^eb^ti vīriyāyatto ^b^eva^eb^ sabbo lokuttaro lokiyo ca visesādhigamoti evaṃ vīriye ānisaṃsadassanasīlassa. ^b^Gamanavīthi^eb^nti sapubbabhāgaṃ nibbānagāminiṃ ariyamaggapaṭipadaṃ. Sā hi bhikkhuno vaṭṭanissaraṇāya gantabbā paṭipajjitabbā paṭipadāti katvā gamanavīthi nāma. ^b^Kāyadaḷhībahulo^eb^ti yathā tathā kāyassa daḷhīkammapasuto. ^b^Piṇḍa^eb^nti raṭṭhapiṇḍaṃ. Paccayadāyakānaṃ attani kārassa attano sammāpaṭipattiyā mahapphalabhāvassa karaṇena piṇḍassa bhikkhāya paṭipūjanā ^b^piṇḍāpacāyanaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nīharanto^eb^ti pattatthavikato nīharanto. ^b^Taṃ saddaṃ sutvāti taṃ^eb^ upāsikāya vacanaṃ paṇṇasāladvāre ṭhitova pañcābhiññatāya dibbasotena sutvā. Manussasampatti dibbasampatti ante nibbānasampattīti ^b^tisso sampattiyo^eb^^a^M1.0387^ea^. ^b^Dātuṃ sakkhissasī^eb^ti ‘‘tayi katena dānamayena veyyāvaccamayena ca puññakammena khettavisesabhāvūpagamanena aparāparaṃ devamanussasampattiyo ante nibbānasampattiñca dātuṃ sakkhissasī’’ti thero attānaṃ pucchati. ^b^Sitaṃ karontovā^eb^ti ‘‘akiccheneva mayā vaṭṭadukkhaṃ samatikkanta’’nti paccavekkhaṇāvasāne sañjātapāmojjavasena sitaṃ karonto eva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vippaṭipanna^eb^nti jātidhammakuladhammādilaṅghanena asammāpaṭipannaṃ. ^b^Evaṃ^eb^ yathā asammāpaṭipanno putto tāya eva asammāpaṭipattiyā kulasantānato bāhiro hutvā pitu santikā dāyajjassa na bhāgī, evaṃ ^b^kusītopi^eb^ teneva kusītabhāvena asammāpaṭipanno satthu santikā laddhabbāriyadhanadāyajjassa na bhāgī. ^b^Āraddhavīriyova labhati^eb^ sammāpaṭipajjanato. Uppajjati vīriyasambojjhaṅgoti yojanā. Evaṃ sabbattha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahā^eb^ti sīlādīhi guṇehi mahanto vipulo anaññasādhāraṇo. Taṃ panassa guṇamahattaṃ dasasahassilokadhātukampanena loke pākaṭanti dassento ^b^‘‘satthuno hī’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā satthusāsane pabbajitassa pabbajjupagamena sakyaputtiyabhāvo sampajāyati, tasmā buddhaputtabhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘asambhinnāyā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Alasānaṃ ^a^V1.0346^ea^ bhāvanāya nāmamattampi ajānantānaṃ kāyadaḷhībahulānaṃ yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjitvā seyyasukhādianuyuñjanakānaṃ tiracchānakathikānaṃ puggalānaṃ dūrato vajjanā ^b^kusītapuggalaparivajjanā^eb^. ‘‘Divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāyā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.423; 3.75; saṃ. ni. 4.120; a. ni. 3.16; vibha. 519; mahāni. 161) bhāvanārambhavasena āraddhavīriyānaṃ daḷhaparakkamānaṃ kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamanā ^b^āraddhavīriyapuggalasevanā^eb^. Tenāha – ^b^‘‘kucchiṃ pūretvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Visuddhimagge^eb^ pana jātimahattapaccavekkhaṇā sabrahmacārimahattapaccavekkhaṇāti idaṃ dvayaṃ na gahitaṃ, thinamiddhavinodanatā sammappadhānapaccavekkhaṇatāti idaṃ dvayaṃ gahitaṃ. Tattha ānisaṃsadassāvitāya eva sammappadhānapaccavekkhaṇā gahitā hoti lokiyalokuttaravisesādhigamassa vīriyāyattatādassanabhāvato. Thinamiddhavinodanaṃ ^a^M1.0388^ea^ tadadhimuttatāya eva gahitaṃ, vīriyuppādane yuttappayuttassa thinamiddhavinodanaṃ atthasiddhameva. Tattha thinamiddhavinodana-kusītapuggalaparivajjana-āraddhavīriyapuggalasevana-tadadhimuttatā paṭipakkhavidhamanapaccayūpasaṃhāravasena, apāyapaccavekkhaṇādayo samuttejanavasena vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa uppādakā daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Purimuppannā pīti parato uppajjanakapītiyā kāraṇabhāvato ^b^‘‘pītiyeva pītisambojjhaṅgaṭṭhānīyā dhammā’’^eb^ti vuttā, tassā pana bahuso pavattiyā puthuttaṃ upādāya bahuvacananiddeso, yathā sā uppajjati, evaṃ paṭipatti, ^b^tassā uppādakamanasikāro^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Buddhānussatiyā upacārasamādhiniṭṭhattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yāva upacārā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sakalasarīraṃ pharamāno^eb^ti pītisamuṭṭhānehi paṇītarūpehi sakalasarīraṃ pharamāno. Dhammaguṇe anussarantassapi yāva upacārā sakalasarīraṃ pharamāno pītisambojjhaṅgo uppajjatīti. Evaṃ sesānussatīsu pasādanīyasuttantapaccavekkhaṇāyañca yojetabbaṃ tassāpi vimuttāyatanabhāvena taggatikattā. ^b^Samāpattiyā…pe… samudācarantī^eb^ti idañca upasamānussatidassanaṃ. Saṅkhārānañhi sappadesavūpasamepi nippadesavūpasame viya tathā paññāya pavattito bhāvanāmanasikāro kilesavikkhambhanasamattho hutvā upacārasamādhiṃ āvahanto tathārūpapītisomanassasamannāgato pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya hotīti. Pasādanīyesu ṭhānesu pasādasinehābhāvena thusasamahadayatā lūkhatā, sā tattha ādaragāravākaraṇena viññāyatīti āha ^b^‘‘asakkaccakiriyāya saṃsūcitalūkhabhāve’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Kāyacittadarathavūpasamalakkhaṇā ^a^V1.0347^ea^ passaddhi eva passaddhisambojjhaṅgo, tassa ^b^passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṇītabhojanasevanatā^eb^ti paṇītasappāyabhojanasevanatā. ^b^Utuiriyāpathasukha^eb^ggahaṇena sappāyautuiriyāpathaggahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tañhi tividhaṃ sappāyaṃ seviyamānaṃ kāyassa kallatāpādanavasena cittassa kallataṃ ^a^M1.0389^ea^ āvahantaṃ duvidhāyapi passaddhiyā kāraṇaṃ hoti. Ahetukaṃ sattesu labbhamānaṃ sukhaṃ dukkhanti ayameko anto, issarādivisamahetukanti pana ayaṃ dutiyo, ete ubho ante anupagamma yathāsakaṃ kammunā hotīti ayaṃ majjhimā paṭipatti. Majjhatto payogo yassa hoti majjhattapayogo, tassa bhāvo ^b^majjhattapayogatā^eb^. Ayañhi pahāya sāraddhakāyataṃ passaddhakāyatāya kāraṇaṃ hontī passaddhidvayaṃ āvahati, eteneva sāraddhakāyapuggalaparivajjanapassaddhakāyapuggalavasenānaṃ tadāvahanatā saṃvaṇṇitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yathāsamāhitākārasallakkhaṇavasena gayhamāno purimuppanno samatho eva ^b^samathanimittaṃ^eb^. Nānārammaṇe paribbhamanena vividhaṃ aggaṃ etassāti byaggo, vikkhepo. Tathā hi so anavaṭṭhānaraso bhantatāpaccupaṭṭhāno ca vutto. Ekaggatābhāvato byaggapaṭipakkhoti ^b^abyaggo,^eb^ samādhi. So eva nimittanti pubbe viya vattabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘avikkhepaṭṭhena ca abyagganimitta’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Vatthuvisadakiriyā indriyasamattapaṭipādanā ca paññāvahā vuttā, samādhānāvahāpi tā honti samādhānāvahabhāveneva paññāvahabhāvatoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vatthuvisada…pe… veditabbā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Karaṇabhāvanākosallānaṃ avinābhāvato, rakkhaṇakosallassa ca tammūlakattā ^b^‘‘nimittakusalatā nāma kasiṇanimittassa uggahaṇakusalatā’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ. ^b^Kasiṇanimittassā^eb^ti ca nidassanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Asubhanimittassādikassapi hi yassa kassaci jhānuppattinimittassa uggahaṇakosallaṃ nimittakusalatā evāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atisithilavīriyatādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena paññāpayogamandataṃ pamodavekallañca saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Tassa paggahaṇa^eb^nti tassa līnassa cittassa dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgādisamuṭṭhāpanena layāpattito samuddharaṇaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Yasmiñca ^a^V1.0348^ea^ kho, bhikkhave, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, kālo tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya ^a^M1.0390^ea^. Taṃ kissa hetu? Līnaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ, taṃ etehi dhammehi susamuṭṭhāpayaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso parittaṃ aggiṃ ujjāletukāmo assa, so tattha sukkhāni ceva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, sukkhāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, sukkhāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya, mukhavātañca dadeyya, na ca paṃsukena okireyya, bhabbo nu kho so puriso parittaṃ aggiṃ ujjāletunti? Evaṃ sante’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.234).<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ca yathāsakaṃ āhāravasena dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgādīnaṃ bhāvanā samuṭṭhāpanāti veditabbaṃ, sā anantaraṃ vibhāvitā eva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Accāraddhavīriyatādīhī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena paññāpayogabalavataṃ pamoduppilāvanañca saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Tassa niggahaṇa^eb^nti tassa uddhatacittassa samādhisambojjhaṅgādisamuṭṭhāpanena uddhatāpattito nisedhanaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Yasmiñca kho, bhikkhave, samaye uddhataṃ cittaṃ hoti, kālo tasmiṃ samaye passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya. Taṃ kissa hetu? Uddhataṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ, taṃ etehi dhammehi suvūpasamayaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ nibbāpetukāmo assa, so tattha allāni ceva tiṇāni…pe… paṃsukena ca okireyya, bhabbo nu kho so puriso mahantaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ nibbāpetunti? Evaṃ bhante’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.234).<br/><br/>[03]Etthāpi yathāsakaṃ āhāravasena passaddhisambojjhaṅgādīnaṃ bhāvanā samuṭṭhāpanāti veditabbā. Tattha passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanā vuttā eva, samādhisambojjhaṅgassa vuccamānā, itarassa anantaraṃ vakkhati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paññāpayogamandatāyā^eb^ti paññābyāpārassa appabhāvena. Yathā hi dānaṃ alobhappadhānaṃ, sīlaṃ adosappadhānaṃ, evaṃ bhāvanā amohappadhānā. Tattha yadā paññā na balavatī hoti, tadā bhāvanā pubbenāparaṃ visesāvahā na hoti, anabhisaṅkhato viya āhāro purisassa yogino ^a^M1.0391^ea^ cittassa abhiruciṃ na janeti, tena taṃ nirassādaṃ hoti, tathā bhāvanāya sammadeva avīthipaṭipattiyā ^a^V1.0349^ea^ upasamasukhaṃ na vindati, tenāpi cittaṃ nirassādaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paññāpayoga…pe… nirassādaṃ hotī’’^eb^ti. Tassa saṃveguppādanaṃ pasāduppādanañca tikicchananti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘aṭṭha saṃvegavatthūnī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha jātijarābyādhimaraṇāni yathārahaṃ sugatiyaṃ duggatiyañca hontīti tadaññameva pañcavidhabandhanādi-khuppipāsādi-aññamaññavibādhanādihetukaṃ apāyadukkhaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, tayidaṃ sabbaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ paccuppannabhavanissitaṃ gahitanti atīte anāgate ca kāle vaṭṭamūlakadukkhāni visuṃ gahitāni. Ye pana sattā āhārūpajīvino, tattha ca uṭṭhānaphalūpajīvino, tesaṃ aññehi asādhāraṇaṃ jīvikadukkhaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ saṃvegavatthu gahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccati samaye sampahaṃsanatā^eb^ti ayaṃ sampahaṃsitabbasamaye vuttanayena tena saṃvejanavasena ceva pasāduppādanavasena ca sammadeva pahaṃsanā, saṃvegajananapubbakapasāduppādanena bhāvanācittassa tosanāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sammāpaṭipattiṃ āgammā^eb^ti līnuddhaccavirahena samathavīthipaṭipattiyā ca sammā avisamaṃ sammadeva bhāvanāpaṭipattiṃ āgamma. ^b^Alīna^eb^ntiādīsu kosajjapakkhiyānaṃ dhammānaṃ anadhimattatāya ^b^alīnaṃ,^eb^ uddhaccapakkhiyānaṃ anadhimattatāya ^b^anuddhataṃ,^eb^ paññāpayogasattiyā upasamasukhādhigamena ca ^b^anirassādaṃ,^eb^ tato eva ^b^ārammaṇe samappavattaṃ samathavīthipaṭipannañca^eb^. Tattha alīnatāya ^b^paggahe,^eb^ anuddhatatāya ^b^niggahe,^eb^ anirassādatāya ^b^sampahaṃsane na byāpāraṃ āpajjati,^eb^ alīnānuddhatatāhi ārammaṇe samappavattaṃ, anirassādatāya samathavīthipaṭipannaṃ. Samappavattiyā vā ^b^alīnaṃ anuddhataṃ,^eb^ samathavīthipaṭipattiyā ^b^anirassāda^eb^nti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccati samaye ajjhupekkhanatā^eb^ti ayaṃ ajjhupekkhitabbasamaye bhāvanācittassa paggahaniggahasampahaṃsanesu byāvaṭatāsaṅkhātaṃ paṭipakkhaṃ abhibhuyya pekkhanā vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]Paṭipakkhavikkhambhanato vipassanāya adhiṭṭhānabhāvūpagamanato ca upacārajjhānampi samādānakiccanipphattiyā puggalassa samāhitabhāvasādhanamevāti tattha samadhurabhāvenāha ^b^‘‘upacāraṃ vā appanaṃ vā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṭṭhānīyā dhammā^eb^ti ettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttānusārena veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Anurodhavirodhavippahānavasena ^a^M1.0392^ea^ majjhattabhāvo upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa kāraṇaṃ tasmiṃ sati sijjhanato, asati ca asijjhanato, so ca majjhattabhāvo visayavasena duvidhoti āha ^b^‘‘sattamajjhattatā saṅkhāramajjhattatā’’^eb^ti. Tadubhaye ca virujjhanaṃ passaddhisambojjhaṅgabhāvanāya eva dūrīkatanti ^a^V1.0350^ea^ anurujjhanasseva pahānavidhiṃ dassentena ^b^‘‘sattamajjhattatā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sattasaṅkhārakelāyanapuggalaparivajjanatā’’^eb^ti. Upekkhāya hi visesato rāgo paṭipakkho. Tathā cāha ‘‘upekkhā rāgabahulassa visuddhimaggo’’ti (visuddhi. 1.269).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dvīhākārehī^eb^ti kammassakatāpaccavekkhaṇaṃ attasuññatāpaccavekkhaṇanti imehi dvīhi kāraṇehi. ^b^Dvīhevā^eb^ti avadhāraṇaṃ saṅkhyāsamānatāya. ^b^Assāmikabhāvo^eb^ anattaniyatā. Sati hi attani tassa kiñcanabhāvena cīvaraṃ aññañca kiñci attaniyaṃ nāma siyā, so pana koci natthevāti adhippāyo. ^b^Anaddhaniya^eb^nti na addhānakkhamaṃ, na ciraṭṭhāyi ittaraṃ aniccanti attho. ^b^Tāvakālika^eb^nti tasseva vevacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mamāyatī^eb^ti mamattaṃ karoti, ‘‘mama’’nti taṇhāya pariggayha tiṭṭhati. ^b^Dhanāyantā^eb^ti dhanaṃ drabyaṃ karontā.<br/><br/>[03]Ayaṃ satipaṭṭhānadesanā pubbabhāgamaggavasena desitāti pubbabhāgiyabojjhaṅge sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘bojjhaṅgapariggāhikā sati dukkhasacca’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[06]Bojjhaṅgapabbavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 96
title: khandhapabbavaṇṇanā^āyatanapabbavaṇṇanā^bojjhaṅgapabbavaṇṇanā^catusaccapabbavaṇṇanā^
content:
  [03]^b^119^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yathāsabhāvato^eb^ti aviparītasabhāvato bādhanalakkhaṇato, yo yo vā sabhāvo ^b^yathāsabhāvo,^eb^ tato, ruppanādikakkhaḷādisabhāvatoti attho. ^b^Janikaṃ samuṭṭhāpika^eb^nti pavattalakkhaṇassa dukkhassa janikaṃ nimittalakkhaṇassa samuṭṭhāpikaṃ. ^b^Purimataṇha^eb^nti dukkhanibbattito puretarasiddhaṃ taṇhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Sasantatipariyāpannānaṃ ^a^M1.0393^ea^ dukkhasamudayānaṃ appavattibhāvena pariggayhamāno nirodhopi sasantatipariyāpanno viya hotīti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘attano vā cattāri saccānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Parassa vā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘imasmiṃyeva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññapemi, lokasamudayañca paññapemi, lokanirodhañca paññapemi, lokanirodhagāminipaṭipadañca paññapemī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 1.107). Kathaṃ pana ādikampiko ^a^V1.0351^ea^ nirodhasaccāni pariggaṇhātīti? Anussavādisiddhamākāraṃ pariggaṇhāti, evañca katvā lokuttarabojjhaṅge uddissapi pariggaho na virujjhati. ^b^Yathāsambhavato^eb^ti sambhavānurūpaṃ, ṭhapetvā nirodhasaccaṃ sesasaccavasena samudayavayā veditabbāti attho.<br/><br/>[06]Catusaccapabbavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ samaṃsa’’ntiādikā satta sivathikā aṭṭhikakammaṭṭhānatāya itarāsaṃ uddhumātakādīnaṃ sabhāvenevāti navannaṃ sivathikānaṃ appanākammaṭṭhānatā vuttā. ^b^Dveyevā^eb^ti ‘‘ānāpānaṃ, dvattiṃsākāro’’ti imāni dveyeva. ^b^Abhiniveso^eb^ti vipassanābhiniveso, so pana sammasanīyadhamme pariggaho. Iriyāpathā ālokitādayo ca rūpadhammānaṃ avatthāvisesamattatāya na sammasanupagā viññattiādayo viya. Nīvaraṇabojjhaṅgā ādito na pariggahetabbāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘iriyāpatha…pe… na jāyatī’’^eb^ti. Kesādiapadesena tadupādānadhammā viya iriyāpathādiapadesena tadavatthā rūpadhammā pariggayhanti, nīvaraṇādimukhena ca taṃ sampayuttā taṃnissayadhammāti adhippāyena mahāsīvatthero ^b^‘‘iriyāpathādīsupi^eb^^b^abhiniveso jāyatī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Atthi nu kho me^eb^tiādi pana sabhāvato iriyāpathādīnaṃ ādikammikassa anicchitabhāvadassanaṃ. Apariññāpubbikā hi pariññāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^137^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kāmaṃ ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhū’’tiādinā uddesaniddesesu tattha tattha bhikkhuggahaṇaṃ kataṃ, taṃ paṭipattiyā bhikkhubhāvadassanatthaṃ, desanā pana sabbasādhāraṇāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yo hi koci, bhikkhave’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ, na bhikkhuyevāti dassento ^b^‘‘yo hi koci, bhikkhu vā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Dassana^eb^maggena ñātamariyādaṃ anatikkamitvā jānantī sikhāppattā aggamaggapaññā ^a^M1.0394^ea^ aññā nāma, tassa phalabhāvato aggaphalampīti āha ^b^‘‘aññāti arahatta’’^eb^nti. Appatarepi kāle sāsanassa niyyānikabhāvaṃ dassentoti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^138^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Niyyātento^eb^ti nigamento.<br/><br/>[06]Papañcasūdaniyā majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya<br/><br/>[06]Satipaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā ca mūlapariyāyavaggavaṇṇanā.<br/><br/>[06]Paṭhamo bhāgo niṭṭhito.<br/><br/>[06] Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa


volume: 30
item: 97
title: sīhanādavaggo^cūḷasīhanādasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^139^eb^^b^.^eb^ Suttadesanāvatthusaṅkhātassa ^a^M2.0001^ea^^a^V2.0001^ea^ atthassa uppatti aṭṭhuppatti, sā tassa atthīti ^b^aṭṭhuppattiko^eb^ti vuttovāyamattho. ^b^Lābhasakkārapaccayā^eb^ti lābhasakkāranimittaṃ, bhagavato saṅghassa ca uppannalābhasakkārahetu, attano vā lābhasakkāruppādanahetu. ^b^Titthiyaparidevite^eb^ti titthiyānaṃ ‘‘kiṃ bho samaṇoyeva gotamo samaṇo’’tiādinā vippalapanimittaṃ. ^b^‘‘Mahālābhasakkāro uppajjī’’^eb^ti vatvā samantapāsādikatthaṃ tassa uppattikāraṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘catuppamāṇiko hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Cattāri pamāṇāni catuppamāṇāni, catuppamāṇāni etassa atthīti ^b^catuppamāṇiko^eb^. Lokoyeva saṅgamma samāgamma vasanaṭṭhena ^b^lokasannivāso,^eb^ sattakāyoti attho. Pamināti uḷāratādivisesaṃ etenāti pamāṇaṃ (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.65) rūpaṃ rūpakāyo pamāṇaṃ etassāti ^b^rūpappamāṇo^eb^. Tato eva rūpe pasannoti ^b^rūpappasanno^eb^. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo ^a^V2.0002^ea^. ^b^Ghoso^eb^ti pavattathutighoso (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.65). ^b^Lūkha^eb^nti paccayalūkhatā. ^b^Dhammo^eb^ti sīlādayo guṇadhammā adhippetā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tesaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0002^ea^ puggalānaṃ. ^b^Āroha^eb^nti uccataṃ. Sā ca kho tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kāle pamāṇayuttā daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Pariṇāha^eb^nti nātikisanātithūlatāvasena mitapariṇāhaṃ. ^b^Saṇṭhāna^eb^nti tesaṃ tesaṃ aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ susaṇṭhitataṃ. ^b^Pāripūri^eb^nti sabbesaṃ sarīrāvayavānaṃ paripuṇṇataṃ avekallataṃ. ^b^Tattha pamāṇaṃ gahetvā^eb^ti tasmiṃ rūpe rūpasampattiyaṃ pamāṇabhāvaṃ upādāya. ^b^Pasādaṃ janetī^eb^ti adhimokkhaṃ uppādeti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paravaṇṇanāyā^eb^ti ‘‘amuko ediso ca ediso cā’’ti yasaguṇavacanena. ^b^Parathomanāyā^eb^ti sammukhāva parassa silāghuppādanena abhitthavanena. ^b^Parapasaṃsanāyā^eb^ti parammukhā parassa guṇasaṃkittanena. ^b^Paravaṇṇahārikāyā^eb^ti paramparavaṇṇahārikāya paramparāya parassa kittisaddūpasaṃhārena. ^b^Tatthā^eb^ti tasmiṃ thutighose.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cīvaralūkha^eb^nti thūlajiṇṇabahutunnakatādiṃ cīvarassa lūkhabhāvaṃ. ^b^Pattalūkha^eb^nti anekaganthikāhatādiṃ pattassa lūkhabhāvaṃ. ^b^Vividhaṃ vā dukkarakārika^eb^nti dhutaṅgasevanādivasena pavattaṃ nānāvidhaṃ dukkaracariyaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīlaṃ vā passitvā^eb^ti sīlapāripūrivasena visuddhaṃ kāyavacīsucaritaṃ ñāṇacakkhunā passitvā. Jhānādiadhigamasiddhaṃ ^b^samādhiṃ vā^eb^. Vipassanābhiññāsaṅkhātaṃ ^b^paññaṃ vā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Bhagavato sarīraṃ disvāti sambandho. ^b^Rūpappamāṇopi sammāsambuddheyeva pasīdati^eb^ aparimitakālasamupacitapuññānubhāvanipphannāya sabbaso anavajjāya sabbākāraparipuṇṇāvayavāya rūpakāyasampattiyā samantapāsādikattā, yassā rucirabhāvo visuddhe vigatavalāhake deve puṇṇamāsiyaṃ paripuṇṇakalābhāgamaṇḍalaṃ candamaṇḍalaṃ abhibhavitvā atirocati, pabhassarabhāvo saradasamayaṃ saṃvaddhitadiguṇatejakiraṇajālasamujjalaṃ sūriyamaṇḍalaṃ abhibhavati, sommakiraṇarasasamujjalabhāvehi tadubhayehi abhibhuyya vattamānaṃ ekasmiṃ khaṇe dasasahassilokadhātuṃ vijjotanasamatthaṃ mahābrahmuno pabhāsamudayaṃ abhivihacca bhāsate tapate virocati ca.<br/><br/>[03]Satipi ^a^V2.0003^ea^ aṅgapariccāgādīnaṃ dānapāramibhāve pariccāgavisesabhāvadassanatthañceva sudukkarabhāvadassanatthañca ^b^aṅgapariccāgā^eb^diggahaṇaṃ, tatthāpi ca aṅgapariccāgato visuṃ ^b^nayanapariccāga^eb^ggahaṇaṃ, pariccāgabhāvasāmaññepi rajjapariccāgato ^a^M2.0003^ea^^b^puttadārapariccāga^eb^ggahaṇañca kataṃ. ^b^Ādinā nayenā^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena pubbayogapubbacariyādihetusampattiyā, ‘‘itipi so bhagavā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.157, 255) vuttāya phalasampattiyā, ‘‘so dhammaṃ desetī’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.255) vuttāya sattupakārakiriyāya ca saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Sammāsambuddheyeva pasīdati^eb^ yathāvuttaguṇānaṃ anaññasādhāraṇabhāvato acchariyabbhutabhāvato ca. Sesesupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Cīvaralūkhaṃ disvā’’^eb^ti vatvā taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sace bhagavā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sāṇapaṃsukūlacīvarenā^eb^ti matakaḷevaraṃ paliveṭhetvā chaḍḍitena tumbamatte kimī papphoṭetvā gahitena sāṇapaṃsukūlacīvarena. ^b^Bhāriya^eb^nti garukaṃ, dukkaranti attho. Vadhuyuvatīmajjhimitthivasena, bālayobbanapurāṇavasena vā ^b^tividhanāṭakatā. Hareṇuyūsaṃ^eb^ maṇḍalakalāyaraso. ‘‘Yāpessati nāmā’’ti nāma-saddaṃ ānetvā sambandho. Nāma-saddayogena hi anāgatakālassa viya payogo, yāpeti icceva attho. ^b^Appāṇaka^eb^nti nirassāsaṃ nirodhitassāsapassāsaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samādhiguṇa^eb^nti sādhāraṇato vuttamatthaṃ vivarati jhānādiggahaṇena. Mānadabbanimmadanena nibbisevanabhāvāpādanampi damanamevāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pāthikaputtadamanādīnī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena saccakāḷavakabakadamanādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Bāveru^eb^nti evaṃnāmakaṃ visayaṃ. ^b^Sarasampanno^eb^ti aṭṭhaṅgasamannāgatena sarena samannāgato. Tena brahmassaratākaravīkabhāṇitādassanena lakkhaṇahāranayena avasesalakkhaṇapāripūriṃ viya tadavinābhāvato buddhānaṃ desanāvilāsañca vibhāveti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hatappabhā^eb^ti buddhānubhāvena vigatatejā. ^b^Kāḷapakkhūpame^eb^ti sattānaṃ byāmohandhakārābhibhavena kāḷapakkharattūpame. ^b^Sūriye^eb^ti sūriye udayitvā obhāsenteti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Siṅghāṭake^eb^ti tikoṇaracchāyaṃ. ^b^Catukke^eb^ti sandhiyaṃ. ^b^Paridevantī^eb^ti anutthunanavasena vippalapanti. Sokādhikakato hi vacīpalāpo paridevo. ^b^Loke uppajjamāneyeva uppannā^eb^ti attano diṭṭhivādassa purātanabhāvaṃ dīpenti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sesapadesupī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0004^ea^^a^V2.0004^ea^ ‘‘idha dutiyo samaṇo’’tiādīsu sesavāresupi (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.241-242) yathā hi ‘‘vivicceva kāmehī’’ti (pārā. 11; dī. ni. 1.226; saṃ. ni. 2.152; a. ni. 4.123) ettha kato niyamo ‘‘vivicca akusalehī’’ti (pārā. 11; dī. ni. 1.226; saṃ. ni. 2.152; a. ni. 4.123) etthāpi katoyeva hoti sāvadhāraṇasseva atthassa icchitabbattā, evamidhāpīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dutiyādayopī’’^eb^tiādi. Sāmaññaphalādhigamavasena nippariyāyato samaṇabhāvoti tesaṃ vasenettha cattāro samaṇā desitāti tamatthaṃ suttantarena samatthetuṃ ^b^‘‘tenevāhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Paṭipattikkamena desanākkamena ca sakadāgāmiādīnaṃ dutiyāditā vuttāti sotāpannassa paṭhamatā avuttasiddhāti na coditā. ^b^Phalaṭṭhakasamaṇāva adhippetā^eb^ samitapāpasamaṇaggahaṇato. Kasmā panettha ^b^mahāparinibbāne^eb^ viya maggaṭṭhā tadatthāya paṭipannā ca na gahitāti? Veneyyajjhāsayato. Tattha hi maggādhigamatthāya vipassanāpi ito bahiddhā natthi, kuto maggaphalānīti dassentena bhagavatā ‘‘ñāyassa dhammassa padesavattī, ito bahiddhā samaṇopi natthī’’ti vuttaṃ. Idha pana niṭṭhānappattameva taṃtaṃsamaṇabhāvaṃ gaṇhantena phalaṭṭhakasamaṇāva gahitā ‘‘maggaṭṭhato phalaṭṭho savisesaṃ dakkhiṇeyyo’’ti. Svāyamattho dvīsu suttesu desanābhedeneva viññāyatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rittā^eb^ti vivittā. ^b^Tucchā^eb^ti nissārā paṭipannakasārābhāvato. Pavadanti etehīti ^b^pavādā,^eb^ diṭṭhigatikānaṃ nānādiṭṭhidīpakā samayāti āha ^b^‘‘cattāro sassatavādā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ parato āgamissati. ^b^Te^eb^ti yathāvuttasamaṇā. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘parappavādā’’ti vutte bāhirakasamaye.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ya^eb^nti yasmiṃ. Bhummatthe hi idaṃ paccattavacanaṃ. Ñāyo vuccati saha vipassanāya ariyamaggo. Tena hi nibbānaṃ ñāyati gammati paṭivijjhatīti. So eva nibbānasampāpakahetutāya dhammoti āha ^b^‘‘ñāyassa dhammassā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tesaṃ^eb^ parappavādasāsanānaṃ ^b^akhettatā khettatā ca ariyamaggassa^eb^ abhāvabhāvā suparisuddhassa sīlassa suparisuddhāya samathavipassanāya ^b^abhāvato sāvato ca^eb^. Tadubhayañca durakkhātasvākkhātabhāvahetukaṃ, so ca asammāsambuddhasammāsambuddhapaveditatāyāti parājikāya ^a^M2.0005^ea^ satthu vipattihetutāya sāsanassa aniyyānabhāvoti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Idāni ^a^V2.0005^ea^ yathāvuttamatthaṃ pariyāyato ca pāḷiyā ca samatthetuṃ ^b^‘‘tenāha bhagavā’’^eb^tiādinā pāḷiṃ dassetvā upamāpadesena tattha suttaṃ vibhāvento ^b^‘‘yasmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha yasmā ekaccānaṃ visesato sīhānaṃ purimaṃ pādadvayaṃ hatthakiccampi karoti, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘surattahatthapādo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sīhassa kesā^eb^ nāma kesarāyatanā khandhalomā. ^b^Gocariyahatthikulaṃ^eb^ nāma pakatihatthikulaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘kālāvaka’’ntipi vuccati. ^b^Ghoṭako^eb^ nāma assakhaḷuṅko. Sineruparibhaṇḍe simbalirukkhehi sañchādito paññāsayojano daho simbalidaho, taṃ parivāretvā mahantaṃ simbalivanaṃ, taṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘simbalidahavane’’^eb^ti. Aññatitthāvāsabhūmiyaṃ imesu samaṇesu ekacco na uppajjati, īdiso panettha vikappo natthi, sabbena sabbaṃ na uppajjantevāti dassento ^b^‘‘ekasamaṇopī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Ariyamaggaparikkhate^eb^ti ariyamagguppattiyā abhisaṅkhate, yadā sāsanikānaṃ sammāpaṭipattiyā ariyamaggo dibbati, tadāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sammā^eb^ti suṭṭhu. Suṭṭhu nadanaṃ nāma hetuyuttaṃ suṭṭhu katvā kathananti āha ^b^‘‘hetunā’’^eb^ti. So ca hetu aviparīto eva icchitabboti āha ^b^‘‘nayenā’’^eb^ti, ñāyenāti attho. Evaṃbhūto ca so yathādhippetatthaṃ karoti sādhetīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti. Yadi tiracchānasīhassa nādo sabbatiracchānaekaccamanussāmanussanādato seṭṭhattā seṭṭhanādo, kimaṅgaṃ pana tathāgatasīhanādoti āha ^b^‘‘sīhanādanti seṭṭhanāda’’^eb^nti. Yadi tiracchānasīhanādassa seṭṭhanādatā nibbhayatāya appaṭisattutāya icchitā, tathāgatasīhanādasseva ayamattho sātisayoti āha ^b^‘‘abhītanādaṃ appaṭināda’’^eb^nti. Idānissa seṭṭhanādabhāvaṃ kāraṇena paṭipādento ^b^‘‘imesañhī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tena ‘‘sammā’’ti vuttamatthaṃ samattheti. Tattha ^b^atthitāyā^eb^ti iminā sīhanādassa uttamatthataṃ dasseti. Bhūtaṭṭho hi uttamaṭṭho. Tāya eva bhūtaṭṭhatāya abhītanādatāti dassento ^b^‘‘ime samaṇā…pe… nāma hotī’’^eb^ti āha. Abhūtañhi vadato kutoci ^a^M2.0006^ea^ bhayaṃ vā āsaṅkā vā siyāti ‘‘idhevā’’ti niyamassa aviparītataṃ dassento ^b^‘‘amhākampi…pe… appaṭinādo nāma hotī’’^eb^ti āha. Yañhi aññatthāpi atthi, taṃ idhevāti avadhāretuṃ na yuttanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^140^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kho^eb^ti avadhāraṇe. Tena vijjati evāti dasseti. Yanti karaṇatthe paccattanti āha ^b^‘‘yena kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Titthaṃ nāma dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhiyo^eb^ tabbinimuttassa kassaci diṭṭhivipphanditassa abhāvato. Pāragamanasaṅkhātaṃ taraṇaṃ diṭṭhigatikānaṃ (a. ni. ṭī. 2.3.62) tattha tattheva aparāparaṃ ummujjananimujjanavasena pilavananti āha ^b^‘‘taranti uppalavantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Uppādetā^eb^ti pūraṇādiko. Titthe jātāti ^b^titthiyā,^eb^ yathāvuttaṃ vā diṭṭhigatasaṅkhātaṃ ^a^V2.0006^ea^ titthaṃ etesaṃ atthīti titthikā, titthikā eva ^b^titthiyā^eb^. Assasanti ettha, etenāti vā ^b^assāso,^eb^ avassayo.<br/><br/>[03]Pakatatthaniddeso yaṃ-taṃ-saddoti tassa ‘‘bhagavatā’’tiādīhi padehi samānādhikaraṇabhāvena vuttassa yena abhisambuddhabhāvena bhagavā pakato satthubhāvena adhigato supākaṭo ca, taṃ abhisambuddhabhāvaṃ saddhiṃ āgamanapaṭipadāya atthabhāvena dassento ^b^‘‘yo so…pe… abhisambuddho’’^eb^ti āha. Satipi ñāṇadassanasaddānaṃ idha paññāvevacanabhāve tena tena visesena nesaṃ savisaye visesappavattidassanatthaṃ (sārattha. ṭī. parivāra 3.1) asādhāraṇavisesavasena vijjāttayavasena vijjābhiññānāvaraṇavasena sabbaññutaññāṇamaṃsacakkhuvasena paṭivedhadesanāñāṇavasena ca te yojetvā dassento ^b^‘‘tesaṃ tesa’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Tattha ^b^āsayānusayaṃ jānatā^eb^ āsayānusayañāṇena, ^b^sabbaṃ ñeyyadhammaṃ passatā^eb^ sabbaññutānāvaraṇañāṇehi. ^b^Pubbenivāsādīhī^eb^ti pubbenivāsāasavakkhayañāṇehi. Anaññasādhāraṇapuññānubhāvanibbatto anuttarañāṇādhigamaladdhapurāvattako ca bhagavato rūpakāyo atikkammeva devānaṃ devānubhāvaṃ vattatīti āha ^b^‘‘sabbasattānaṃ…pe… passatā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭivedhapaññāyā^eb^ti maggapaññāya. Tāya hi sabbaso ñeyyadhammesu sammohassa vidhamitattā pacchā pavattajānanaṃ tassa jānanaṃ viya vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Arīna^eb^nti kilesārīnaṃ, pañcavidhamārānaṃ vā sāsanapaccatthikānaṃ vā aññatitthiyānaṃ, tesaṃ hananaṃ pāṭihāriyehi abhibhavanaṃ appaṭibhānatākaraṇaṃ ajjhupekkhanaṃ ^a^M2.0007^ea^ vā. ^b^Kesivinayasutta^eb^ñcettha (a. ni. 4.111) nidassanaṃ. Tathā ca ṭhānāṭṭhānādīni vā ^b^jānatā,^eb^ yathākammupage satte ^b^passatā,^eb^ savāsanānamāsavānaṃ khīṇattā ^b^arahatā,^eb^ abhiññeyyādibhede dhamme abhiññeyyādito aviparītāvabodhena ^b^sammāsambuddhena^eb^. Atha vā tīsu kālesu appaṭihatañāṇatāya ^b^jānatā,^eb^ kāyakammādīnaṃ ñāṇānuparivattanena nisammakāritāya ^b^passatā,^eb^ ravādīnampi (sārattha. ṭī. parivāra 3.1) abhāvasādhikāya pahānasampadāya ^b^arahatā,^eb^ chandādīnaṃ ahānihetubhūtāya akkhayapaṭibhānasādhikāya sabbaññutāya ^b^sammāsambuddhena^eb^. Evaṃ dasabalāṭṭhārasāveṇikabuddhadhammavasenapi yojanā veditabbā. ^b^Ye^eb^ti caturo dhamme. ^b^Attanī^eb^ti amhesu. Na rājarājamahāmattādīsu upatthambhaṃ sampassamānā, na kāyabalaṃ sampassamānāti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uppannapasādo^eb^ti aveccappasādaṃ vadati. Vakkhati hi ‘‘cattāri sotāpannassa aṅgāni kathitānī’’ti ^a^V2.0007^ea^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.140). Kāmaṃ asekkhāpi asekkhāya samasikkhatāya sahadhammikā eva, ciṇṇabrahmacariyatāya pana sahadhammaṃ carantīti na vattabbāti asekkhavāro na gahito. ^b^Sabbepete^eb^ti ete yathāvuttā bhikkhuādayo sotāpannādayo ca puthujjanā ariyā cāti sabbepi ete taṃtaṃsikkhāhi samānadhammattā sahadhammattā ^b^‘‘sahadhammikā’’^eb^ti vuccanti. Idāni nibbattitāriyadhammavaseneva sahadhammike dassento ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Maggadassanamhī^eb^ti pariññābhisamayādivasena saccapaṭivedhena ‘‘nava maggaṅgāni, aṭṭha bojjhaṅgānī’’tiādinā vivādo natthi. ^b^Ekadhammacāritāyā^eb^ti samānadhammacāritāya. Na hi paṭividdhasaccānaṃ ‘‘mayā dhammo sudiṭṭho, tayā duddiṭṭho’’tiādinā vivādo atthi. Diṭṭhisīlasāmaññena saṅghātā hi te uttamapurisā. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti ‘‘sahadhammikā kho panā’’tiādivacanena. Tattha ^b^piyamanāpa^eb^ggahaṇena sīlesu paripūrakāritāpadesena ekadesena gahitaṃ saṅghasuppaṭipattiṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā dasseti. Ye hi sampannasīlā suvisuddhadassanā, te viññūnaṃ piyā manāpāti. ^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti ‘‘atthi kho no āvuso’’tiādinayappavattena ratanattayapasādajotanena ^b^akkhātā^eb^ tesu tesu suttapadesesu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^141^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Satthari pasādo^eb^ti ^b^pasāda^eb^ggahaṇena ‘‘bhagavatā’’tiādinā vā pasādanīyā dhammā gahitā. Tena buddhasubuddhataṃ dasseti, tathā ^b^‘‘dhamme^eb^^a^M2.0008^ea^^b^pasādo’’^eb^ti iminā dhammasudhammataṃ, itarena saṅghasuppaṭipannataṃ. Yena cittena aññattha anupalabbhamānena sāsaneyeva samaṇo ito bahiddhā natthīti ayamattho, sammadeva, patiṭṭhāpitoti veditabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ yojanā – yasmā sammāsambuddho amhākaṃ satthā, tasmā atthi kho no, āvuso, satthari pasādo, sammāsambuddhattā cassa svākhāto dhammoti atthi dhamme pasādo, tato eva ca atthi sīlesu paripūrakāritāti sahadhammikā…pe… pabbajitā cāti evamettha satthari pasādena dhamme pasādo, tena saṅghasuppaṭipattīti ayañca nayo lesenapi parappavādesu natthīti idheva samaṇo…pe… samaṇehi aññehīti.<br/><br/>[03]Paṭividdhasaccānaṃ pahīnānurodhānaṃ gehassitapemassa asambhavo evāti ^b^‘‘idānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihārikamhi puttapemaṃ upaṭṭhapetabbaṃ’’tiādivacanaṃ (mahāva. 65) kathanti? Nayidaṃ gehassitapemaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, taṃsadisattā pana pemamukhena vutto mettāsneho. Na hi bhagavā bhikkhū saṃkilese niyojeti. ^b^Evarūpaṃ pemaṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti pasādāvahaguṇāvahato pūraṇādīsu bhatti pasādo na hoti, pasādapatirūpakā pana lobhapavattīti daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Thero^eb^ti mahāsaṅgharakkhitatthero. Yena ^b^aṭṭhakathā^eb^ potthakaṃ ^a^V2.0008^ea^ āropitā. ^b^Ekova satthā^eb^ anaññasādhāraṇaguṇattā, aññathā anacchariyattā satthulakkhaṇameva na paripūreyya. ^b^Visuṃ katvā^eb^ti aññehi vivecetvā attano āveṇikaṃ katvā. ‘‘Amhākaṃ satthā’’ti byāvadantānaṃ aññesaṃ satthā na hotīti atthato āpannameva hoti, tathā ca padesavattiniṃ tassa satthutaṃ paṭijānantā paripuṇṇalakkhaṇasatthutaṃ icchantānampi tato viruddhā satthubhāvapariyesanena parājitā honti. ^b^Pariyattidhamme^eb^ti adhikabrahmaguṇasuttageyyādippabhedasamaye. Tattha ^b^ajasīla…pe… kukkurasīlādīsū^eb^ti idaṃ yebhuyyena aññatitthiyānaṃ tādisaṃ vatasamādānasabbhāvato vuttaṃ, ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena yamaniyamacātuyāmasaṃvarādīnaṃ saṅgahoti. ^b^Adhippayāso^eb^ti adhikaṃ payasati payujjati etenāti adhippayāso, savisesaṃ adhikattabbakiriyā (a. ni. ṭī. 2.3.117). Tenāha ^b^‘‘adhikappayogo’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tassa^eb^^a^M2.0009^ea^^b^pasādassa pariyosānabhūtā^eb^ti tassa satthari dhamme ca pasādassa niṭṭhānabhūtā. ^b^Niṭṭhā^eb^ti mokkho. Samayavādīnañhi tasmiṃ tasmiṃ samaye tadupadesake ca pasādo yāvadeva mokkhādhigamanaṭṭho. Diṭṭhigatikā tathā tathā attano laddhivasena niṭṭhaṃ parikappenti yevāti āha ^b^‘‘niṭṭhaṃ apaññapento nāma natthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Brāhmaṇāna^eb^nti brāhmaṇavādīnaṃ. Tesaṃ ekacce brahmunā salokatā niṭṭhāti vadanti, ekacce tassa samīpatā, ekacce tena saṃyogo niṭṭhāti vadanti. Tattha ye salokatāvādino samīpatāvādino ca, te dvedhāvādino, itare advedhāvādino. Sabbepi te atthato brahmalokupapattiyaṃyeva niṭṭhāsaññino. Tattha hi nesaṃ niccābhiniveso yathā taṃ bakassa brahmuno. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘brahmaloko niṭṭhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Brahmaloko^eb^ti paṭhamajjhānabhūmi. ^b^Mahātāpasāna^eb^nti vekhanasāditāpasānaṃ. Mahābrahmā viya paṭhamajjhānabhūmiyaṃ ābhassaresu eko sabbaseṭṭho natthīti ^b^‘‘ābhassarā’’^eb^ti puthuvacanaṃ. ^b^Paribbājakāna^eb^nti sañcayādiparibbājakānaṃ. Anto ca mano ca etassa natthīti ^b^anantamānaso^eb^. Ājīvakānañhi sabbadābhāvato ananto, sukhadukkhādisamatikkamanato amānaso. Iminā aṭṭhahi lokadhammehi upakkiliṭṭhacittataṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Papañce^eb^ yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. ^b^Taṇhādiṭṭhiyova adhippetā^eb^ mamaṅkārāhaṅkāravigamassa adhippetattā. Yathā pañcasu ṭhānesu ekova kileso lobho āgato, evaṃ dvīsu ṭhānesu tayo kilesā āgatā ‘‘doso moho diṭṭhī’’ti. ‘‘Sadosassā’’ti hi vuttaṭṭhāne paṭighaṃ akusalamūlaṃ gahitaṃ, ‘‘paṭiviruddhassā’’ti virodho, ‘‘samohassā’’ti moho akusalamūlaṃ, ‘‘aviddasuno’’ti malyaṃ, asampajaññaṃ vā, ‘‘saupādānassā’’ti ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinā nayena gahaṇaṃ, ‘‘papañcārāmassā’’ti papañcuppattivasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ākārato^eb^ti ^a^V2.0009^ea^ pavattiākārato. Padantarena rāgavisesassa vuccamānattāādito vuttaṃ sarāgavacanaṃ oḷārikaṃ rāgavisayanti āha ^b^‘‘pañcakāmaguṇikarāgavasenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Gahaṇavasenā^eb^ti daḷhaggahaṇavasena. ‘‘Anuruddhapaṭiviruddhassā’’ti ekapadavasena pāḷiyaṃ āgatattā ekajjhaṃ paduddhāro kato. Tattha pana ‘‘anuruddhassā’’ti subhavasenāti evamattho vattabbo. Na hi paṭivirujjhanaṃ subhavasena hoti. ^b^Papañcuppattidassanavasenā^eb^ti kilesakammavipākānaṃ aparāparuppattipaccayatāya ^a^M2.0010^ea^ saṃsārassa papañcanaṃ papañco, tassa uppattihetubhāvadassanavasena. Taṇhā hi bhavuppattiyā visesapaccayo. ^b^Taṇhāpaccayā upādānadassanavasenā^eb^ti taṇhāpaccayassa upādānassa dassanavasena, yadavatthā taṇhā upādānassa paccayo, tadavatthādassanavasena. Phalena hi hetuvisesakittanametanti. ^b^Evaṃ viddhaṃsethā^eb^ti kāmarāgabhavataṇhādivasena lobhaṃ kasmā evaṃ vippakiretha. ^b^Taṇhākaraṇavasenā^eb^ti taṇhāyanakaraṇavasena subhākāraggahaṇavasena. Subhanti hi ārammaṇe pavatto rāgo ‘‘subha’’nti vutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^142^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vadanti etenāti ^b^vādo,^eb^ diṭṭhivādo. Diṭṭhivasena hi ‘‘sassato attā ca loko ca, asassato attā ca loko cā’’ti ca diṭṭhigatikā paññapenti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dvemā, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiyo’’^eb^ti (ma. ni. 1.142). Taṇhārahitāya diṭṭhiyā abhāvato taṇhāvaseneva ca attano sassatabhāvābhinivesoti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘taṇhādiṭṭhivasenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Allīnā^eb^ti nissitā. ^b^Upagatā^eb^ti avissajjanavasena ekibhāvamiva gatā. ^b^Ajjhositā^eb^ti tāya diṭṭhiyā gilitvā pariniṭṭhāpitā viya tadantogadhā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anupaviṭṭhā’’^eb^ti. Yathā gahaṭṭhānaṃ kāmajjhosānaṃ vivādamūlaṃ, evaṃ pabbajitānaṃ diṭṭhajjhosānanti āha ^b^‘‘vibhavadiṭṭhiyā te paṭiviruddhā’’^eb^ti. Diṭṭhivirodhena hi diṭṭhigatikavirodho.<br/><br/>[03]Khaṇikasamudayo uppādakkhaṇoti āha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhīnaṃ nibbattī’’^eb^ti. Diṭṭhinibbattiggahaṇeneva cettha yathā diṭṭhīnaṃ paṭiccasamuppannatā vibhāvitā, evaṃ diṭṭhivatthunopīti ubhayesampi aniccatā dukkhatā anattatā ca vibhāvitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yāni ^b^paṭisambhidānayena^eb^ (paṭi. ma. 1.122) ‘‘paccayasamudayo aṭṭha ṭhānānī’’ti vuttāni, tāni dassento ^b^‘‘khandhāpī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha khandhāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ ārammaṇaṭṭhena ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādivacanato (saṃ. ni. 3.81; 4.345). ^b^Avijjāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ upanissayādivasena paccayabhāvato. Yathāha – ‘‘assutavā, bhikkhave, puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.2, 461; saṃ. ni. 3.1, 7). ^b^Phassopi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Yathā cāha ‘‘tadapi phassapaccayā (dī. ni. 1.118-130), phussa phussa paṭisaṃvediyantī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.144) ca ^a^V2.0010^ea^. ^b^Saññāpi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘saññānidānā hi papañcasaṅkhāti ^a^M2.0011^ea^ (su. ni. 880), pathaviṃ pathavito saññatvā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.2) ca ādi. ^b^Vitakkopi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘takkañca diṭṭhīsu pakappayitvā, saccaṃ musāti dvayadhammamāhū’’ti (su. ni. 892; mahāni. 121) ‘‘takkī hoti vīmaṃsī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.34) ca ādi. ^b^Ayonisomanasikāropi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Yathāha bhagavā ‘‘tasseva ayoniso manasikaroto channaṃ diṭṭhīnaṃ aññatarā diṭṭhi uppajjati, atthi me attāti assa saccato thetato diṭṭhi uppajjatī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.19). Samuṭṭhāti etenāti samuṭṭhānaṃ, tassa bhāvo ^b^samuṭṭhānaṭṭho,^eb^ tena. ^b^Khaṇikatthaṅgamo^eb^ khaṇikanirodho. ^b^Paccayatthaṅgamo^eb^ avijjādīnaṃ accantanirodho. So pana yena hoti, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘sotāpattimaggo’’^eb^ti āha. Cattāro hi ariyamaggā yathārahaṃ tassa tassa saṅkhāragatassa accantanirodhahetu, khaṇikanirodho pana ahetuko.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ānisaṃsa^eb^nti udayaṃ. So pana diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikavasena duvidho. Tattha samparāyiko duggatiparikilesatāyāadīnavapakkhiko evāti itaraṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yaṃ sandhāyā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Ādīnavampi^eb^ diṭṭhadhammikameva dassento ^b^‘‘diṭṭhiggahaṇamūlakaṃ upaddava’’^eb^ntiādimāha. ^b^So^eb^tiādīnavo. ^b^Ādīna^eb^nti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena naggiyānasanasaṅkaṭivatādīnaṃ saṅgaho. Nissarati etenāti nissaraṇanti vuccamāne dassanamaggo eva diṭṭhīnaṃ nissaraṇaṃ siyā, tassa pana atthaṅgamapariyāyena gahitattā sabbasaṅkhatanissaṭaṃ nibbānaṃ diṭṭhīhipi nissaṭanti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘diṭṭhīnaṃ nissaraṇaṃ nāma nibbāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Iminā^eb^tiādīsu vattabbaṃ anuyogavatte vuttanayameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^143^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Diṭṭhicchedanaṃ dassento^eb^ti sabbupādānapariññādassanena sabbaso diṭṭhīnaṃ samucchedavidhiṃ dassento. ^b^Vuttāyevā^eb^ti –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Upādānāni cattāri, tāni atthavibhāgato;<br/><br/>[22]Dhammasaṅkhepavitthārā, kamato ca vibhāvaye’’ti. (visuddhi. 2.645) –<br/><br/>[03]Gāthaṃ uddisitvā atthavibhāgādivasena vuttāyeva. Kāmaṃ ito bāhirakānaṃ ‘‘imāni upādānāni ettakāni cattāri, na ito bhiyyo’’ti īdisaṃ ñāṇaṃ natthi, kevalaṃ pana keci ‘‘kāmā pahātabbā’’ti vadanti, keci ‘‘natthi paro lokoti ca, micchā’’ti vadanti, apare ‘‘sīlabbatena suddhīti ^a^M2.0012^ea^ ca, micchā’’ti vadanti, attadiṭṭhiyā pana micchābhāvaṃ sabbaso na jānanti eva. Yattakaṃ pana jānanti, tassapi accantappahānaṃ na jānanti, tathāpi sabbassa pariññeyyassa ^a^V2.0011^ea^ pariññeyyaṃ paññapemaicceva tiṭṭhanti. Evaṃbhūtānaṃ pana nesaṃ tattha yādisī paṭipatti, taṃ dassento satthā ^b^‘‘santi, bhikkhave’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^santī^eb^ti saṃvijjanti. Tena tesaṃ diṭṭhigatikānaṃ vijjamānatāya avicchedataṃ dasseti. ^b^Eke^eb^ti ekacce. ^b^Samaṇabrāhmaṇā^eb^ti pabbajjupagamanena samaṇā, jātimattena ca brāhmaṇā. ^b^Sabbesa^eb^nti anavasesānaṃ upādānānaṃ ^b^samatikkamaṃ^eb^ pahānaṃ. ^b^Sammā na paññapentī^eb^ti yesaṃ paññapenti, tesampi sammā pariññaṃ na paññapenti. Idāni taṃ atthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kecī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha hotika-kuṭīcaka-bahūdaka-haṃsa-paramahaṃsa-kājaka-tidaṇḍa-monavata-seva-pārupaka-pañcamarattika- somakāraka-mugabbata-carabāka-tāpasa-niganthā-jīvaka-isi-pārāyanika-pañcātapika-kāpila- kāṇāda-saṃsāramocaka-aggibhattika-magavatika-govatika-kukkuravatika-kāmaṇḍaluka- vaggulivatika-ekasāṭaka-odakasuddhika-sarīrasantāpaka-sīlasuddhika-jhānasuddhika-catubbidha- sassatavādādayo channavuti taṇhāpāsena ḍaṃsanato, ariyadhammassa vā vibādhanato ^b^pāsaṇḍā. Vatthupaṭisevanaṃ kāma^eb^nti byāpārassa vatthuno paṭisevanasaṅkhātaṃ kāmaṃ. ^b^Theyyena sevantī^eb^ti paṭihatthāadisamaññāya lokassa vacanavasena sevanti. ^b^Tīṇi kāraṇānī^eb^ti ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinayappavattāni diṭṭhivisesabhūtāni vaṭṭakāraṇāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthasallāpikā^eb^ti atthassa sallāpikā, dvinnaṃ adhippetatthasallāpavibhāvinīti adhippāyo. Dvinnañhi vacanaṃ sallāpo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘pathavī kirā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Yo titthiyānaṃ attano satthari dhamme sahadhammikesu ca pasādo vutto, tassa anāyatanagatattā appasādakabhāvadassanaṃ pasādapacchedo. Tathāpavatto vādo ^b^pasādapacchedavādo^eb^ vutto. ^b^Evarūpe^eb^ti īdise vuttanayena kilesānaṃ anupasamasaṃvattanike. ^b^Dhamme^eb^ti dhammapatirūpake. ^b^Vinaye^eb^ti vinayapatirūpake. Titthiyā hi kohaññe ṭhatvā lokaṃ vañcentā dhammaṃ kathemāti ‘‘sattime kāyā akaṭā akaṭavidhā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 1.174) yaṃ kiñci kathetvā tathā ‘‘vinayaṃ paññapemā’’ti ^a^M2.0013^ea^ gosīlavaggulivatādīni paññapetvā tādisaṃ sāvake sikkhāpetvā ‘‘dhammavinayo’’ti kathenti, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘dhammavinaye’’ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ubhayenapi aniyyānikaṃ sāsanaṃ dassetī’’^eb^ti. Parittampi nāma puññaṃ kātukāmaṃ maccheramalābhibhūtatāya nivārentassa antarāyaṃ tassa karoto diṭṭheva dhamme viññūhi garahitabbatā samparāye ca duggati pāṭikaṅkhā, kimaṅgaṃ pana sakalavaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇāvahe jinacakke pahāradāyino titthakarassa tadovādakarassa cāti imamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘aniyyānikasāsanamhi hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Yathā so pasādo ^a^V2.0012^ea^ samparāye na sammaggato attano pavattivasenāti dassento ^b^‘‘kañci kālaṃ gantvāpi pacchā vinassati yevā’’^eb^ti āha, aveccappasādo viya accantiko na hotīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sampajjamānā^eb^ yathāvidhipaṭipattiyā ^b^tiracchānayoniṃ āvahati^eb^. Kammasarikkhakena hi vipākeneva bhavitabbaṃ. ^b^Sabbampi kāraṇabheda^eb^nti sabbampi yathāvuttaṃ titthakarānaṃ sāvakānaṃ apāyadukkhāvahaṃ micchāpaṭipattisaṅkhātaṃ kāraṇavisesaṃ. ^b^So panesa^eb^ pasādo ^b^na niyyāti^eb^ micchattapakkhikattā surāpītasiṅgāle pasādo viya. Suraṃ parissāvetvā chaḍḍitakasaṭaṃ ^b^surājallikaṃ^eb^. Brāhmaṇā nāma dhanaluddhāti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘imaṃ vañcessāmī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kaṃsasatā^eb^ti kahāpaṇasatā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^144^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tassā^eb^ti pasādassa. Sabbopi lobho kāmupādānanteva vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘arahattamaggena kāmupādānassa pahānapariñña’’^eb^nti. ^b^Evarūpe^eb^ti īdise sabbaso kilesānaṃ upasamasaṃvattanike. Yathānusiṭṭhaṃ paṭipajjamānānaṃ apāyesu apatanavasena dhāraṇaṭṭhena ^b^dhamme^eb^. Sabbaso vinayanaṭṭhena ^b^vinaye^eb^. Tattha bhavadukkhanissaraṇāya saṃvattane.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Namassamāno aṭṭhāsi^eb^ dve asaṅkhyeyyāni paccekabodhipāramīnaṃ pūraṇena tattha buddhasāsane paricayena ca bhagavati pasannacittatāya ca. ^b^‘‘Ulūkā’’^eb^tyādigāthā rukkhadevatāya bhāsitā. ^b^Kāluṭṭhita^eb^nti sāyanhakāle divāvihārato uṭṭhitaṃ. ^b^Duggateso na gacchatī^eb^ti duggatiṃ eso na gamissati. ^b^Morajiko^eb^ murajavādako. ^b^Mahābherivādakavatthu^eb^ādīnipi sitapātukaraṇaṃ ādiṃ katvā vitthāretabbāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paramatthe^eb^ti ^a^M2.0014^ea^ lokuttaradhamme. ^b^Kiṃ pana vattabba^eb^nti dhammepi paramatthe nimittaṃ gahetvā suṇantānaṃ. ^b^Sāmaṇeravatthū^eb^ti pabbajitadivaseyeva sappena daṭṭho hutvā kālaṃ katvā devalokaṃ upapannasāmaṇeravatthu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Khīrodana^eb^nti khīrena saddhiṃ sammissaṃ odanaṃ. ^b^Timbarusaka^eb^nti tindukaphalaṃ. Tipusasadisā ekā vallijāti timbarusaṃ, tassa phalaṃ timbarusakanti ca vadanti. ^b^Kakkārika^eb^nti khuddakaelāḷukaṃ. Mahātipusanti ca vadanti. ^b^Vallipakka^eb^nti khuddakatipusavalliyā phalaṃ. ^b^Hatthapatāpaka^eb^nti mandāmukhi. ^b^Ambakañjika^eb^nti ambilakañjikaṃ. Khaḷayāguntipi vadanti. ^b^Doṇinimmajjani^eb^nti satelaṃ tilapiññākaṃ. ^b^Vidhupana^eb^nti caturassabījaniṃ ^a^V2.0013^ea^. ^b^Tālavaṇṭa^eb^nti tālapattehi katamaṇḍalabījaniṃ. ^b^Morahattha^eb^nti morapiñchehi kataṃ makasabījaniṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vuttanayānusārenevā^eb^ti yasmā idhāpi yathāvuttaṃ sabbampi kāraṇabhedaṃ ekato katvā dassento satthā ‘‘taṃ kissa hetū’’ntiādimāha, tasmā tattha aniyyānikasāsane vuttanayassa anussaraṇavasena yojetvā veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^145^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pariñña^eb^nti pahānapariññaṃ. ^b^Tesaṃ paccayaṃ dassetu^eb^nti upādānānaṃ pariññā nāma pahānapariññā. Tesaṃ accantanirodho adhippeto, so ca paccayanirodhena hotīti tesaṃ paccayaṃ mūlakāraṇato pabhuti dassetuṃ. ^b^Aya^eb^nti idāni vuccamāno ^b^ettha^eb^ ‘‘ime cā’’tiādipāṭhe ‘‘kiṃ nidānā’’tiādisamāsapadānaṃ attho. ^b^Sabbapadesū^eb^ti ‘‘taṇhāsamudayā’’tiādīsu sabbesu padesu. Iminā eva ca sabbaggahaṇena ‘‘phassanidānā’’tiādīnampi padānaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Ime aññatitthiyā upādānānampi samudayaṃ na jānanti, kuto nirodhaṃ, tathāgato pana tesaṃ tappaccayapaccayānampi samudayañca atthaṅgamañca yāthāvato jānāti, tasmā – ‘‘idheva, bhikkhave, samaṇo…pe… suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.139) yathāraddhasīhanādaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā dassento ‘‘ime ca, bhikkhave, cattāro upādānā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.145) nayena desanaṃ paṭiccasamuppādamukhena otārento vaṭṭaṃ dassetvā ‘‘yato ca kho’’tiādinā vivaṭṭaṃ dassento arahattena desanāya kūṭaṃ gaṇhi, tamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘yasmā pana bhagavā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷasīhanādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 98
title: cūḷasīhanādasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāsīhanādasuttavaṇṇanā^vesālīnagaravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^146^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aparāpara^eb^nti ^a^M2.0015^ea^^a^V2.0014^ea^ punappunaṃ. ^b^Visālībhūtatāyā^eb^ti gāvutantaraṃ gāvutantaraṃ puthubhūtatāya. ^b^Tatrā^eb^ti tassaṃ visālībhūtatāyaṃ. ^b^Chaḍḍitamatte^eb^ti vissaṭṭhamatte. ^b^Ūmibhayādīhī^eb^ti ūmikumbhīlāavaṭṭasaṃsukābhayehi. Udakappavāhenāgatassapi ca usmā na vigacchati, usmā ca nāma īdisassa saviññāṇakatāya bhaveyyāti ^b^‘‘siyā gabbho’’^eb^ti cintesi. ^b^Tathā^eb^ hītiādi tattha kāraṇacintā. Puññavantatāya ^b^duggandhaṃ^eb^ nāhosi, sausumatāya ^b^pūtikabhāvo^eb^. Dārakānaṃ puññūpanissayato ^b^aṅguṭṭhakato cassa khīraṃ nibbatti,^eb^ khīrabhattañca labhi. Carimakabhave bodhisatte kucchigate bodhisattamātu viya udaracchaviyā acchavippasannatāya nicchavi viyāti katvā āha ^b^‘‘nicchavī ahesu’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tesa^eb^nti dvinnaṃ dārakānaṃ. ^b^Mātāpitaro^eb^ti posakamātāpitaro. ^b^Abhisiñcitvā rājānaṃ akaṃsu^eb^ rajjasampattiyā dāyakassa kammassa katattā, asambhinne eva rājakule uppannattā ca. Kumārassa puññānubhāvasañcoditā devatādhiggahitāti keci.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purassa apare^eb^ti purassa aparadisāya gāvutamatte ṭhāne jīvakambavanaṃ viya sapākāramandirake. ^b^Acirapakkanto^eb^ti ettha na desantarapakkamanaṃ adhippetaṃ, atha kho sāsanato apakkamananti dassento ^b^‘‘vibbhamitvā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tenevāha ‘‘imasmā dhammavinayā’’ti. ^b^Parisatī^eb^ti parisāyaṃ, janasamūheti attho. Janasamūhagato pana ^b^‘‘parisamajjhe’’^eb^ti vutto. Bhāvanāmanasikārena vinā pakatiyāva manussehi nibbattetabbo dhammoti ^b^manussadhammo,^eb^ manussattabhāvāvaho vā dhammo ^b^manussadhammo,^eb^ anuḷāraṃ parittakusalaṃ. Yaṃ asatipi buddhuppāde vattati, yañca sandhāyāha ‘‘hīnena brahmacariyena, khattiye upapajjatī’’ti. ‘‘Amhākaṃ buddho’’ti buddhe mamattakārino ^b^buddhamāmakā^eb^. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo.


volume: 30
item: 99
title: mahāsīhanādasuttavaṇṇanā^vesālīnagaravaṇṇanā^uttarimanussadhammādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Alaṃ ^a^M2.0016^ea^ ariyāya ariyabhāvāyāti ^b^alamariyo,^eb^ rūpāyatanaṃ jānāti cakkhuviññāṇaṃ viya passati cāti ^b^ñāṇadassanaṃ,^eb^ dibbacakkhu. Sammasanupage ca pana dhamme lakkhaṇattayañca tathā jānāti ^a^V2.0015^ea^ passati cāti ^b^ñāṇadassanaṃ,^eb^ vipassanā. Nibbānaṃ, cattāri vā saccāni asammohapaṭivedhato jānāti passati cāti ^b^ñāṇadassanaṃ,^eb^ maggo. Phalaṃ pana nibbānavaseneva yojetabbaṃ. Paccavekkhaṇā maggādhigatassa atthassa paccakkhato jānanaṭṭhena ^b^ñāṇadassanaṃ,^eb^ sabbaññutā anāvaraṇatāya samantacakkhutāya ca ^b^ñāṇadassanaṃ. Lokuttaramaggo adhippeto,^eb^ tasmiñhi paṭisiddhe sabbesampi buddhaguṇānaṃ asambhavoti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tañhi so bhagavato paṭisedhetī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sukhumaṃ dhammantaraṃ^eb^ nāma jhānavipassanādikaṃ ācariyānuggahena ^b^gahitaṃ nāma natthi. Takkapariyāhata^eb^nti ‘‘iti bhavissati, evaṃ bhavissatī’’ti taṃtaṃdassetabbamatthatakkanena vitakkanamattena parito āhataṃ parivattitaṃ katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘takketvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Lokiyapaññaṃ anujānāti^eb^ upanisinnaparisāya anukūladhammakathanatoti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samaṇo gotamo’’^eb^tiādi. Paṭibhātīti paṭibhānaṃ, ‘‘iti vakkhāmī’’ti evaṃpavattaṃ kathanacittaṃ, tato paṭibhānato jānanaṃ paṭibhānaṃ, āgamābhāvato sayameva upaṭṭhitattā ^b^sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imināssa dhammesu paccakkhabhāvaṃ paṭibāhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Suphusita^eb^nti nibbivaraṃ. Aphusitatte hi sukhena vacīghoso na niccharati. ^b^Dantāvaraṇa^eb^nti oṭṭhadvayaṃ. Jivhāpi thaddhatāya sukhena vacīghoso na niccharatīti āha ^b^‘‘mudukā jivhā’’^eb^ti. Karavīkarutamañjutāya ^b^madhuro saro^eb^. Elaṃ vuccati doso, elaṃ gaḷatīti elagaḷā, na elagaḷā ^b^anelagaḷā,^eb^ niddosā, na rujjhatīti attho. Sabbametaṃ rañjanasseva kāraṇaṃ dassento vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pañca dhammā^eb^ti gambhīrañāṇacariyabhūtānaṃ khandhādīnaṃ uggahaṇa-savana-dhāraṇa-paricaya-yonisomanasikāre sandhāyāha. ^b^Takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā^eb^ti ettha ^b^sammā^eb^-saddo ubhayatthāpi yojetabbo ‘‘sammā takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāyā’’ti. Yo hi sammā dhammaṃ paṭipajjati, tasseva sammā dukkhakkhayo hoti. Yo pana vuttanayena takkaro, tassa niyyānaṃ atthato dhammasseva niyyānanti āha ^b^‘‘so dhammo…pe… niyyāti gacchatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^147^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kodhano^eb^ti ^a^M2.0017^ea^ kujjhanasīlo. Yasmā pana sunakkhatto kodhavasena kurūro pharusavacano ca, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘kodhanoti caṇḍo pharuso cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tasmiṃ attabhāve maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo natthī^eb^ti tasmiṃ attabhāve uppajjanārahānaṃ maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo natthi. ^b^Taṃ buddhā ‘‘moghapuriso’’ti vadanti^eb^ yathā taṃ sudinnalāḷudāyiādike. ^b^Upanissaye satipi tasmiṃ khaṇe magge vā phale vā asati ‘‘moghapuriso’’ti vadanti^eb^ yathā taṃ dhaniyūpasenattherādike. Samucchinnopanissaye pana vattabbameva natthi. Yathā ‘‘makkhali moghapuriso manussakhippaṃ ^a^V2.0016^ea^ maññe’’ti (a. ni. 1.311) tathā sunakkhattopīti āha ^b^‘‘imassa panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Assā^eb^ti etena. Kattari hidaṃ sāmivacanaṃ. ^b^Kodhenā^eb^ti kodhahetunā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhagavato^eb^ti sampadānavacanaṃ kuddhapadāpekkhāya. ^b^Pubbe^eb^ti bhikkhukāle. ^b^Saddaṃ sotukāmo^eb^ti so kira dibbacakkhunā tāvatiṃsabhavane devatānaṃ rūpaṃ passanto oṭṭhacalanaṃ passati, na pana saddaṃ suṇāti, tasmā tāsaṃ saddaṃ sotukāmo ahosi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘saddaṃ sotukāmo…pe… pucchī’’^eb^ti. So ca atīte ekaṃ sīlavantaṃ bhikkhuṃ kaṇṇasakkhaliyaṃ paharitvā badhiramakāsi, tasmā parikammaṃ karontopi abhabbova dibbasotādhigamāya. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘upanissayo natthīti ñatvā parikammaṃ na kathesī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Cintesī^eb^ti attano micchāparivitakkitena ayoniso ummujjanto cintesi.<br/><br/>[03]Niyyānikattāvabodhanato abhedopacārena ^b^‘‘desanādhammo niyyāniko’’^eb^ti vutto. Niyyāno vā ariyamaggo bodhetabbo etassa atthīti ^b^niyyāniko desanādhammo. Attani atthitaṃ dasseti^eb^ kiccasiddhidassanena tattha tattha pākaṭīkatattā, na paṭiññāmattena. Tathā hi yathāparādhaṃ taṃtaṃsikkhāpadapaññattiyā yathādhammaṃ veneyyajjhāsayānurūpañca aviparītadhammadesanāya devamanussehi yathābhisaṅkhatapañhānaṃ tadajjhāsayānukūlaṃ ṭhānaso vissajjanena ca bhagavato sabbattha appaṭihatañāṇacārabhāvena ^b^sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ^eb^ viññūnaṃ pākaṭaṃ, tathā tattha tattha yamakapāṭihāriyakaraṇādīsu ^b^iddhividhañāṇādīnī^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mayhañcā’’^eb^tiādi. Anveti yathāgahitasaṅketassa anugamanavasena eti ^a^M2.0018^ea^ jānātīti ^b^anvayo^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anubujjhatīti attho’’^eb^ti. Saṅketānugamanañcettha ‘‘yathāparādhaṃ taṃtaṃsikkhāpadapaññattiyā’’tiādinā vuttanayameva. ^b^Evaṃ yojanā veditabbā^eb^ti yathā sabbaññutaññāṇena yojanā katā, evaṃ ‘‘evarūpampi nāma mayhaṃ iddhividhañāṇasaṅkhātaṃ uttarimanussadhamma’’ntiādinā tattha tattha yojanā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[06]Uttarimanussadhammādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 100
title: vesālīnagaravaṇṇanā^uttarimanussadhammādivaṇṇanā^dasabalañāṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^148^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yadipi ādito abhiññāttayavasena desanāya āgatattā cetopariyañāṇānantaraṃ upari tisso abhiññā vattabbā siyunti vattabbaṃ siyā, atthato pana vijjāttayaṃ yathāvuttābhiññāttayamevāti ^a^V2.0017^ea^ katvā ^b^‘‘tisso vijjā vattabbā siyu’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Kasmā panettha ^b^‘‘tāsu vuttāsu upari dasabalañāṇaṃ na paripūratī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, nanu imāni ñāṇāni sesābhiññā viya attano visayassa abhijānanaṭṭhaṃ upādāya abhiññāsu vattabbāni, akampiyaṭṭhaṃ pana upatthambhanaṭṭhañca upādāya balañāṇesu yathā sammāsatiādayo indriyabalabojjhaṅgamaggaṅgesūti? Nayidamevaṃ. Tattha hi dhammānaṃ dhammakiccavisesavibhāvanaparāya desanāya vuttaṃ, idha pana satthu guṇavisesavibhāvanaparāya desanāya tathā vattuṃ na sakkā atthato anaññattā, ekaccānaṃ puthujjanānaṃ evaṃ cittaṃ uppajjeyya ‘‘kimidaṃ bhagavā heṭṭhā vuttaguṇe punapi gaṇhanto guṇādhikadassanaṃ karotī’’ti. Tasmā suvuttametaṃ ‘‘upari dasabalañāṇaṃ na paripūratī’’ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññehi asādhāraṇānī^eb^ti kasmā vuttaṃ (a. ni. ṭī. 3.10.21), nanu cetāni sāvakānampi ekaccānaṃ uppajjantīti? Kāmaṃ uppajjanti, yādisāni pana buddhānaṃ ṭhānāṭṭhānañāṇādīni, na tādisāni tadaññesaṃ kadācipi uppajjantīti aññehi asādhāraṇānīti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tathāgatasseva balānī’’^eb^ti. Imameva hi yathāvuttalesaṃ apekkhitvā tadabhāvato āsayānusayañāṇādīsu eva asādhāraṇaguṇasamaññā niruḷhā. Kāmaṃ ñāṇabalānaṃ ñāṇasambhāro visesapaccayo, puññasambhāropi pana nesaṃ paccayo eva ^a^M2.0019^ea^, ñāṇasambhārassapi vā puññasambhārabhāvato ^b^‘‘puññussayasampattiyā āgatānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pakatihatthikula^eb^nti (saṃ. ni. 2.22) giricaranadīcaravanacarādippabhedā gocariyakālāvakanāmā sabbāpi balena pākatikā hatthijāti. ^b^Dasannaṃ purisāna^eb^nti thāmamajjhimānaṃ dasannaṃ purisānaṃ. Ekassa tathāgatassa kāyabalanti ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Ekassā^eb^ti ca tathā heṭṭhākathāyaṃ āgatattā desanāsotena vuttaṃ. ^b^Nārāyanasaṅghātabala^eb^nti ettha nārā vuccanti rasmiyo, tā bahū nānāvidhā ito uppajjantīti ^b^nārāyanaṃ,^eb^ vajiraṃ, tasmā nārāyanasaṅghātabalanti vajirasaṅghātabalanti attho. ^b^Ñāṇabalaṃ pana pāḷiyaṃ āgatameva,^eb^ na kāyabalaṃ viya aṭṭhakathāruḷhamevāti adhippāyo. ^b^‘‘Saṃyuttake āgatāni tesattati ñāṇāni sattasattati ñāṇānī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ (vibha. mūlaṭī. 760), tattha pana nidānavagge sattasattati āgatāni catucattārīsañca, tesattati pana paṭisambhidāmagge (paṭi. ma. 1.73 mātikā) sutamayādīni āgatāni dissanti, na saṃyuttake. ^b^Aññānipī^eb^ti etena ñāṇavatthuvibhaṅge ekakādivasena vuttāni, aññattha ca ‘‘pubbante ñāṇa’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 1076) brahmajālādīsu (dī. ni. 1.36) ca ‘‘tayidaṃ tathāgato pajānāti, imāni diṭṭhiṭṭhānāni evaṃ gahitānī’’tiādinā vuttāni anekāni ñāṇappabhedāni saṅgaṇhāti. Yāthāvapaṭivedhato sayañca ^a^V2.0018^ea^ akampiyaṃ puggalañca taṃsamaṅgiṃ neyyesu adhibalaṃ karotīti āha ^b^‘‘akampiyaṭṭhena upatthambhanaṭṭhena cā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Usabhassa idanti ^b^āsabhaṃ,^eb^ (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.8) seṭṭhaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Sabbaññutapaṭijānanavasena abhimukhaṃ gacchanti, aṭṭha vā parisā upasaṅkamantīti ^b^āsabhā,^eb^ pubbabuddhā. ^b^Idaṃ panā^eb^ti buddhānaṃ ṭhānaṃ sabbaññutameva vadati. ^b^Tiṭṭhamānovā^eb^ti avadantopi (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.2.22) tiṭṭhamānova paṭijānāti nāmāti attho. ^b^Upagacchatī^eb^ti anujānāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aṭṭhasu parisāsū^eb^ti ‘‘abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, sāriputta, anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ…pe… tatra vata maṃ bhayaṃ vā sārajjaṃ vā okkamissatīti nimittametaṃ, sāriputta, na samanupassāmī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.151) vuttāsu aṭṭhasu parisāsu. ^b^Abhītanādaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0020^ea^^b^nadatī^eb^ti parato dassitañāṇayogena dasabalohanti abhītanādaṃ nadati. ^b^Sīhanādasuttena khandhavagge^eb^ (saṃ. ni. 3.78) āgatena.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Devamanussānaṃ catucakkaṃ vattatī’’ti (a. ni. 4.31) suttasesena sappurisūpassayādīnaṃ phalasampattipavatti, purimasappurisūpassayādiṃ upanissāya pacchimasappurisūpassayādīnaṃ sampattipavatti vā vuttāti ādi-saddena tattha ca cakka-saddassa gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ. Vicakkasaṇṭhānā asani eva ^b^asanivicakkaṃ. Uracakkādīsū^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena āṇāsamūhādīsupi cakka-saddassa pavatti veditabbā. ‘‘Saṅghabhedaṃ karissāma cakkabheda’’ntiādīsu (pārā. 409; cūḷava. 343) hi āṇā ‘‘cakka’’nti vuttā, ‘‘devacakkaṃ asuracakka’’ntiādīsu (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.8) samūhoti. Paṭivedhaniṭṭhattā arahattamaggañāṇaṃ paṭivedhoti ^b^‘‘phalakkhaṇe uppannaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tena paṭiladdhassapi desanāñāṇassa kiccanipphatti parassa bujjhanamattena hotīti ^b^‘‘aññātakoṇḍaññassa sotāpatti…pe… phalakkhaṇe pavattaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tato paraṃ pana yāva parinibbānā desanāñāṇappavatti tasseva pavattitassa dhammacakkassa ṭhānanti veditabbaṃ pavattitacakkassa cakkavattino cakkaratanassa ṭhānaṃ viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, kiṃ bhūmiyaṃ puriso viya? Noti āha ^b^‘‘tadāyattavuttitāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ṭhāna^eb^nti cettha attalābho dharamānatā ca, na gatinivattīti āha ^b^‘‘uppajjati ceva pavattati cā’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0019^ea^. Yattha panetaṃ dasabalañāṇaṃ vitthāritaṃ, taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘abhidhamme panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Sesesupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]Samādiyantīti ^b^samādānāni,^eb^ tāni pana samādiyitvā katāni hontīti āha ^b^‘‘samādiyitvā katāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kammameva vā kammasamādāna^eb^nti etena samādānasaddassa apubbatthābhāvaṃ dasseti muttagatasadde gatasaddassa viya. ^b^Gatī^eb^ti nirayādigatiyo. ^b^Upadhī^eb^ti attabhāvo. ^b^Kālo^eb^ti kammassa vipaccanārahakālo. ^b^Payogo^eb^ti vipākuppattiyā paccayabhūtā kiriyā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Agatigāmini^eb^nti nibbānagāminiṃ. Vakkhati hi ‘‘nibbānañcāhaṃ, sāriputta, pajānāmi nibbānagāmiñca maggaṃ nibbānagāminiñca paṭipada’’nti (ma. ni. 1.153). Bahūsupi manussesu ekameva ^a^M2.0021^ea^ pāṇaṃ ghātentesu kāmaṃ sabbesaṃ cetanā tassevekassa jīvitindriyārammaṇā, taṃ pana kammaṃ tesaṃ nānākāraṃ. Tesu (vibha. aṭṭha. 811) hi eko ādarena chandajāto karoti, eko ‘‘ehi tvampi karohī’’ti parehi nippīḷito karoti, eko samānacchando viya hutvā appaṭibāhamāno vicarati. Tesu eko teneva kammena niraye nibbattati, eko tiracchānayoniyaṃ, eko pettivisaye. Taṃ tathāgato āyūhanakkhaṇe eva – ‘‘iminā nīhārena āyūhitattā esa niraye nibbattissati, esa tiracchānayoniyaṃ, esa pettivisaye’’ti jānāti. Niraye nibbattamānampi – ‘‘esa mahāniraye nibbattissati, esa ussadaniraye’’ti jānāti. Tiracchānayoniyaṃ nibbattamānampi – ‘‘esa apādako bhavissati, esa dvipādako, esa catuppado, esa bahuppado’’ti jānāti. Pettivisaye nibbattamānampi – ‘‘esa nijjhāmataṇhiko bhavissati, esa khuppipāsiko, esa paradattūpajīvī’’ti jānāti. Tesu ca kammesu – ‘‘idaṃ kammaṃ paṭisandhimākaḍḍhissati, idaṃ aññena dinnāya paṭisandhiyā upadhivepakkaṃ bhavissatī’’ti jānāti.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā sakalagāmavāsikesu ekato piṇḍapātaṃ dadamānesu kāmaṃ sabbesampi cetanā piṇḍapātārammaṇāva, taṃ pana kammaṃ tesaṃ nānākāraṃ. Tesu hi eko ādarena karotīti sesaṃ purimasadisaṃ, tasmā tesu keci devaloke nibbattanti, keci manussaloke, taṃ tathāgato āyūhanakkhaṇeyeva jānāti – ‘‘iminā nīhārena āyūhitattā esa manussaloke nibbattissati, esa devaloke, tatthāpi esa khattiyakule, esa brāhmaṇakule, esa vessakule, esa suddakule, esa paranimmitavasavattīsu, esa nimmānaratīsu, esa tusitesu, esa yāmesu, esa ^a^V2.0020^ea^ tāvatiṃsesu, esa cātumahārājikesu, esa bhummadevesū’’tiādinā tattha tattha hīnapaṇītasuvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāppaparivāramahāparivāratādibhedaṃ taṃ taṃ visesaṃ āyūhanakkhaṇeyeva jānāti.<br/><br/>[03]Tathā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapentesuyeva – ‘‘iminā nīhārena esa kiñci sallakkhetuṃ na sakkhissati, esa mahābhūtamattameva vavatthapessati, esa rūpapariggaheyeva ṭhassati, esa arūpapariggaheyeva, esa nāmarūpapariggaheyeva ^a^M2.0022^ea^, esa paccayapariggahe eva, esa lakkhaṇārammaṇikavipassanāya eva, esa paṭhamaphaleyeva, esa dutiyaphale eva, esa tatiyaphale eva, esa arahattaṃ pāpuṇissatī’’ti jānāti. Kasiṇaparikammaṃ karontesupi – ‘‘imassa parikammamattameva bhavissati, esa nimittaṃ uppādessati, esa appanaṃ eva pāpuṇissati, esa jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhissatī’’ti jānāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imassa cetanā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmanato, kāmetabbato, kāmapaṭisaṃyuttato ca kāmo dhātu ^b^kāmadhātu. Ādi^eb^-saddena byāpādadhātu-rūpadhātu-ādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Vilakkhaṇatāyā^eb^ti visadisasabhāvatāya. ^b^Khandhāyatanadhātuloka^eb^nti anekadhātuṃ nānādhātuṃ khandhalokaṃ āyatanalokaṃ dhātulokaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti yojanā. ‘‘Ayaṃ rūpakkhandho nāma…pe… ayaṃ viññāṇakkhandho nāma. Tesupi ekavidhena rūpakkhandho, ekādasavidhena rūpakkhandho (vibha. 33). Ekavidhena vedanākkhandho, bahuvidhena vedanākkhandho (vibha. 34-61). Ekavidhena saññākkhandho, bahuvidhena saññākkhandho (vibha. 62-91). Ekavidhena saṅkhārakkhandho, bahuvidhena saṅkhārakkhandho (vibha. 92-120). Ekavidhena viññāṇakkhandho, bahuvidhena viññāṇakkhandho’’ti (vibha. 121-149) evaṃ tāva khandhalokassa, ‘‘idaṃ cakkhāyatanaṃ nāma…pe… idaṃ dhammāyatanaṃ nāma. Tattha dasāyatanā kāmāvacarā, dve cātubhūmakā’’tiādinā (vibha. 156-171) āyatanalokassa, ‘‘ayaṃ cakkhudhātu nāma…pe… ayaṃ manoviññāṇadhātu nāma, tattha soḷasa dhātuyo kāmāvacarā, dve cātubhūmakā’’tiādinā (vibha. 172-188) dhātulokassa anekasabhāvaṃ nānāsabhāvañca pajānāti. Na kevalaṃ upādinnakasaṅkhāralokasseva, atha kho anupādinnakasaṅkhāralokassapi – ‘‘imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannattā imassa rukkhassa khandho seto, imassa kāḷo, imassa maṭṭho, imassa sakaṇṭako, imassa bahalattaco, imassa tanuttaco, imassa pattaṃ vaṇṇasaṇṭhānādivasena evarūpaṃ, imassa pupphaṃ nīlaṃ pītaṃ lohitaṃ odātaṃ sugandhaṃ duggandhaṃ, imassa phalaṃ khuddakaṃ mahantaṃ dīghaṃ rassaṃ vaṭṭaṃ susaṇṭhānaṃ dussaṇṭhānaṃ mudukaṃ pharusaṃ sugandhaṃ duggandhaṃ madhuraṃ tittakaṃ kaṭukaṃ ^a^V2.0021^ea^ ambilaṃ kasāvaṃ, imassa kaṇṭako tikhiṇo kuṇṭho ujuko ^a^M2.0023^ea^ kuṭilo tambo kāḷo odāto hotī’’tiādinā pajānāti. Sabbaññubuddhādīnaṃ eva hi etaṃ balaṃ, na aññesaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānādhimuttikata^eb^nti nānāajjhāsayataṃ. Adhimutti nāma ajjhāsayadhātu ajjhāsayasabhāvo. So pana hīnapaṇītatāsāmaññena pāḷiyaṃ dvidhāva vuttopi hīnapaṇītādibhedena anekavidhoti āha ^b^‘‘hīnādīhi adhimuttīhi nānādhimuttikabhāva’’^eb^nti. Tattha tattha ye ye sattā yaṃyaṃadhimuttikā, te te taṃtadadhimuttike eva sevanti bhajanti payirupāsanti dhātusabhāgato. Yathā gūthādīnaṃ dhātusabhāvo eso, yaṃ gūthādīhi eva saṃsandanti samenti, evaṃ (puggalānaṃ ajjhāsayassevesa sabhāvo, yaṃ) (vibha. mūlaṭī. 813) hīnajjhāsayā dussīlādīhi eva saṃsandanti samenti, sampannasīlādayo ca sampannasīlādīheva. Taṃ nesaṃ nānādhimuttikataṃ bhagavā yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vuddhiñca hāniñcā^eb^ti paccayavisesena sāmatthiyato adhikataṃ anadhikatañca. Indriyaparopariyattañāṇaniddese (vibha. 814; paṭi. ma. 1.113) ‘‘āsayaṃ jānāti anusayaṃ jānātī’’ti āsayādijānanaṃ kasmā niddiṭṭhanti? Āsayajānanādinā yehi indriyehi paroparehi sattā kalyāṇapāpāsayādikā honti, tesaṃ jānanassa vibhāvanato. Evañca katvā indriyaparopariyattāasayānusayañāṇānaṃ visuṃ asādhāraṇatā, indriyaparopariyattanānādhimuttikatāñāṇānaṃ visuṃ balatā ca siddhā hoti. Tattha āsayanti yattha sattā nivasanti, taṃ tesaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ vā yathābhūtañāṇaṃ vā ^b^āsayo.^eb^^b^Anusayo^eb^ appahīnabhāvena thāmagato kileso. Taṃ pana bhagavā sattānaṃ āsayaṃ jānanto tesaṃ tesaṃ diṭṭhigatānaṃ, vipassanāmaggañāṇānañca appavattikkhaṇepi jānāti. Vuttaṃ hetaṃ –<br/><br/>[08]‘‘Kāmaṃ sevantaṃyeva bhagavā jānāti ‘ayaṃ puggalo kāmagaruko kāmāsayo kāmādhimutto’ti. Kāmaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti ‘ayaṃ puggalo nekkhammagaruko nekkhammāsayo nekkhammādhimutto’ti. Nekkhammaṃ sevantaññeva jānāti. Byāpādaṃ, abyāpādaṃ, thinamiddhaṃ, ālokasaññaṃ sevantaṃyeva ^a^M2.0024^ea^ jānāti ‘ayaṃ puggalo thinamiddhagaruko thinamiddhāsayo thinamiddhādhimutto’ti’’ (paṭi. ma. 1.113).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭhamādīnaṃ catunnaṃ jhānāna^eb^nti rūpāvacarānaṃ paṭhamādīnaṃ paccanīkajhāpanaṭṭhena ārammaṇūpanijjhānaṭṭhena ca jhānānaṃ. Catukkanayena hetaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhannaṃ vimokkhāna^eb^nti ettha paṭipāṭiyā ^a^V2.0022^ea^ satta appitappitakkhaṇe paccanīkadhammehi vimuccanato ārammaṇe ca adhimuccanato vimokkhā nāma, aṭṭhamo pana sabbaso saññāvedayitehi vimuttattā apagamavimokkho nāma. Catukkanayapañcakanayesu paṭhamajhānasamādhi savitakkasavicāro nāma, pañcakanaye dutiyajjhānasamādhi avitakkavicāramatto, nayadvayepi upari tīsu jhānesu samādhi avitakkāvicāro, samāpattīsu paṭipāṭiyā aṭṭhannaṃ samādhītipi nāmaṃ, samāpattītipi cittekaggatāsabbhāvato, nirodhasamāpattiyā tadabhāvato na samādhīti nāmaṃ. ^b^Hānabhāgiyadhamma^eb^nti appaguṇehi paṭhamajjhānādīhi vuṭṭhitassa saññāmanasikārānaṃ kāmādianupakkhandanaṃ. ^b^Visesabhāgiyadhamma^eb^nti paguṇehi paṭhamajjhānādīhi vuṭṭhitassa saññāmanasikārānaṃ dutiyajjhānādipakkhandanaṃ. Iti saññāmanasikārānaṃ kāmādidutiyajjhānādipakkhandanāni hānabhāgiyavisesabhāgiyadhammāti dassitāni, tehi pana jhānānaṃ taṃsabhāvatā dhamma-saddena vuttā. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti vuttamevatthaṃ hetubhāvena paccāmasati. ^b^Vodāna^eb^nti paguṇatāsaṅkhātaṃ vodānaṃ. Tañhi paṭhamajjhānādīhi vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyajjhānādiadhigamassa paccayattā ^b^‘‘vuṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Ye (a. ni. ṭī. 3.10.21) pana ‘‘nirodhato phalasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhānanti pāḷi natthī’’ti vadanti, te ‘‘nirodhā vuṭṭhahantassa nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ phalasamāpattiyā anantarapaccayena paccayo’’ti imāya ^b^pāḷiyā^eb^ (paṭṭhā. 1.1.417) paṭisedhetabbā. Yo samāpattilābhī samāno eva ^b^‘‘na^eb^ labhāmaha’’nti, kammaṭṭhānaṃ samānaṃ eva ‘‘na kammaṭṭhāna’’nti saññī hoti, so sampattiṃyeva samānaṃ ‘‘vipattī’’ti paccetīti veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^149^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Appana^eb^nti nigamanaṃ. ^b^Na tathā daṭṭhabba^eb^nti yathā paravādinā vuttaṃ, tathā na daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Sakasakakiccameva jānātī^eb^ti ṭhānāṭṭhānajānanādiṃ sakaṃ sakaṃyeva kiccaṃ kātuṃ jānāti, yathāsakameva visayaṃ paṭivijjhatīti attho. ^b^Tampī^eb^ti tehi dasabalañāṇehi jānitabbampi. ^b^Kammantaravipākantaramevā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0025^ea^ kammantarassavipākantarameva jānāti, cetanācetanāsampayuttadhamme nirayādinibbānagāminipaṭipadābhūte kammanti gahetvā āha ^b^‘‘kammaparicchedamevā’’^eb^ti. Dhātunānattañca dhātunānattakāraṇañca ^b^dhātunānattakāraṇa^eb^nti ekadesasarūpekaseso daṭṭhabbo. Tañhi ñāṇaṃ tadubhayampi jānāti, ‘‘imāya nāma dhātuyā ussannattā’’tiādinā (vibha. aṭṭha. 812) tathā ceva saṃvaṇṇitaṃ. ^b^Saccaparicchedamevā^eb^ti pariññābhisamayādivasena saccānaṃ paricchindanameva. ^b^Appetuṃ na sakkoti^eb^ aṭṭhamanavamabalāni viya taṃsadisaṃ iddhividhañāṇaṃ viya ^b^vikubbituṃ^eb^. Etenassa balasadisatañca nivāreti. Jhānādiñāṇaṃ viya vā ^b^appetuṃ vikubbitu^eb^ñca. Yadipi hi ‘‘jhānādipaccavekkhaṇāñāṇaṃ sattamabala’’nti tassa savitakkasavicāratā vuttā, tathāpi ‘‘jhānādīhi vinā paccavekkhaṇā natthī’’ti ^a^V2.0023^ea^ jhānādisahagataṃ ñāṇaṃ tadantogadhaṃ katvā evaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Atha vā sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ jhānādikiccaṃ viya na sabbaṃ balakiccaṃ kātuṃ sakkotīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘jhānaṃ hutvā appetuṃ na sakkoti iddhi hutvā vikubbituṃ na sakkotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, na pana kassaci balassa jhānaiddhibhāvatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evaṃ kiccavisesavasenapi dasabalañāṇasabbaññutaññāṇānaṃ visesaṃ dassetvā idāni vitakkattikabhūmantaravasenapi taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Paṭipāṭiyā^eb^tiādito paṭṭhāya paṭipāṭiyā.<br/><br/>[03]Anupadavaṇṇanaṃ katvā veditabbānīti sambandho. Kilesāvaraṇaṃ niyatamicchādiṭṭhi, kilesāvaraṇassa abhāvo āsavakkhayādhigamassa ṭhānaṃ, tabbhāvo aṭṭhānaṃ, anadhigamassa pana tadubhayaṃ yathākkamaṃ aṭṭhānañca ṭhānañcāti tattha kāraṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘lokiya…pe… dassanato cā’’^eb^ti āha. Tattha lokiyasammādiṭṭhiyā ṭhiti āsavakkhayādhigamassa ṭhānaṃ kilesāvaraṇābhāvassa kāraṇattā. Sā hi tasmiṃ sati na hoti, asati ca hoti. Etena tassā aṭṭhitiyā tassa aṭṭhānatā vuttā eva. ^b^Nesaṃ^eb^ veneyyasattānaṃ. ^b^Dhātuvemattadassanato^eb^ti kāmadhātuādīnaṃ pavattibhedadassanato. Yadaggena dhātuvemattaṃ jānāti, tadaggena cariyāvisesampi jānāti. ^b^Dhātuvemattadassanato^eb^ti vā dhammadhātuvemattadassanato. Sabbāpi hi cariyā ^a^M2.0026^ea^ dhammadhātupariyāpannā evāti. ^b^Payogaṃ anādiyitvāpi^eb^ santatimahāmattādīnaṃ (dha. pa. 142) viya. ^b^Dibbacakkhuñāṇānubhāvato pattabbenā^eb^ti ettha dibbacakkhunā parassa hadayavatthusannissayalohitavaṇṇadassanamukhena tadā pavattamānacittajānanatthaṃ parikammakaraṇaṃ nāma sāvakānaṃ, tañca kho ādikammikānaṃ, yato dibbacakkhuānubhāvato cetopariyañāṇassa pattabbatā siyā, buddhānaṃ pana yadipi āsavakkhayañāṇādhigamato pageva dibbacakkhuñāṇādhigamo, tathāpi tathā parikammakaraṇaṃ natthi vijjāttayasiddhiyā sijjhanato. Sesābhiññāttaye cetopariyañāṇaṃ dibbacakkhuñāṇādhigamena pattanti ca vattabbataṃ labhatīti tathā vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Puna evarūpiṃ vācaṃ na vakkhāmī^eb^ti cittaṃ uppādento taṃ vācaṃ pajahati nāma. Vācāya pana so attho pākaṭo hotīti ^b^‘‘vadanto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Diṭṭhiṃ na gaṇhissāmī^eb^ti diṭṭhiggāhapaṭikkhepo. Diṭṭhiyā anuppādanaṃ pajahanamevāti āha ^b^‘‘pajahanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^So^eb^ ariyūpavādī ^b^niraye ṭhapitoyeva,^eb^ nāssa nirayūpapattiyā koci vibandho ekaṃsiko ayamatthoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Assā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0024^ea^ ekaṃsikabhāvassa. Sikkhāhi sīlasamādhipaññāhi, tadatthāya vipassanāya ca vinā aññārādhanassa asambhavato ^b^‘‘lokiyalokuttarā sīlasamādhipaññā veditabbā’’^eb^ti vatvā puna āsannatare sīlādike dassento ^b^‘‘lokuttaravaseneva vinivattetumpi vaṭṭatī’’^eb^ti āha, tasmā aggamaggapariyāpannā sīlādayo veditabbā. Aggamaggaṭṭhassa hi diṭṭheva dhamme ekaṃsikā aññārādhanā, itaresaṃ anekaṃsikāti. Sampajjanaṃ ^b^sampadā,^eb^ nipphattīti attho, tasmā ^b^evaṃsampada^eb^nti evaṃavirajjhanakanipphattikanti vuttaṃ hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imampi kāraṇa’’^eb^ntiādi. Tattha ^b^kāraṇa^eb^nti yutti. Tatrāyaṃ yuttiniddhāraṇā ‘‘nirayūpago ariyūpavādī tadādāyassa avijjamānato seyyathāpi micchādiṭṭhī’’ti. Ettha ca ‘‘taṃ vācaṃ appahāyā’’tiādivacanena tadādāyassa appahānena ca ariyūpavādo antarāyiko anatthāvaho ca, pahānena pana accayaṃ desetvā khamāpanena anantarāyiko atthāvaho ca yathā taṃ vuṭṭhitā desitā ca āpattīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[06]Dasabalañāṇavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 101
title: uttarimanussadhammādivaṇṇanā^dasabalañāṇavaṇṇanā^catuvesārajjañāṇavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^150^eb^^b^.^eb^ Byāmohabhayavasena ^a^M2.0027^ea^ (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.8) saraṇapariyesanaṃ sārajjanaṃ sārado, byāmohabhayaṃ, vigato sārado etassāti visārado, tassa bhāvo ^b^vesārajjaṃ^eb^. Taṃ pana ñāṇasampadaṃ pahānasampadaṃ desanāvisesasampadaṃ khemaṃ nissāya pavattaṃ catubbidhaṃ paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catūsu ṭhānesū’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Dassitadhammesū^eb^ti vuttadhammesu. Vacanamattameva hi tesaṃ, na pana dassanaṃ tādisasseva dhammassa abhāvato. Bhagavatā eva vā ‘‘ime dhammā anabhisambuddhā’’ti parassa vacanavasena ^b^dassitadhammesu^eb^. ‘‘Dhammapaṭisambhidā’’tiādīsu (vibha. 718) viya ^b^dhamma^eb^-saddo hetupariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘sahadhammenāti sahetunā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Hetū^eb^ti ca upapattisādhanahetu veditabbo, na kārako sampāpako ca. ^b^Appamāṇa^eb^nti anidassanaṃ. Nidassanañhi anvayato byatirekato pamāṇaṅgatāya ‘‘pamāṇa’’nti vuccati. ^b^Nimitta^eb^nti codanāya kāraṇaṃ. Tattha codako codanaṃ karotīti ^b^kāraṇaṃ,^eb^ dhammo codanaṃ karoti etenāti ^b^kāraṇaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘puggalopī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Khema^eb^nti kenaci appaṭibandhiyabhāvena anupaddutataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Antarāyo ^a^V2.0025^ea^ etesaṃ atthi, antarāyevā yuttāti ^b^antarāyikā^eb^. Evaṃbhūtā pana te yasmā antarāyakarā nāma honti, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘antarāyaṃ karontīti antarāyikā’’^eb^ti. Asañcicca vītikkamo na tathā sāvajjoti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sañcicca vītikkantā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Satta āpattikkhandhā^eb^tiādi nidassanamattaṃ itaresampi catunnaṃ ‘‘antarāyikā’’ti vuttadhammānaṃ tabbhāve byabhicārābhāvato. ^b^Idha pana methunadhammo adhippeto^eb^ti idaṃ aṭṭhuppattivasena vuttaṃ ^b^ariṭṭhasikkhāpadaṃ^eb^ (pāci. 417-422) viya. Yasmā taṅkhaṇampi kāmesu (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.8) ādīnavaṃ disvā viratto (a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.8) hoti ce, visesaṃ adhigacchati, na kāmesu āsatto, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘methunaṃ…pe… antarāyo hotī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^yassa kassacī^eb^ti na kevalaṃ pabbajitasseva, atha kho yassa kassaci. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘methunamanuyuttassa, mussatevāpi sāsana’’nti. ^b^Tasmiṃ aniyyānikadhamme^eb^ti tasmiṃ parena parikappitāniyyānikadhammanimittaṃ. Nimittatthe hi idaṃ kammasaṃyoge bhummaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Catuvesārajjañāṇavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 102
title: dasabalañāṇavaṇṇanā^catuvesārajjañāṇavaṇṇanā^aṭṭhaparisavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^151^eb^^b^.^eb^ Purisassa ^a^M2.0028^ea^ sūratarabhāvo nāma saṅgāme pākaṭo hoti, na gehe nisinnakāle, evaṃ vesārajjañāṇassa ānubhāvo paṇḍitaparisāsu yattha katthacīti dassento ^b^‘‘vesārajjañāṇassa baladassanattha’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Sannipatitvā nisinnaṭṭhāna^eb^nti ṭhānasīsena sannipatitakhattiyaparisameva dasseti. ^b^Eseva nayo sabbatthā^eb^ti atidesena āvibhāvitamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘mārakāyikāna’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ sadisatthavisayattā atidesassa. Yathā hi khattiyānaṃ samūho khattiyaparisāti ayamattho labbhati, na evaṃ ‘‘māraparisā’’ti ettha, mārassa parisāti pana māraparisāti ayamattho adhippeto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mārakāyikānaṃ…pe… na mārāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Mārakāyikāna^eb^nti mārapakkhiyānaṃ. ^b^Uggaṭṭhānadassanavasenā^eb^ti sārajjitabbaṭṭhānadassanavasena, evaṃ uggā khattiyā attano puññatejenāti adhippāyo. ^b^Brāhmaṇā tīsu vedesū^eb^ti idaṃ itaresaṃ avisayadassanavasena vuttaṃ. Vede sajjhāyantāpi hi khattiyā vessā ca tadatthavicāraṇāya yebhuyyena asamatthā evāti. Kasmā panettha yāmādiparisā na gahitāti? Bhusaṃ kāmābhigiddhatāya yonisomanasikāravirahato. Yāmādayo hi uḷāruḷāre kāme paṭisevantā tatthābhigiddhatāya dhammassavanāya sabhāvena cittampi na uppādenti, mahābodhisattānaṃ pana buddhānañca ^a^V2.0026^ea^ ānubhāvena ākaḍḍhiyamānā kadāci tesaṃ payirupāsanādīni karonti tādise mahāsamaye. Teneva hi vimānavatthudesanāpi tannimittā bahulā nāhosi. Manussānaṃ vasenāyaṃ katā.<br/><br/>[03]Paracakkavāḷesu ca manussānaṃ visesādhigamo natthīti pucchati ^b^‘‘kiṃ pana bhagavā aññāni cakkavāḷānipi gacchatī’’^eb^ti. Itaro yadipi tesaṃ ariyadhammādhigamo natthi, vāsanāya pana tattha gantvā dhammaṃ desetīti dassento ^b^‘‘āmagacchatī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Keyūraṃ^eb^ nānāvidharatanaparisibbitasuvaṇṇajālavinaddhaṃ bhujābharaṇaṃ. ^b^Aṅgadaṃ^eb^ nānāgandhagandhitaṃ, kevalaṃ vā suvaṇṇamayaṃ bāhuvalayaṃ. ^b^Chinnassarā^eb^ti dvidhābhūtassarā (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.172) ^b^gaggarassarā^eb^ti gaggarikāya viya gaggarāyamānakharassarā (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.172; a. ni. ṭī. 3.8.69). ^b^Bhāsantara^eb^nti tesaṃ bhāsaṃ (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.172; a. ni. ṭī. 3.8.69) sandhāyāha. ^b^‘‘Vīmaṃsā^eb^^a^M2.0029^ea^^b^uppajjatī’’^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘idaṃ vuttaṃ hotī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṅgammā^eb^ti samāgantvā. Ādito lāpo ^b^ālāpo,^eb^ vacanapaṭivacanavasena samaṃ lāpo ^b^sallāpo^eb^. Sammā, samaññā vā kathā saṃkathā, saṃkathāva ^b^sākacchā^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Aṭṭhaparisavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 103
title: catuvesārajjañāṇavaṇṇanā^aṭṭhaparisavaṇṇanā^catuyonivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^152^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yavanti tāya sattā amissitāpi samānajātitāya missitā viya hontīti ^b^yoni^eb^. Sā pana atthato aṇḍādiuppattiṭṭhānavisiṭṭho khandhānaṃ bhāgaso pavattivisesoti āha ^b^‘‘khandhakoṭṭhāso yoni nāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aṇḍe jātā^eb^ti paṭhamāya jātiyā vasena vuttaṃ, dutiyāya pana aṇḍato, aṇḍe vā bhijjamāne jātāti evamattho veditabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘abhinibbhijja jāyantī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vinā^eb^ti etehi aṇḍādīhi bāhirapaccayehi vinā. ^b^Uppatitvā viyā^eb^ti uppajjanavasena patitvā viya. Bāhirapaccayanirapekkhattāyeva vā upapatane sādhukārino upapātikā, te eva idha ^b^opapātikā^eb^ti vuttā. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena gabbhamale nibbattamahāpadumakumārādīnaṃ saṅgaho. Nijjhāmataṇhikapetānaṃ niccaṃ dukkhāturatāya kāmasevanā natthi ^a^V2.0027^ea^, tasmā te gabbhaseyyakā na honti, jālavantatāya na tāsaṃ kucchiyaṃ gabbho saṇṭhāti, tasmā te opapātikāyeva saṃsedajattāyapi asambhavato. ^b^Nerayikā viyā^eb^ti nidassanāpadesena tesampi opapātikattaṃ dīpeti. ^b^Avasesā^eb^ti nijjhāmataṇhikanerayike ṭhapetvā avasesā vinipātikā. Yakkhānaṃ cātumahārājikatāya opapātikabhāve eva āpanne taṃ nivattetuṃ ^b^‘‘evaṃ yakkhāpī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tathā hi te na bhummadevā na ca vinipātikāti.<br/><br/>[06]Catuyonivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 104
title: aṭṭhaparisavaṇṇanā^catuyonivaṇṇanā^pañcagativaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^153^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Gantabbā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0030^ea^ upapajjitabbā. Yathā hi kammabhavo paramatthato asatipi kārake paccayasāmaggiyā siddho taṃsamaṅginā santānalakkhaṇena sattena katoti voharīyati, tathā upapattibhavalakkhaṇā gatiyo paramatthato asatipi gamake taṃtaṃkammavasena yesaṃ tāni kammāni, tehi gantabbāti voharīyantīti. Evaṃ saddatthato gatiṃ dassetvā atthuddhāranayenapi taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yesu nirayādibhedesu upapattibhavesu gati-saddo nirūḷho, tato aññatthāpi gatisaddappavatti atthi, taṃ ekena gati-saddena visesetvā āha ^b^‘‘gatigatī’’^eb^ti yathā ‘‘dukkhadukkhaṃ, (saṃ. ni. 4.327) rūparūpa’’nti (visuddhi. 2.449) ca. Uppādāvatthāya gamanaṃ upagamananti ^b^‘‘nibbattigatī’’^eb^ti vuttā. ^b^Gati^eb^nti cittagatiṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ajjhāsayagati nāmā’’^eb^ti, ajjhāsayappavattīti attho. ^b^Tadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.503) pana ‘‘gatinti nipphatti’’nti attho vutto. Brahmanimantanasutte (ma. ni. 1.503) hi ayaṃ pāḷīti. ^b^Juti^eb^nti ānubhāvaṃ. ^b^Vibhavo^eb^ti vināso. So hi vigamoti atthena gati. Teneva ^b^nibbānaṃ arahato gatī^eb^ti (pari. 339) anupādisesanibbānaṃ arahato gati vigamo vibhavoti anekatthattā dhātūnaṃ. ^b^Dveyeva gatiyo^eb^ti dveva nipphattiyoti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ nipphattigati nāmā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yassa uppajjati, taṃ brūhento eva uppajjatīti ayo, sukhaṃ. Natthi ettha ayoti ^b^nirayo^eb^. Tato eva ramitabbaṃ assādetabbaṃ tattha natthīti dassento āha ^b^‘‘niratiatthena nirassādaṭṭhena nirayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tiriyaṃ añcitā^eb^ti devamanussādayo viya uddhaṃ dīghā ahutvā tiriyaṃ dīghābhi attho. Pakaṭṭhato sukhato ayanaṃ apagamo ^b^peccabhāvo,^eb^ taṃ peccabhāvaṃ ^b^pattānaṃ visayo^eb^ti ^a^V2.0028^ea^ petayonimeva vadati. ^b^Manaso ussannattā^eb^ti satisūrabhāvabrahmacariyayogyatādiguṇavasena upacitamānasatāya ukkaṭṭhaguṇacittatāyāti atto. Ayaṃ panattho nippariyāyato jambudīpavāsīvasena veditabbo. Yathāha – ‘‘tīhi, bhikkhave, ṭhānehi jambudīpikā manussā uttarakuruke manusse adhiggaṇhanti deve ca tāvatiṃse. Katamehi tīhi? Sūrā satimanto idha brahmacariyavāso’’ti (a. ni. 9.21). Tehi pana samānarūpāditāya saddhiṃ parittadīpavāsīhi itaramahādīpavāsinopi ^a^M2.0031^ea^ manussāteva paññāyiṃsu. Lokiyā pana ‘‘manuno apaccabhāvena manussā’’ti vadanti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana paramatthadīpaniyaṃ ^b^vimānavatthusaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (vi. va. aṭṭha. 3) vuttanayena gahetabbo. ^b^Ānubhāvehī^eb^ti devānubhāvasaṅkhātehi iddhivisesehi. Tattha kāmā devā kāmaguṇehi ceva iddhivisesehi ca itare iddhiviseseheva ^b^dibbanti^eb^ kīḷanti jotanti, saraṇanti vā gammanti, abhitthaviyantīti vā ^b^devā^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tiracchānayoniñcātiādīsū^eb^ti ettha tiracchānayonipettivisayaggahaṇena khandhānaṃ eva gahaṇaṃ tesaṃ tādisassa paricchinnassa okāsassa abhāvato. Yattha vā te araññasamuddapabbatādike nibaddhavāsaṃ vasanti, tādisassa ṭhānassa vasena okāsopi gahetabbo. Nirayūpagādīhi sattehi maggitabbato ^b^maggo^eb^ paṭipajjitabbā ^b^paṭipadā^eb^ cāti taṃ taṃ kammameva vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘ubhayenapī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Yathā ca paṭipanno^eb^ti iminā tassa kammassa katūpacitākāramāha. Ettha ca ^b^nirayagāmiñca maggaṃ nirayagāminiñca paṭipada^eb^nti iminā sādhāraṇato nirayasaṃvattaniyaṃ kammaṃ vatvā puna taṃ taṃ santānapatitatāya asādhāraṇataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathāpaṭipanno’’^eb^tiādi vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Vinipatantī^eb^ti vivasā, virūpaṃ vā nipatanti. Kasmā panettha pañcagatiparicchedakañāṇaṃ dassento bhagavā ‘‘nibbānañcāha’’ntiādimāhāti anuyogaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘idaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi. Na hi bhagavā attano buddhasubuddhataṃ vibhāvento sāvasesaṃ katvā desanaṃ deseti.<br/><br/>[06]Pañcagativaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 105
title: catuyonivaṇṇanā^pañcagativaṇṇanā^ñāṇapavattākāravaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^154^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ñāṇappavattākāra^eb^nti ñāṇassa pavattiākāraṃ, ñāṇassa vā pavattipakāraṃ. ^b^Ekantadukkhā^eb^ti ekantena dukkhā accantadukkhā. Tā pana sabbakālaṃ dukkhā sukhālayenapi asammissāti ^a^V2.0029^ea^ dassento āha ^b^‘‘niccadukkhā nirantaradukkhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bahalā^eb^ti atanukā, mahantāti attho ^a^M2.0032^ea^. ^b^Tibbā^eb^ti vā tikhiṇā. ^b^Kharā^eb^ti kakkhaḷā. ^b^Kaṭukā^eb^ti vā aniṭṭhā. Kassati khaṇīyatīti ^b^kāsu,^eb^ āvāṭo. Kasīyati cīyatīti ^b^kāsu,^eb^ rāsi. ^b^Phunantī^eb^ti dvīhi hatthehi aṅgārāni ukkhipitvā paṭivātaṃ ophunanti, tena tesaṃ sakalasarīraṃ ḍayhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paridaḍḍhagattā’’^eb^ti. Purisappamāṇaṃ ^b^porisaṃ. Ekapathenevā^eb^ti ekamaggabhūteneva. ^b^Anukkamanīyenā^eb^ti ukkamituṃ apakkamituṃ asakkuṇeyyena.<br/><br/>[03]Nanu ca dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ paccuppannavaṇṇārammaṇaṃ, tena kathaṃ rūpantarasamaṅgiṃ niraye nibbattasattaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ so’’ti jānātīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tattha kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi. Yathākammūpagañāṇena ‘‘ayaṃ so’’ti sallakkheti, tassa pana dibbacakkhuānubhāvena pattabbattā ^b^‘‘dibbacakkhubalaṃ nāma eta^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purimanayenevā^eb^ti ‘‘gūthakūpo viya tiracchānayoni daṭṭhabbā’’tiādinā aṅgārakāsupamāyaṃ vuttanayeneva. Dukkhā vedanā bahulā etāsūti ^b^dukkhabahulā. Bahalapattapalāso^eb^ti aviraḷatanuvipulapaṇṇo. Sukhaparibhogaṃ mahāpāsādaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘dīghapāsādo’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ caturassapāsādādīnaṃ khuddakattā. ^b^Uṇṇāmayāttharaṇenā^eb^ti uṇṇāmayalohitāttharaṇena. Uttaraṃ uparibhāgaṃ chādetīti ^b^uttaracchado,^eb^ vitānaṃ. Taṃ pana lohitavitānaṃ idhādhippetanti ^b^‘‘rattavitānenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aparabhāgayojanā^eb^ti pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘aparena samayenā’’ti vuttassa aparabhāgassa yojanā. Sā pana ekadesena purimabhāge vutte eva suviññeyyā hotīti ^b^‘‘yathā so’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Maggāruḷhamevā^eb^ti maggaṃ upagatamattameva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Niyamābhāvā^eb^ti ‘‘dibbacakkhunāva passatī’’ti niyamassa abhāvā. ^b^‘‘Dibbacakkhunāpi passissatī’’^eb^ti idaṃ na anuttarasukhānubhavanassa dibbacakkhugocarattā vuttaṃ, anāgatassa pana tassa dibbacakkhuparibhaṇḍabhūtena anāgataṃsañāṇena dassanamevāti kāraṇūpacārena vuttaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ pana ‘‘cetasā ceto paricca pajānāmi’’cceva vuttaṃ. ^b^‘‘Atthato pana nānā hotī’’^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘devalokasukhaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādiṃ vatvā ^a^M2.0033^ea^ yathādassitaupamāhipi ayamattho pākaṭo evāti dassento ^b^‘‘upamāyampī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Gotrabhuñāṇuppādato paṭṭhāya nirodhaṃ passitvā uppannamaggaphalapaccavekkhaṇavasena ceva parato phalasamāpattisamāpajjanavasena ca ariyasāvako nirodhe ^a^V2.0030^ea^ sayito viya hoti tadapassayeneva pavattanatoti āha ^b^‘‘nirodhasayanavaragata’’^eb^nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibbānā…pe… passatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Ñāṇapavattākāravaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 106
title: pañcagativaṇṇanā^ñāṇapavattākāravaṇṇanā^dukkarakārikādisuddhivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^155^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pucchānusandhiādianusandhittayato aññattā ^b^‘‘pāṭiyekkaṃ anusandhivasenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Na kevalaṃ ‘‘dukkarakārikāya suddhi hotī’’ti evaṃladdhiko eva, atha kho dukkaracārīsu abhippasannoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Catukuṇḍiko^eb^ti dvīhi pādehi hatthehīti catūhi aṅgehi kuṇḍanako āhiṇḍanako. ^b^Chamānikiṇṇa^eb^nti bhūmiyaṃ khittaṃ. ^b^Bhakkhasa^eb^nti āhāraṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Macchariyamalādipāpadhammavigamanato mettādiguṇānubrūhanato ca brahmaṃ seṭṭhaṃ cariyanti ^b^brahmacariyaṃ,^eb^ dānaṃ. Tathā hi taṃ bhagavatā paṇḍitapaññattaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ sesesupi yathārahaṃ brahmacariyapariyāyo niddhāretvā vattabbo. ^b^Ki^eb^nti kīdisaṃ. ^b^Vata^eb^nti samādinnavataṃ. ^b^Suciṇṇassā^eb^ti suṭṭhu ciṇṇassa puññassa. ^b^Iddhī^eb^ti ānubhāvo. ^b^Jutī^eb^ti vatthābharaṇobhāsasamujjalā sarīrappabhā. ^b^Balavīriyūpapattī^eb^ti kāyabalena ceva ussāhena ca samannāgamo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tena pāṇi kāmadado^eb^ti tena addhikānaṃ upagacchantānaṃ hatthaṃ pasāretvā asayhaseṭṭhino dānaṭṭhānadassanamayena puññena idāni mayhaṃ hattho kapparukkho viya kāmadado icchiticchitadāyī, kāmadado honto ca madhussavo iṭṭhavatthuvissajjanako jāto. ^b^Tena me brahmacariyenā^eb^ti tena mama yathāvuttakāyaveyyāvaṭiyakammasaṅkhātena seṭṭhacariyena. ^b^Puñña^eb^nti puññaphalaṃ. Tampi hi pujjasabhāvato, uttarapadalopena vā ‘‘evamidaṃ puññaṃ pavaḍḍhatī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 3.80) ‘‘puñña’’nti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]Pañca ^a^M2.0034^ea^ sikkhāpadāni samāhaṭāni ^b^pañcasikkhāpadaṃ^eb^ yathā ‘‘tibhavaṃ, tisakaṭa’’nti ca. ^b^Brahmacariyasmi^eb^nti ^a^V2.0031^ea^ dhammadesanāya. Sā hi vineyyānaṃ brahmabhāvāvahanato brahmaṃ seṭṭhaṃ cariyaṃ, brahmuno vā bhagavato vācasikaṃ cariyanti ‘‘brahmacariya’’nti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sahassaṃ maccuhāyina^eb^nti sahassamattā arahattasamadhigamena maccuvisayātikkamena maccupahāyino jātā. ^b^Brahmacārī bhavissāmā^eb^ti ettha yena brahmacariyena te brahmacārinoti vuccanti, taṃ brahmacariyaṃ niddhāretvā āha ^b^‘‘methunavirati brahmacariyanti vuttā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nātikkamāmā^eb^ti na aticarāma agamanīyaṭṭhānepi itaratthāpi na vītikkamāma. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aññatra tāhi brahmacariyaṃ carāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Amha^eb^nti amhākaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Attadamanavasenā^eb^ti yathāpaṭiññaṃ arahantānaṃ anukaraṇākārena pavattacittadamanavasena, manacchaṭṭhānaṃ indriyānaṃ damanenāti attho. Sikhāppattaseṭṭhacariyatāya ^b^ariyamaggo brahmacariyaṃ^eb^. Brahmaṃ seṭṭhaṃ carati etenāti ^b^brahmacariyaṃ,^eb^ satthusāsanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ataramānāna^eb^nti na taramānānaṃ desakālaṃ udikkhantānaṃ. ^b^Phalāsāva samijjhatī^eb^ti sudullabhaphalepi āsā sammāpayogamanvāya samijjhati eva. ^b^Vipakkabrahmacariyosmī^eb^ti visesena nipphannapaṇītajjhāsayo paripuṇṇauḷāramanoratho. So hi seṭṭhamanosamācāratāya brahmacariyapariyāyena vutto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idameva suttaṃ^eb^ āgataṭṭhānanti adhippāyo tepiṭake buddhavacane idameva suttapadaṃ ‘‘vīriyaṃ brahmacariya’’nti āgataṭṭhānanti attho. Vīriyañhi tasmiṃ visaye uttamaṃ paramukkaṃsagataṃ tādisacariyāhetu cāti brahmacariyanti idha vuttaṃ. ^b^Caturaṅgasamannāgata^eb^nti catubbidhadukkarakiriyāya sādhakassa catubbidhassa attano pavattiākārassa vasena caturaṅgasamannāgataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Koci chinnabhinnapaṭapilotikadharo dasantayuttassa vatthassa abhāvato nicceloti vattabbataṃ labheyyāti taṃ nivattento āha ^b^‘‘naggo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Evaṃ akāsiṃ,^eb^ evampi sattapīḷā mā ahosīti adhippāyo. Yathā ^a^M2.0035^ea^ ‘‘abhihaṭaṃ na sādiyāmī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.155) bhikkhāpariyesane ukkaṭṭhacāritādassanaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘naehi bhaddantikādibhāvopī’’ti gahetabbaṃ. ^b^Purisantaragatāyā^eb^ti purisasamīpagatāya. Saṃkittīyanti etāyāti ^b^saṃkitti,^eb^ gāmavāsiādīhi samudāyavasena kariyamānakiriyā. Idha pana bhattasaṃkitti adhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘saṃkittetvā katabhattesū’’^eb^ti. Dadanti ^a^V2.0032^ea^ tāyāti ^b^datti^eb^. Ekāhaṃ antarabhūtaṃ etassa atthīti ^b^ekāhikaṃ^eb^. Esa nayo sesapadesupi. ^b^Ekāhavārenā^eb^ti ekāhikavārena. ‘‘Ekāhika’’ntiādinā vuttavidhimeva paṭipāṭiyā pavattabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ puna vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iti evarūpa’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Erakatiṇādīni vā^eb^ti erakatiṇādīni ganthitvā katanivāsanāni chavadussāni, nihīnadussānīti attho. ^b^Tantāvutāna^eb^nti tantaṃ pasāretvā vītānaṃ. ^b^Pakatikaṇṭake^eb^ti salākakaṇṭake.<br/><br/>[03]^b^156^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nekavassagaṇasañjāta^eb^nti anekavassasamūhasañjātaṃ. Nanu ca idāneva ‘‘sāyatatiyakampi udakorohanānuyogamanuyutto’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘nekavassagaṇikaṃ rajojallaṃ kāye sannicita’’nti ca, tadubhayaṃ ekasmiṃ kathaṃ sambhavatīti āha ^b^‘‘idaṃ attano rajojallakavatasamādānakālaṃ sandhāya vadatī’’^eb^ti. Eteneva ‘‘acelako homī’’ti vuttācelakapaṭiññā, ‘‘sāṇānipi dhāremī’’tiādinā vuttachannakapaṭiññā, tatthāpi sāṇa-masāṇa-chavadussādi-nivattha-paṭiññā ca aviruddhāti daṭṭhabbā tasmiṃ tasmiṃ kāle tathā tathā paṭipannattā. ^b^Te^eb^ti acelakā. ^b^Saṅghāta^eb^nti sabbaso ghātaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vadha’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sīlavā nāma natthi^eb^ ‘‘anabhisandhikampi pāpaṃ hotī’’ti evaṃ laddhikattā. ^b^Sīlaṃ adhiṭṭhāyā^eb^ti idaṃ paṭikkamanakiriyaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pāsaṇḍapariggahaṇatthāyā^eb^ti pāsaṇḍesu asārasārabhāvavīmaṃsanatthāya. ^b^Taṃ pabbajja^eb^nti ājīvakapabbajjaṃ. ^b^Vikaṭabhojane^eb^ti vikatabhojane virūpabhojane. Tenāha ^b^‘‘apakatibhojane’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^157^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhiṃsanakatasmi^eb^nti bhāvasādhanabhāvī idaṃ padanti āha ^b^‘‘bhiṃsanakatasmiṃ bhiṃsanakakiriyāyā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Bhiṃsanakattasmi’’nti vattabbe ekassa ta-kārassa ^a^M2.0036^ea^ lopo daṭṭhabbo. Yebhuyyaggahaṇaṃ lomavantavasenapi yojetabbaṃ, na lomavasenāti āha ^b^‘‘bahutarānaṃ vā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Su-sadde u-kārassa o-kāraṃ katvā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘sotatto’’ti vuttanti tadatthaṃ vivaranto ^b^‘‘sutatto’’^eb^ti āha. Suṭṭhu avatattoti vā ^b^sotatto. Sosinno^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Suddhivasanatthāyā^eb^ti saṃsārasuddhigavesanatthāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vihārasmi^eb^nti ^a^V2.0033^ea^ paccatte bhummavacananti āha ^b^‘‘vihāro eva hi ‘vihārasmi’nti vutto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Teneva cā^eb^ti teneva vibhattivipallāsavasena. ^b^Evaṃ attho^eb^ti ayaṃ evaṃ liṅgavipallāsavasena attho veditabbo. Dukkhappattoti ānetvā sambandho. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti sukhadukkhe lābhālābhādike ca. ^b^Tulito^eb^ti tulāsadiso.<br/><br/>[06]Dukkarakārikādisuddhivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 107
title: ñāṇapavattākāravaṇṇanā^dukkarakārikādisuddhivaṇṇanā^āhārasuddhivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^158^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sujjhitu^eb^nti saṃsārato sujjhituṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^159^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āsītikapabbānī^eb^ti āsītikapiṭṭhipabbāni, ‘‘kāḷapabbānī’’ti vadanti. Pabbānaṃ ^b^majjhe. Unnatunnatānī^eb^ti maṃse milāte dvinnaṃ sandhīnaṃ antare vātenuddhumātadhamanījālatāya unnatāni unnatānīti. ^b^Ānisada^eb^nti ānisadaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Nisinnaṭṭhāna^eb^nti paṃsūhi, vālikāhi vā nicitaṃ nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Sarapoṅkhenā^eb^ti sarassa poṅkhappadesena, sarapoṅkhasaññitena vā maggena. ^b^Akkanta^eb^nti akkantaṭṭhānaṃ. Takkagoḷikasadisānaṃ, sarīraghaṃsanatthaṃ kata kuruvindagoḷakānaṃ vā ^b^āvaḷi^eb^ vaṭṭanāhāro. ^b^Vaṃsato^eb^ti piṭṭhivaṃsato. ^b^Maṇḍale^eb^ti bhittipādānaṃ matthake ṭhapitamaṇḍalake sīsaggena ^b^patiṭṭhahanti. Na evaṃ phāsuḷiyo^eb^ti yathā yathā vuttagopānasiyo papatā tiṭṭhanti, na evaṃ bodhisattassa phāsukāpi papatā ṭhitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Okkhāyikā^eb^ti avakkhāyikā, heṭṭhā hutvā ninnabhāvena paññāyamānā. ^b^Evarūpā^eb^ti yathāvuttarūpā, ninnatarāti attho. ^b^Yāva piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ^eb^^b^allīnā^eb^^a^M2.0037^ea^^b^hotī^eb^ti mayhaṃ udaracchavi yāva piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ, tāva taṃ āhacca ṭhitattā allīnā hoti udariyassa parikkhayena antānañca suṭṭhumilātatāya. ^b^Bhāriyabhāriyā^eb^ti garutarā. Sahaudaracchaviṃ piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ, sahapiṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ udaracchavinti yojanā. ^b^Neva nikkhamati^eb^ āhārasannissayāapodhātuyā sabbaso visukkhattā. ^b^Pūtimūlānī^eb^ti lomamūlānaṃ paribrūhanake maṃse lohite ca parikkhīṇe tāni sukkhāni ṭhānato bhaṭṭhāni abhāveneva ‘‘pūtimūlānī’’ti vuttāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tassa panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Adhigatā^eb^ti idāni adhigatā. ^b^Yathā etarahi vipassanāpaññāya adhigatattā^eb^ti iminā kiñcāpi ^a^V2.0034^ea^ mahābodhisattā paripākagatañāṇā vasībhūtajjhānābhiññā vipassanāya parikammaṃ karonti, yathā ca nesaṃ carimabhave vipassanācāro, na tathā tadāti dasseti. ^b^Etadevā^eb^ti yaṃ yena vuttaṃ atthajātaṃ, etadeva ^b^ettha^eb^ etasmiṃ pāṭhapadese ^b^yuttaṃ^eb^ pubbenāparaṃ avirujjhanato. ^b^Itarathā^eb^ti bhikkhūhi vuttappakārena ^b^ananurūpo siyā^eb^ ‘‘imissā’’ti vuttāya aññatte.<br/><br/>[06]Āhārasuddhivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 108
title: dukkarakārikādisuddhivaṇṇanā^āhārasuddhivaṇṇanā^saṃsārasuddhiādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^160^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṃsārenā^eb^ti aparāparaṃ cavanupapajjanavasena bhavesu saṃsaraṇena. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Khandhānañca paṭipāṭi, dhātuāyatanāna ca;<br/><br/>[22]Abbocchinnaṃ vattamānā, saṃsāroti pavuccatī’’ti. (visuddhi. 2.619; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.95; saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 2.2.60; a. ni. aṭṭha. 2.4.199; dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; vibha. aṭṭha. 226; su. ni. aṭṭha. 2.523; udā. aṭṭha. 39; itivu. aṭṭha. 14, 58; theragā. aṭṭha. 1.67, 99; bu. vaṃ. aṭṭha. 58; cūḷani. aṭṭha. 6; paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 2.1.117; visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.127; a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.9; sārattha. ṭī. 1.1);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bahuka^eb^nti bahukālaṃ bahukkhattuṃ. ^b^Upapajjitvā^eb^ti tattha tattha bhave nibbattitvā. ^b^Āvāsenā^eb^ti tasmiṃ tasmiṃ sattāvāse āvasanena nibbattitvā jīvanena. ^b^Khandhāyeva vuttā^eb^ tesaṃyeva pavattivisesassa tena tena ^a^M2.0038^ea^ pariyāyena vuttattā. ^b^Bahuyāge^eb^ti ajasūkaragomāyvādike bahuvidhe mahāyaññe. ^b^Bahuaggī^eb^ti vācāpeyyādivasena antamaso pākayaññādivasena ca bahukepi aggī paricaraṇena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^161^eb^^b^.^eb^ Bāladārakopi ‘‘daharo’’ti vuccatīti tato visesanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘yuvā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Atikkantapaṭhamavayā sattā sabhāvena palitasirā hontīti paṭhamavaye ṭhitabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘susukāḷakeso’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0035^ea^ vuttaṃ. ^b^Jarājiṇṇo^eb^ti jarāya jiṇṇo, na akālikena jarāya abhibhūto. Ukkaṃsagatabuddhatāya ^b^vuddho^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vaḍḍhitvā ṭhitāṅgapaccaṅgo’’^eb^ti, ārohapariṇāhavasena vuddhirahitoti attho. ^b^Jātimahallako^eb^ti jātiyā mahallako, na bhogaparivārādīhīti attho. ^b^Addhagato^eb^ti ettha ^b^addha^eb^-saddo dīghakālavācīti āha ^b^‘‘bahuaddhānaṃ gato’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vayo^eb^tiādipadalopenāyaṃ niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘pacchimavaya’’^eb^nti. ^b^Padasatampi…pe… samatthatā^eb^ti padasatampi padasahassampi sotapathamāgacchantameva uggahaṇasamatthatā pariggahetuṃ samatthatā. Ayañca gatiyā byāpāroti sakkā viññātuṃ gahaṇamattabhāvato. ^b^Tadevā^eb^ti padasatampi padasahassampi. ^b^Ādhāraṇaṃ^eb^ apilāpanavasena hadaye dhāraṇaṃ. ^b^Upanibandhanaṃ^eb^ yathā na pamuṭṭhaṃ hoti, tathā upecca aparāparaṃ nibandhanaṃ. Ayaṃ pana satiyā byāpāroti sakkā viññātuṃ. Pāḷiyañca ‘‘paramāya gatiyā ca satiyā ca dhitiyā cā’’ti vuttaṃ, parato ca ‘‘evaṃ adhimattagatimanto’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Samatthavīriyaṃ dhiti nāmā^eb^ti visiṭṭhavisayaṃ dassento yathāvuttasatisamāyogaṃ tassa dīpeti. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti yathāvuttagatisatidhitīhi subhadhātavacīparicitassa pariyattidhammassa āgamavasena atthadassanasamatthatā yuttivasena kāraṇadassanasamatthatā.<br/><br/>[03]Daḷhaṃ (a. ni. ṭī. 3.9.38) thiraṃ dhanu etassāti daḷhadhanvā, so eva idha ^b^‘‘daḷhadhammā’’^eb^ti vutto. Paṭisattuvidhamanatthaṃ dhanuṃ gaṇhātīti ^b^dhanuggaho,^eb^ so eva usuṃ saraṃ asati khipatīti ^b^issāso^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘dhanuṃ gahetvā ṭhito issāso’’^eb^ti. Dvisahassapalaṃ lohādibhāraṃ vahituṃ samatthaṃ ^b^dvisahassathāmaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dvisahassathāmaṃ nāmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Daṇḍe^eb^ti dhanudaṇḍe. ^b^Yāva kaṇḍappamāṇā^eb^ti dīghato yattakaṃ kaṇḍassa pamāṇaṃ, tattake ^a^M2.0039^ea^ dhanudaṇḍe ukkhittamatte āropito ceva hoti jiyādaṇḍo, so ca bhāro pathavito muccati, evaṃ idaṃ ‘‘dvisahassathāmaṃ nāma dhanūti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Uggahitasippo^eb^ti uggahitadhanusippo. ^b^Katahattho^eb^ti thirataraṃ lakkhesu avirajjhanasarakkhepo. Īdiso pana tattha vasībhūto katahattho nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ciṇṇavasībhāvo’’^eb^ti. Kataṃ rājakulādīsu upecca asanaṃ etena so ^b^katūpāsano^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘rājakulādīsu dassitasippo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Evaṃ kata^eb^nti evaṃ antosusirakaraṇādinā sallahukaṃ kataṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Oloketī^eb^ti udikkhati. ^b^Evaṃ santepi tesaṃ vāro paññāyatī^eb^ti tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ paṭhamaṃ pucchati, ayaṃ dutiya’’ntiādinā pucchanavāro tādisassa paññavato paññāyati sukhumassa antarassa labbhanato. ^b^Buddhānaṃ pana vāro^eb^ti īdise ṭhāne buddhānaṃ desanāvāro aññesaṃ napaññāyanato buddhānaṃyeva paññāyati. Idāni tameva paññāyanataṃ yuttito dassento ^b^‘‘vidatthicaturaṅgulachāya’’^eb^ntiādimāha. Accharāsaṅghāṭamatte khaṇe aneka-koṭisahassa-cittapavattisambhavato ^a^V2.0036^ea^^b^‘‘vidatthicaturaṅgulachāyaṃ atikkamanato puretaraṃyeva bhagavā…pe… kathetī’’^eb^ti vatvā tato lahutarāpi satthu desanāpavatti atthevāti dassento ^b^‘‘tiṭṭhantu vā tāva ete’’^eb^tiādimāha. Idāni tattha kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kasmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Soḷasa padāni kathetī^eb^ti etena lokiyajanassa ekapaduccāraṇakkhaṇe bhagavā aṭṭhavīsasatapadāni kathetīti dasseti. Idāni tassapi kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘kasmā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammo^eb^ti pāḷi. Pajjati attho etenāti ^b^padaṃ,^eb^ tadattho. Atthaṃ byañjetīti ^b^byañjanaṃ,^eb^ akkharaṃ. Tañhi padavākyakkharabhāvehi paricchijjamānaṃ taṃ taṃ atthaṃ byañjeti pakāseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dhammapadabyañjananti pāḷiyā padabyañjanaṃ, tassa tassa atthassa byañjanakaṃ akkhara’’^eb^nti. Etena aparāparehi padabyañjanehi sucirampi kālaṃ kathentassa tathāgatassa na kadāci tesaṃ pariyādānaṃ atthīti dasseti. Pañhaṃ byākaronti etenāti ^b^pañhabyākaraṇaṃ,^eb^ tathāpavattapaṭibhānaṃ. Aparikkhayapaṭibhānā hi buddhā bhagavanto, yato vuttaṃ ^a^M2.0040^ea^ ‘‘natthi dhammadesanāya hānī’’ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 3.141, 305; vibha. mūlaṭī. 1.suttantabhājanīyavaṇṇanā). Tenāha ^b^‘‘iminā kiṃ dassetī’’^eb^tiādi. Tathā āsannaparinibbānassapi bhagavato desanāya itarāya ca visesātāvoti paṭhamabuddhavacanampi majjhimabuddhavacanampi pacchimabuddhavacanampi sadisameva. Āsītikavassato paraṃ ^b^pañcamo āyukoṭṭhāso^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^162^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kāmañcettha bhagavatā nāgasamālattherassa acchariyābbhutapavedanamukhena attano lomānaṃ haṭṭhabhāvassa paveditattā ^b^‘‘lomahaṃsanapariyāyo’’^eb^ti nāmaṃ gahitaṃ, tathāpi sabbaññutaññāṇādi-anaññasādhāraṇañāṇānubhāva-vibhāvanādivasena soḷasasamūhato sīhanādassa nadanena desanāya pavattitattā ‘‘mahāsīhanādo’’tveva saṅgītikāramahātherehi nāmaṃ ṭhapitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāsīhanādasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 109
title: āhārasuddhivaṇṇanā^mahādukkhakkhandhasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^163^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tato^eb^^a^V2.0037^ea^^b^para^eb^nti tiṇṇaṃ janānaṃ upari saṅgho catuvaggakaraṇīyādikammehi paṭikammappattattā. ^b^Gāmaṃ gatoti vuccati^eb^ gāmaṃ uddissa gatattā, evaṃ sāvatthiṃ pavisituṃ vihārato nikkhantā ‘‘pavisiṃsū’’ti vuttā. ^b^Pariñña^eb^nti pahānapariññaṃ. Sā hi samatikkamo, na itarā. ^b^Rūpavedanāsupī^eb^ti ‘‘rūpānaṃ pariññaṃ, vedanānaṃ pariñña’’nti etthāpi. Kāmaṃ sabbesaṃ titthiyānaṃ kāmādipariññāpaññāpanahetubhūto samayo natthi, yesaṃ pana atthi, te upādāya ^b^‘‘sakasamayaṃ jānantā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yato yato kho bho ayaṃ bhikkhu vivicceva kāmehi…pe… paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati, ettāvatā kho bho kāmānaṃ pariññā hotī’’ti evaṃ sarūpato paṭhamajjhānaṃ vibhāvetuṃ asakkontāpi kevalaṃ accantappahānasaññāya ^b^kāmānaṃ pariññaṃ paññapeyyuṃ paṭhamajjhānaṃ vadamānā^eb^. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tādisassa āgamādhigamassābhāvato. ^b^Rūpavedanāpariññāsu^eb^pi eseva nayo. ^b^Vuccethā^eb^ti vucceyya. ^b^Dutiyapadepī^eb^ti ‘‘anusāsaniyā vā anusāsani’’nti evaṃ vuttavākyepi. ^b^Te^eb^ kira bhikkhū.<br/><br/>[03]^b^165^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na^eb^^a^M2.0041^ea^^b^ceva sampāyissantī^eb^ti na ceva sammadeva pakārehi gamessanti ñāpessanti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sampādetvā kathetuṃ na sakkhissantī’’^eb^ti. Yasmā avisaye pañho pucchito hoti, tasmā āpajjissantīti yojanā. ^b^Sadevake^eb^ti arūpadevaggahaṇaṃ. Te hi lokiyadevehi dīghāyukatādinā ukkaṭṭhā. ^b^Samārake^eb^ti kāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Sabrahmaketi^eb^ rūpāvacarabrahmaggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā^eb^ti ettha ^b^samaṇa^eb^ggahaṇena pabbajite, ^b^brāhmaṇa^eb^ggahaṇena jātibrāhmaṇe, puna ^b^deva^eb^ggahaṇena sammutideve, manussaggahaṇena avasiṭṭhamanussakāyaṃ pariyādiyati. ^b^Lokapajā^eb^ggahaṇena pana payojanaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dassitameva. ^b^Aññathā ārādhanaṃ nāma natthī^eb^ti iminā kāmarūpavedanāsu assādādīnaṃ yāthāvato avabodho eva ito bāhirakānaṃ natthi, kuto pavedanāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^166^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cittārādhana^eb^nti yāthāvapavedanena paresaṃ cittassa paritosanaṃ. ^b^Bandhanaṭṭhena guṇāti^eb^ kāmarāgasaṃyojanassa paccayabhāvena vatthukāmesupi bandhanaṭṭho vutto, koṭṭhāsaṭṭho vā guṇaṭṭho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Tarayantī^eb^ti taramānā yanti gacchanti. Atītādibhinnapaṭhamādivayā eva cittatā rāsibhāvena vayoguṇāti gahitāti āha ^b^‘‘rāsaṭṭho guṇaṭṭho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Cakkhuviññeyyā^eb^ti vā cakkhuviññāṇataṃdvārikaviññāṇehi ^a^V2.0038^ea^ vijānitabbā. ^b^Sotaviññeyyā^eb^tiādīsupi eseva nayo. ^b^Iṭṭhārammaṇabhūtā^eb^ti sabhāveneva iṭṭhārammaṇajātikā, iṭṭhārammaṇabhāvaṃ vā pattā. ^b^Kamanīyā^eb^ti kāmetabbā. ^b^Manavaḍḍhanakā^eb^ti manoharā. Etena parikappanatopi iṭṭhabhāvaṃ gaṇhāti. ^b^Piyajātikā^eb^ti piyāyitabbasabhāvā. ^b^Kāmūpasaṃhitā^eb^ti kāmarāgena upecca sandhāniyā sambaddhā (a. ni. ṭī. 3.6.63) kātabbāti āha ^b^‘‘ārammaṇaṃ katvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^167^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saññaṃ ṭhapetvā^eb^ti ‘‘imasmiṃ aṅgulikādipabbe gahite sataṃ hoti, imasmiṃ sahassa’’ntiādinā saññāṇaṃ katvā gaṇanā. ^b^Acchiddagaṇanā^eb^ti ‘‘ekaṃ dve’’tiādinā navantavidhinā nirantaragaṇanā. ^b^Piṇḍagaṇanā^eb^ti saṅkalanapaṭuppādanādinā piṇḍitvā gaṇanā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khettaṃ oloketvā’’^eb^tiādi. Kasanaṃ ^b^kasī^eb^ti kasiggahaṇena sabbo kasipaṭibaddho ^a^M2.0042^ea^ jīvikūpāyo gahitoti āha ^b^‘‘kasīti kasikamma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Jaṅghavaṇijjā^eb^ti jaṅghasatthavasena vaṇijjaṃ āha, ^b^thalavaṇijjā^eb^ti sakaṭasatthavasena. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena nāvāpaṇādivasena vohāraṃ. ^b^Vaṇippatho^eb^ti vaṇijamaggo, dānaggahaṇavasena saṃvohāroti attho. Usūnaṃ asanakammaṃ ^b^issattaṃ,^eb^ dhanusippena jīvikā, idha pana issattaṃ viyāti ^b^issattaṃ,^eb^ sabbāavudhajīvikāti āha ^b^‘‘āvudhaṃ gahetvā upaṭṭhānakamma’’^eb^nti. Porohiccāmaccakammādi ^b^rājakammaṃ.^eb^^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena rathasippakhattavijjāsippādi-vuttāvasesaṃ mahāsippaṃ khuddakasippañca saṅgaṇhāti. ^b^Sītassa purakkhato^eb^ti sītassa purato kato. Yo hi sītakāle jīvikāhetu sītalapadesaṃ pakkhandati, so vāḷamigādīhi viya sītena paripātiyamāno tena purato kato viya hoti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sītena bādhiyamāno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Uṇhassa purakkhato^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Saritvā^eb^ti saṃsappitvā. ^b^Ghaṭṭiyamāno^eb^ti hiṃsiyamāno bādhiyamāno. Ābādhanaṃ ^b^ābādho,^eb^ pīḷāti attho. ^b^Kāmahetu^eb^nti vā bhāvanapuṃsakaniddeso yathā ‘‘visamaṃ candimasūriyā parivattantī’’ti (a. ni. 4.70). Tathā sesapadadvayepi. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘kāmānameva hetū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kāmānaṃ hetū^eb^ti ettha purimapadāvadhāraṇamayuttaṃ tadaññapaccayapaṭikkhepāpattito, tathā uttarapadāvadhāraṇaṃ kāmānaṃ kadāci ahetubhāvassapi sambhavato, tasmā ^b^‘‘uppajjatiyevā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uṭṭhahato^eb^ti iminā uṭṭhānavīriyaṃ vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘ājīvasamuṭṭhāpakavīriyenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Taṃ vīriyanti^eb^ ājīvikasamuṭṭhāpakavīriyaṃ. ^b^Pubbenāparaṃ ghaṭentassā^eb^ti ārambhato paṭṭhāya nirantaraṃ pavattentassa. ^b^Citte uppannabalavasokena socatī^eb^ti cittasantāpena anto nijjhāyati. ^b^Kāye uppannadukkhenā^eb^ti tasseva sokassa vasena kāye uppannadukkhena. Sokuddesena taṃ taṃ vippalapento vā ^b^paridevati. Uraṃ tāḷetvā^eb^ti vakkhappadesaṃ paharitvā. ^b^‘‘Mogha’’^eb^ntiādi paridevanākāradassanañceva ^a^V2.0039^ea^ sammohāpajjanākāradassanañca. ^b^Me^eb^ti vatvā puna ^b^no^eb^ti puthuvacanaṃ attano ubhayathāpi voharitabbato, byāmūḷhavacanaṃ vā sokavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^168^eb^^b^.^eb^ Idha ^a^M2.0043^ea^ kāmaggahaṇena visesato vatthukāmā gahitāti kāmādiggahaṇaṃ kataṃ, nānantariyatāya pana kilesakāmopi gahito eva. ^b^Asicamma^eb^nti ettha ^b^camma^eb^ggahaṇena na kevalaṃ cammamayassa, cammaparisibbitasseva vā gahaṇaṃ, atha kho sabbassapi āvudhabādhakassa gahaṇanti dassento ^b^‘‘kheṭakaphalakādīnī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena sarādisaṅgaho. ^b^Dhanukalāpaṃ sannayhitvā^eb^ti dhanuñceva khurappatūṇiñca sannayhitvā, dhanudaṇḍassa jiyāya tathābhāvakaraṇādipi (a. ni. ṭī. 3.5.76) dhanuno sannayhananti. Dvinnaṃ senānaṃ byūhasaṃvidhānena vā ^b^ubhatobyūḷhaṃ. Vijjotalantesū^eb^ti nisitapītaphalatāya vijjotanavasena parivattamānesu.<br/><br/>[03]Pākārasamīpātisaṅkhāratāya pākārapādā ^b^upakāriyo,^eb^ yā ‘‘uddāpā’’ti vuccanti. ^b^Satadantenā^eb^ti anekasatadantakena, yassa tikhiṇadantāni anekasatāni mūlāni honti. Atibhāratāya dasavīsamattāpi janā ukkhipituṃ na sakkonti, yantavasena pana ukkhipitvā bandhitvā ṭhapenti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aṭṭhadantākārenā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Omaddantī^eb^ti oṭṭhapenti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^169^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sandhimpi chindanti^eb^ corikāya jīvitukāmā. ^b^Nillopa^eb^nti nissesavilopaṃ, ekaṃ parittaṃ gāmaṃ parivāretvā tattha kiñcipi gayhūpagaṃ asesetvā karamaraggahaṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mahāvilopa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Panthaduhanakammaṃ^eb^ aṭavimagge ṭhatvā addhikānaṃ vilumpanaṃ. ^b^Pahārasādhanatthaṃ^eb^ (a. ni. ṭī. 2.2.1) daṇḍappahārassa sukhasiddhiatthaṃ. Kañjito nibbattaṃ kañjiyaṃ, āranālaṃ. Yaṃ ‘‘bilaṅga’’ntipi vuccati, taṃ yattha siñcati, sā ^b^kañjiyaukkhalikā^eb^. Bilaṅgathālikasadisakaraṇaṃ ^b^bilaṅgathāliyaṃ. Sīsakapālaṃ uppāṭetvā^eb^ti ayoguḷapavesanappamāṇaṃ chiddaṃ katvā. ^b^Saṅkhamuṇḍakammakāraṇa^eb^nti saṅkhaṃ viya muṇḍakammakāraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rāhumukhakammakāraṇa^eb^nti rāhumukhagata-sūriyasadisa-kammakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Jotimālika^eb^nti jotimālavantaṃ kammakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Hatthapajjotika^eb^nti hatthapajjotanakammakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Erakavattakammakāraṇa^eb^nti erakavattasadise sarīrato baddhe uppāṭanakammakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Cīrakavāsikakammakāraṇa^eb^nti sarīrato uppāṭitabaddhacīrakāhi nivāsāpanakammakāraṇaṃ. Taṃ karontā yathā gīvato paṭṭhāya baddhe kantitvā kaṭiyameva ṭhapenti, evaṃ gopphakato paṭṭhāya ^a^M2.0044^ea^ kantitvā kaṭiyameva ṭhapenti. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana ^b^‘‘kaṭito paṭṭhāya kantitvā gopphakesu ṭhapentī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Eṇeyyakakammakāraṇa^eb^nti eṇīmigasadisakammakāraṇaṃ ^a^V2.0040^ea^. ^b^Ayavalayāni datvā^eb^ti ayavalayāni paṭimuñcitvā. ^b^Ayasūlāni koṭṭentī^eb^ti kapparajaṇṇukakoṭīsu ayasūlāni pavesenti. Nti taṃ tathākatakammakāraṇaṃ sattaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Baḷisamaṃsika^eb^nti baḷisehi maṃsuppāṭanakammakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Kahāpaṇika^eb^nti kahāpaṇamattaso chindanakammakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Koṭṭentī^eb^ti chindanti. ^b^Khārāpatacchika^eb^nti tacchetvā khārāvasiñcanakammakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Palighaparivattika^eb^nti palighassa viya parivattanakammakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Ekābaddhaṃ karonti^eb^ ayasūlassa koṭṭanena. ^b^Palālapīṭhaka^eb^nti palālapīṭhassa viya sarīrassa saṃvellanakammakāraṇaṃ. ^b^Kāraṇikā^eb^ti ghātanakārakā. ^b^Palālavaṭṭiṃ viya katvā^eb^ti yathā palālapīṭhaṃ karontā palālavaṭṭiṃ katvā saṃvellanavasena naṃ (a. ni. ṭī. 2.2.1) veṭhenti, evaṃ karontīti attho. ^b^Chātakehī^eb^ti bubhukkhitehi koleyyakasunakhehi. Balavanto hi te javayoggā sūrā ca honti. Kammavasena sampareti etthāti samparāyo, paraloko. Tattha bhavoti ^b^samparāyiko^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^170^eb^^b^.^eb^ Chandarāgo vinīyati ceva pahīyati ca etthāti nibbānaṃ ^b^chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānañcā^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nibbānañhī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^āgammā^eb^ti idaṃ yo chandarāgaṃ vineti pajahati, tassa ārammaṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. ^b^Tīhi pariññāhī^eb^ti iminā ñātatīraṇapariññāhi parijānissantīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Ko pana vādo pahānapariññāyāti dasseti? ^b^Tathabhāvāyā^eb^ti parijānanakabhāvāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^171^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aparittenā^eb^ti ahīnena. ^b^Vipulenā^eb^ti mahatā. Yadi vaṇṇasampattidassanatthaṃ, vaṇṇadasakaṃ kasmā na gahitanti āha ^b^‘‘mātugāmassa hī’’^eb^tiādi. Bhojanasampadādīnaṃ alābhepīti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘duggatakule nibbattassapī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Thokaṃ thokaṃ vaṇṇāyatanaṃ pasīdati^eb^ maṃsassa paribrūhanato thanamaṃsāni vaḍḍhanti jāyanti. Vaṇṇeti hadayaṅgatabhāvaṃ pakāsento viya hotīti ^b^vaṇṇo^eb^. So eva sāmaggopabhogādinā nibhātīti ^b^nibhā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vaṇṇanibhāti vaṇṇoyevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhogga^eb^nti ^a^M2.0045^ea^ ativiya vaṅkatāya bhoggaṃ. Tādisaṃ pana sarīraṃ bhaggaṃ viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘bhagga’’^eb^nti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imināpissa vaṅkabhāvameva dīpetī’’^eb^ti. Dantānaṃ chinnabhinnatāya ekaccānaṃ patanena ca ^b^khaṇḍitadantaṃ^eb^. Kesānaṃ setavaṇṇatāya palitanti āha ^b^‘‘paṇḍarakesa’’^eb^nti. Kesānaṃ mattaso siyane khallāṭavohāroti bahuso siyanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘mahākhallāṭasīsa’’^eb^nti. Vassasatikakāle ^a^V2.0041^ea^ uppajjanatilakāni sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tilakāhatagatta’’^eb^nti. Tāni pana kānici setāni honti kānici kāḷānīti āha ^b^‘‘setakāḷatilakehī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Byādhika^eb^nti sañcātabyādhiṃ. ^b^Bāḷhagilāna^eb^nti māraṇanti kagelaññena gilānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^173^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tasmiṃ samaye^eb^ti tasmiṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharaṇasamaye. ^b^Na cetetī^eb^ti na abhisandahati. Byābādhanaṭṭhena byābādho, byābādhova byābajjhaṃ, natthi ettha byābajjhanti ^b^abyābajjhaṃ,^eb^ dukkharahitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘niddukkhamevā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^174^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aniccādiākāro^eb^ti aniccākāro dukkhākāro vipariṇāmākāro calādiākāro ca.<br/><br/>[06]Mahādukkhakkhandhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 110
title: mahādukkhakkhandhasuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷadukkhakkhandhasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^175^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sakkesū^eb^ti ^a^V2.0042^ea^ ettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ satipaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbanti taṃ ekadesena dassento ^b^‘‘so hī’’^eb^ti āha. Tattha yena rājakumārā sakyā nāma jātā, yato tesaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānatāya janapado tathā vuccati, taṃ vattabbanti āha ^b^‘‘sakyānaṃ pana uppatti ambaṭṭhasutte āgatāvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kapilavatthūti vuttaṃ^eb^ purimasaññāvasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nānappakāraka^eb^nti ‘‘lobhadhammā’’ti bahuvacanassa nimittaṃ vadati. Lobho hi tena tena avatthāvisesena pavattiākārabhedena ‘‘chando rāgotaṇhā āsatti apekkhā’’tiādinā anekappabhedo, lubbhanalakkhaṇena pana ‘‘lobho’’tveva vuccati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nānappakārakaṃ lobhaṃyevā’’^eb^ti. Tathā ‘‘doso paṭigho kodho upanāho ^a^M2.0046^ea^ virodho’’tiādinā, ‘‘muyhanaṃ asamapekkhanaṃ apaccavekkhaṇā dummejjhaṃ bālya’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 390) ca dosamohānaṃ nānappakārataṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘itaresupi dvīsu eseva nayo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pariyādiyitvā^eb^ti parito sabbaso ādāya. Gahetvāti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘gahaṇe āgata’’^eb^nti. ^b^Pariyādiyatī^eb^ti parikkhīṇoti. Dī-saddañhi saddavidū khayatthaṃ vadanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekadā^eb^ti āmeḍitalopena niddesoti āha ^b^‘‘ekekasmiṃ kāle’’^eb^ti. ^b^Lobhadosamohā^eb^ti paṭhamamaggena pahīnāvasesā lobhadosamohā. ^b^Niravasesā pahīyanti,^eb^ aññathā dutiyamaggena kiṃ kataṃ siyāti adhippāyo. Samudācārappattaṃ pana disvā ^b^‘‘appahīnaṃ me atthī’’tipi jānāti^eb^. Evaṃ kathaṃ niravasesappahānasaññāti āha ^b^‘‘appahīnakaṃ…pe… saññī hotī’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ paṭhamamaggeneva samucchinnasaṃsayassa ‘‘ko su nāma me dhammo ajjhattaṃ appahīnoti ^b^evaṃ sandheho kathaṃ uppajjatī’’^eb^ti vatvā ^b^‘‘paṇṇattiyā akovidattā’’^eb^ti kāraṇamāha. Vinayakukkuccaṃ viya hi paṇṇattiyaṃ akusalatāya ariyānampi katthaci vimatimattaṃ uppajjati yathā taṃ sabbaso appahīnasammohānanti. Attano avisaye anabhijānanaṃ paṇṇattikosallena kimettha payojanaṃ, paccavekkhaṇāmattena ayamattho sijjhatīti dassento ^b^‘‘kiṃ tassa paccavekkhaṇā natthī’’^eb^ti āha. Itaro ‘‘natthī’’ti na sakkā vattunti katvā ‘‘atthī’’ti vatvā tattha labbhamānavibhāgaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘sā panā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^sā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0043^ea^ paccavekkhaṇā. ^b^Sabbesa^eb^nti sabbesaṃ ariyānaṃ. Yathā paripuṇṇā na hoti, na evaṃ sabbaso na hotīti āha ^b^‘‘imāsu panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^176^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ajjhatta^eb^nti niyakajjhattaṃ adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘tava santāne’’^eb^ti. ^b^Appahīno^eb^ti anavasesato appahīno. ^b^Duvidhe^eb^ti vatthukāmakilesakāme. Kilesakāmopi hi yadaggena assādīyati, tadaggena paribhuñjīyati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^177^eb^^b^.^eb^ Assādīyatīti assādo, sukhaṃ. Appo appamattako assādo etesūti ^b^appassādā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parittasukhā’’^eb^ti. Pariyesanadukkhādihetukaṃ ^a^M2.0047^ea^ diṭṭhadhammikaṃ tattha duccaritacaraṇena samparāyikañca dukkhamettha kāmesu bahukanti ^b^bahudukkhā. Bahupāyāsā^eb^ti bahuparikkilesā. Te pana parikkilesā vakkhamānanayena bahūyevettha diṭṭhadhammikāpīti āha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhadhammika…pe… bahū’’^eb^ti. Te ca parikkilesā yasmā taṃsamaṅgino hitapaṭipattiyā antarāyakarā idha ceva paraloke ca ādīnavakāraṇañca pavattanti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘diṭṭhadhammika…pe… bahū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Evaṃ cepī^eb^ti evaṃ ‘‘appassādā kāmā’’tiādinā ākārena. ^b^Nayenā^eb^ti dhammena. ^b^Kāraṇenā^eb^ti yuttiyā. Suṭṭhu diṭṭhaṃ hotīti sambandho. ^b^Vipassanāpaññāyā^eb^ti ariyamaggapaññāya. Sā cattāripi saccāni visesato passatīti ^b^vipassanā^eb^ti adhippetā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘heṭṭhāmaggadvayañāṇenāti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pītisukha^eb^nti pītisukhavantaṃ jhānadvayaṃ. ^b^Dve magge^eb^ti heṭṭhāmagge. Āvaṭṭanasīlo ābhujanasīlo na hotīti ^b^anāvaṭṭī neva hoti^eb^ sabbaso appahīnakāmarāgachando. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kasmā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Orodhanāṭakā pajahanapaññā^eb^ti ādīnavānupassanāñāṇamāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^179^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Assādopi kathito,^eb^ ‘‘appassādā’’ti hi iminā yāvatako kāmesu assādo, taṃ sabbaṃ anavasesato pariggahetvā cassa parittabhāvo dassitoti ^b^ādīnavopi kathito^eb^ saṅkhepeneva sesassāadīnavassa dassitattā. ^b^Taṃ kathetu^eb^nti taṃ nissaraṇaṃ ‘‘ekantasukhapaṭisaṃvedī’’ti iminā kathetuṃ. ^b^Imehi antehī^eb^ti ‘‘pañcime, mahānāma, kāmaguṇā’’tiādinā kāmaguṇadassanamukhena kāmasukhallikānuyogaṃ ‘‘ubbhaṭṭhakā honti āsanapaṭikkhittā’’tiādinā attakilamathānuyogañca dassetvā imehi dvīhi antehi muttaṃ mama sāsananti, phalasamāpattipariyosānattā sāsanasampattiyā ^b^‘‘upariphalasamāpattisīsena sakalasāsanaṃ dassetu’’^eb^nti āha. Gijjhasadiso kūṭoti majjhepadalopīsamāso yathā ‘‘sākapatthivo’’ti (pāṇini. 2.1.60). Dutiye panettha gijjhavantatāya gijjhā kūṭe etassāti ^a^V2.0044^ea^^b^gijjhakūṭo^eb^. Uddhaṃyeva tiṭṭhanakā nisajjāya vuṭṭhitakālato paṭṭhāya ekaṭṭhāneneva tiṭṭhanakā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anisinnā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nigaṇṭhassā^eb^ti nāṭaputtassa. Natthi etassa parisesanti ^b^aparisesaṃ^eb^. Evaṃ saṅkhābhavacanamattamassāti āha ^b^‘‘aparisesasaṅkhāta’’^eb^nti. Niccaṭṭhena ^a^M2.0048^ea^ satata-saddena abhiṇhappavatti jotitā siyāti ^b^‘‘samita’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. Tena nirantarappavattiṃ dassetīti evaṃ vā ettha attho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^180^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Yaṃ karoti, taṃ jānātī^eb^ti dukkhassa nijjaraṇakhepanaṃ nāma viññūnaṃ kiccaṃ, viññunā ca purisena katākataṃ jānitabbaṃ, tasmā tumhehi purāṇānaṃ kammānaṃ byantibhāvaṃ karontehi paṭhamaṃ tāva ettakāni purāṇāni kammānīti jānitabbāni, tato ‘‘ettakaṃ kālaṃ katena tapasā ettakāni tāni byantikatāni, idāni ettakāni kātabbānī’’tiādinā ayaṃ vidhi purisena viya attanā kātabbakiccaṃ paricchinditabbanti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tumhehipi tathā ñātabbaṃ siyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Suddhanta^eb^nti suddhakoṭṭhāsaṃ, āyatiṃ anavassavasiddhaṃ kammakkhayaṃ, tato vā dukkhakkhayanti attho. ^b^Suddhantaṃ patto atthīti pucchatī^eb^ti iminā akusalānaṃ pahānaṃ, kusalānaṃ bhāvanā ca sabbena sabbaṃ nigaṇṭhasamaye natthi sabbaso visuddhibhāvanāya abhāvato, tasmā kuto dukkhakkhayassa sambhavoti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evaṃ ajānanabhāve satī^eb^ti ‘‘ahuvamheva maya’’ntiādinā vuttappakārassa ajānane sati, tasmiṃ tumhehi aññāyamāneti attho. ^b^Luddā^eb^ti ghorā. Te pana yasmā kāyavācāhi nihīnameva karonti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘luddācārā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Lohitapāṇitveva vuccati^eb^ tajjākiriyācaraṇato. Māgavikakevaṭṭacoraghātakādayo ^b^māgavikādayo. Kakkhaḷakammā^eb^ti pharusakammā. ^b^Te nigaṇṭhesu pabbajantī^eb^ti pubbe mahādukkhasaṃvattaniyakammassa katattā hi tumhe etarahi īdisaṃ mahādukkhaṃ paccanubhavathāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vāde^eb^ti diṭṭhiyaṃ, samayeti attho. ^b^Sukhena sukha^eb^nti ettha ^b^sukhenā^eb^ti paṭipattisukhena, sukhāya paṭipattiyāti attho. ^b^Sukha^eb^nti vimokkhasukhaṃ, idha loke sukhaṃ adhigacchantā kasivaṇijjādidukkhapaṭipattiyāva adhigacchanti, evaṃ mokkhasukhampīti adhippāyo. Sarīrāvayavasampattiyāpi bimbino sāroti ^b^bimbisāro. Te nigaṇṭhā…pe… sandhāya vadanti,^eb^ na pana bhagavato accantasantapaṇītaṃ nibbānasukhapaṭivedanaṃ jānanti. ^b^Sahasā^eb^ti ravā. ^b^Appaṭisaṅkhā^eb^ti na paṭisaṅkhāya avicāretvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sāhasaṃ katvā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Aññāhi ^a^M2.0049^ea^^a^V2.0045^ea^ vedanāhi avomissaṃ ekantaṃ sukhaṃ ^b^ekantasukhaṃ,^eb^ tassa paṭisaṃvedī. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nirantarasukhapaṭisaṃvedī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kathāpatiṭṭhāpanattha^eb^nti ‘‘ekantasukhapaṭisaṃvedī’’ti evaṃ āraddhakathāya patiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ. ^b^Rājavāre^eb^ti rājānaṃ uddissa āgatadesanāvāre. ^b^Sukhaṃ pucchituṃ hotīti^eb^ ‘‘yadi satta rattindivāni nappahoti, kiṃ cha rattindivāni pahotī’’tiādinā pucchanasukhaṃ hoti. ‘‘Ahaṃ kho’’tiādinā pavatto ^b^suddhavāro^eb^ suddhanissandassa phalasamāpattisukhassa vasena āgatattā. ^b^Anacchariyaṃ hoti,^eb^ satta rattindivāni pahontassa ekasmiṃ rattindive kiṃ vattabbanti. ^b^Uttānatthameva^eb^ vuttanayattā suviññeyyattā.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷadukkhakkhandhasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 111
title: cūḷadukkhakkhandhasuttavaṇṇanā^anumānasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^181^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vuttānusārenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0046^ea^ ‘‘kurūsu, sakkesū’’ti ca ettha vuttanayānusārena, ‘‘bhaggā nāma jānapadino rājakumārā’’tiādinā nayena vacanattho veditabboti attho. ^b^Vatthupariggahadivase^eb^ti nagaramāpanatthaṃ vatthuvijjācariyena nagaraṭṭhānassa pariggaṇhanadivase. ^b^Athā^eb^ti pacchā. ^b^Nagare nimmite^eb^ti tattha anantarāyena nagare māpite. Tameva susumāragiraṇaṃ subhanimittaṃ katvā ^b^‘‘susumāragiri’’tvevassa nāmaṃ akaṃsu^eb^. Susumārasaṇṭhānattā susumāro nāma eko giri, so tassa nagarassa samīpe, tasmā taṃ susumāragiri etassa atthīti ^b^‘‘susumāragirī’’^eb^ti vuccatīti keci. ^b^Bhesakaḷā^eb^ti vuccati ghammaṇḍagacchaṃ, keci ‘‘setarukkha’’nti vadanti, tesaṃ bahulatāya pana taṃ vanaṃ bhesakaḷāvananteva paññāyittha. ^b^Bheso^eb^ nāma eko yakkho ayuttakārī, tassa tato gaḷitaṭṭhānatāya taṃ vanaṃ ^b^bhesagaḷāvanaṃ^eb^ nāma jātanti keci. ^b^Abhayadinnaṭṭhāne jātaṃ^eb^ virūḷhaṃ, saṃvaddhanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Icchāpetī^eb^ti yaṃ kiñci attani garahitabbaṃ vattuṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ icchaṃ uppādeti, tadatthāya tesaṃ attānaṃ vissajjetīti attho. Paṭhamaṃ dinno hitūpadeso ^b^ovādo,^eb^ aparāparaṃ dinno ^b^anusāsanī^eb^. Paccuppannātītavisayo ^a^M2.0050^ea^ vā ^b^ovādo,^eb^ anāgatavisayo ^b^anusāsanī^eb^. Otiṇṇavatthuko ^b^ovādo,^eb^ itaro ^b^anusāsanī. So cā^eb^ti evaṃ pavāretā so bhikkhu. Dukkhaṃ vaco etasmiṃ vippaṭikūlaggāhe vipaccanīkasāte anādare puggaleti ^b^dubbaco^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dukkhena vattabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Upari āgatehī^eb^ti ‘‘pāpiccho hotī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.181) āgatehi soḷasahi pāpadhammehi. Pakārehi āvahaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ, tato padakkhiṇato gahaṇasīlo padakkhiṇaggāhī, na padakkhiṇaggāhī ^b^appadakkhiṇaggāhī. Vāmato^eb^ti apasabyato, vuttavipariyāyatoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asantasambhāvanapatthanāna^eb^nti asantehi avijjamānehi guṇehi sambhāvanassa patthanābhūtānaṃ. Paṭi-saddo paccattikapariyāyo, pharaṇaṃ vāyamanaṃ idha tathāvaṭṭhānanti āha ^b^‘‘paṭippharatīti paṭiviruddho paccanīko hutvā tiṭṭhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Apasādetī^eb^ti khipeti tajjeti. Tathābhūto ^a^V2.0047^ea^ ca paraṃ ghaṭṭento nāma hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ghaṭṭetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭiāropetī^eb^ti yādisena vutto, tassa paṭibhāgabhūtaṃ dosaṃ codakassa upari āropeti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭicaratī^eb^ti (a. ni. ṭī. 2.3.68) paṭicchādanavasena carati pavattati, paṭicchādanattho eva vā carati-saddo anekatthattā dhātūnanti āha ^b^‘‘paṭicchādetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Aññenañña^eb^nti paṭicchādanākāradassananti āha ^b^‘‘aññena kāraṇenā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ vacanaṃ vā^eb^ti yaṃ codakena cuditakassa dosavibhāvanaṃ kāraṇaṃ, vacanaṃ vā vuttaṃ, tato aññeneva kāraṇena, vacanena vā paṭicchādeti. ^b^Kāraṇenā^eb^ti codanāya amūlikabhāvadīpaniyā yuttiyā. ^b^Vacanenā^eb^ti tadatthabodhanena. ^b^Ko āpanno^eb^tiādinā codanaṃ avissajjetvā vikkhepāpajjanaṃ aññenaññaṃ paṭicaraṇanti dasseti, bahiddhā kathāapanāmanaṃ vissajjetvāti ayameva tesaṃ viseso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘itthannāma’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Apadīyanti dosā etena rakkhīyanti, lūyanti, chijjantīti vā ^b^apadānaṃ,^eb^ (a. ni. ṭī. 2.3.2) sattānaṃ sammā, micchā vā pavattapayogo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘attano cariyāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^183^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anuminitabba^eb^nti ^a^M2.0051^ea^ anu anu minitabbo jānitabbo. ^b^Attānaṃ anuminitabba^eb^nti ca idaṃ paccatte upayogavacanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anuminitabbo tuletabbo tīretabbo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Attānaṃ anuminitabba^eb^nti vā attani anumānañāṇaṃ pavattetabbaṃ. Tatrāyaṃ nayo – appiyabhāvāvahā mayi pavattā pāpicchatā pāpicchābhāvato parasmiṃ pavattapāpicchatā viya. Esa nayo sesadhammesupi. Aparo nayo – sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyabhāvaṃ icchantena pāpicchatā pahātabbā sīlavisuddhihetubhāvato attukkaṃsanādippahānaṃ viya. Sesadhammesupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^184^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paccavekkhitabbo^eb^ti ‘‘na pāpiccho bhavissāmi, na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gato’’tiādinā pati pati divasassa tikkhattuṃ vā ñāṇacakkhunā avekkhitabbaṃ, ñāṇaṃ pavattetabbanti attho. Pāpicchatādīnaṃ pahānaṃ pati avekkhitabbaṃ, ayañca attho tabba-saddassa bhāvatthatāvasena veditabbo, kammatthatāvasena pana ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘attāna’’^eb^nti paccatte upayogavacanaṃ katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Sikkhantenā^eb^ti tissopi sikkhā sikkhantena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kusalesu dhammesū’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tilaka^eb^nti ^a^V2.0048^ea^ kāḷatilasetatilāditilakaṃ. ^b^Sabbappahāna^eb^nti sabbappakārappahānaṃ. ^b^Phale āgate^eb^ti phale uppanne. ^b^Nibbāne āgate^eb^ti nibbānassa adhigatattā. ^b^Bhikkhupātimokkha^eb^nti ‘‘so samaṇo, sa bhikkhū’’ti evaṃ vuttabhikkhūnaṃ pātimokkhaṃ, na upasampannānaṃ eva na pabbajitānaṃ evāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yasmā cidaṃ bhikkhupātimokkhaṃ, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘idaṃ divasassa tikkhattu’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Apaccavekkhituṃ na vaṭṭati^eb^ attavisuddhiyā ekantahetubhāvato.<br/><br/>[06]Anumānasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 112
title: anumānasuttavaṇṇanā^cetokhilasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^185^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ceto ^a^V2.0049^ea^ tehi khilayati thaddhabhāvaṃ āpajjatīti ^b^cetokhilā^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cittassa thaddhabhāvā’’^eb^ti. Yasmā tehi uppannehi cittaṃ uklāpījātaṃ ṭhānaṃ viya amanuññaṃ khettaṃ viya ca khāṇukanicitaṃ amahapphalaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘kacavarabhāvā khāṇukabhāvā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Cittassā’’ti ānetvā ^a^M2.0052^ea^ sambandhitabbaṃ. ^b^Cittaṃ bandhitvā^eb^ti taṇhāpavattibhāvato kusalacārassa avasaracajanavasena cittaṃ baddhaṃ viya samorodhetvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘muṭṭhiyaṃ katvā viya gaṇhantī’’^eb^ti. Saddatthato pana ceto virūpaṃ nibandhīyati saṃyamīyati etehīti ^b^cetaso vinibandhā^eb^ yassa catubbidhaṃ sīlaṃ akhaṇḍādibhāvappattiyā suparisuddhaṃ visesabhāgiyattā appakasireneva maggaphalāvahaṃ mahāsaṅgharakkhitattherassa viya, so tādisena sīlena imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ āpajjissatīti āha ^b^‘‘sīlena vuddhi’’^eb^nti. Yassa pana ariyamaggo uppajjanto virūḷhamūlo viya pādapo suppatiṭṭhito, so sāsane virūḷhiṃ āpannoti āha ^b^‘‘maggena virūḷhi’’^eb^nti. Yo sabbaso kilesanibbānappatto, so arahā sīlādidhammakkhandhapāripūriyā sativepullappatto hotīti āha ^b^‘‘nibbānena vepulla’’^eb^nti. Dutiyavikappe attho vuttanayānusārena veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Buddhānaṃ dhammakāyo viya rūpakāyopi anaññasādhāraṇatāya anuttaraguṇādhiṭṭhānatāya ca apaccakkhakārīnaṃ saṃsayavatthu hotiyevāti ^b^‘‘sarīre vā guṇe vā kaṅkhatī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tattha yathā mahāpurisalakkhaṇena anubyañjanādayo rūpakāyaguṇā gahitā eva honti avinābhāvatoti ^b^‘‘dvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇappaṭimaṇḍita’’^eb^micceva vuttaṃ, evaṃ anāvaraṇañāṇena sabbepi anantāparimeyyabhedā dhammakāyaguṇā gahitā eva hontīti ^b^sabbaññutaññāṇaggahaṇameva^eb^ kataṃ nānantariyabhāvatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Kaṅkhahī^eb^ti ‘‘aho vata te guṇā na bhaveyyuṃ, bhaveyyuṃ vā’’ti patthanuppādanavasena kaṅkhati. Purimo hi viparītajjhāsayo, itaro yathābhūtañāṇajjhāsayo. ^b^Vicinanto^eb^ti vicayabhūtāya paññāya te vivecetukāmo tadabhāvato kicchaṃ dukkhaṃ āpajjati, kicchappatti ca tattha nicchetuṃ asamatthatāyevāti āha ^b^‘‘vinicchetuṃ na sakkotī’’^eb^ti. Vigatā cikicchāti ^b^vicikicchā. Adhimokkhaṃ na paṭilabhatī^eb^ti ‘‘evameta’’nti okappanavasena guṇesu vinicchayaṃ nādhigacchati. ^b^Otaritvā^eb^ti ñāṇena anupavisitvā. ^b^Pasīditu^eb^nti ‘‘pasannarūpadhammakāyaguṇehi bhagavā’’ti pasīdituṃ. ^b^Anāvilo^eb^ akālusso hotuṃ ^b^na sakkoti^eb^. ‘‘Kaṅkhatī’’ti ^a^V2.0050^ea^ iminā dubbalā vimati vuttā, ‘‘vicikicchatī’’ti iminā majjhimā, ‘‘nādhimuccatī’’ti iminā balavatī, ‘‘na sampasīdatī’’ti iminā tividhāyapi vimatiyā vasena uppannacittakālussiyaṃ vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ātappāyā^eb^tiādito ^a^M2.0053^ea^ tapati santapati kileseti ^b^ātappaṃ,^eb^ ārambhadhātu, tadatthāya. ^b^Anuyogāyā^eb^ti yathā saṃkilesadhammānaṃ avasaro na hoti, evaṃ anu anu yuñjanaṃ ^b^anuyogo,^eb^ nikkamadhātu, tadatthāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘punappunaṃ yogāyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sātaccāyā^eb^ti yathā uparūpari visesādhigamo hoti, tathā satatassa nirantarapavattassa anuyogassa bhāvo ^b^sātaccaṃ,^eb^ parakkamadhātu, tadatthāya. ^b^Padhānāyā^eb^ti santamevaṃ tividhadhātusaṃvaḍḍhitānubhāvaṃ sabbakilesaviddhaṃsanasamatthaṃ padhānasaṅkhātaṃ vīriyaṃ, tadatthāya. Ettha ca ātappāya cittaṃ na namati yathāvuttakaṅkhāvasena, pageva anuyogādiatthanti dassetuṃ cattāripi padāni gahitāni, anavasesavisesadassanatthaṃ vā. Keci pana ‘‘ātappavevacanāneva anuyogādipadānī’’ti vadanti. Ettāvatā bhagavā satthari kaṅkhāya cittassa thaddhakacavarakhāṇukabhāvena akusalabhāvādiāpādanato cetokhilabhāvaṃ dasseti. Sesesupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]Sikkhāggahaṇena paṭipattisaddhammassa gahitattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pariyattidhamme ca paṭivedhadhamme cā’’^eb^ti. Pariyattidhamme yattha kaṅkhāya sambhavo, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘caturāsīti dhammakkhandhasahassānī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tayidaṃ nidassanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ paramparāya paṭivedhāvahabhāvādivasenapi ekaccānaṃ tattha saṃsayuppattito. Yathā ca paṭivedhe kaṅkhā vuttā, evaṃ adhigamadhammepi pavattatīti veditabbā. Tathā hi ekacce ‘‘kasiṇādibhāvanāya jhānāni ijjhantī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Kasiṇanissando āruppāti, mettādinissando catutthabrahmavihāro’’ti evamādinā kaṅkhatiyevāti. Ettha ca navalokuttaresu paññattiyaṃyeva kaṅkhāpavatti veditabbā asaṃkilesikattā lokuttaradhammānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Evarūpa^eb^nti edisaṃ suppaṭipatti-ujuppaṭipatti-ñāyappaṭipatti-sāmīcippaṭipatti-saṅkhātaṃ sammāpaṭipadaṃ. ^b^Adhisīlasikkhā^eb^dayo lokuttaradhammassa anudhammabhūtā veditabbā. Evañhi maggaphalasikkhāhi imāsaṃ viseso siddho hoti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘sikkhāggahaṇena paṭipattisaddhammassa gahitattā’’ti. Ettha ca yathā vicikicchā vatthuttayassa sikkhāya ca guṇesu anadhimuccanāsampasīdanavasena appaṭipattibhāvato cittassa thaddhabhāvo āsappanaparisappanavasena pavattiyā kacavarakhāṇukabhāvo ca, evaṃ sabrahmacārīsu āghātacaṇḍikkādivasena ^a^V2.0051^ea^ cittassa thaddhabhāvo ca upahananavirujjhanādivasena ^a^M2.0054^ea^ kacavarakhāṇukabhāvo ca veditabbo. Ariyasaṅghavisayā vicikicchā, puggalavisayā kāci natthīti saṅghavisayāva gahitā, sāsanikavasena cāyaṃ cetokhiladesanāti sabrahmacārīvisayova kopo gahito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^186^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yathā vatthukāmo, evaṃ kilesakāmopi assādanīyo evāti ^b^‘‘kilesakāmepī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘rūpataṇhā loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisatī’’tiādi (dī. ni. 2.400; ma. ni. 1.133; vibha. 203). ^b^Kāmaniddese^eb^ (mahāni. 1) sabbepi tebhūmakā dhammā kāmanīyaṭṭhena ^b^‘‘kāmā’’^eb^ti vuttā, balavakāmarāgavatthubhūtāyevettha kāmaggahaṇena gahitāti. Vinibaddhavatthubhāvena yathā visuṃ attano kāyo gahito, tathā paresaṃ tathārūpā rūpadhammā samūhaṭṭhenāti āha ^b^‘‘rūpeti bahiddhārūpe’’^eb^ti. Yathā hi pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo jhānādivisesādhigamassa vinibaddhāya saṃvattati, evaṃ attano kāye apekkhā bahiddhā ca sakaparikkhārañātimittādīsu apekkhāti. Keci panettha ‘‘rūpeti rūpajjhāne’’tiādinā papañcenti. Tadayuttaṃ jhānādhigamavinibaddhānaṃ sīlassa ca saṃkilesabhūtānaṃ cetovinibaddhabhāvena gahitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yāvadattha^eb^nti yāva attheti abhikaṅkhati, tāva. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yattakaṃ icchati, tattaka’’^eb^nti. Nti yāvadatthaṃ udarapūraṃ bhuttaṃ. ^b^Avadehanato^eb^ pūraṇato. ^b^Seyyasukha^eb^nti seyyaṃ paṭicca uppajjanakasukhaṃ. ^b^Passasukha^eb^nti passānaṃ samparivattanena uppajjanakasukhaṃ. ^b^Niddāsukha^eb^nti niddāyanena uppajjanakasukhaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sīlenā^eb^tiādi patthanākāradassanaṃ. ^b^Vatasamādāna^eb^nti dhutaṅgādivatānuṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Tapo^eb^ti vīriyārambho. So hi kilesānaṃ tapanaṭṭhena niggaṇhanaṭṭhena ^b^tapacaraṇa^eb^nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^189^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Chandaṃ nissāyā^eb^ti chandaṃ dhuraṃ, chandaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ, chandaṃ pubbaṅgamaṃ katvā pavattivasena chandaṃ nissāya. Jeṭṭhakaṭṭhena padhānabhūtā, padhānabhāvaṃ vā pattāti ^b^padhānabhūtā. Tehi dhammehī^eb^ti chandanissayena pavattasamādhinā ceva ‘‘padhānasaṅkhāro’’ti vuttavīriyena ca. ^b^Upeta^eb^nti sampayuttaṃ. Ijjhanaṭṭhena ^b^iddhi,^eb^ nipphattiatthena paṭilābhaṭṭhena cāti attho, tassā ^b^iddhiyā pādaṃ^eb^ pādakaṃ ^a^M2.0055^ea^ padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ. Atha vā ijjhanti tāya iddhā vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontīti ^b^iddhi,^eb^ sāva uparivisesānaṃ ^a^V2.0052^ea^ adhiṭṭhānabhāvato ^b^pādo^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iddhibhūtaṃ vā pādanti iddhipāda’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sesesupī^eb^ti vīriyiddhipādādīsupi. ^b^Assā^eb^ti iddhipādassa. ^b^Attho dīpito^eb^ti dīpanatthaṃ kataṃ, tasmā ^b^visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.369) tassa atthavicāro gahetabbo. Iddhipādānaṃ samādhipadhānattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vikkhambhanappahānaṃ kathita’’^eb^nti. Tesaṃ tesaṃ kusaladhammānaṃ anuppannānaṃ uppādanakiriyāya uppannānaṃ paribrūhanakiriyāya ussahanato ^b^ussoḷhī,^eb^ thāmappattā parakkamadhātu. Sā pana catunnaṃ iddhipādānaṃ visesapaccayabhūtā te upādāya ^b^‘‘pañcamī’’^eb^ti vuttā, sā ca yasmā samathavipassanābhāvanāsu tattha cāadimajjhapariyosānesu sādhetabbaṃ vīriyaṃ, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘ussoḷhīti sabbattha kattabbavīriyaṃ dassetī’’^eb^ti. Pubbabhāgiyasamathavipassanāsādhanaṃ pahātabbadhammavibhāgena bhinditvā āha ^b^‘‘pañca cetokhilappahānāni pañca vinibandhappahānānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhabbo^eb^ti yutto arahati nipphattiyā. ^b^Ñāṇenā^eb^ti maggañāṇena. ^b^Kilesabhedāyā^eb^ti kilesānaṃ samucchindanāya. ^b^Khemassā^eb^ti anupaddavassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sambhāvanatthe^eb^ti (sārattha. ṭī. 1.11; a. ni. ṭī. 3.7.71) ‘‘api nāmevaṃ siyā’’ti vikappanattho sambhāvanattho. Evaṃ hīti evaṃ ekameva saṅkhyaṃ avatvā aparāya saṅkhyāya saddhiṃ vacanaṃ loke siliṭṭhavacanaṃ hoti yathā ‘‘dve vā tīṇi vā udakaphusitānī’’ti. ^b^Sammā adhisayitānī^eb^ti pādādīhi attanā nesaṃ kiñci upaghātaṃ akarontiyā bahivātādiparissayapariharaṇatthaṃ sammadeva upari sayitāni. ^b^Utuṃ gāhāpentiyā^eb^ti tesaṃ allasinehapariyādānatthaṃ attano kāyusmāvasena utuṃ gaṇhāpentiyā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘usmīkatānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sammā paribhāvitānī^eb^ti sammadeva sabbaso kukkuṭavāsanāya vāsitāni. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kukkuṭagandhaṃ gāhāpitānī’’^eb^ti. Ayañca kukkuṭagandhaparibhāvanā sammāadhisayanasammāparisedananipphattiyā ^b^‘‘anunipphādī’’^eb^ti (sārattha. ṭī. 1.11) daṭṭhabbā. Tehi pana saddhiṃyeva ijjhanato vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tividhakiriyākaraṇenā’’^eb^ti. Kiñcāpi na evaṃ ‘‘aho vatime’’tiādinā icchā uppajjeyya, kāraṇassa pana sampāditattā atha kho bhabbāva abhinibbhijjitunti yojanā ^a^M2.0056^ea^. Kasmā bhabbāti āha ^b^‘‘te hi yasmā tāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Ettha yathā kapālassa tanutā ālokassa anto paññāyamānassa kāraṇaṃ, tathā kapālassa tanutāya nakhasikhāmukhatuṇḍakānaṃ kharatāya ca allasinehassa pariyādānaṃ kāraṇavacananti daṭṭhabbaṃ, ^b^tasmā^eb^ti ālokassa anto paññāyamānato, sayañca paripākagatattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Opammasampaṭipādana^eb^nti opammatthassa upameyyena sammadeva paṭipādanaṃ. ^b^Atthenā^eb^ti upameyyatthena. Yathā kukkuṭiyā aṇḍesu tividhakiriyāya karaṇaṃ kukkuṭacchāpakānaṃ aṇḍakosato ^a^V2.0053^ea^ nikkhamanassa mūlakāraṇaṃ, evaṃ bhikkhuno ussoḷhīpannarasāni aṅgāni avijjaṇḍakosato nikkhamanassa mūlakāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘tassā kukkuṭiyā…pe… samannāgatabhāvo’’^eb^ti. Paṭicchādanasāmaññena avijjāya aṇḍakosasadisatāya balavavipassanāvasena avijjaṇḍakosassa tanubhāvo, vipassanāñāṇassa pariṇāmakālo vuṭṭhānagāminibhāvāpatti, tadā ca sā maggañāṇagabbhaṃ dhārentī viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘gabbhaggahaṇakālo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Abhiññāpakkhe^eb^ti lokiyābhiññāpakkhe. Lokuttarābhiññā hi avijjaṇḍakosaṃ padālikāti. ^b^Gāthāya avijjaṇḍakosaṃ paharatī^eb^ti desanāvilāsena vineyyasantānagataṃ avijjaṇḍakosaṃ ghaṭṭeti, yathāṭhāne ṭhātuṃ na deti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭisaṅkhānappahāna^eb^nti tadaṅgappahānapubbakaṃ vikkhambhanappahānaṃ. Pubbabhāgiyā iddhipādā pāḷiyaṃ gahitāti ^b^‘‘iddhipādehi vikkhambhanappahāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Ussoḷhipannarasaṅgasamannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo abhinibbidāyā’’tiādivacanato (ma. ni. 1.189) lokuttariddhipādā pana sambodhaggahaṇeneva gahitā. ^b^Magge āgate^eb^ti ussoḷhīpannarasaṅgasamannāgatassa bhikkhuno vipassanaṃ ussukkāpayato magge āgate uppanne, pāḷiyaṃ vā abhinibbhidāsambodhaggahaṇehi ^b^magge āgate. Phale āgate^eb^ti etthāpi vuttanayena attho veditabbo. Nibbānassa pana pāḷiyaṃ anāgatattā nissaraṇappahānaṃ na gahitaṃ. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Cetokhilasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 113
title: cetokhilasuttavaṇṇanā^vanapatthapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^190^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vanīyati ^a^M2.0057^ea^^a^V2.0054^ea^ vivekakāmehi bhajīyati, vanute vā te attasampattiyā vasanatthāya yācanto viya hotīti vanaṃ, patiṭṭhanti ettha vivekakāmā yathādhippetavisesādhigamenāti patthaṃ, vanesu patthaṃ gahanaṭṭhāne senāsanaṃ ^b^vanapatthaṃ^eb^. Pariyāyati attano phalaṃ pariggahetvā vattatīti ^b^pariyāyo,^eb^ kāraṇanti āha ^b^‘‘vanapatthapariyāyanti vanapatthakāraṇa’’^eb^nti. Vanapatthañhi taṃ upanissāya viharato upanissayakāraṇaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘vanapatthaṃ upanissāya viharatī’’ti. Pariyāyati desetabbamatthaṃ patiṭṭhapetīti ^b^pariyāyo,^eb^ desanā. Vanapatthaṃ ārabbha pavattā desanā ^b^vanapatthadesanā,^eb^ taṃ, ubhayatthāpi vanapatthaggahaṇaṃ lakkhaṇamattaṃ gāmādīnampettha kāraṇabhāvassa, desanāya visayabhāvassa ca labbhamānattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^191^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nissāyā^eb^ti apassāya, vivekavāsassa apassayaṃ katvāti attho. ^b^Na upaṭṭhātī^eb^tiādīhi tasmiṃ vanapatthe senāsanasappāyābhāvaṃ, utupuggaladhammassavanasappāyābhāvampi vā dasseti. ^b^Jīvitasambhārā^eb^ti (a. ni. ṭī. 3.9.6) jīvitappavattiyā sambhārā paccayā. ^b^Samudānetabbā^eb^ti sammā ñāyena anavajjauñchācariyādinā uddhaṃ uddhaṃ ānetabbā pāpuṇitabbā. Te pana tathā samudānitā samāhaṭā nāma hontīti āha ^b^‘‘samāharitabbā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dukkhena uppajjantī^eb^ti sulabhuppādā na honti. Etena bhojanasappāyādiabhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Rattibhāgaṃ vā divasabhāgaṃ vā^eb^ti bhummatthe upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘rattikoṭṭhāse vā divasakoṭṭhāse vā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Rattiṃyeva pakkamitabbaṃ^eb^ samaṇadhammassa tattha anipphajjanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^192-3^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṅkhāpī^eb^ti ‘‘yadatthamahaṃ pabbajito, na metaṃ idha nipphajjati, cīvarādi pana samudāgacchati, nāhaṃ tadatthaṃ pabbajito, kiṃ me idha vāsenā’’ti paṭisaṅkhāyapi. Anantaravāre ^b^saṅkhāpī^eb^ti ‘‘yadatthamahaṃ pabbajito, taṃ me idha nipphajjati, cīvarādi pana na samudāgacchati, nāhaṃ tadatthaṃ pabbajito’’ti paṭisaṅkhāyapīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘samaṇadhammassa nipphajjanabhāvaṃ jānitvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^195-7^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^So^eb^^a^M2.0058^ea^^b^puggalo anāpucchā pakkamitabbaṃ, nānubandhitabbo^eb^ti ‘‘so puggalo’’ti padassa ‘‘nānubandhitabbo’’ti iminā sambandho. Yassa yena hi sambandho, dūraṭṭhenapi so bhavati ^a^V2.0055^ea^. ^b^Taṃ puggala^eb^nti ‘‘so puggalo’’ti paccattavacanaṃ upayogavasena pariṇāmetvā taṃ puggalaṃ anāpucchā pakkamitabbanti attho. Atthavasena hi vibhattivipariṇāmoti. ^b^Taṃ āpucchā pakkamitabba^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Āpucchā pakkamitabba^eb^nti ca kataññutakataveditāya niyojanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^198^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evarūpo^eb^ti yaṃ nissāya bhikkhuno guṇehi vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, paccayehi ca na parissamo, evarūpo daṇḍakammādīhi niggaṇhāti cepi, na pariccajitabboti dasseti ^b^‘‘sacepī’’^eb^tiādinā.<br/><br/>[06]Vanapatthapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 114
title: vanapatthapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanā^madhupiṇḍikasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^199^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jātivana^eb^nti ^a^V2.0056^ea^ sayaṃjātaṃ vanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘aropima’’^eb^nti. ^b^Paṭisallānatthāyā^eb^ti ekībhāvatthāya, puthuttārammaṇato vā cittaṃ paṭinivattetvā accantasante nibbāne phalasamāpattivasena allīyāpanatthaṃ. Daṇḍo pāṇimhi assāti ^b^daṇḍapāṇi^eb^. Yathā so ‘‘daṇḍapāṇī’’ti vuccati, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘ayañhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Daṇḍavittatāyā^eb^ti daṇḍe soṇḍatāya. So hi daṇḍapasuto daṇḍasippe ca sukusalo tattha pākaṭo paññāto, tasmā daṇḍaṃ gahetvāva vicarati. ^b^Jaṅghākilamathavinodanattha^eb^nti rājasabhāya ciranisajjāya uppannajaṅghāparissamassa apanayanatthaṃ. ^b^Adhiccanikkhamano^eb^ti yādicchakanikkhamano, na abhiṇhanikkhamano. ^b^Olubbhā^eb^ti sannirumbhitvā ṭhito. Yathā so ‘‘olubbhā’’ti vutto, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘gopālakadārako viyā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^200^eb^^b^.^eb^ Vadanti etenāti ^b^vādo,^eb^ diṭṭhīti āha ^b^‘‘kiṃ vādīti, kiṃ diṭṭhiko’’^eb^ti? ^b^Kimakkhāyī^eb^ti kimācikkhako, kīdisadhammakatho? ^b^Acittīkārenā^eb^ti anādarena. Tathāpucchane kāraṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘kasmā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Nassateta^eb^nti nassatu etaṃ kulaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0059^ea^^b^na jānātī^eb^ti atthaṃ ce ekadesena jāneyya, taṃ micchā gahetvā paṭippharitvāpi tiṭṭheyya. Tassa dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyāti tadassa atthājānanaṃ bhagavatā icchitaṃ. ^b^Viggāhikakatha^eb^nti viggahakathaṃ, sārambhakathanti attho. Nanu bhagavatā saddhiṃ loke puthū samaṇabrāhmaṇā nānāvādā santīti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘tathāgato hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Na vivadati^eb^ vivādahetukānaṃ kāmadiṭṭhijjhosānānaṃ maggeneva samugghātitattā, tadabhāvato pana ^b^loko tathāgatena vivadati^eb^. Dhammavādī yathābhūtavādī dhammavādīhi na vivadati tesaṃ vivaditukāmatāya eva abhāvato, adhammavādī pana tiṇāyapi namaññamāno tehi kiñci vivadati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na, bhikkhave, dhammavādī kenaci lokasmiṃ vivadatī’’^eb^ti (saṃ. ni. 3.94). Adhammavādī pana asamucchinnavivādahetukattā vivadateva. Tathā cāha ^b^‘‘adhammavādīva kho, bhikkhave, vivadatī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathā ca panā^eb^ti ettha ^b^yathā^eb^-saddo ‘‘yathā ca anuppannassa kāmacchandassa uppādo hoti, tañca ^a^V2.0057^ea^ pajānātī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 3.122) viya kāraṇatthoti āha ^b^‘‘yena kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti. Kāraṇākāro vā idha yathā-saddena vutto, so pana atthato kāraṇamevāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yena kāraṇenā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Idaṃ kathaṃ idaṃ kathaṃ’’ti pavattanato kathaṃkathā, vicikicchā. Sā yassa natthi, so akathaṃkathī, taṃ ^b^akathaṃkathiṃ^eb^. Vippaṭisārakukkuccaṃ bhagavatā anāgāmimaggeneva chinnaṃ, hatthapādakukkuccaṃ aggamaggena āveṇikadhammādhigamato. Aparāparaṃ uppajjanakabhavo ^b^‘‘bhavābhavo’’^eb^ti idhādhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘punappunabbhave’’^eb^ti. Saṃvarāsaṃvaro phalāphalaṃ viya khuddakamahanto bhavo ^b^‘‘bhavābhavo’’^eb^ti vuttoti āha ^b^‘‘hīnapaṇīte vā bhave’’^eb^ti. Bhavo vuḍḍhippatto ^b^‘‘abhavo’’^eb^ti vuccati yathā ‘‘asekkhā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. 11ṭikamātikā). ^b^Kilesasaññā^eb^ti kāmasaññādike vadati. Kilesā eva vā saññānāmena vuttā ‘‘saññā pahāya amataṃ eva pāpuṇātī’’tiādīsu viya. ^b^Attano khīṇāsavabhāvaṃ dīpetī^eb^ti imināva paresañca tathattāya dhammaṃ desetīti ayampi attho vibhāvitoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Nīharitvā kīḷāpetvā^eb^ti nīharitvā ceva kīḷāpetvā ca, nīharaṇavasena vā kīḷāpetvā. ^b^Tivisākha^eb^nti tibhaṅgabhākuṭi viya nalāṭe jātattā ^b^nalāṭikaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^201^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kinti^eb^^a^M2.0060^ea^^b^nu kho^eb^ti kiṃ kāraṇenāti attho. ^b^Anusandhiṃ gahetvā^eb^ti pucchānusandhiṃ uṭṭhapetvā. ^b^Yatonidāna^eb^nti yaṃnidānaṃ, yaṃkāraṇāti vuttaṃ hoti. Purimapade hi vibhatti alopaṃ katvā niddeso, chājjhattikabāhirāyatanādinidānanti ayameva attho. Saṅkhāyanti saṅkhābhāvena ñāyantīti ^b^saṅkhā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘saṅkhāti koṭṭhāsā’’^eb^ti. Kāmañcettha mānopi papañco, abhinandanasabhāve eva pana gaṇhanto ^b^‘‘taṇhāmānadiṭṭhipapañcasampayuttā’’^eb^ti āha. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘abhinanditabba’’ntiādi. ^b^Samudācarantī^eb^ti sabbaso uddhaṃ uddhaṃ pariyādāya pavattanti. Mariyādattho hi ayamākāro, tena ca yogena ^b^purisa^eb^nti upayogavacanaṃ yathā ‘‘tathāgataṃ, bhikkhave, arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ dve vitakkā samudācarantī’’ti (itivu. 38). Taṇhādayo ca yathāsakaṃ pavattiākāraṃ avilaṅghantiyo āsevanavasena uparūpari pavattanti. Tathā hi tā ‘‘papañcasaṅkhā’’ti vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāraṇe^eb^ti pavattipaccaye. ^b^Ekāyatanampi …pe… natthī^eb^ti cakkhāyatanādi ekampi āyatanaṃ abhinanditabbaṃ abhivaditabbaṃ ajjhositabbañca natthi ce, nanu natthi eva, kasmā ‘‘natthi ce’’ti vuttanti? Saccaṃ natthi, appahīnābhinandanābhivadanājjhosānānaṃ pana puthujjanānaṃ abhinanditabbādippakārāni āyatanāni hontīti tesaṃ na sakkā natthīti vattu, pahīnābhinandanādīnaṃ pana sabbathā natthīti ‘‘natthi ce’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Ahaṃ mamanti abhinanditabba^eb^nti ^a^V2.0058^ea^ diṭṭhābhinandanāya ‘‘aha’’nti taṇhābhinandanāya ‘‘mama’’nti rocetabbaṃ. ^b^Abhivaditabba^eb^nti abhinivisanasamuṭṭhāpanavasena vattabbaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ahaṃ mamanti vattabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^Ajjhositvā^eb^ti diṭṭhi taṇhā vatthuṃ anupavisitvā gāhadvayaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ viya katvā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘gilitvā pariniṭṭhapetvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Etenā^eb^ti ‘‘ettha ce natthī’’tiādivacanena. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti āyatanesu. Taṇhādīnaṃ avatthubhāvadassanamukhena ^b^taṇhādīnaṃyeva appavattiṃ^eb^ kilesaparinibbānaṃ kathitanti. Tenāha bhagavā ^b^‘‘esevanto’’^eb^tiādi, ayameva abhinandanādīnaṃ natthibhāvakaro maggo, tappaṭippassaddhibhūtaṃ phalaṃ, taṃnissaraṇaṃ vā nibbānaṃ rāgānusayādīnaṃ anto avasānaṃ appavattīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ …pe… anto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti ‘‘esevanto paṭighānusayānaṃ’’tiādīsu sabbapadesu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ādiyatī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0061^ea^ pahāradānādivasena gayhati. ^b^Matthakappattaṃ kalaha^eb^nti bhaṇḍanādimatte aṭṭhatvā mukhasattīhi vitudanādivasena matthakappattaṃ kalahaṃ. Yāya karotīti sambandho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Viruddhaggāhavasena ^b^nānāgāhamattaṃ,^eb^ tathā viruddhavādavasena ^b^nānāvādamattaṃ. Evaṃ pavatta^eb^nti garukātabbesupi gāravaṃ akatvā ‘‘tuvaṃ tuva’’nti evaṃ pavattaṃ sārambhakathaṃ, yāya cetanāya yaṃ karoti, sā tuvaṃ tuvaṃ. ^b^Nissāyā^eb^ti paṭicca, nissayādipaccaye katvāti attho. Kilesānaṃ uppattinimittatā tāva āyatanānaṃ hotu tabbhāve bhāvato, nirodhanimittatā pana kathaṃ. Na hettha lokuttaradhammānaṃ saṅgaho lokiyānaṃyeva adhippetattāti codanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘nirujjhamānāpī’’^eb^tiādi. Nāmamattena nimittataṃ sandhāya vuttoti dassento ^b^‘‘yatthuppannā, tattheva niruddhā hontī’’^eb^ti vatvā tamatthaṃ suttantarena sādhento ^b^‘‘svāyamattho’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Tattha ^b^samudayasaccapañhenā^eb^ti mahāsatipaṭṭhāne samudayasaccaniddesena. So hi ^b^‘‘kattha uppajjamānā’’^eb^tiādinā pucchāvasena pavattattā pañhoti vutto. Nanu tattha taṇhāya uppattinirodhā vuttā, na sabbakilesānanti īdisī codanā anavakāsāti dassento ^b^‘‘yatheva cā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Laddhavohāre^eb^ti iminā rāgādīnaṃ appavattinimittatāya antoti samaññā nibbānassāti dasseti. Eteneva abhinandanādīnaṃ abhāvoti ca idaṃ saṃvaṇṇitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Kathaṃ pana sabbasaṅkhatavinissaṭe nibbāne akusaladhammānaṃ nirodhasambhavoti āha ^b^‘‘yañhi yattha natthi, taṃ tattha niruddhaṃ nāma hotī’’^eb^ti. Yvāyaṃ appavattiyaṃ nirodhavohāro vutto, svāyamattho nirodhapañhena dīpetabbo. Na hi tattha uppajjitvā niruddhā vitakkavicārā paṭippassaddhāti vuttā, atha kho appavattā evāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^203^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃsampada^eb^nti ^a^V2.0059^ea^ evaṃsampajjanakaṃ evaṃ passitabbaṃ idaṃ mama ajjhesanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘īdisanti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Jānaṃ jānātī^eb^ti (a. ni. ṭī. 3.10.113-116) sabbaññutaññāṇena jānitabbaṃ sabbaṃ jānāti. Ukkaṭṭhaniddesena hi avisesaggahaṇena ca ‘‘jāna’’nti iminā niravasesaṃ ñeyyajātaṃ pariggaṇhātīti tabbisayāya jānanakiriyāya sabbaññutaññāṇameva ^a^M2.0062^ea^ karaṇaṃ bhavituṃ yuttaṃ. Atha vā pakaraṇavasena ‘‘bhagavā’’ti saddantarasannidhānena cāyamattho vibhāvetabbo. ^b^Passitabbameva passatī^eb^ti dibbacakkhu-paññācakkhu-dhammacakkhu-buddhacakkhu-samantacakkhu-saṅkhātehi ñāṇacakkhūhi passitabbaṃ passati eva. Atha vā ^b^jānaṃ jānātī^eb^ti yathā aññe savipallāsā kāmarūpapariññāvādino jānantāpi vipallāsavasena jānanti, na evaṃ bhagavā. Bhagavā pana pahīnavipallāsattā jānanto jānāti eva, diṭṭhidassanassa ca abhāvā passanto passatiyevāti attho. ^b^Dassanapariṇāyakaṭṭhenā^eb^ti yathā cakkhu sattānaṃ dassanatthaṃ pariṇeti, evaṃ lokassa yāthāvadassanasādhanato dassanakiccapariṇāyakaṭṭhena ^b^cakkhubhūto,^eb^ paññācakkhumayattā vā sayambhuñāṇena paññācakkhuṃ bhūto pattoti vā ^b^cakkhubhūto. Ñāṇabhūto^eb^ti etassa ca evameva attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Dhammā vā^eb^ bodhipakkhiyā tehi uppannattā lokassa ca taduppādanato, anaññasādhāraṇaṃ vā dhammaṃ pattoti ^b^dhammabhūto. Brahmā^eb^ vuccati maggo tena uppannattā lokassa ca taduppādanattā, tañca sayambhuñāṇena pattoti ^b^brahmabhūto^eb^. Catusaccadhammaṃ vadatīti ^b^vattā^eb^. Ciraṃ saccapaṭivedhaṃ pavattento vadatīti ^b^pavattā. Atthaṃ nīharitvā^eb^ti dukkhādiatthaṃ tatthāpi pīḷanādiatthaṃ uddharitvā. Paramatthaṃ vā nibbānaṃ pāpayitā, amatasacchikiriyaṃ sattesu uppādento amataṃ dadātīti ^b^amatassa dātā.^eb^ Bodhipakkhiyadhammānaṃ tadāyattabhāvato ^b^dhammassāmī^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^204^eb^^b^.^eb^ So vā uddeso attanopi hotīti thero ^b^‘‘yaṃ kho no’’^eb^ti āha. Sabbalokasādhāraṇā hi buddhānaṃ desanāti. Idāni yehi dvārārammaṇehi purisaṃ papañcasaññāsaṅkhā samudācaranti, tāni tāva dassento papañcasaññāsaṅkhā dassetuṃ yena saḷāyatanavibhaṅgena niddeso kato, tassa atthaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cakkhuñcā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^nissayabhāvenā^eb^ti nissayapaccayabhāvena. Nissayapaccayo ca pasādacakkhuyeva hoti, na cuddasasambhāraṃ, catucattālīsasambhāraṃ vā sasambhāracakkhunti āha ^b^‘‘cakkhupasādañca paṭiccā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ārammaṇabhāvenā^eb^ti ārammaṇapaccayabhāvena. Ārammaṇapaccayo ca catusamuṭṭhānikarūpesu yaṃ kiñci hotīti āha ^b^‘‘catusamuṭṭhānikarūpe ca paṭiccā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha cakkhu ekampi viññāṇassa paccayo hoti, rūpāyatanaṃ pana anekameva saṃhatanti ^a^M2.0063^ea^ imassa ^a^V2.0060^ea^ visesassa dassanatthaṃ nissayabhāvena ^b^‘‘cakkhupasādañca ārammaṇabhāvena catusamuṭṭhānikarūpe cā’’^eb^ti vacanabhedo kato. Kiṃ pana kāraṇaṃ cakkhu ekampi viññāṇassa paccayo hoti, rūpaṃ pana anekamevāti? Paccayabhāvavisesato. Cakkhu hi cakkhuviññāṇassa nissayapurejātaindriyavippayuttapaccayehi paccayo hontaṃ atthibhāveneva hoti tasmiṃ sati tassa bhāvato, asati abhāvato, yato taṃ atthiavigatapaccayehissa paccayo hotīti vuccati, tannissitatā cassa na ekadesena allīyanavasena icchitabbā arūpabhāvato. Atha kho garurājādīsu sissarājapurisādīnaṃ viya tappaṭibaddhavuttitāya, itare pana paccayā tena tena visesena veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Sacāyaṃ paccayabhāvo na ekasmiṃ na sambhavatīti ekampi cakkhu cakkhuviññāṇassa paccayo hotīti dassetuṃ pāḷiyaṃ ^b^‘‘cakkhuñcāvuso, paṭiccā’’^eb^ti ekavacanavasena vuttaṃ. Rūpaṃ pana yadipi cakkhu viya purejātātthi-avigatapaccayehi paccayo hoti puretaraṃ uppannaṃ hutvā vijjamānakkhaṇe eva upakārakattā tathāpi anekameva saṃhataṃ hutvā paccayo hoti ārammaṇabhāvato. Yañhi paccayadhammaṃ sabhāvabhūtaṃ, parikappitākāramattaṃ vā viññāṇaṃ vibhāventaṃ pavattati, tadaññesañca satipi paccayabhāve so tassa sārammaṇasabhāvatāya yaṃ kiñci anālambhitvā pavattituṃ asamatthassa olubbhapavattikāraṇabhāvena ālambanīyato ārammaṇaṃ nāma, tassa yasmā yathā tathā sabhāvūpaladdhi viññāṇassa ārammaṇapaccayalābho, tasmā cakkhuviññāṇaṃ rūpaṃ ārabbha pavattamānaṃ tassa sabhāvaṃ vibhāventameva pavattati. Sā cassa indriyādhīnavuttikassa ārammaṇasabhāvūpaladdhi na ekadvikalāpagatavaṇṇavasena hoti, nāpi katipayakalāpagatavaṇṇavasena, atha kho ābhogānurūpaṃ āpāthagatavaṇṇavasenāti anekameva rūpaṃ saṃhaccakāritāya viññāṇassa paccayo hotīti dassento ^b^‘‘rūpe ca uppajjati cakkhuviññāṇa’’^eb^nti bahuvacanavasenāha.<br/><br/>[03]Yaṃ pana ^b^paṭṭhāne^eb^ (paṭṭhā. 1.1.2 paccayaniddesa) ‘‘rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇadhātuyā taṃsampayuttakānañca dhammānaṃ ārammaṇapaccayena paccayo’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ yādisaṃ rūpāyatanaṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa ārammaṇapaccayo, tādisaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Kīdisaṃ pana tanti ^a^M2.0064^ea^? Samuditanti pākaṭoyamattho. Evañca katvā yadeke vadanti ‘‘āyatanasallakkhaṇavasena cakkhuviññāṇādayo sallakkhaṇavisayā, na drabyasallakkhaṇavasenā’’ti, tampi suvuttameva hoti. Na cettha samudāyārammaṇatā āsaṅkitabbā samudāyābhogasseva abhāvato, samuditā pana vaṇṇadhammā ārammaṇapaccayā honti. Kathaṃ pana paccekaṃ asamatthā samuditā ārammaṇapaccayā honti. Na hi ^a^V2.0061^ea^ paccekaṃ daṭṭhuṃ asakkontā andhā samuditā passantīti? Nayidamekantikaṃ visuṃ visuṃ asamatthānampi sivikāvahanādīsu samatthatāya dassanato. Kesādīnañca yasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhitānaṃ paccekaṃ vaṇṇaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkā, tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne samuditānaṃ taṃ gahetuṃ sakkāti bhiyyopi tesaṃ saṃhaccakāritā paribyattā. Etena kiṃ cakkhuviññāṇassa paramāṇurūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ, udāhu taṃsamudāyotiādikā codanā paṭikkhittāti veditabbā. ^b^‘‘Sotañca, āvuso, paṭiccā’’^eb^tiādīsupi iminā nayena attho veditabbo. ^b^Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ nāmā^eb^ti cakkhunissitarūpavijānanalakkhaṇaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ nāma uppajjati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiyā^eb^ti cakkhu, rūpaṃ, cakkhuviññāṇanti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ saṅgatiyā samodhānena. ^b^Phasso nāmā^eb^ti arūpadhammopi samāno ārammaṇe phusanākāreneva pavattanato phusanalakkhaṇo phasso nāma dhammo uppajjati. ^b^Sahajātādivasenā^eb^ti cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttāya sahajātāññamaññādivasena, anantarāya anantarādivasena, itarāya upanissayavasena paccayabhāvato ^b^phassapaccayā^eb^ phassakāraṇā ^b^vedanā uppajjati^eb^. Anubhavanasamakālameva ārammaṇassa sañjānanaṃ hotīti ^b^‘‘tāya vedanāya yaṃ ārammaṇaṃ vedeti, tadeva saññā sañjānātī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Cakkhudvārikā dhammā idhādhippetāti tadanusārena pana aparāparuppannānaṃ vedanādīnaṃ gahaṇe sati, yanti vā kāraṇavacanaṃ, yasmā ārammaṇaṃ vedeti, tasmā taṃ sañjānātīti attho. Na hi asati vedayite kadāci saññuppatti atthi. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Saññāya hi yathāsaññātaṃ vijjamānaṃ, avijjamānaṃ vā ārammaṇaṃ vitakkavasena parikappeti, yathāparikappitañca taṃ diṭṭhitaṇhāmānamaññanāhi maññamāno papañcetīti vutto. Tenevāha ‘‘pathaviṃ pathavito sañjānā’’ti, ‘‘pathaviṃ pathavito ^a^M2.0065^ea^ saññatvā pathaviṃ maññatī’’tiādi (ma. ni. 1.2), ‘‘takkañca diṭṭhīsu pakappayitvā, saccaṃ musāti dvayadhammamāhū’’ti (su. ni. 892; mahāni. 121) ca. Balappattapapañcavasenevāyamatthavaṇṇanā katā, ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana paridubbalavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cakkhurūpādīhi kāraṇehī^eb^ti cakkhuviññāṇaphassavedanāsaññāvitakkehi kāraṇabhūtehi. Akāraṇabhūtānampi tesaṃ atthitāya kāraṇaggahaṇaṃ. Pariññātā hi te akāraṇaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘apariññātakāraṇa’’^eb^nti. Tīhipi pariññāhi apariññātavatthukaṃ. ^b^Abhibhavantī^eb^ti ajjhottharanti. ^b^Sahajātā hontī^eb^ti ettha ‘‘cakkhusamphassapaccayā vedanākkhandho atthi kusalo’tiādivacanato vedanāsaññā asahajātāpi gahetabbā. ^b^Yadi eva^eb^nti ‘‘papañcetī’’ti ettha yadi pañcadvārajavanasahajātā papañcasaṅkhā adhippetā tāsaṃ paccuppannavisayattā, ^b^kasmā atītānāgataggahaṇaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0062^ea^^b^kata^eb^nti codeti. Itaro ^b^‘‘tathā uppajjanato’’^eb^tiādinā pariharati. Tattha ^b^tathā uppajjanato^eb^ti yathā vattamānakāle, evaṃ atītakāle anāgatakāle ca cakkhudvāre papañcasaṅkhānaṃ uppajjanato atītānāgataggahaṇaṃ kataṃ, na atītesu, anāgatesu vā cakkhurūpesu cakkhudvārikānaṃ tāsaṃ uppajjanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Manañjāvuso, paṭiccā^eb^ti ettha duvidhaṃ manaṃ kevalaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ, sāvajjanaṃ vā. Duvidhā hi kathā. Uppattidvārakathāyaṃ dvikkhattuṃ calitaṃ bhavaṅgaṃ manodvāraṃ nāma, cakkhādi viya rūpādinā yena taṃ ghaṭṭitaṃ tattha upari viññāṇuppattiyā dvārabhāvato. Paccayakathāyaṃ sāvajjanabhavaṅgaṃ, ‘‘manosamphassapaccayā atthi kusalo’’tiādīsu hi sāvajjanamanosamphasso icchito, na bhavaṅgamanosamphasso asambhavato. Tattha paṭhamanayaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘mananti bhavaṅgacitta’’^eb^nti. ^b^Dhammeti tebhūmakadhammārammaṇa^eb^nti iminā sabhāvadhammesu eva kilesuppattīti keci, tadayuttaṃ tadupādānāyapi paññattiyā dhammārammaṇatāya vuttattā. Idha pana tebhūmakāpi dhammā labbhantīti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘tebhūmakadhammārammaṇa’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, na paññattiyā anārammaṇattā. Evañcetaṃ sampaṭicchitabbaṃ, aññathā akusalacittuppādā anārammaṇā nāma siyuṃ. Uppattidvārakathāyaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādi viya āvajjanampi dvārapakkhikamevāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘manoviññāṇanti āvajjanaṃ vā’’^eb^ti. Paccayakathāyaṃ pana āvajjanaṃ gahitanti ^b^‘‘javanaṃ vā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Nayadvaye dhammānaṃ sahajātavibhāgaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘āvajjane^eb^^a^M2.0066^ea^^b^gahite’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Yuttamevā^eb^ti nippariyāyato yuttameva.<br/><br/>[03]So yāva na paccayapaṭivedho sambhavati, tāva paññattimukheneva sabhāvadhammā paññāyanti paccekaṃ apaññāpaneti āha ^b^‘‘phasso nāma eko dhammo uppajjatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Evaṃ phassapaññattiṃ paññapessatī^eb^ti paññapetvā tabbisayadassanaṃ ñāṇaṃ uppādessati. ^b^Imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hotī^eb^ti imasmiṃ cakkhuādike paccaye sati idaṃ phassādikaṃ paccayuppannaṃ hoti. ^b^Dvādasāyatanavasenā^eb^ti dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ vasena āgatena paṭiccasamuppādanayavasena. ^b^Dvādasāyatanapaṭikkhepavasenā^eb^ti ‘‘imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hotī’’ti paccayābhāvapaccayuppannābhāvadassanakkame dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ paṭikkhepavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sāvakena pañho kathito^eb^ti ayaṃ pañho sāvakena kathito, iti iminā kāraṇena mā nikkaṅkhā ahuvattha. Atha vā saṃkhittena vuttamatthaṃ vitthārena vibhajantena etadagge ṭhapitena mahāsāvakena pañho kathitoti iminā kāraṇena etasmiṃ pañhe mā nikkaṅkhā ahuvattha, heraññike ^a^V2.0063^ea^ sati kahāpaṇaṃ sayaṃ nicchinantā viya ahutvā bhagavato eva santike nikkaṅkhā hotha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^205^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ākaronti phalaṃ tāya tāya mariyādāya nibbattentīti ^b^ākārā,^eb^ kāraṇāni. ^b^Pāṭiyekkakāraṇehī^eb^ti channaṃ dvārānaṃ vasena visuṃ visuṃ papañcakāraṇassa niddiṭṭhattā vuttaṃ. Atha vā yadipi yattakehi dhammehi yaṃ phalaṃ nibbattati, tesaṃ samuditānaṃyeva kāraṇabhāvo sāmaggiyāva phaluppattito, tathāpi paccekaṃ tassa kāraṇamevāti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pāṭiyekkakāraṇehī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Padehī^eb^ti nāmādipadehi ceva taṃsamudāyabhūtehi vākyehi ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘akkharasampiṇḍanehī’’^eb^ti. Akkharāniyeva hi atthesu yathāvaccaṃ padavākyabhāvena paricchijjanti. ^b^Byañjanehī^eb^ti atthassa abhibyañjanato byañjanasaññitehi vaṇṇehi. Tāni pana yasmā pariyāyassa akkharaṇato ‘‘akkharānī’’ti vuccanti, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘akkharehī’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca imehi ākārehi imehi padabyañjanehi papañcasamudācārassa vaṭṭassa ca vivaṭṭassa ca dassanāttho vibhattoti yojanā. ^b^Paṇḍiccenā^eb^ti paññāya. ‘‘Kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, paṇḍito hoti ^a^M2.0067^ea^? Yato kho bhikkhu dhātukusalo ca hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.124) ādisuttapadavasena paṇḍitalakkhaṇaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘catūhi vā kāraṇehī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Saccapaṭivedhavasena paṇḍiccaṃ dassitanti paṭisambhidāvasena mahāpaññataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘mahante atthe’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Guḷapūva^eb^nti guḷe missitvā katapūvaṃ. ^b^Baddhasattuguḷaka^eb^nti madhusakkharāhi piṇḍīkataṃ sattupiṇḍaṃ. ^b^Asecitabbakaṃ^eb^ madhuādinā pageva tehi samayojitabbattā. ^b^Cintakajātiko^eb^ti dhammacintāya cintakasabhāvo. ^b^Sabbaññutaññāṇenevassā^eb^ti sabbaññutaññāṇeneva assa suttassa guṇaṃ paricchindāpetvā nāmaṃ gaṇhāpessāmi.<br/><br/>[06]Madhupiṇḍikasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 115
title: madhupiṇḍikasuttavaṇṇanā^dvedhāvitakkasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^206^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dve^eb^^a^V2.0064^ea^^b^dve bhāge^eb^ti dve dve koṭṭhāse katvā. Kāmañcettha ‘‘imaṃ ekaṃ bhāgamakāsiṃ, imaṃ dutiyabhāgamakāsi’’nti vacanato sabbepi vitakkā saṃkilesavodānavibhāgena dveva bhāgā katā, aparāparuppattiyā panetesaṃ abhiṇhācāraṃ upādāya pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘dvidhā katvā’’ti āmeḍitavacananti ^b^‘‘dve dve bhāge katvā’’^eb^ti āmeḍitavacanavaseneva vutto. Atha vā bhāgadvayassa sappaṭibhāgatāya tattha yaṃ yaṃ dvayampi kho ujuvipaccanīkaṃ, taṃ taṃ visuṃ visuṃ gahetukāmo bhagavā āha ‘‘dvidhā katvā vitakke vihareyya’’nti. Evaṃ pana cintetvā tattha micchāvitakkānaṃ sammāvitakkānañca anavasesaṃ asaṅkarato ca gahitabhāvaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘imaṃ ekaṃ bhāgamakāsiṃ, imaṃ dutiyabhāgamakāsi’’^eb^nti avoca. ^b^Kāmapaṭisaṃyutto^eb^ti kāmarāgasaṅkhātena kāmena sampayutto, kāmena paṭibaddho vā. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Ayaṃ pana viseso – byāpajjati cittaṃ etenāti ^b^byāpādo,^eb^ doso. Vihiṃsati etāya satte, vihiṃsanaṃ vā tesaṃ etanti ^b^vihiṃsā,^eb^ paresaṃ viheṭhanākārena pavattassa karuṇāpaṭipakkhassa pāpadhammassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ^b^Ajjhatta^eb^nti ajjhattadhammārammaṇamāha. ^b^Bahiddhā^eb^ti bāhiradhammārammaṇaṃ. ^b^Oḷāriko^eb^ti bahalakāmarāgādipaṭisaṃyutto. Tabbipariyāyena ^b^sukhumo. Vitakko^eb^^b^akusalapakkhikoyevā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0068^ea^ iminā vitakkabhāvasāmaññena tatthāpi akusalabhāvasāmaññena ekabhāgakaraṇaṃ, na ekacittuppādapariyāpannatādivasenāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Nekkhammaṃ vuccati lobhātikkantattā paṭhamajjhānaṃ, sabbākusalehi nikkhantattā sabbaṃ kusalaṃ. Idha pana kāmavitakkapaṭipakkhassa adhippetattā āha ^b^‘‘kāmehi nissaṭo nekkhammapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko’’^eb^ti. ^b^So^eb^ti nekkhammavitakko. ^b^Yāva paṭhamajjhānā^eb^ti paṭhamasamannāhārato paṭṭhāya yāva paṭhamajjhānaṃ etthuppanno vitakko nekkhammavitakkoyeva. ^b^Paṭhamajjhāna^eb^nti ca idaṃ tato paraṃ vitakkābhāvato vuttaṃ. Na byāpajjati cittaṃ etena, byāpādassa vā paṭipakkhoti ^b^abyāpādo,^eb^ mettāpubbabhāgo mettābhāvanārambho. Na vihiṃsanti etāya, vihiṃsāya vā paṭipakkhoti ^b^avihiṃsā,^eb^ karuṇāpubbabhāgo karuṇābhāvanārambho.<br/><br/>[03]Mahābodhisattānaṃ mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhantakālato paṭṭhāya laddhāvasarā sammāsaṅkappā uparūpari savisesaṃ pavattantīti āha ^b^‘‘chabbassāni…pe… pavattiṃsū’’^eb^ti. Ñāṇassa aparipakkattā ^a^V2.0065^ea^ pubbavāsanāvasena satisammosato kadāci micchāvitakkalesopi hotiyevāti taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘satisammosena…pe… tiṭṭhantī’’^eb^ti āha. Yathā niccapihitepi gehe kadāci vātapāne vivaṭamatte laddhāvasaro vāto anto paviseyya, evaṃ guttindriyepi bodhisattasantāne satisammosavasena laddhāvasaro akusalavitakko uppajji, uppanno ca kusalavāraṃ pacchinditvā aṭṭhāsi, atha mahāsatto taṃmuhuttuppannameva paṭivinodetvā tesaṃ āyatiṃ anuppādāya ‘‘ime micchāvitakkā, ime sammāvitakkā’’ti yāthāvato te paricchinditvā micchāvitakkānaṃ avasaraṃ adento sammāvitakke parivaḍḍhesi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mayhaṃ ime’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^207^eb^^b^.^eb^ Pamādo nāma sativippavāsoti āha ^b^‘‘appamattassāti satiyā avippavāse ṭhitassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ātāpavīriyavantassā^eb^ti kilesānaṃ niggaṇhanavīriyavato. ^b^Pesitacittassā^eb^ti bhavavimokkhāya vissaṭṭhacittassa kāye ca jīvite ca nirapekkhassa. ^b^‘‘Evaṃ paṭipākatiko jāto’’^eb^ti attano attabhāvaṃ nissāya pavattaṃ somanassākāraṃ gehassitasomanassapakkhikaṃ akāsi, paññāmahantatāya sukhumadassitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Apariññāyaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0069^ea^^b^ṭhitassā^eb^ti na pariññāyaṃ ṭhitassa, apariggahitapariññassāti attho. ^b^Vitakko…pe… etāni tīṇi nāmāni labhatī^eb^ti tādisassa uppanno micchāvitakko yathārahaṃ attabyābādhako ubhayabyābādhako ca na hotīti na vattabbo taṃ sabhāvānativattanatoti adhippāyo. Anuppannānuppādauppannaparihāninimittatāya paññaṃ nirodhetīti ^b^paññānirodhiko^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anuppannāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Natthibhāvaṃ gacchatī^eb^ti paṭisaṅkhānabalena vikkhambhanappahānamāha. ^b^Nirujjhatī^eb^tiādīhipi tadeva vadati. ^b^Vigatanta^eb^ntiādīhi pana samūlaṃ uddhaṭaṃ viya tadā appavattanakaṃ akāsinti vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^208^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Cittavipariṇāmabhāvo^eb^ cittassa aññathattaṃ pakaticittavigamo. ^b^Anekaggatākāro^eb^ vikkhepo. Tattha vitakkena cittaṃ vihaññamānaṃ viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘taṃ gahetvā vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ akāsī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kāruñña^eb^nti paradukkhanimittaṃ cittakhedaṃ vadati. Tenevāha – ‘‘paradukkhe sati sādhūnaṃ manaṃ kampetīti karuṇā’’ti (ma. ni. ṭī. 1.1; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.1). Nti karuṇāyanavasena pavattacittapakampanaṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘uppajjati vihiṃsāvitakko’’ti āha,^eb^ na sattesu vihiṃsā pavattatīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tena tena cassākārenā^eb^ti yena yena ākārena bhikkhunā anuvitakkitaṃ anuvicāritaṃ, tena ^a^V2.0066^ea^ tena ākārenassa ^b^cetaso nati hoti^eb^. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘kāmavitakkādīsū’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Pahāsī^eb^ti kālavipallāsena vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘pajahatī’’^eb^ti. Pahānaṃ panassa siddhameva paṭipakkhassa siddhattāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pahāsī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ yathā ‘‘asāmibhoge gāmikāādīyiṃsū’’ti. ^b^Bahulamakāsī^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Evamevaṃ namatī^eb^ti kāmavitakkasampayogākārameva hoti, kāmavitakkasampayuttākārena vā pariṇamati. Kasanaṃ ^b^kiṭṭhaṃ,^eb^ kasīti attho, tannibbattattā pana kāraṇūpacārena sassaṃ ‘‘kiṭṭha’’nti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘sassasambādhe’’^eb^ti.^b^ Cattāri bhayānī^eb^ti vadhabandhajānigarahāni. ^b^Upaddava^eb^nti anatthuppādabhāvaṃ. ^b^Lāmaka^eb^nti nihīnabhāvaṃ. ^b^Dhandhesū^eb^ti attano khandhesu. ^b^Otāra^eb^nti anuppavesaṃ kilesānaṃ. Saṃkilesato visujjhanaṃ ^b^visuddhi,^eb^ sā eva ^b^vodāna^eb^nti āha ^b^‘‘vodānapakkhanti idaṃ tasseva vevacana’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^209^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sabbakusalaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0070^ea^^b^nekkhammaṃ^eb^ sabbākusalapaṭipakkhatāya tato nissaṭattā. ^b^Nibbānameva nekkhammaṃ^eb^ sabbakilesato sabbasaṅkhatato ca nissaṭattā. ^b^Kiṭṭhasambādhaṃ viya rūpādiārammaṇaṃ^eb^ pamāde sati anatthuppattiṭṭhānabhāvato. ^b^Kūṭagāvo viya kūṭacittaṃ^eb^ duddamabhāvato. ^b^Paṇḍitagopālako viya bodhisatto^eb^ upāyakosallayogato. ^b^Catubbidhabhayaṃ viya micchāvitakkā^eb^ sappaṭibhayabhāvato. Paññāya vuddhi etassa atthīti ^b^paññāvuddhiko^eb^. Vihaññati cittaṃ etenāti vighāto, cetodukkhaṃ, tappakkhiko vighātapakkhiko, na vighātapakkhikoti ^b^avighātapakkhiko. Nibbānasaṃvattaniko^eb^ nibbānavaho. ^b^Ugghātīyeyyā^eb^ti uddhataṃ siyā vikkhittañca bhaveyyāti attho. ^b^Saṇṭhapemī^eb^ti sammadeva paṭṭhapemi. Yathā pana ṭhapitaṃ saṇṭhapitaṃ nāma hoti, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sannisīdāpemī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Sannisīdāpemī^eb^ti samādhipaṭipakkhe kilese sannisīdāpento cittaṃ gocarajjhatte sannisīdāpemi. Abyaggabhāvāpādakena ^b^ekaggaṃ karomi,^eb^ yathā ārammaṇe suṭṭhu appitaṃ hoti, ^b^evaṃ sammā^eb^ sammadeva ^b^ādahāmi^eb^ samāhitaṃ karomi, yasmā tathāsamāhitaṃ cittaṃ suṭṭhu ārammaṇe āropitaṃ nāma hoti, na tato paripatati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘suṭṭhu āropemīti attho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mā ugghātīyittā^eb^ti mā haññittha, mā ūhataṃ atthāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^210^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Soyeva…pe… vutto^eb^ti iminā kiñcāpi ekaṃyeva kusalavitakkaṃ maggakkhaṇe viya tividhattasambhavato tividhanāmikaṃ katvā dassitaṃ viya hoti, na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Pabandhapavattañhi upādāya ekattanayena ^b^‘‘soyeva byāpādapaccanīkaṭṭhenā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Ekajātiyesu hi kusalacittesu uppanno vitakko samānākāratāya so evāti vattabbataṃ labhati yathā ‘‘sā eva tittirī, tāni eva osadhānī’’ti (saṃ. ni. ṭī. 2.2.19). Na hi tadā mahāpurisassa asubhamettākaruṇāsannissayā te vitakkā evaṃ vuttāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samāpattiṃ^eb^^a^V2.0067^ea^^b^nissāyā^eb^ti samāpattiṃ samāpajjitvā, tato vuṭṭhahitvāti attho. Vipassanāpi taruṇāti yojanā. ^b^Kāyo kilamati^eb^ samathavipassanānaṃ taruṇatāya bhāvanāya pubbenāparaṃ visesassa alabbhamānattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘cittaṃ haññati vihaññatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vipassanāya^eb^^b^bahūpakārā^eb^^a^M2.0071^ea^^b^samāpatti,^eb^ tathā hi vuttaṃ – ‘‘samādhiṃ, bhikkhave, bhāvetha, samāhito yathābhūtaṃ jānāti passatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.5; 4.99; 5.1071).<br/><br/>[03]Yathā vissamaṭṭhānaṃ yodhānaṃ parissamaṃ vinodeti, tathā parissamavinodanatthaṃ phalakehi kātabbaṃ vissamaṭṭhānaṃ phalakakoṭṭhako, samāpattiyā pana vipassanā bahukāratarā samādhiparipanthakānaṃ, sabbesampi vā kilesānaṃ vimathanena dubbalabhāvāpajjanato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vipassanā thāmajātā samāpattimpi rakkhati,^eb^^b^thāmajātaṃ karotī’’^eb^ti. Nanu cevaṃ itarītarasannissayadoso āpajjatīti? Nayidamekantikaṃ, itarītarasannissayāpi kiccasiddhi loke labbhatīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gāmantaṃ āhaṭesū^eb^ti gāmasamīpaṃ upanītesu. ^b^Etāgāvoti sati uppādanamattameva kātabbaṃ^eb^ yathā gāvo rakkhitabbā, tadabhāvato. ^b^Tadā^eb^ti samathavipassanānaṃ thāmajātakāle. Anupassanānaṃ lahuṃ lahuṃ uppattiṃ sandhāya ^b^‘‘ekappahāreneva āruḷhova hotī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ, kameneva pana anupassanāpaṭipāṭiṃ ārohati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^215^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ bhagavā attano appamādapaṭipadaṃ, tāya ca laddhaṃ anaññasādhāraṇaṃ visesaṃ dassento hetusampattiyā saddhiṃ phalasampattiṃ dassetvā idāni sattūpakārasampattiṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘seyyathāpī’’^eb^tiādimāhāti evaṃ ettha anusandhi veditabbā. Araññalakkhaṇayoggamattena ^b^araññaṃ^eb^. Mahāvanatāya ^b^pavanaṃ^eb^. Pavaddhañhi vanaṃ pavanaṃ. ^b^Catūhi yogehī^eb^ti jighacchāpipāsābhayapaṭipattisaṅkhātayogehi. ^b^Khemaṃ^eb^ anupaddavataṃ. Suvatthiṃ anupaddavaṃ āvahatīti ^b^sovatthiko^eb^. Pītiṃ kuṭṭhiṃ gameti upanetīti ^b^pītigamanīyo^eb^. Pītaṃ pānatitthaṃ gacchatīti ^b^pītagamanīyo. Sākhādīhī^eb^ti kaṇṭakasākhākaṇṭakalatāvanehi. Anāsayagāmitāya udakasanniruddhopi ^b^amaggo^eb^ vutto, itarāni apītigamanīyatāyapi. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena gahanaṃ pariggaṇhāti. Okemigaluddakassa gocare caratīti ^b^okacaro,^eb^ dīpakamigo. Araññe mige disvā tehi saddhiṃ palāyeyyāti ^b^dīgharajjubandhanaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Idha vasantī^eb^ti migānaṃ āsayaṃ vadati, tato āsayato ^b^iminā maggena nikkhamanti. Ettha^eb^^a^V2.0068^ea^^b^carantī^eb^ti etasmiṃ ṭhāne gocaraṃ gaṇhanti. ^b^Ettha^eb^^b^pivantī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0072^ea^ etasmiṃ nipānatitthe udakaṃ pivanti. ^b^Iminā maggena pavisantī^eb^ti iminā maggena nipānatitthaṃ pavisanti. ^b^Maggaṃ pidhāyā^eb^ti pakatimaggaṃ pidahitvā. ^b^Na tāva kiñci karoti^eb^ anavasese vanamige ghātetukāmo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avijjāya aññāṇā hutvā^eb^ti avijjāya nivutattā ñāṇarahitā hutvā, nandīrāgena upanītā rūpārammaṇādīni ābandhitvā. Palobhanato ^b^okacaraṃ nandīrāgo^eb^ti. Byāmohanato ^b^okacārikaṃ avijjāti katvā dasseti. Tesa^eb^nti okacarokacārikānaṃ. ^b^Sākhābhaṅgenā^eb^ti tādisena lūkhataragandhena sākhābhaṅgena. ^b^Manussagandhaṃ apanetvā^eb^ tassa sākhābhaṅgassa gandhena. ^b^Sammatto^eb^ti sammajjito byāmuñcho.<br/><br/>[03]Buddhānaṃ khemamaggavicaraṇaṃ kummaggapidhānañca ^b^sabbalokasādhāraṇampi^eb^ atthato veneyyapuggalāpekkhamevāti dassento ^b^‘‘aññātakoṇḍaññādīnaṃ bhabbapuggalāna’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Ūhato^eb^ti samūhato nīhatoti āha ^b^‘‘dvedhā chetvā pātito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nāsitā^eb^ti adassanaṃ gamitāti āha ^b^‘‘sabbena sabbaṃ samugghāṭitā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Hitūpacāra^eb^nti sattānaṃ hitacariyaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Dvedhāvitakkasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 116
title: dvedhāvitakkasuttavaṇṇanā^vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^216^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Dasakusalakammapathavasenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0069^ea^ idaṃ nidassanamattaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ vaṭṭapādakasamāpatticittassapi idha adhicittabhāvena anicchitattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vipassanāpādakāṭṭhasamāpatticitta’’^eb^nti. Atha vā anuttarimanussadhammasaṅgahitameva kevalaṃ ‘‘pakaticitta’’nti vattabbanti dassento ^b^‘‘dasakusalakammapathavasena uppannaṃ cittaṃ cittamevā’’^eb^ti vatvā yadettha adhicittanti adhippetaṃ, taṃ tadeva dassento ^b^‘‘vipassanāpādakāṭṭhasamāpatticitta’’^eb^nti āha. Itarassa panettha vidhi na paṭisedhetīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Vipassanāya sampayuttaṃ adhicittanti keci. ^b^Anuyuttenā^eb^ti anuppannassa uppādanavasena, uppannassa paribrūhanavasena anu anu yuttena. ^b^Mūlakammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti pārihāriyakammaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Gahetvā viharanto^eb^ti bhāvanaṃ anuyuñjanto. Bhāvanāya appanaṃ appattopi adhicittamanuyuttoyeva tadatthepi taṃsaddavohārato.<br/><br/>[03]Yehi ^a^M2.0073^ea^ phalaṃ nāma yathā uppajjanaṭṭhāne pakappiyamānaṃ viya hoti, ^b^tāni nimittāni^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kāraṇānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kālena kāla^eb^nti ettha ^b^kālenā^eb^ti bhummatthe karaṇavacananti āha ^b^‘‘samaye samaye’’^eb^ti. ^b^Nanu ca…pe… nirantaraṃ manasi kātabba^eb^nti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu ca bhāvanāya vīthipaṭipannattā abbudanīharaṇavidhiṃ dassentena bhagavatā ^b^‘‘pañca nimittāni kālena kālaṃ manasi kātabbānī’’^eb^ti ayaṃ desanā āraddhāti? ‘‘Adhicittamanuyuttenā’’ti vuttattā avicchedavasena bhāvanāya yuttappayutto adhicittamanuyutto nāmāti codakassa adhippāyo. Itaro bhāvanaṃ anuyuñjantassāadikammikassa kadāci bhāvanupakkilesā uppajjeyyuṃ, tato cittassa visodhanatthāya yathākālaṃ imāni nimittāni manasi kātabbānīti ‘‘kālena kāla’’nti satthā avocāti dassento ^b^‘‘pāḷiyañhī’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^imānī^eb^ti imāni pāḷiyaṃ āgatāni pañca nimittāni. ^b^Abbuda^eb^nti upaddavaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Chandasahagatā rāgasampayuttā^eb^ti taṇhāchandasahagatā kāmarāgasampayuttā. ^b^Iṭṭhāniṭṭhāsamapekkhitesū^eb^ti iṭṭhesu piyesu, aniṭṭhesu appiyesu, asamaṃ asammā pekkhitesu. ^b^Asamapekkhana^eb^nti gehassitāññāṇupekkhāvasena ārammaṇassa ayoniso gahaṇaṃ. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā upekkhā bālassa mūḷhassa puthujjanassā’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.308). ^b^Te^eb^ parivitakkā. ^b^Tato nimittato añña^eb^nti tato chandūpasaṃhitādiakusalavitakkuppattikāraṇato ^a^V2.0070^ea^ aññaṃ navaṃ nimittaṃ. ‘‘Manasikaroto’’ti hi vuttaṃ, tasmā ārammaṇaṃ, tādiso purimuppanno cittappavattiākāro vā nimittaṃ. ^b^Kusalanissitaṃ nimitta^eb^nti kusalacittappavattikāraṇaṃ ^b^manasi kātabbaṃ^eb^ citte ṭhapetabbaṃ, bhāvanāvasena cintetabbaṃ, cittasantāne vā saṅkamitabbaṃ. Asubhañhi asubhanimittanti. Saṅkhāresu uppanne chandūpasaṃhite vitakketi ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. Evaṃ ^b^‘‘dosūpasañhite’’^eb^tiādīsu yathārahaṃ taṃ taṃ padaṃ ānetvā sambandhitabbaṃ. ^b^Yattha katthacī^eb^ti ‘‘sattesu saṅkhāresū’’ti yattha katthaci. ^b^Pañcadhammūpanissayo^eb^ti pañcavidho dhammūpasaṃhito upanissayo.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ ^b^‘‘chandūpasañhite’’^eb^tiādinā saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘imassa hatthā vā sobhanā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Tattha ^b^‘‘asubhato^eb^^a^M2.0074^ea^^b^upasaṃharitabba’’^eb^nti vatvā upasaṃharaṇākārassa dassanaṃ ^b^‘‘kimhi sārattosī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Chavirāgenā^eb^ti chavirāgatāya kāḷasāmādivaṇṇanibhāya. ^b^Kuphaḷapūrito^eb^ti pakkehi kuṇapaphalehi puṇṇo. ‘‘Kaliphalapūrito’’ti vā pāṭho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Assāmikatāvakālikabhāvavasenā^eb^ti idaṃ pattaṃ anukkamena vaṇṇavikārañceva jiṇṇabhāvañca patvā chiddāvachiddaṃ bhinnaṃ vā hutvā kapālaniṭṭhaṃ bhavissati. Idaṃ cīvaraṃ anupubbena vaṇṇavikāraṃ jiṇṇatañca upagantvā pādapuñchanacoḷakaṃ hutvā yaṭṭhikoṭiyā chaḍḍanīyaṃ bhavissati. Sace pana nesaṃ sāmiko bhaveyya, na nesaṃ evaṃ vinassituṃ dadeyyāti evaṃ assāmikabhāvavasena, ‘‘anaddhaniyaṃ idaṃ tāvakālika’’nti evaṃ tāvakālikabhāvavasena ca manasikaroto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Āghātavinaya…pe… bhāvetabbā^eb^ti – ‘‘pañcime, bhikkhave, āghātapaṭivinayā. Yattha hi bhikkhuno uppanno āghāto sabbaso paṭivinetabbo’’tiādinā nayena āgatassa ^b^āghātavinayasuttassa^eb^ (a. ni. 5.161) ceva ^b^kakacūpamovāda^eb^(ma. ni. 1.222-233)^b^ chavālātūpamā^eb^dīnañca (itivu. 91) vasena āghātaṃ paṭivinodetvā mettā bhāvetabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Garusaṃvāso^eb^ti garuṃ upanissāya vāso. ^b^Uddeso^eb^ti pariyattidhammassa uddisāpanañceva uddisanañca. ^b^Uddiṭṭhaparipucchana^eb^nti yathāuggahitassa dhammassa atthaparipucchā. ^b^Pañca dhammūpanissāyā^eb^ti garusaṃvāsādike pañca dhamme paṭicca. ^b^Mohadhātū^eb^ti moho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Upanissitabbā^eb^ti upanissayitabbā, ayameva vā pāṭho. ^b^Yattappaṭiyatto^eb^ti yatto ca gāmappavesanāpucchākaraṇesu ussukkaṃ āpanno sajjito ca hotīti attho. ^b^Athassa moho pahīyatī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0071^ea^ assa bhikkhuno evaṃ tattha yuttappayuttassa pacchā so moho vigacchati. ^b^Evampī^eb^ti evaṃ uddese appamajjanenapi. Puna ^b^evampī^eb^ti atthaparipucchāya kaṅkhāvinodanepi. ^b^Tesu tesu ṭhānesu attho pākaṭo hotī^eb^ti suyyamānassa dhammassa tesu tesu padesu ‘‘idha sīlaṃ kathitaṃ, idha samādhi, idha paññā’’ti so so attho vibhūto hoti. Idaṃ cakkhurūpālokādi ^a^M2.0075^ea^^b^imassa^eb^ cakkhuviññāṇassa ^b^kāraṇaṃ, idaṃ^eb^ sālibījabhūmisalilādi ^b^imassa^eb^ sāliaṅkurassa ^b^kāraṇaṃ. Idaṃ na kāraṇa^eb^nti tadeva cakkhurūpālokādi sotaviññāṇassa, tadeva sālibījādi kudrusakaṅkurassa na kāraṇanti ṭhānāṭṭhānavinicchaye cheko hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ārammaṇesū^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānesu. ^b^Ime vitakkā^eb^ti kāmavitakkādayo. Sabbe kusalā dhammā sabbākusalapaṭipakkhāti katvā ‘‘pahīyantī’’ti vattabbe na sabbe sabbesaṃ ujuvipaccanīkabhūtāti ‘‘pahīyanti evā’’ti sāsaṅkaṃ vadati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imānī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kusalanissita^eb^nti kusalena nissitaṃ nissayitabbaṃ. ^b^Kusalassa paccayabhūta^eb^nti tasseva vevacanaṃ, kusaluppattikāraṇaṃ yathāvuttāsubhanimittādimeva vadati. ^b^Sāraphalake^eb^ti candanamaye sāraphalake. ^b^Visamāṇi^eb^nti visamākārena tattha ṭhitaṃ āṇiṃ. ^b^Haneyyā^eb^ti pahareyya nikkhāmeyya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^217^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aṭṭo^eb^ti āturo, duggandhabādhatāya pīḷito. ^b^Dukkhito^eb^ti sañjātadukkho. ^b^Imināpi kāraṇenā^eb^ti akosallasambhūtatāya kusalapaṭipakkhatāya gehassitarogena sarogatāya ca ^b^ete akusalā^eb^ viññugarahitabbatāya jigucchanīyatāya ca ^b^sāvajjā^eb^ aniṭṭhaphalatāya nirassādasaṃvattaniyatāya ca ^b^dukkhavipākā^eb^ti evaṃ tena tena kāraṇena akusalādibhāvaṃ ^b^upaparikkhato^eb^.<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Āturaṃ asuciṃ pūtiṃ, passa nande samussayaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Uggharantaṃ paggharantaṃ, bālānaṃ abhinandita’’nti. (apa. therī 2.4.157) –<br/><br/>[07]Evamādi ^b^kāyavicchandanīyakathādīhi^eb^ vā. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Tasseva tena pāpiyo, yo kuddhaṃ paṭikujjhati;<br/><br/>[22]Kuddhaṃ appaṭikujjhanto, saṅgāmaṃ jeti dujjaya’’nti. (theragā. 442) –<br/><br/>[07]Evamādi paṭighavūpasamanakathādikāpi saṅgaṇhāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^218^eb^^b^.^eb^ Na ^a^V2.0072^ea^ saraṇaṃ ^b^asati,^eb^ ananussaraṇaṃ. Amanasikaraṇaṃ ^b^amanasikāro. Kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā nisīditabba^eb^nti kammaṭṭhānamanasikāreneva nisīditabbaṃ. ^b^Uggahito dhammakathāpabandho^eb^ti kammaṭṭhānassa upakāro dhammakathāpabandho. ^b^Muṭṭhipotthako^eb^ti muṭṭhippamāṇo pārihāriyapotthako. ^b^Samannānentenā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0076^ea^ samannāharantena. ^b^Okāso na hoti^eb^ āraddhassa pariyosāpetabbato. Āraddhassa antagamanaṃ anārambhovāti theravādo. ^b^Tassā^eb^ti upajjhāyassa. ^b^Pabbhārasodhanaṃ^eb^ kāyakammaṃ, ārabhanto eva vitakkaniggaṇhanatthaṃ saṃyuttanikāyasajjhāyanaṃ vacīkammaṃ, dassanakiccapubbakammakaraṇatthaṃ tejokasiṇaparikammanti tīṇi kammāni ācinoti. Thero tassa āsayaṃ kasiṇañca savisesaṃ jānitvā ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ vihāre’’^eb^tiādimavoca. Tenassa yathādhippāyaṃ sabbaṃ sampāditaṃ. ^b^Asatipabbaṃ nāma^eb^ asatiyā vitakkaniggahaṇavibhāvanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^219^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vitakkamūlabhedaṃ pabba^eb^nti vitakkamūlassa tammūlassa ca bhedavibhāvanaṃ vitakkamūlabhedaṃ pabbaṃ. Vitakkaṃ saṅkharotīti vitakkasaṅkhāro, vitakkapaccayo subhanimittādīsupi subhādinā ayonisomanasikāro. So pana vitakkasaṅkhāro saṃtiṭṭhati etthāti ^b^vitakkasaṅkhārasaṇṭhānaṃ,^eb^ asubhe subhantiādi saññāvipallāso. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vitakkānaṃ mūlañca mūlamūlañca manasi kātabba’’^eb^nti. ^b^Vitakkānaṃ mūlamūlaṃ gacchantassā^eb^ti upaparikkhanavasena micchāvitakkānaṃ mūlaṃ uppattikāraṇaṃ ñāṇagatiyā gacchantassa. Yāthāvato jānantassa pubbe viya vitakkā abhiṇhaṃ nappavattantīti āha ^b^‘‘vitakkacāro sithilo hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tasmiṃ sithilībhūte matthakaṃ gacchante^eb^ti vuttanayena vitakkacāro sithilabhūto, tasmiṃ vitakkānaṃ mūlagamane anukkamena thirabhāvappattiyā matthakaṃ gacchante. ^b^Vitakkā sabbaso nirujjhantī^eb^ti micchāvitakkā sabbepi gacchanti na samudācaranti, bhāvanāpāripūriyā vā anavasesā pahīyanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kaṇṇamūle patita^eb^nti sasakassa kaṇṇasamīpe kaṇṇasakkhaliṃ paharantaṃ viya upapatitaṃ. Tassa kira sasakassa heṭṭhā mahāmūsikāhi khatamahāvāṭaṃ umaṅgasadisaṃ ahosi, tenassa pātena mahāsaddo ahosi. ^b^Palāyiṃsu^eb^ ‘‘pathavī udrīyatī’’ti. ^b^Mūlamūlaṃ gantvā anuvijjeyya^eb^nti ‘‘pathavī bhijjatī’’ti yatthāyaṃ saso uṭṭhito, tattha gantvā tassa mūlakāraṇaṃ yaṃnūna vīmaṃseyyaṃ. Pathaviyā bhijjanaṭṭhānaṃ gate ‘‘ko jānāti, kiṃ bhavissatī’’ti saso ‘‘na sakkomi sāmī’’ti āha. Ādhipaccavato hi yācanaṃ saṇhamudukaṃ. ^b^Duddubhāyatī^eb^ti duddubhāti saddaṃ karoti. Anuravadassanañhetaṃ. ^b^Bhaddante^eb^ti migarājassa piyasamudācāro, migarāja, bhaddaṃ te atthūti attho. ^b^Kimeta^eb^nti kiṃ etaṃ, kiṃ tassa mūlakāraṇaṃ? ^b^Duddubha^eb^nti idampi tassa anuravadassanameva. Evanti yathā sasakassa mahāpathavībhedanaṃ ravanāya ^a^V2.0073^ea^ micchāgāhasamuṭṭhānaṃ ^a^M2.0077^ea^ amūlaṃ, evaṃ vitakkacāropi saññāvipallāsasamuṭṭhāno amūlo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vitakkāna’’^eb^ntiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^220^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Abhidanta^eb^nti abhibhavanadantaṃ, uparidantanti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uparidanta’’^eb^nti. So hi itaraṃ musalaṃ viya udukkhalaṃ visesato kassaci khādanakāle abhibhuyya vattati. ^b^Kusalacittenā^eb^ti balavasammāsaṅkappasampayuttena. ^b^Akusalacitta^eb^nti kāmavitakkādisahitaṃ akusalacittaṃ. ^b^Abhiniggaṇhitabba^eb^nti yathā tassa āyatiṃ samudācāro na hoti, evaṃ abhibhavitvā niggahetabbaṃ, anuppattidhammatā āpādetabbāti attho. ^b^Ke ca tumhe^eb^ satipi cirakālabhāvanāya evaṃ adubbalā ^b^ko cāhaṃ^eb^ mama santike laddhappatiṭṭhe viya ṭhitepi idāneva appatiṭṭhe karonto iti evaṃ ^b^abhibhavitvā^eb^. Taṃ pana abhibhavanākāraṃ dassento ^b^‘‘kāmaṃ taco cā’’^eb^tiādinā caturaṅgasamannāgatavīriyapaggaṇhanamāha. ^b^Atthadīpika^eb^nti ekantato vitakkaniggaṇhanatthajotakaṃ. ^b^Upama^eb^nti ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, balavā puriso’’tiādikaṃ upamaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^221^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pariyādānabhājanīya^eb^nti yaṃ taṃ ādito ‘‘adhicittamanuyuttena bhikkhunā pañca nimittāni kālena kālaṃ manasi kātabbānī’’ti niddiṭṭhaṃ, tattha tassa nimittassa manasikaraṇakālapariyādānassa vasena vibhajanaṃ. Nigamanaṃ vā etaṃ, yadidaṃ ‘‘yato kho, bhikkhave’’tiādi. Yathāvuttassa hi atthassa puna vacanaṃ nigamananti. Tathāpaṭipannassa vā vasībhāvavisuddhidassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘yato kho, bhikkhave’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Satthācariyo^eb^ti dhanubbedācariyo. Yathā hi sasanato asatthampi satthaggahaṇeneva saṅgayhati, evaṃ dhanusippampi dhanubbedapariyāpannamevāti.<br/><br/>[03]Pariyāyati parivitakketīti ^b^pariyāyo^eb^. Vāroti āha ^b^‘‘vitakkavārapathesū’’^eb^ti, vitakkānaṃ vārena pavattanamaggesu. ^b^Ciṇṇavasī^eb^ti āsevitavasī. ^b^Paguṇavasī^eb^ti subhāvitavasī. Sammāvitakkaṃyeva yathicchitaṃ tathāvitakkanato, itarassa panassa setughātoyevāti.<br/><br/>[06]Vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.<br/><br/>[06]Niṭṭhitā ca sīhanādavaggavaṇṇanā.


volume: 30
item: 117
title: opammavaggo^kakacūpamasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^222^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Moḷi^eb^nti ^a^M2.0078^ea^^a^V2.0074^ea^ kesaracanaṃ. ^b^Vehāyasa^eb^nti ākāse. ^b^Ratanacaṅkoṭavarenā^eb^ti ratanasilāmayavaracaṅkoṭakena sahassanetto sirasā paṭiggahi. ‘‘Suvaṇṇacaṅkoṭakavarenā’’tipi (bu. vaṃ. aṭṭha. 23 dūrenidānakathā; jā. aṭṭha. 1.2 avidūrenidānakathā) pāṭho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sā^eb^ti moḷi. Moḷi etassa atthīti moḷiko, moḷiko eva ^b^moḷiyo. Phagguno^eb^ti pana nāmaṃ. ^b^Saṅkhā^eb^ti samaññā. Velīyati khaṇamuhuttādivasena upadisīyatīti ^b^velā,^eb^ kāloti āha ^b^‘‘tāyaṃ velāyaṃ…pe… ayaṃ kālavelā nāmā’’^eb^ti. Velayati paricchedavasena tiṭṭhatīti ^b^velā,^eb^ sīmā. Velayati saṃkilesapakkhaṃ cālayatīti ^b^velā,^eb^ sīlaṃ. Anatikkamanaṭṭhopi cassa saṃkilesadhammanimittaṃ acalanameva. Viññupurisābhāve chapañcavācāmattaṃ ^b^ovāde pamāṇaṃ nāma.^eb^^b^Davasahagataṃ katvā^eb^ti kīḷāsahitaṃ katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Missībhūto^eb^ti ananulomikasaṃsaggavasena missībhūto. ^b^‘‘Avaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttaṃ vivarituṃ ‘‘tāpanapacanakoṭṭanādīnī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Adhikaraṇampi karotī^eb^ti ettha yathā so adhikaraṇāya parisakkati, taṃdassanaṃ ^b^‘‘imesaṃ bhikkhūna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Adhikaraṇaṃ ākaḍḍhatī^eb^ti adhikaraṇaṃ uddissa te bhikkhū ākaḍḍhati, adhikaraṇaṃ vā tesu uppādento ākaḍḍhati. ^b^Uddesapadaṃ vā^eb^ti padaso uddesamattaṃ vā. ^b^Neva piyakamyatāyā^eb^ti neva attani satthuno piyabhāvakāmatāya. ^b^Na bhedādhippāyenā^eb^ti na satthuno tena bhikkhunā bhedādhippāyena. ^b^Atthakāmatāyā^eb^ti moḷiyaphaggunassa hitakāmatāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^224^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Avaṇṇabhāsane^eb^ti ^a^V2.0075^ea^ bhikkhunīnaṃ aguṇakathane. Chandādīnaṃ vatthubhāvato kāmaguṇā gehaṃ viya gehaṃ, te ca te sitā nissitāti ^b^gehassitā^eb^ti vuttā. Taṇhāchandāpi tāsaṃ kattukāmatāpīti ubhayepi ^b^taṇhāchandā, paṭighachandā^eb^ pana tesaṃ kattukāmatā eva. Phalikamaṇi viya pakatipabhassarassa cittasantānassa upasaṅgo viya vipariṇāmakāraṇaṃ rāgādayoti āha ^b^‘‘rattampi cittaṃ vipariṇata’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Hitānukampī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0079^ea^ karuṇāya paccupaṭṭhāpanamāha. ‘‘Yassantarato na santi kopā’’tiādīsu (udā. 20) viya ^b^antara^eb^-saddo cittapariyāyoti āha ^b^‘‘dosantaroti dosacitto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^225^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dubbacatāya ovādaṃ asampaṭicchanto citteneva ^b^paṭiviruddho aṭṭhāsi. Gaṇhiṃsu^eb^ cittaṃ, hadayagāhiniṃ paṭipajjiṃsūti attho. ^b^Pūrayiṃsu^eb^ ajjhāsayanti attho. ^b^Ekasmiṃ samaye^eb^ paṭhamabodhiyaṃ. Ekāsanaṃ bhojanassa ^b^ekāsanabhojanaṃ,^eb^ ekavelāyameva bhojanaṃ. Tañca kho pubbaṇhe evāti āha ^b^‘‘ekaṃ purebhattabhojana’’^eb^ntiādi. Sattakkhattuṃ bhuttabhojanampi imasmiṃ sutte ekāsanabhojananteva adhippetaṃ, na ekāsanikatāya ekāya eva nisajjāya bhojanaṃ. ‘‘Appaḍaṃsa…pe… samphassa’’ntiādīsu viya ^b^appa^eb^-saddo abhāvatthoti āha ^b^‘‘nirābādhataṃ, niddukkhata’’^eb^nti. Padhānādivasena sallahukaṃ akicchaṃ uṭṭhānaṃ ^b^sallahukauṭṭhānaṃ. Na ekappahārenā^eb^ti na ekavārena, na ekasmiṃyeva kāleti adhippāyo. ^b^Dve bhojanānī^eb^ti ‘‘aparaṇhe rattiya’’nti kālavasena dve bhojanāni. ^b^Pañca guṇe^eb^ti appābādhādike pañca ānisaṃse. ^b^Satuppādakaraṇīyamattamevā^eb^ti satuppādamattakaraṇīyameva, nivāretabbassa punappunaṃ samādapanañca nāhosi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Maṇḍabhūmī^eb^ti ojavantabhūmi, yattha parisiñcanena vinā sassāni kiṭṭhāni sampajjanti. Yuge yojetabbāni yoggāni, tesaṃ ācariyo ^b^yoggācariyo,^eb^ tesaṃ sikkhāpanako. Gāmaṇihatthiādayopi ‘‘yoggā’’ti vuccantīti āha pāḷiyaṃ ^b^‘‘assadammasārathī’’^eb^ti. Catūsu maggesu ^b^yena yena maggena icchati^eb^. Javasamagādibhedāsu gatīsu ^b^yaṃ yaṃ gatiṃ. Taṃ taṃ^eb^ maggaṃ ^b^āruḷhāva^eb^ otiṇṇāyeva. ^b^Neva vāretabbā^eb^ rasmiviniggaṇhanena. ^b^Na vijjhitabbā^eb^ patodalaṭṭhiyā. ^b^Gamanamevā^eb^ti ime yuttā mama icchānurūpaṃ mandaṃ gacchanti, samaṃ gacchanti, sīghaṃ gacchantīti khuresu nimittaggahaṇaṃ paṭṭhapetvā sārathinā tesaṃ gamanameva passitabbaṃ hoti, na tattha niyojanaṃ ^a^V2.0076^ea^. ^b^Tehipi^eb^ bhikkhūhi. ^b^Pajahiṃsu^eb^ pajahitabbaṃ. ^b^Sāladūsanā^eb^ti sālarukkhavisanāsakā. ^b^Aññā ca valliyo^eb^ sālarukkhe vinandhitvā ṭhitā. ^b^Bahi nīharaṇenā^eb^ti sālavanato bahi chaḍḍanena. ^b^Susaṇṭhitā^eb^ti saṇṭhānasampannā, ^b^mariyādaṃ^eb^^a^M2.0080^ea^^b^bandhitvā^eb^ti ālavālasampādanavasena mariyādaṃ bandhitvā. ^b^Kipillapuṭakaṃ^eb^ tambakipillakapuṭakaṃ. ^b^Sukkhadaṇḍakaharaṇaṃ^eb^ ālavālabbhantarā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^226^eb^^b^.^eb^ Videharaṭṭhe jātasaṃvaḍḍhatāya ^b^vedehikā^eb^. Paṇḍā vuccati paññā, tāya itā gatā pavattāti ^b^paṇḍitā. Gahapatānī^eb^ti gehasāminī. ^b^Soraccenā^eb^ti saṃyamena. ^b^Nivātavuttī^eb^ti paṇipātakārī. ^b^Nibbutā^eb^ti nibbutaduccaritapariḷāhā. ^b^Uṭṭhāhikā^eb^ti uṭṭhānavīriyavatī. ^b^Kibbisā^eb^ti kurūrā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^227^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Evaṃ akkhantiyā dosaṃ dassetvā^eb^ti ‘‘guṇavanto’’ti loke patthaṭakittisaddānampi akkhantinimittaṃ ayasuppattiguṇaparihāniādiṃ akkhamatāyāadīnavaṃ pakāsetvā. ^b^Vacanapathe^eb^ti vacanamagge yuttakālādike. Saṇhābhāvopi hi vacanassa pavattiākāroti katvā ‘‘vacanapatho’’ tveva vutto. ^b^Tesaṃyeva^eb^ kālādīnaṃ. Mettā etassa atthīti mettaṃ, uppannaṃ mettacittaṃ etesanti ^b^uppannamettacittā^eb^. Puna ‘‘kālena vā, bhikkhave’’tiādi (pari. 362, 363) pāḷi dhammasabhāvadassanavasena pavattā ‘‘paraṃ codanāvasena vadantā nāma imehi ākārehi vadantī’’ti. ^b^Adhimuñcitvā^eb^ti abhirativasena tasmiṃ puggale bhāvanācittaṃ muñcitvā vissajjetvā. So puggalo ārammaṇaṃ etassāti ^b^tadārammaṇaṃ,^eb^ mettacittaṃ. Yadi evaṃ padesavisayaṃ taṃ kathaṃ nippadesavisayaṃ viya hotīti codento ^b^‘‘kathaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ karotī’’^eb^ti āha, itaro ^b^‘‘pañca vacanapathe’’^eb^tiādinā pariharati. Idha ^b^tadārammaṇañcā^eb^ti tasseva mettacittassa ārammaṇaṃ katvāti pāḷiyaṃ vacanaseso daṭṭhabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘puna tassevā’’^eb^tiādi. Sabbā sattakāyasaṅkhātā pajā etassa atthīti ^b^sabbāvanto^eb^ti imamatthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘sabbāvanta’’^eb^nti āha. ^b^Vipulenā^eb^ti mahājanārammaṇena. Mahantapariyāyo hi vipula-saddo, mahattañcettha bahukabhāvo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘anekasattārammaṇenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Tañca puggala^eb^nti pañca vacanapathe gahetvā āgatapuggalaṃ. ^b^Cittassā^eb^ti mettāsahagatacittassa. Ettha ca mettāsahagatena cetasā viharissāmāti sambandho. Tattha kathanti āha ^b^‘‘tañca puggalaṃ sabbañca lokaṃ tassa cittassa ārammaṇaṃ katvā adhimuccitvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^228^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tadatthadīpika^eb^nti ^a^V2.0077^ea^^a^M2.0081^ea^ yā mettaṃ cetovimuttiṃ sammadeva bhāvetvā ṭhitassa nibbikārato kenaci vikāraṃ na āpādetabbatā, tadatthajotikaṃ. ^b^Apathavi^eb^nti pathavī na hotīti apathavī. ^b^Nippathavi^eb^nti sabbena sabbaṃ pathavībhāvābhāvaṃ. ^b^Tiriyaṃ pana aparicchinnā^eb^ti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu cakkavāḷapabbatehi taṃ taṃ cakkavāḷaṃ paricchindati? Na, tadaññacakkavāḷapathaviyā ekābaddhabhāvato. Tiṇṇañhi cakkānaṃ antarasadise tiṇṇaṃ tiṇṇaṃ lokadhātūnaṃ antareyeva pathavī natthi lokantaranirayabhāvato. Cakkavāḷapabbatantarehi sambaddhaṭṭhāne pathavī ekābaddhāva. Vivaṭṭakāle hi saṇṭhahamānāpi pathavī yathāsaṇṭhitapathaviyā ekābaddhāva saṇṭhahati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tiriyaṃ pana aparicchinnā’’^eb^ti. Imināva gambhīrabhāvena vuttaparimāṇato paraṃ natthīti dīpitaṃ hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^229^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Haliddī^eb^ti haliddivaṇṇaṃ adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘yaṃ kiñci pītakavaṇṇa’’^eb^nti. Vaṇṇasaṅkhātaṃ rūpaṃ assa atthīti rūpī, na rūpīti ^b^arūpī^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘arūpo’’^eb^ti. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘sanidassanabhāvapaṭikkhepato’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^230^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Pañca yojanasatānī^eb^ti himavantato samuddaṃ paviṭṭhaṭṭhānavasena vuttaṃ, na anotattadahamukhato. Aññā nadiyo upādāya labbhamānaṃ gambhīrataṃ appameyyaudakatañca gahetvā ^b^‘‘gambhīrā appameyyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana tiṇukkāya tāpetabbattābhāvadassanaparametanti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘etena payogenā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^231^eb^^b^.^eb^ Tūlinī viya ^b^tūlinī^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘simbalitūlalatātūlasamānā’’^eb^ti. Sassaranti evaṃpavatto saddo ^b^sassarasaddo^eb^. Anuravadassanañhetaṃ. Tathā ^b^bhabbharasaddo^eb^. Sabbametaṃ mettāvihārino cittassa dūsetuṃ asakkuṇeyyabhāvadassanaparaṃ. Ayañhettha saṅkhepattho – yathā mahāpathavī kenaci purisena apathaviṃ kātuṃ na sakkā, yathā ākāse kiñci rūpaṃ paṭṭhapetuṃ na sakkā, yathā gaṅgāya udakaṃ tiṇukkāya tāpetuṃ na sakkā, yathā ca biḷārabhastaṃ thaddhaṃ pharusañca samphassaṃ kātuṃ na sakkā, evamevaṃ mettāya cetovimuttiyā āsevitāya bhāvitāya bahulīkatāya pañca vacanapathe gahetvā āgatapurisena kenaci pariyāyena cittassa aññathattaṃ kātuṃ na sakkāti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^232^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ocarakā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0082^ea^^a^V2.0078^ea^ parūpaghātavasena hīnakammakārino. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nīcakammakārakā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anadhivāsanenā^eb^ti akkhamanena. ^b^Mayhaṃ ovādakaro na hotī^eb^ti paramhi anatthakārimhi cittapadosanena āghātuppādanena mama sāsane sammāpaṭipajjamāno nāma na hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^233^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Aṇu^eb^nti appakaṃ tanu parittakaṃ. ^b^Thūla^eb^nti mahantaṃ oḷārikaṃ. Vacanapathassa pana adhippetattā taṃ sāvajjavibhāgena gahetabbanti āha ^b^‘‘appasāvajjaṃ vā mahāsāvajjaṃ vā’’^eb^ti. Khantiyā idaṃ bhāriyaṃ na hotīti avocuṃ ^b^‘‘anadhi…pe… passāmā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dīgharatta^eb^nti cirakālaṃ, accantamevāti attho. Accantañca hitasukhaṃ nāma aññādhigamenevāti āha ^b^‘‘arahattena kūṭaṃ gaṇhanto’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Kakacūpamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 118
title: kakacūpamasuttavaṇṇanā^alagaddūpamasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^234^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bādhayiṃsū^eb^ti ^a^V2.0079^ea^ (sārattha. ṭī. pācittiya 3.417) haniṃsu. Taṃtaṃsampattiyā vibandhanavasena sattasantānassa antare vemajjhe eti āgacchatīti antarāyo, diṭṭhadhammikādianattho, anatikkamanaṭṭhena tasmiṃ antarāye niyuttā, antarāyaṃ vā phalaṃ arahanti, antarāyassa vā karaṇasīlāti ^b^antarāyikā.^eb^ Tenāha ^b^‘‘antarāyaṃ karontīti antarāyikā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ānantariyadhammā^eb^ti ānantariyasabhāvacetanādhammā. Tatrāyaṃ vacanattho – cutianantaraphalaṃ anantaraṃ nāma, tasmiṃ anantare niyuttā, tannibbattanena anantarakaraṇasīlā, anantarapayojanāti vā ānantarikā, te eva ^b^ānantariyā^eb^ti vuttā. Kammāni eva antarāyikāti ^b^kammantarāyikā. Mokkhasseva antarāyaṃ karoti, na saggassa^eb^ micchācāralakkhaṇābhāvato. Na hi bhikkhuniyā dhammarakkhitabhāvo atthi. Pākatikabhikkhunīvasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ, ariyāya pana pavattaṃ apāyasaṃvattaniyameva. Nandamāṇavako cettha nidassanaṃ. Ubhinnaṃ samānacchandatāvasena vā asaggantarāyikatā, mokkhantarāyikatā pana mokkhatthapaṭipattiyā vidūsanato, abhibhavitvā pana pavattiyaṃ ^a^M2.0083^ea^ saggantarāyikatāpi na sakkā nivāretunti. Ahetukadiṭṭhiakiriyadiṭṭhinatthikadiṭṭhiyova niyatabhāvaṃ pattā ^b^niyatamicchādiṭṭhidhammā. Paṭisandhidhammā^eb^ti paṭisandhicittuppādamāha. Paṇḍakādiggahaṇañcettha nidassanamattaṃ sabbāyapi ahetukapaṭisandhiyā vipākantarāyikabhāvato. Yā hi ariye upavadati, sā cetanā ^b^ariyūpavādadhammā. Tato para^eb^nti khamāpanato upari. Yaṃ panettha vattabbaṃ, taṃ mahāsīhanādassa līnatthapakāsane vuttameva. ^b^Yāva bhikkhubhāvaṃ paṭijānāti^eb^ pārājikaṃ āpanno. ^b^Na vuṭṭhāti^eb^ sesaṃ garukāpattiṃ. ^b^Na deseti^eb^ lahukāpattiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayaṃ bhikkhu^eb^ ariṭṭho. ^b^Rasena rasaṃ saṃsanditvā^eb^ti anavajjena paccayaparibhuñjanarasena sāvajjaṃ kāmaguṇaparibhogarasaṃ samānetvā. ^b^Upanento viyā^eb^ti bandhanaṃ upanento viya. ‘‘Ghaṭento viyā’’tipi pāṭho. ^b^Upasaṃharanto viyā^eb^ti sadisataṃ upasaṃharanto viya ekantasāvajje anavajjabhāvapakkhepena. ^b^Pāpaka^eb^nti lāmakaṭṭhena duggatisampāpanaṭṭhena ca pāpakaṃ. Setukaraṇavasena ^b^mahāsamuddaṃ bandhantena viya. Sabbaññutaññāṇena^eb^ ‘‘sāvajja’’nti diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘anavajja’’nti gahaṇena tena ^b^paṭivirujjhanto^eb^. Ekantato anantarāyikanti gahaṇena ^b^vesārajjañāṇaṃ paṭibāhanto^eb^. Kāmakaṇṭakehi ariyamaggasammāpaṭipatti na upakkilissatīti vadanto ^b^‘‘ariyamagge khāṇukaṇṭakādīni^eb^^a^V2.0080^ea^^b^pakkhipanto’’^eb^ti vutto. Paṭhamapārājikasikkhāpadasaṅkhāte, ‘‘abrahmacariyaṃ pahāyā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.8, 194) ādidesanāsaṅkhāte ca ^b^āṇācakke^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Pucchamānā ^b^samanuyuñjanti nāma^eb^. Pucchā hi anuyogoti. Tenādhigatāya laddhiyā anuvajjanatthaṃ paccanubhāsanena puna paṭijānāpanaṃ patiṭṭhāpanaṃ, taṃ panassa ādāya samādāpanaṃ viya hotīti āha ^b^‘‘samanugāhanti nāmā’’^eb^ti. Tassā pana laddhiyā anuyuñjitāya vuccamānampi kāraṇaṃ kāraṇapatirūpakamevāti tassa pucchanaṃ ^b^samanubhāsanaṃ. Anudahanaṭṭhena^eb^ anupāyapaṭipattiyā sampati āyatiñca anudahanaṭṭhena. ^b^Mahābhitāpanaṭṭhena^eb^ anavaṭṭhitasabhāvatāya. ^b^Ittarapaccupaṭṭhānaṭṭhena^eb^ muhuttaramaṇīyatāya. ^b^Tāvakālikaṭṭhena^eb^ parehi abhibhavanīyatāya. ^b^Sabbaṅgapaccaṅgapalibhañjanaṭṭhena^eb^ chedanabhedanādiadhikaraṇabhāvena. Ugghāṭasadisatāya ^a^M2.0084^ea^^b^adhikuṭṭanaṭṭhena^eb^. Avaṇe vaṇaṃ uppādetvā anto anupavisanasabhāvatāya ^b^vinivijjhanaṭṭhena^eb^. Diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikānatthanimittatāya ^b^sāsaṅkasappaṭibhayaṭṭhena.^eb^^b^Diṭṭhithāmenā^eb^ti tassā diṭṭhiyā thāmagatabhāvena. ^b^Diṭṭhiparāmāsenā^eb^ti diṭṭhisaṅkhātaparāmasanena. Diṭṭhiyeva hi dhammasabhāvaṃ atikkamitvā parato āmasanena parāmāso. ^b^Abhinivissā^eb^ti taṇhābhinivesapubbaṅgamena diṭṭhābhinivesena ‘‘idamevettha tatha’’nti abhinivisitvā. ^b^Yasmā hi abhinivesanaṃ tattha abhiniviṭṭhaṃ nāma hoti.^eb^Tasmā āha^b^ ‘‘adhiṭṭhahitvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^235^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Natthīti vattukāmopī^eb^ti attano laddhiṃ niguhetukāmatāya avajānitukāmopi. ^b^Sampaṭicchati^eb^ paṭijānāti. ^b^Dve kathāti^eb^ visaṃvādanakathaṃ sandhāya vadati. Abhūtakathā hi pubbe pavattā bhūtakathāya vasena dve kathāti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^236^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kassa kho nāmā^eb^ti iminā satthā ‘‘na mama tuyhaṃ tādisassa atthāya dhammadesanā nāma bhūtapubbā’’ti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khattiyassa vā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Ñāṇamayā usmā etassa atthīti usmī, tathārūpehi paccayehi anusmīkato tasmiṃ attabhāve paṭivedhagabbhoapi ^b^usmīkato^eb^ti vikatabhāvato paññābījamassa imasmiṃ dhammavinaye api nu atthīti bhagavā bhikkhū pucchati. Te ^b^paṭikkhipantā vadanti^eb^ ṭhānagatena duccaritena ñāṇupahatabhāvaṃ sampassantā. ^b^Nittejabhūto^eb^ti nittejaṃ bhūto tejohānippatto. Tato eva bhikkhūnampi ^a^V2.0081^ea^ sammukhā oloketuṃ asamatthatāya ^b^pattakkhandho^eb^ adhomukho. Sahadhammikaṃ kiñci vattuṃ avisahanato ^b^appaṭibhāno. Sampattūpaganti^eb^ sampattiāvahaṃ. ^b^Paṭippassambhento^eb^ti paṭisedhento.<br/><br/>[03]^b^237^eb^^b^.^eb^ Antarāyakaraladdhiyā sabhāvavibhāvanena ^b^parisaṃ sodheti. Nissāreti^eb^ nīharati avisuddhadiṭṭhitāya. ^b^Kassaci^eb^ buddhānubhāvaṃ ajānantassa. Tassa hi evaṃ bhaveyya ‘‘sahasā kathita’’nti. Na hi kadāci buddhānaṃ sahasā kiriyā nāma atthi. ^b^Assā^eb^ti ‘‘kassacī’’ti vuttabhikkhussa. ^b^Sutvāpi^eb^^a^M2.0085^ea^^b^tuṇhībhāvaṃ āpajjeyyā^eb^ti athāpi siyāti sambandho. ^b^Taṃ sabba^eb^nti ‘‘sace hī’’tiādinā vuttaṃ sabbaṃ parikappanaṃ. ^b^Na karissantī^eb^ti parisāya laddhiṃ sodhetīti sambandho. ^b^Laddhiṃ pakāsento^eb^ti mahāsāvajjatāvasena pakāsento. ^b^Saññāvitakkehī^eb^ti subhanimittānubyañjanaggāhādivasena pavattehi saññāvitakkehi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kilesakāmasampayuttehī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Methunasamācāra^eb^nti idaṃ adhikāravasena vuttaṃ. Tadaññampi pana – ‘‘apica kho mātugāmassa ucchādanaṃ parimaddanaṃ nahāpanaṃ sambāhanaṃ sādiyatī’’tiādinā (a. ni. 7.50) āgataṃ visabhāgavatthuvisayaṃ āmisaparibhogaṃ. ‘‘Aññatreva kāmehi aññatra kāmasaññāhi aññatra kāmavitakkehi samācarissatī’’ti ^b^netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^238^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yoniso paccavekkhaṇena natthi ettha chandarāgoti nicchandarāgo, taṃ ^b^nicchandarāgaṃ^eb^. Kadāci uposathikabhāvena samādinnasīlāpi honti kadāci noti ^b^anibaddhasīlānaṃ gahaṭṭhānaṃ^eb^. Sīlasamādānabhāvato ^b^antarāyakaraṃ^eb^. Vatthukāmānaṃ ^b^sacchandarāgaparibhogañca^eb^. Apaccavekkhaṇena ^b^bhikkhūnaṃ āvaraṇakaraṃ^eb^. Paccayānaṃ ^b^sacchandarāgaparibhogañca^eb^. Ayaṃ ariṭṭho duggahitāya pariyattiyā vasena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khanati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatīti evaṃ saññā mā hontūti ^b^duggahitāya pariyattiyā dosaṃ dassento āha. Uggaṇhantī^eb^ti sajjhāyanti ceva vācuggataṃ karontā dhārenti cāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sutta^eb^ntiādinā navappabhedampi pariyattidhammaṃ pariyādiyati. Kathaṃ suttaṃ navappabhedaṃ? Sagāthakañhi suttaṃ ^b^geyyaṃ,^eb^ niggāthakaṃ suttaṃ ^b^veyyākaraṇaṃ,^eb^ tadubhayavinimuttañca suttaṃ udānādivisesasaññāvirahitaṃ natthi, yaṃ suttaṅgaṃ siyā, maṅgalasuttādīnañca suttaṅgasaṅgaho na siyā gāthābhāvato dhammapadādīnaṃ viya, geyyaṅgasaṅgaho vā siyā sagāthakattā sagāthāvaggassa viya, tathā ubhatovibhaṅgādīsu sagāthakappadesānanti? Vuccate –<br/><br/>[21]Suttanti ^a^V2.0082^ea^ sāmaññavidhi, visesavidhayo pare;<br/><br/>[22]Sanimittā nirūḷhattā, sahatāññena naññato. (dī. ni. ṭī. 1ṇidānakathāvaṇṇanā; a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.6; sārattha. ṭī. 1.bāhiranidānakathā);<br/><br/>[03]Sabbassapi ^a^M2.0086^ea^ hi buddhavacanassa suttanti ayaṃ ^b^sāmaññavidhi^eb^. Tenevāha āyasmā mahākaccāno ^b^nettiyaṃ^eb^ (netti. 1.saṅgahavāra) ‘‘navavidhasuttantapariyeṭṭhī’’ti. ‘‘Ettakaṃ tassa bhagavato suttāgataṃ suttapariyāpannaṃ (pāci. 655, 1242), sakavāde pañca suttasatānī’’ti (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; kathā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā) evamādi ca etassa atthassa sādhakaṃ. Tadekadesesu pana geyyādayo ^b^visesavidhayo^eb^ tena tena nimittena patiṭṭhitā. Tathā hi geyyassa sagāthakattaṃ tabbhāvanimittaṃ. Lokepi hi sasilokaṃ sagāthakaṃ vā cuṇṇiyaganthaṃ ‘‘geyya’’nti vadanti. Gāthāvirahe pana sati pucchaṃ katvā vissajjanabhāvo veyyākaraṇassa tabbhāvanimittaṃ. Pucchāvissajjanañhi ‘‘byākaraṇa’’nti vuccati, byākaraṇameva veyyākaraṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ sante sagāthakādīnampi pucchaṃ katvā vissajjanavasena pavattānaṃ veyyākaraṇabhāvo āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati geyyādisaññānaṃ anokāsabhāvato, ‘‘gāthāvirahe satī’’ti visesitattā ca. Tathā hi dhammapadādīsu kevalaṃ gāthābandhesu, sagāthakattepi somanassañāṇamayikagāthāyuttesu, ‘‘vuttañheta’’nti (itivu. 1) ādivacanasambandhesu, abbhutadhammapaṭisaṃyuttesu ca suttavisesesu yathākkamaṃ gāthā-udāna-itivuttaka-abbhutadhamma-saññā patiṭṭhitā, tathā satipi gāthābandhabhāve bhagavato atītāsu jātīsu cariyānubhāvappakāsakesu jātakasaññā, satipi pañhavissajjanabhāve sagāthakatte ca kesuci suttantesu vedassa labhāpanato vedallasaññā patiṭṭhitāti evaṃ tena tena sagāthakattādinā nimittena tesu tesu suttavisesesu geyyādisaññā patiṭṭhitāti visesavidhayo suttaṅgato pare geyyādayo. Yaṃ panettha geyyaṅgādinimittarahitaṃ, taṃ suttaṅgaṃ visesasaññāparihārena sāmaññasaññāya pavattanatoti. Nanu ca sagāthakaṃ suttaṃ geyyaṃ, niggāthakaṃ suttaṃ veyyākaraṇanti suttaṅgaṃ na sambhavatīti codanā tadavatthā evāti? Na tadavatthā sodhitattā. Sodhitañhi pubbe ‘‘gāthāvirahe sati pucchāvissajjanabhāvo veyyākaraṇassa tabbhāvanimitta’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]Yañca vuttaṃ ‘‘gāthābhāvato maṅgalasuttādīnaṃ suttaṅgasaṅgaho na siyā’’ti (khu. pā. 5.1; su. ni. 261), taṃ na, ^b^niruḷhattā^eb^. Niruḷho hi maṅgalasuttādīnaṃ suttabhāvo. Na hi ^a^M2.0087^ea^ tāni dhammapadabuddhavaṃsādayo viya gāthābhāvena paññātāni, kintu suttabhāveneva. Teneva hi ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘suttanāmaka’’nti nāmaggahaṇaṃ kataṃ. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘sagāthakattā geyyaṅgasaṅgaho siyā’’ti ^a^V2.0083^ea^, tadapi natthi, yasmā ^b^sahatāññena^eb^. Saha gāthāhīti hi sagāthakaṃ, sahabhāvo ca nāma atthato aññena hoti, na ca maṅgalasuttādīsu gāthāvinimutto koci suttapadeso atthi, yo ‘‘saha gāthāhī’’ti vucceyya, na ca samudāyo nāma koci atthi. Yadapi vuttaṃ ‘‘ubhatovibhaṅgādīsu sagāthakappadesānaṃ geyyaṅgasaṅgaho siyā’’ti, tadapi ^b^na aññato^eb^. Aññā eva hi tā gāthā jātakādipariyāpannattā, ato na tāhi ubhatovibhaṅgādīnaṃ geyyaṅgabhāvoti. Evaṃ suttādīnaṃ aṅgānaṃ aññamaññasaṅkarābhāvo veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atthattha^eb^nti atthabhūtaṃ yathābhūtaṃ atthaṃ. Anatthampi keci vipallāsavasena ‘‘attho’’ti gaṇhantīti ‘‘atthattha’’nti visesetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Kāraṇattha^eb^nti kāraṇabhūtaṃ atthaṃ, sīlaṃ samādhissa kāraṇaṃ, samādhi vipassanāyāti evaṃ tassa tassa kāraṇabhūtaṃ atthaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘imasmiṃ ṭhāne sīla’’^eb^ntiādi. Tenetaṃ dasseti – imasmiṃ ṭhāne sīlaṃ kathitaṃ, tañca yāvadeva samādhatthaṃ, samādhi vipassanattho, vipassanā maggatthā, maggo phalattho, vaṭṭaṃ kathitaṃ yāvadeva vivaṭṭādhigamatthanti jānituṃ na sakkontīti. Evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘attha’’nti iminā bhāsitatthapayojanatthānaṃ gahitatā veditabbā. ^b^Na pariggaṇhantī^eb^ti na vicārenti, nijjhānapaññākkhamā na honti, nijjhāyitvā paññāya rocetvā gahetabbā na hontīti adhippāyo. ^b^Iti^eb^ evaṃ etāya pariyattiyā ^b^vādappamokkhānisaṃsā^eb^ attano upari parehi āropitavādassa niggahassa mokkhapayojanā hutvā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti. ^b^Vādappamokkho^eb^ vā nindāpamokkho. ^b^Yassa cā^eb^ti yassa ca sīlādipūraṇena pattabbassa, maggassa vā tadadhigamena pattabbassa, phalassa vā tadadhigamena pattabbassa, anupādāvimokkhassa vā atthāya. ^b^Dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti,^eb^ ñāyena pariyāpuṇantīti adhippāyo. ^b^Nānubhonti^eb^ na vindanti. ^b^Tesaṃ te dhammā duggahitā^eb^ upārambhamānadappamakkhapaḷāsādihetubhāvena ^b^dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattanti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^239^eb^^b^.^eb^ Alaṃ ^a^M2.0088^ea^ pariyatto gado assāti ^b^alagaddo^eb^ anunāsikalopaṃ da-kārāgamañca katvā. Vaṭṭadukkhakantārato nittharaṇatthāya pariyatti ^b^nittharaṇapariyatti^eb^. Bhaṇḍāgāre niyutto bhaṇḍāgāriko, bhaṇḍāgāriko viya bhaṇḍāgāriko, dhammaratanānupālako. Aññaṃ atthaṃ anapekkhitvā bhaṇḍāgārikasseva sato pariyatti ^b^bhaṇḍāgārikapariyatti^eb^. ‘‘Vaṃsānurakkhakovā’’ti avadhāraṇaṃ sīhāvalokanañāyena ^b^tantidhārakova paveṇipālakovā^eb^ti purimapadadvayepi yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi tantidhāraṇādiatthaṃ buddhavacanassa pariyāpuṇanaṃ bhaṇḍāgārikapariyatti, kasmā ‘‘khīṇāsavassā’’ti visesetvā vuttaṃ, nanu ekaccassa puthujjanassapi ayaṃ nayo labbhatīti anuyogaṃ ^a^V2.0084^ea^ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘yo panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Attano ṭhāne^eb^ti nittharaṇaṭṭhāne. Kāmaṃ puthujjano ‘‘paveṇiṃ pālessāmī’’ti ajjhāsayena pariyāpuṇāti. Attano pana bhavakantārato anittiṇṇattā tassa sā pariyatti nittharaṇapariyatti eva nāma hotīti adhippāyo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘puthujjanassā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nijjhānaṃ khamantī^eb^ti nijjhānapaññaṃ khamanti. Tattha tattha āgate sīlādidhamme nijjhāyitvā paññāya rocetvā yāthāvato gahetabbā honti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idha sīla’’^eb^ntiādi. Na kevalaṃ suggahitaṃ pariyattiṃ nissāya maggabhāvanāphalasacchikiriyā, paravādaniggahasakavādapatiṭṭhāpanādīnipi ijjhantīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘paravāde’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahaṃ niggahitvā’’tiādi (dī. ni. 2.268). ^b^Icchiticchitaṭṭhāna^eb^nti diṭṭhiviniveṭhanādivasena icchitaṃ icchitaṃ pāḷipadesaṃ. ^b^Mocetu^eb^nti apanetuṃ. Ahitāya dukkhāya asaṃvattanampi tadabhāve uppajjanakahitasukhassa kāraṇameva tasmiṃ sati bhāvatoti. Suggahitālagaddassapi hitāya sukhāya saṃvattanatā daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^240^eb^^b^.^eb^ Uttaranti etenāti uttaro, sinanti bandhantīti setu, uttaro ca so setu cāti ^b^uttarasetu^eb^. Kūlaṃ paratīraṃ vahati pāpetīti ^b^kullaṃ. Kalāpaṃ katvā baddho^eb^ti veḷunaḷādīhi kalāpavasena baddho. ^b^Aṇunti^eb^ idaṃ aṭṭhasamāpattiārammaṇaṃ saññojanaṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Thūla^eb^nti ^a^M2.0089^ea^ itaraṃ. ^b^Diṭṭhi^eb^nti yathābhūtadassanaṃ, vipassananti attho. ^b^Evaṃ parisuddhaṃ evaṃ pariyodāta^eb^nti tebhūmakesu dhammesu ñātaṃ ‘‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’’ti, evaṃ taṇhādiṭṭhisaṃkilesābhāvena sabbaso visuddhaṃ, parisuddhattā eva pariyodātaṃ. ^b^Na allīyethā^eb^ti nikantivasena na nissayetha. ^b^Na kelāyethā^eb^ti na mamāyetha. ^b^Na dhanāyethā^eb^ti dhanaṃ drabyaṃ na kayirātha. ^b^Ubhayatthā^eb^ti samathe vipassanāya ca.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Asaddhamme^eb^tiādīsu asataṃ hīnajjhāsayānaṃ dhammoti ^b^asaddhammo^eb^. Gāmavāsīnaṃ dhammoti ^b^gāmadhammo^eb^. Kilesānaṃ vassanasabhāvatāya ^b^vasaladhammo^eb^. Kilesehi dūsitattā thūlattā ca ^b^duṭṭhullo^eb^. Udakasuddhipariyosānatāya ^b^odakantiko^eb^. ‘‘Dhammāpi vo pahātabbā’’ti ^b^imināpi ovādena^eb^ bhikkhū uddissa kathentopi ^b^ariṭṭhaṃyeva niggaṇhāti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^241^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tividhaggāhavasenā^eb^ti taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiggāhavasena. Yadi evaṃ ^b^‘‘ahaṃ mamāti gaṇhātī’’^eb^ti gāhadvayameva kasmā vuttanti? Nayidamevaṃ tatthāpi gāhattayasseva vuttattā. ‘‘Aha’’nti ^a^V2.0085^ea^ hi iminā mānadiṭṭhiggāhā vuttā ‘‘ahamasmī’’ti gāhasāmaññato. ^b^Diṭṭhipi diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ^eb^ purimuppannāya diṭṭhiyā uttaradiṭṭhiyā sakkāyadiṭṭhiyā sassatadiṭṭhiyā ca kāraṇabhāvato. ^b^Ārammaṇaṃ^eb^ pañca khandhā, rūpārammaṇādīni ca. ^b^Diṭṭhiyā paccayo^eb^ avijjā-phassa-saññā-vitakka-ayonisomanasikāra-pāpamittaparatoghosādiko diṭṭhiyā upanissayādipaccayo. Vuttañhetaṃ ^b^paṭisambhidāyaṃ^eb^ (paṭi. ma. 1.124)‘‘katamāni aṭṭha diṭṭhiṭṭhānāni avijjāpi phassopi saññāpi vitakkopi ayonisomanasikāropi pāpamittopi paratoghosopi diṭṭhiṭṭhāna’’ntiādi. ^b^Rūpārammaṇā^eb^ti ruppanasabhāvadhammārammaṇā. ^b^Rūpaṃ pana attāti na vattabbaṃ^eb^ idha ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.81, 345) imassa gāhassa anadhippetattā. So hi ‘‘yampi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhāna’’ntiādinā parato vuccati. Idha pana ‘‘rūpavantaṃ attānaṃ samanupassati, attani rūpaṃ, rūpasmiṃ attāna’’nti ime tayo gāhā adhippetāti keci, tadayuttaṃ. Yasmā rūpaṃ attā na hoti, attaggāhassa pana ālambanaṃ hoti, attasabhāveyeva vā rūpādidhamme ārabbha attadiṭṭhi uppajjati, na attānaṃ tassa paramatthato anupalabbhanato, tasmā rūpādiārammaṇāva attadiṭṭhīti katvā ^a^M2.0090^ea^ vuttaṃ, rūpaṃ pana ‘‘attā’’ti na vattabbanti ayamettha attho. ‘‘Yampi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhāna’’ntiādinā pana vipassanāpaṭivipassanā viya diṭṭhianupassanā nāma dassitā.<br/><br/>[03]Gandharasaphoṭṭhabbāyatanānaṃ sampattagāhindriyavisayatāya patvā gahetabbatā. Tañhi tassa attano visayaṃ paribhutvā sambandhaṃ hutvā gaṇhāti. ^b^Avasesāni sattāyatanāni viññātaṃ nāma^eb^ manasā viññātabbato. Aññathā itaresampi viññātatā siyā. ^b^Patta^eb^nti adhigataṃ. ^b^Pariyesita^eb^nti gavesitaṃ. ^b^Anuvicarita^eb^nti cintitaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘manasā’’^eb^ti. Ettha ca pattapariyesanānaṃ apaṭikkhepassa, visuṃ, ekajjhaṃ paṭikkhepassa ca vasena catukkoṭikaṃ dassetvā pattapariyesitehi anuvicaritassa bhedaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘lokasmiñhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Pariyesitvā pattaṃ^eb^ paṭhamaṃ cetasā pacchā kāyena pattattā ^b^pattaṃ nāma. Pariyesitvā nopattaṃ pariyesitaṃ nāma^eb^ kevalaṃ pariyesitabhāvato. ^b^Apariyesitvā pattañca nopattañca^eb^ manasā anuvicaritabbato ^b^manasānuvicaritaṃ nāma^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Ayañca vikappo ākulo viyāti ^b^‘‘atha vā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Pattaṭṭhenā^eb^ti pattabhāvena pattatāsāmaññena. ^b^Apariyesitvā nopattaṃ manasānuvicaritaṃ nāma^eb^ pattiyā pariyesanāya ca abhāvato. ^b^Sabbaṃ vā eta^eb^nti ‘‘pariyesitvā pattampī’’tiādinā vuttaṃ catubbidhampi. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti ‘‘yampi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ’’tiādivacanena. ^b^Viññāṇārammaṇā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiyo kathitā^eb^ pārisesañāyena ^a^V2.0086^ea^. Evaṃ pārisesañāyapariggahe kiṃ payojananti āha ^b^‘‘desanāvilāsenā’’^eb^tiādi. Yesaṃ vineyyānaṃ desetabbadhammassa sarūpaṃ anāmasitvā ārammaṇakicca-sampayuttadhamma-phalavisesādi-pakārantaravibhāvanena paṭivedho hoti, tesaṃ tappakārabhedehi dhammehi, yesaṃ pana yena ekeneva pakārena sarūpeneva vā vibhāvane kate paṭivedho hoti, tesaṃ taṃ vatvā dhammissarattā tadaññaṃ niravasesākāravibhāvanañca ^b^desanāvilāso^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘diṭṭhādiārammaṇavasena viññāṇaṃ dassita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Diṭṭhiṭṭhāna^eb^nti diṭṭhi eva diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayameva. Yaṃ rūpaṃ esā diṭṭhi ‘‘loko ca attā cā’’ti gaṇhāti. Taṃ rūpaṃ sandhāya ‘‘so loko so attā’’ti vacanaṃ vuttanti yojanā. ^b^So pecca^eb^^b^bhavissāmī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0091^ea^ uddhamāghātanikavādavasenāyaṃ diṭṭhīti āha ^b^‘‘so ahaṃ paralokaṃ gantvā nicco bhavissāmī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Dhuvo^eb^ti thiro. ^b^Sassato^eb^ti sabbadābhāvī. ^b^Avipariṇāmadhammo^eb^ti jarāya maraṇena ca avipariṇāmetabbasabhāvo, nibbikāroti attho. ^b^Tampi dassana^eb^nti tampi tathāvuttaṃ diṭṭhidassanaṃ attānaṃ viya taṇhādiṭṭhiggāhavisesena gaṇhāti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘etaṃ mamā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Diṭṭhārammaṇā^eb^ti diṭṭhivisayā. Kathaṃ pana diṭṭhi diṭṭhivisayā hotīti āha ^b^‘‘vipassanāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Paṭivipassanākāle^eb^ti yamakato sammasanādikālaṃ sandhāyāha. Tattha akkharacintakānaṃ sadde viya, vedajjhāyīnaṃ vedasatthe viya ca diṭṭhiyaṃ diṭṭhigatikānaṃ diṭṭhiggāhappavatti daṭṭhabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samanupassatī^eb^ti padassa ca tasso samanupassanā atthoti yojanā. Tena samanupassanā nāma catubbidhāti dasseti. Tattha ñāṇaṃ tāva samavisamaṃ sammā yāthāvato anupassatīti ^b^samanupassanā^eb^. Itarā pana saṃkilesavasena anu anu passantīti ^b^samanupassanā^eb^. Yadi evaṃ hotu tāva diṭṭhisamanupassanā micchādassanabhāvato, kathaṃ taṇhāmānāti? Taṇhāyapi sattānaṃ pāpakaraṇe upāyadassanavasena paññāpatirūpikā pavatti labbhateva, yāya vañcananikatisāciyogā sambhavanti. Mānopi seyyādinā dassanavaseneva tathā attānaṃ ūhatīti taṇhāmānānaṃ samanupassanāpatirūpikā pavatti labbhatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Avijjamāne^eb^ti ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’ti evaṃ gahetabbe taṇhāvatthusmiṃ ajjhattakhandhapañcake anupalabbhamāne vinaṭṭhe. ^b^Na paritassati^eb^ bhayaparittāsataṇhāparittāsānaṃ maggena samugghātitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^242^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Catūhi kāraṇehī^eb^ti ‘‘asati na paritassatī’’ti vuttampi itarehi tīhi saha gahetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Catūhi kāraṇehī^eb^ti catukkoṭikasuññatākathanassa kāraṇehi. ^b^Bahiddhā asatī^eb^ti bāhire ^a^V2.0087^ea^ vatthusmiṃ avijjamāne. Sā panassa avijjamānatā laddhavināsena vā aladdhālābhena vāti pāḷiyaṃ – ‘‘ahu vata me, taṃ vata me natthi, siyā vata me, taṃ vatāhaṃ na labhāmī’’ti vuttanti tadubhayaṃ parikkhāravasena vibhajitvā tattha paritassanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘bahiddhā parikkhāravināse’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^yānaṃ^eb^ ‘‘ratho vayha’’nti evamādi. ^b^Vāhanaṃ^eb^ hatthiassādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yehi^eb^^a^M2.0092^ea^^b^kilesehī^eb^ti yehi asantapatthanādīhi kilesehi. ^b^Evaṃ bhaveyyā^eb^ti evaṃ ‘‘ahu vata me’’tiādinā codanādi bhaveyya. ^b^Diṭṭhiṭṭhānādhiṭṭhānapariyuṭṭhānābhinivesānusayāna^eb^nti ettha aparāparaṃ pavattāsu diṭṭhīsu yā parato uppannā diṭṭhiyo, tāsaṃ purimuppannā diṭṭhiyo kāraṇaṭṭhena ^b^diṭṭhiṭṭhānāni^eb^. Adhikaraṇaṭṭhena ^b^diṭṭhādhiṭṭhānāni,^eb^ pariyuṭṭhānappattiyā sabbāpi ^b^diṭṭhipariyuṭṭhānāni^eb^. ‘‘Idameva saccaṃ moghamañña’’nti (ma. ni. 2.202, 427; 3.27-29; udā. 55; mahāni. 20; netti. 59) pavattiyā ^b^abhinivesā^eb^. Appahīnabhāvena santāne sayantīti ^b^anusayā^eb^ti evaṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānādīnaṃ padānaṃ vibhāgo veditabbo. Taṇhādīhi kampaniyatāya sabbasaṅkhārāva iñjitānīti ^b^sabbasaṅkhāraiñjitāni^eb^. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Upadhīyati ettha dukkhanti upadhi, khandhāva upadhi ^b^khandhūpadhi^eb^. Esa nayo sesesupi. Tadeva ca āgamma taṇhā khīyati virajjati nirujjhatīti yojanā. ^b^Ucchijjissāmi nāmassū^eb^tiādīsu nipātamattaṃ, saṃsaye vā. ^b^Tāso^eb^ti attaniyābhāvaṃ paṭicca taṇhāparittāso ceva bhayaparittāso ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tāso heso’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^No cassaṃ,^eb^^b^no ca me siyā^eb^ti ‘‘aha’’nti kira koci no cassaṃ, ‘‘me’’ti ca kiñci no siyāti. Tāsappatīkāradassanañhetaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^243^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti ‘‘evaṃ vutte’’tiādinā, pucchānusandhivasena pavattāya ‘‘chayimāni, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṭṭhānānī’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.241) vā. Sāpi hi ajjhattakhandhavināse paritassanakaṃ dassetvā aparitassanakaṃ dassentī pavattāti tassanakassa suññatādassanaṃ akiccasādhakampi suññatādassanamevāti imesaṃ vasena ^b^‘‘catukkoṭikā suññatā kathitā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Bahiddhā parikkhāra^eb^nti bāhiraṃ saviññāṇakaṃ aviññāṇakañca sattopakaraṇaṃ. Tañhi jīvitavuttiyā parikkhārakaṭṭhena ‘‘parikkhāro’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Pariggahaṃ nāma katvā^eb^ti ^b^‘‘mama^eb^ ida’’nti pariggahetabbatāya pariggahitaṃ nāma katvā. Sabbopi diṭṭhiggāho ‘‘attā nicco dhuvo sassato, attā ucchijjati vinassatī’’tiādinā attadiṭṭhisannissayoyevāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sakkāyadiṭṭhipamukhā dvāsaṭṭhidiṭṭhiyo’’^eb^ti. Ayāthāvaggāhinā abhinivesanapaññāpanānaṃ upatthambhabhāvato diṭṭhi eva nissayoti ^b^diṭṭhinissayo. Pariggaṇheyyā^eb^ti niccādivisesayuttaṃ katvā ^a^V2.0088^ea^ pariggaṇheyya. Kimevaṃ pariggahetuṃ sakkuṇeyya ^a^M2.0093^ea^? ^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti ‘‘taṃ, bhikkhave, attavādupādānaṃ upādiyetha, taṃ, bhikkhave, diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayethā’’ti etesupi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^244^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Attani vā satī^eb^ti yassa attano santakabhāvena kiñci attaniyanti vucceyya, tasmiṃ attani sati, so eva pana attā paramatthato natthīti adhippāyo. Sakkā hi vattuṃ bāhirakaparikappito attā ‘‘paramattho’’ti? Siyā khandhapañcakaṃ ñeyyasabhāvattā yathā taṃ ghaṭo, yadi pana tadaññaṃ nāma kiñci abhavissa, na taṃ niyamato viparītaṃ siyāti? Na ca so paramatthato atthi pamāṇehi anupalabbhamānattā turaṅgamavisāṇaṃ viyāti. ^b^Attaniye vā parikkhāre satī^eb^ti ‘‘idaṃ nāma attano santaka’’nti tassa kiñcanabhāvena nicchite kismiñci vatthusmiṃ sati. Attano idanti hi attaniyanti. ^b^Ahanti satī^eb^ti ‘‘ahaṃ nāmāya’’nti ahaṃkāravatthubhūte paramatthato niddhāritasarūpe kismiñci sati tassa santakabhāvena mamāti kiñci gahetuṃ yuttaṃ bhaveyya. ^b^Mamāti sati ‘‘aha’’^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. Iti paramatthato attano anupalabbhamānattā attaniyaṃ kiñci paramatthato natthevāti sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ anattatāya anattaniyataṃ, anattaniyatāya ca anattakataṃ dasseti. ^b^Bhūtato^eb^ti bhūtatthato. ^b^Tathato^eb^ti tathasabhāvato. ^b^Thirato^eb^ti ṭhitasabhāvato nibbikārato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yasmā hutvā na hotī^eb^ti yasmā pubbe asantaṃ paccayasamavāyena hutvā uppajjitvā puna bhaṅgupagamena na hoti, tasmā na niccanti ^b^aniccaṃ,^eb^ adhuvanti attho. Tato eva ^b^uppādavayavattito^eb^ti uppajjanavasena nirujjhanavasena ca pavattanato. Sabhāvavigamo idha ^b^vipariṇāmo,^eb^ khaṇikatā ^b^tāvakālikatā,^eb^ niccasabhāvābhāvo ^b^eva niccapaṭikkhepo^eb^. Aniccadhammā hi teneva attano aniccabhāvena atthato niccataṃ paṭikkhipanti nāma. Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘na niccanti anicca’’nti. Uppādajarābhaṅgavasena rūpassa nirantarabādhatāti paṭipīḷanākārenassa ^b^dukkhatā. Santāpo^eb^ dukkhadukkhatādivasena santāpanaṃ paridahanaṃ, tato evassa dussahatāya ^b^dukkhamatā^eb^. Tissannaṃ dukkhatānaṃ saṃsāradukkhassa ca adhiṭṭhānatāya ^b^dukkhavatthukatā^eb^. Sukhasabhāvābhāvo eva ^b^sukhapaṭikkhepo^eb^. ^b^Vipariṇāmadhamma^eb^nti jarāya maraṇena ca vipariṇamanasabhāvaṃ. Yasmā idaṃ rūpaṃ paccayasamavāyena ^a^M2.0094^ea^ uppādaṃ, uppādānantaraṃ jaraṃ patvā avassameva bhijjati, bhinnañca bhinnameva, nāssa kassaci saṅkamoti bhavantarānupagamanasaṅkhātena saṅkamābhāvena vipariṇāmadhammataṃ pākaṭaṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘bhavasaṅkanti upagamanasabhāva’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Pakatibhāvavijahanaṃ^eb^ sabhāvavigamo nirujjhanameva. Nti aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ rūpaṃ. ^b^Iminā^eb^ti ‘‘no hetaṃ, bhante’’ti rūpassa taṇhādiggāhānaṃ vatthubhāvapaṭikkhepena. Rūpañhi uppannaṃ ṭhitiṃ ^a^V2.0089^ea^ mā pāpuṇātu, ṭhitippattaṃ mā jīratu, jarappattaṃ mā bhijjatu, udayabbayehi mā kilamiyatūti na ettha kassaci vasībhāvo atthi, svāyamassa avasavattanaṭṭho anattatāsallakkhaṇassa kāraṇaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘avasavattanākārena rūpaṃ, bhante, anattāti paṭijānantī’’^eb^ti. Nivāsikārakavedakādhiṭṭhāyakavirahena tato suññatā ^b^suññaṭṭho,^eb^ sāmibhūtassa kassaci abhāvo ^b^assāmikaṭṭho,^eb^ yathāvuttavasavattibhāvābhāvo ^b^anissaraṭṭho,^eb^ paraparikappitāttasabhāvābhāvo eva ^b^attapaṭikkhepaṭṭho^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā aniccalakkhaṇena viya dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ, tadubhayena anattalakkhaṇaṃ suviññāpayaṃ, na kevalaṃ, tasmā tadubhayenettha anattalakkhaṇavibhāvanaṃ katanti dassento ^b^‘‘bhagavā hī’’ti^eb^ādimāha. Tattha ^b^aniccavasenā^eb^ti aniccatāvasena. ^b^Dukkhavasenā^eb^ti dukkhatāvasena. ^b^Na upapajjatī^eb^ti na yujjati. Tameva ayujjamānataṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cakkhussa uppādopī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Yasmā attavādī attānaṃ niccaṃ paññapeti, cakkhuṃ pana aniccaṃ, tasmā cakkhu viya attāpi anicco āpanno. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yassa kho panā’’^eb^tiādi. Tattha ^b^vetī^eb^ti vigacchati nirujjhati. ^b^Iti cakkhu anattā^eb^ti cakkhussa udayabbayavantatāya aniccatā, attano ca attavādinā aniccatāya anicchitattā cakkhu anattā.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmaṃ ^b^anattalakkhaṇasutte^eb^ (saṃ. ni. 3.59; mahāva. 20) – ‘‘yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ anattā, tasmā rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattatī’’ti rūpassa anattatāya dukkhatā vibhāvitā viya dissati, tathāpi ‘‘yasmā rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvattati, tasmā anattā’’ti pākaṭatāya sābādhatāya rūpassa attasārābhāvo vibhāvito, tato eva ca ‘‘na labbhati rūpe evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’’ti rūpe kassaci anissaratā, tassa ca avasavattanākāro dassitoti āha ^b^‘‘dukkhavasena anattataṃ^eb^^a^M2.0095^ea^^b^dassetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Yadaniccaṃ taṃ dukkha^eb^nti yaṃ vatthu aniccaṃ, taṃ dukkhaṃ udayabbayapaṭipīḷitattā, yaṃ pana niccaṃ tadabhāvato, taṃ sukhaṃ yathā taṃ nibbānanti adhippāyo. ^b^Yaṃ ta^eb^nti kāraṇaniddesovāyaṃ, yasmā rūpaṃ aniccaṃ, taṃ tasmāti attho. ^b^Yaṃ dukkhaṃ tadanattā^eb^ti ettha vuttanayeneva attho veditabbo. ^b^Anicca^eb^nti iminā ghaṭādi viya paccayuppannattā rūpaṃ aniccanti imamatthaṃ dasseti. Imināva nayena ‘‘anattā’’ti vattuṃ labbhamānepi ^b^‘‘anattā’’ti vattā nāma natthi. Evaṃ dukkhanti vadantī^eb^ti etthāpi yathārahaṃ vattabbaṃ ‘‘akkhisūlādivikārappattakāle viya paccayuppannattā dukkhaṃ rūpa’’ntiādinā. ^b^Duddasaṃ duppaññāpanaṃ^eb^. Tathā hi sarabhaṅgādayopi satthāro nāddasaṃsu, kuto paññāpanā. ^b^Tayidaṃ^eb^ anattalakkhaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tasmātihā^eb^tiādinā ^a^V2.0090^ea^ tiyaddhagatarūpaṃ lakkhaṇattayaṃ āropetvā vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘etarahi aññadāpī’’^eb^ti. Taṃ pana yādisaṃ tādisampi tathā vuttanti ajjhattādivisesopi vattabbo. ^b^Pi^eb^-saddena vā tassāpi saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^245^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ukkaṇṭhatī^eb^ti nābhiramati. Aññattha ‘‘nibbidā’’ti balavavipassanā vuccati, sānulomā pana saṅkhārupekkhā ‘‘vuṭṭhānagāminī’’ti, sā idha kathaṃ nibbidā nāma jātāti āha ^b^‘‘vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāya hī’’^eb^tiādi. Iminā sikhāpattanibbedatāya vuṭṭhānagāminī idha nibbidānāmena vuttāti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘So anupubbena saññaggaṃ phusatī’’ti (dī. ni. 1.414, 415) vatvā ‘‘saññā kho poṭṭhapāda paṭhamaṃ uppajjati, pacchā ñāṇa’’nti (dī. ni. 1.416) vuttattā ^b^saññagganti vuttā^eb^ lokiyāsu pahānasaññāsu sikhāpattabhāvato. ^b^Dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇanti vuttā^eb^ idappaccayatādassanassa matthakappattīti katvā. Tato parañhi asaṅkhatārammaṇaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti. Tenāha – ‘‘pubbe kho susima dhammaṭṭhitiñāṇaṃ, pacchā nibbāne ñāṇa’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.70). ^b^Pārisuddhipadhāniyaṅganti vuttā^eb^ maggādhigamassa paripanthabhūtasabbasaṃkilesavisuddhi padhānikassa yogino, padhānabhāvanāya vā jātaṃ aṅganti katvā. ^b^Paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhīti vuttā^eb^ paramukkaṃsagatapaṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhibhāvato. ^b^Atammayata^eb^nti ettha ^b^tammayatā nāma^eb^ taṇhā, kāmataṇhādīsu tāya tāya nibbattattā tammayaṃ nāma tebhūmikappavattaṃ, tassa ^a^M2.0096^ea^ bhāvoti katvā. Tassā taṇhāya pariyādānato vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā ^b^atammayatā^eb^ti vuccati. ^b^Nissāyā^eb^ti taṃ atammayataṃ paccayaṃ katvā. ^b^Āgammā^eb^ti tasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^Nānattā^eb^ti nānāsabhāvā bahū anekappakārā. ^b^Nānattasitā^eb^ti nānārammaṇanissitā rūpādivisayā. ^b^Ekattā^eb^ti ekasabhāvā. ^b^Ekattasitā^eb^ti ekaṃyeva ārammaṇaṃ nissitā. ^b^Taṃ nissāyā^eb^ti taṃ ekattasitaṃ upekkhaṃ paccayaṃ katvā. ^b^Etissā^eb^ti etissā upekkhāya. ^b^Pahānaṃ hotī^eb^ti aññāṇupekkhato pabhuti sabbaṃ upekkhaṃ pajahitvā ṭhitassa ‘‘atammayatā’’ti vuttāya vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanāya arūpāvacarasamāpattiupekkhāya vipassanupekkhāya ca pahānaṃ hotīti ^b^pariyādānanti vuttā^eb^ti. Sabbasaṅkhāragatassa muñcitukamyatāpaṭisaṅkhānassa sikhāpattabhāvato vuṭṭhānagāminī muñcitukamyatā paṭisaṅkhānanti ca vuttā. Mudumajjhādivasena pavattiākāramattaṃ, atthato ^a^V2.0091^ea^^b^ekatthā^eb^ muñcitukamyatādayo, ^b^byañjanameva nānaṃ. Dvīhi nāmehī^eb^ti gotrabhu, vodānanti imehi dvīhi nāmehi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Virāgoti maggo,^eb^ accantameva virajjati etenāti ^b^virāgo,^eb^ tena. ^b^Maggena^eb^ hetubhūtena. ^b^Vimuccatī^eb^ti paṭippassaddhivimuttivasena vimuccati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘phalaṃ kathita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahākhīṇāsavo^eb^ti pasaṃsāvacanaṃ yathā ‘‘mahārājā’’ti. Tathā hi taṃ pasaṃsanto satthā ^b^‘‘ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ukkhittapaligho itipī’’^eb^tiādimāhāti. Tadatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘idāni tassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Yathābhūtehī^eb^ti yāthāvato bhūtehi. ^b^Durukkhipanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti pacurajanehi ukkhipituṃ asakkuṇeyyabhāvena. Nibbānanagarappavese vibandhanena paligho viyāti ^b^palighoti vuccati^eb^. Matthakacchinno tālo pattaphalādīnaṃ anaṅgato tālāvatthu asive ‘‘sivā’’ti samaññā viya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sīsacchinnatālo viya katā’’^eb^ti. Punabbhavassa karaṇasīlo, punabbhavaṃ vā phalaṃ arahatīti ^b^ponobhaviko^eb^. Evaṃbhūto pana punabbhavaṃ deti nāmāti āha ^b^‘‘punabbhavadāyako’’^eb^ti. ^b^Punabbhavakhandhānaṃ paccayo^eb^ti iminā jātisaṃsāroti phalūpacārena kāraṇaṃ vuttanti dasseti. ^b^Parikkhāti vuccati^eb^ santānassa parikkhipanato. ^b^Saṃkiṇṇattā^eb^ti sabbaso kiṇṇattā vināsitattā. ^b^Gabbhīrānugataṭṭhenā^eb^ti gambhīraṃ anupaviṭṭhaṭṭhena. ^b^Luñcitvā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0097^ea^ uddharitvā. ^b^Etānī^eb^ti kāmarāgasaññojanādīni. ^b^Aggaḷāti vuccanti^eb^ avadhāraṇaṭṭhena. Aggamaggena patito mānaddhajo etassāti ^b^patitamānaddhajo^eb^. Itarabhāroropanassa purimapadehi pakāsitattā ^b^‘‘mānabhārasseva oropitattā pannabhāroti adhippeto’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Mānasaṃyogeneva visaṃyuttattā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Pañcapi khandhe avisesato asmīti gahetvā pavattamāno ‘‘asmimāno’’ti adhippetoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘rūpe asmīti māno’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Nagaradvārassa parissayapaṭibāhanatthañceva sobhanatthañca ubhosu passesu esikatthambhe nikhaṇitvā ṭhapentīti āha ^b^‘‘nagaradvāre ussāpite esikatthambhe’’^eb^ti. Pākāraviddhaṃsaneneva parikkhāya bhūmisamakaraṇaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘pākāraṃ bhindanto parikkhaṃ saṃkiritvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Eva^eb^ntiādi upamāsaṃsandanaṃ. Santo saṃvijjamāno kāyo dhammasamūhoti ^b^sakkāyo,^eb^ upādānakkhandhapañcakaṃ. ^b^Dvattiṃsa kammakāraṇā^eb^ dukkhakkhandhe āgatā. Akkhirogasīsarogādayo ^b^aṭṭhanavuti rogā^eb^. Rājabhayādīni ^b^pañcavīsati mahābhayāni^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^246^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anadhigamanīyaviññāṇata^eb^nti ^a^V2.0092^ea^ ‘‘idaṃ nāma nissāya iminā nāma ākārena pavattatī’’ti evaṃ duviññeyyacittataṃ. ^b^Anvesa^eb^nti paccatte ekavacananti āha ^b^‘‘anvesanto’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sattopi tathāgatoti vuccati^eb^ ‘‘tathāgato paraṃ maraṇā’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.65) viya. Satto hi yatheko kammakilesehi itthattaṃ āgato, tathā aparopi āgatoti ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. ^b^Uttamapuggalo^eb^ti bhagavantaṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Khīṇāsavopī^eb^ti yo koci khīṇāsavopi ‘‘tathāgato’’ti adhippeto. Sopi hi yatheko catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu sūpaṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ arahattaṃ āgato adhigato, tathā aparopi āgatoti ‘‘tathāgato’’ti vuccati. ^b^Asaṃvijjamāno^eb^ti paramatthato anupalabbhanīyo. ^b^Avindeyyo^eb^ti na vinditabbo, duviññeyyoti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tathāgato satto puggaloti na paññapemi^eb^ paramatthato sattasseva abhāvatoti adhippāyo. ^b^Kiṃ paññapessāmi^eb^ paññattiupādānassapi dharamānakassa ^a^M2.0098^ea^ abhāvato. ‘‘Anuppādo khemaṃ, anuppatti khema’’ntiādinā asaṅkhatāya dhātuyā pakkhandhanavasena pavattaṃ aggaphalasamāpattiatthaṃ ^b^vipassanācittaṃ vā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tucchā^eb^ti karaṇe nissakkavacananti āha ^b^‘‘tucchakenā’’^eb^ti. Vinayatīti vinayo, so eva ^b^venayiko. Tathā ma^eb^nti tathābhūtaṃ maṃ. Paramatthato vijjamānassa hi sattassa abhāvaṃ vadanto sattavināsapaññāpako ca nāma siyā, ahaṃ pana paramatthato avijjamānaṃ taṃ ‘‘natthī’’ti vadāmi. Yathā ca loko voharati, tatheva taṃ voharāmi, tathābhūtaṃ maṃ ye samaṇabrāhmaṇā ‘‘venayiko samaṇo gotamo’’ti vadantā asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhantīti yojanā. Appaṭisandhikassa khīṇāsavassa carimacittaṃ nirupādānato anupādāno viya jātavedo parinibbutaṃ idaṃ nāma nissitanti na paññāyatīti vadanto kimettāvatā ucchedavādī bhaveyya, nāhaṃ kadācipi atthi, nāpi koci atthīti vadāmi. Evaṃ sante kiṃ nissāya te moghapurisā sato sattassa nāma ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapetīti vadantā asatā…pe… abbhācikkhantīti ayamettha adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mahābodhimaṇḍamhīti bodhimaṇḍa^eb^ggahaṇena sattasattāhamāha. Tena dhammacakkapavattanato (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13; paṭi. ma. 2.30) pubbe vuttaṃ tantidesanaṃ vadati ^a^V2.0093^ea^. ^b^Catusaccameva paññapemī^eb^ti etena saccavimuttā satthudesanā natthīti dasseti. Ettha ca – ‘‘pubbe ceva etarahi ca dukkhañceva paññapemi dukkhassa ca nirodha’’nti vadanto bhagavā nāhaṃ kadācipi ‘‘attā ucchijjati, vinassatī’’ti vā, ‘‘attā nāma koci atthī’’ti vā vadāmi. Evaṃ sante kiṃ nissāya te moghapurisā ‘‘sato sattassa ucchedaṃ vināsaṃ vibhavaṃ paññapetī’’ti asatā tucchena abbhācikkhantīti dasseti. ^b^Pare^eb^ti amāmakā, mama ovādassa abhājanabhūtāti atthoti āha ^b^‘‘saccāni…pe… asamatthapuggalā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Adhippāyenā^eb^ti iminā tesaṃ adhippāyamattaṃ, rosanavihesanāni pana tathāgatassa ākāsassa vilikhanaṃ viya na sambhavantiyevāti dasseti. Āhanati cittanti ^b^āghāto^eb^. Appatītā honti etenāti ^b^appaccayo^eb^. Cittaṃ na abhirādhayatīti ^b^anabhiraddhi. Atuṭṭhī^eb^ti tuṭṭhipaṭipakkho tathāpavatto cittuppādo, kodho eva vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pare^eb^ti ^a^M2.0099^ea^ aññe ekacce. Ānandanti pamodanti etenāti ^b^ānando,^eb^ pītiyā evetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sobhanamanatā ^b^somanassaṃ,^eb^ cetasikasukhassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Uppilati purimāvatthāya bhijjati visesaṃ āpajjatīti uppilaṃ, tadeva uppilāvitaṃ, tassa bhāvo ^b^uppilāvitattaṃ^eb^. Yāya uppannāya kāyacittaṃ vātapūritabhattā viya uddhumāyanākārappattaṃ hoti, tassā gehassitāya odaggiyapītiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. ^b^Saccāni paṭivijjhituṃ asamatthā^eb^ti dukkhameva uppajjati nirujjhati ca, na añño satto nāma atthīti evaṃ jānituṃ asamatthā ‘‘attā nāma atthī’’ti evaṃdiṭṭhino appahīnavipallāsā. Uttamaṃ pasādanīyaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^tathāgatampi akkosanti,^eb^ kimaṅgaṃ pana bhikkhūti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^247^eb^^b^.^eb^ Anattaniyepi khandhapañcake micchāgāhavasena attaniyasaññāya pavattassa chandarāgassa pahānaṃ. ^b^Amhākaṃ neva attā^eb^ti yasmā rūpavedanādiyeva attaggāhavatthu tabbinimuttassa lobhaneyyassa abhāvato. Etaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ na amhākaṃ rūpaṃ, na viññāṇaṃ, tasmā amhākaṃ neva attāti yojanā. Ajjhattikassa vatthuno neva attāti paṭikkhittattā bāhiravatthu attaniyabhāvena paṭikkhittaṃ hotīti āha ^b^‘‘amhākaṃ cīvarādiparikkhāropi na hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Khandhapañcakaṃyevā^eb^ti bāhiravatthuṃ nidassanaṃ katvā khandhapañcakaṃyeva ^b^na tumhākanti pajahāpeti. Na uppāṭetvā^eb^ kandaṃ viya. ^b^Na luñcitvā vā^eb^ kese viyāti. Iminā rūpādīnaṃ nāmamukhena pahānaṃ icchanti. Ulliṅgitamatthaṃ ^b^chandarāgavinayena pajahāpetī^eb^ti sarūpato dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^248^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Taṃ ^a^V2.0094^ea^ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā’’tiādi desanā ^b^tiparivaṭṭaṃ. Yāva imaṃ ṭhāna^eb^nti ‘‘evaṃ svākkhāto’’ti yāvāyaṃ pāḷipadeso. Suviññeyyabhāvena akkhātattāpi ^b^svākkhāto^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘sukathitattā eva uttāno vivaṭo pakāsito’’^eb^ti. Tiriyaṃ vidāraṇena ^b^chinnaṃ,^eb^ dīghaso phālanena ^b^bhinnaṃ,^eb^ tato eva tattha tattha sibbitagaṇṭhikatajiṇṇavatthaṃ pilotikā, tadabhāvato ^b^chinnapilotiko,^eb^ pilotikarahitoti attho. Iriyāpatha-saṇṭhapanāvijjamānajhāna-vipassanāni chinnāya avijjamānāya paṭipattiyā sibbanagaṇṭhikaraṇasadisāni, tādisaṃ idha natthīti āha ^b^‘‘na hettha…pe… atthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Patiṭṭhātuṃ na labhatī^eb^ti pesalehi ^a^M2.0100^ea^ saddhiṃ saṃvāsavasenapi patiṭṭhātuṃ na labhati, visesādhigamavasena pana vattabbameva natthi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kāraṇḍavaṃ niddhamathā^eb^ti vipannasīlatāya kacavarabhūtaṃ puggalaṃ kacavaramiva nirapekkhā apanetha. ^b^Kasambuñcāpakassathā^eb^ti kasaṭabhūtañca naṃ khattiyādīnaṃ majjhagataṃ sambhinnaṃ paggharitakuṭṭhaṃ caṇḍālaṃ viya apakassatha nikkaḍḍhatha. Kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? Saṅghārāmo nāma sīlavantānaṃ kato, na dussīlānaṃ, yato etadeva. ^b^Tato palāpe vāhetha, assamaṇe samaṇamānine^eb^ti yathā palāpā antosārarahitā ataṇḍulā bahi thusena vīhi viya dissanti, evaṃ pāpabhikkhū antosīlarahitāpi bahi kāsāvādiparikkhārena bhikkhū viya dissanti, tasmā ‘‘palāpā’’ti vuccanti, te palāpe vāhetha odhunātha vidhamatha. Paramatthato assamaṇe vesamattena samaṇamānine evaṃ ^b^niddhamitvāna…pe…^eb^^b^patissatā^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^kappayavho^eb^ti kappetha, karothāti vuttaṃ hoti. ^b^Patissatā^eb^ti pati pati satā sampajānantā suṭṭhu pajānantā. ^b^Patissatā^eb^ vā sappatissā aññamaññaṃ sagāravā. Athevaṃ suddhā suddhehi saṃvāsaṃ kappentā diṭṭhisīlasāmaññena ^b^samaggā^eb^. Anukkamena paripākagatapaññatāya ^b^nipakā^eb^. Sabbassevimassa dukkhavaṭṭassa ^b^antaṃ karissatha,^eb^ parinibbānaṃ pāpuṇissathāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya^eb^ sabbaso samucchinnavaṭṭamūlakattā.<br/><br/>[03]Dhammaṃ anussaranti, dhammassa vā anussaraṇasīlāti ^b^dhammānusārino^eb^. Evaṃ ^b^saddhānusārino^eb^pi veditabbā. ^b^Paṭipannassā^eb^ti paṭipajjamānassa, sotāpattimaggaṭṭhopi adhippeto. ^b^Adhimatta^eb^nti balavaṃ. ^b^Paññāvāhī^eb^ti paññaṃ vāheti, paññā vā imaṃ puggalaṃ vahatīti paññāvāhītipi vadanti. ^b^Paññāpubbaṅgama^eb^nti paññaṃ purecārikaṃ katvā. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti ayaṃ evarūpo puggalo paññāsaṅkhātena dhammena sarati anussaratīti ^b^dhammānusārī^eb^. ^b^Saddhāvāhī^eb^ti saddhaṃ vāheti, saddhā vā ^a^V2.0095^ea^ imaṃ puggalaṃ vahatīti saddhāvāhītipi vadanti. ^b^Saddhāpubbaṅgama^eb^nti saddhaṃ purecārikaṃ katvā. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti ayaṃ evarūpo puggalo saddhāya sarati anussaratīti saddhānusārī. ^b^Saddhāmatta^eb^nti ‘‘itipi so bhagavā’’tiādinā buddhasubuddhatāya saddahanamattaṃ. Matta-saddena aveccappasādaṃ nivatteti. ^b^Pemamatta^eb^nti yathāvuttasaddhānusārena uppannaṃ tuṭṭhimattaṃ. Sinehoti keci. ^b^Evaṃ vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nisinnānanti^eb^^a^M2.0101^ea^ kalāpasammasanādivasena āraddhavipassanānaṃ. ^b^Ekā saddhā^eb^ti vipassanānusārena svākkhātadhammatā siddhā, tato eva ekā seṭṭhā uḷārā saddhā uppajjati. ^b^Ekaṃ pema^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Sagge ṭhapitā viya hontī^eb^ti tesaṃ saddhāpemānaṃ saggasaṃvattaniyatāya abyabhicārībhāvamāha. ^b^Cūḷasotāpannoti vadanti^eb^ ekadesena saccānubodhe ṭhitattā. Sesaṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Alagaddūpamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 119
title: alagaddūpamasuttavaṇṇanā^vammikasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^249^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Piyavacana^eb^nti ^a^V2.0096^ea^ piyasamudācāro. Viññujātikā hi paraṃ piyena samudācarantā ‘‘bhava’’nti vā, ‘‘devānaṃ piyo’’ti vā, ‘‘āyasmā’’ti vā samudācaranti, tasmā sammukhā sambodhanavasena ‘‘āvuso’’ti, tirokkhaṃ ‘‘āyasmā’’ti ayampi samudācāro. Mahākassapauruvelakassapādayo aññepi kassapanāmakā atthīti ^b^‘‘katarassa kassapassā’’^eb^ti pucchanti. ^b^Raññā^eb^ti kosalaraññā. ^b^‘‘Sañjāniṃsū’’^eb^ti saṅkhepato vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘ayaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Assā^eb^ti kumārakassapassa, ‘‘sañjāniṃsū’’ti vuttasañjānanassa vā. ^b^Puññāni karonto^eb^ti kappasatasahassaṃ devesu ca manussesu ca nibbattitvā dānādīni puññāni bhāvento. ^b^Osakkante^eb^ti parihāyamāne. ^b^Paṭhama^eb^nti kumārikākāle. ^b^Satthā upālittheraṃ paṭicchāpesi^eb^ taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ vinayakammenevassā bhikkhuniyā pabbajjāya arogabhāvaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paññattivibhāvanā^eb^ti ‘‘andhavana’’ntveva paññāyamānassa vibhāvanā. ^b^Olīyatī^eb^ti saṅkucati saṇikaṃ vattati. ^b^Bhāṇako^eb^ti sarabhāṇako. ^b^Yaṃ atthi, taṃ gahetvā^eb^ti idāni pariyesitabbaṭṭhānaṃ natthi, yathāgataṃ pana yaṃ atthi, taṃ gahetvā. ^b^Balavaguṇe^eb^ti adhimattaguṇe. Kassapabhagavato kāle niruḷhasamaññāvasena vacanasantatiyā avicchedena ca imasmimpi buddhuppāde taṃ ‘‘andhavana’’ntveva paññāyittha, uparūparivaḍḍhamānāya pathaviyā upari rukkhagacchādīsu sañjāyantesupīti. ^b^Sekkhapaṭipada^eb^nti sekkhabhāvāvahaṃ visuddhipaṭipattiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññatara^eb^-saddo ^a^M2.0102^ea^ apākaṭe viya pākaṭepi vattati eka-saddena samānatthattāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘abhijānātī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhayabheravadassitampi abhikkanta-saddassa atthuddhāraṃ idha dassento evaṃ heṭṭhā tattha tattha katā atthasaṃvaṇṇanā parato tasmiṃ tasmiṃ suttapadese yathārahaṃ vattabbāti nayadassanaṃ karoti. Kañcanasannibhattacatā suvaṇṇavaṇṇaggahaṇena gahitāti adhippāyenāha ^b^‘‘chaviya’’^eb^nti. Chavigatā pana vaṇṇadhātu eva ‘‘suvaṇṇavaṇṇo’’ti ettha vaṇṇaggahaṇena gahitāti apare. Vaṇṇīyati kittīyati ugghosananti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ thuti. Vaṇṇīyati asaṅkarato vavatthapīyatīti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ kulavaggo. Vaṇṇīyati phalaṃ etena yathāsabhāvato vibhāvīyatīti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ kāraṇaṃ. Vaṇṇanaṃ dīgharassādivasena saṇṭhahananti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ saṇṭhānaṃ. Vaṇṇīyati aṇumahantādivasena pamīyatīti ^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ pamāṇaṃ. Vaṇṇeti vikāramāpajjamānaṃ hadayaṅgatabhāvaṃ pakāsetīti ^a^V2.0097^ea^^b^vaṇṇo,^eb^ rūpāyatanaṃ. Evaṃ tena tena pavattinimittena vaṇṇa-saddassa tasmiṃ tasmiṃ atthe pavatti veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anavasesattaṃ^eb^ sakalatā kevalatā. ^b^Kevalakappā^eb^ti ettha keci īsaṃ asamattā kevalā kevalakappāti vadanti, evaṃ sati anavasesattho eva kevala-saddo siyā. Anatthantarena pana kappa-saddena padavaḍḍhanaṃ katvā kevalā eva kevalakappā. Tathā vā kappanīyattā paññapetabbattā kevalakappā. ^b^Yebhuyyatā^eb^ bahulabhāvo. ^b^Abyāmissatā^eb^ vijātiyena asaṅkaro suddhatā. ^b^Anatirekatā^eb^ taṃmattatā visesābhāvo. ^b^Kevalakappa^eb^nti kevalaṃ daḷhaṃ katvāti attho. Kevalaṃ vuccati nibbānaṃ sabbasaṅkhatavivittattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘visaṃyogādianekattho’’^eb^ti. Kevalaṃ etassa adhigataṃ atthīti ^b^kevalī,^eb^ sacchikatanirodho khīṇāsavo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kappa-saddo^eb^ panāyaṃ saupasaggo anupasaggo cāti adhippāyena okappanīyapade labbhamānaṃ okappasaddamattaṃ nidasseti, aññathā kappa-saddassa atthuddhāre okappanīyapadaṃ anidassanameva siyā. ^b^Samaṇakappehī^eb^ti vinayasiddhehi ^a^M2.0103^ea^ samaṇavohārehi. ^b^Niccakappa^eb^nti niccakālaṃ. ^b^Paññattī^eb^ti nāmaṃ. Nāmañhetaṃ tassa āyasmato, yadidaṃ kappoti. ^b^Kappitakesamassū^eb^ti kattarikāya cheditakesamassu. ^b^Dvaṅgulakappo^eb^ti majjhanhikavelāya vītikkantāya dvaṅgulatāvikappo. ^b^Leso^eb^ti apadeso. Anavasesaṃ pharituṃ samatthassapi obhāsassa kenaci kāraṇena ekadesapharaṇampi siyā, ayaṃ pana sabbasova pharīti dassetuṃ samantattho kappa-saddo gahitoti āha ^b^‘‘anavasesaṃ samantato’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samaṇasaññāsamudācārenā^eb^ti ‘‘ahaṃ samaṇo’’ti evaṃ uppannasaññāsamuṭṭhitena samudācārena, tannimittena vā tabbohārena. ^b^Pubbayoge^eb^ti pubbayogakathāyaṃ. ^b^Papañco esā^eb^ti eso tumhesu āgatesu yathāpavatto paṭisanthāro kathāsamudācāro ca amhākaṃ papañco. Ettakampi akatvā samaṇadhammameva karomāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ariyabhūmiṃ patto^eb^ti anāgāmiphalaṃ adhigato. Pakkusātikulaputtaṃ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Vibhajitvā^eb^ti vibhāgaṃ katvā. ^b^Turitālapanavasenā^eb^ti turitaṃ ālapanavasena. Tena dullabho ayaṃ samaṇo, tasmā sīghamassa pañho kathetabbo, iminā ca sīghaṃ gantvā satthā pucchitabboti turitaṃ ālapīti dasseti. ^b^‘‘Yathā vā’’^eb^tiādinā pana vacanālaṅkāravasena dvikkhattuṃ ālapati. ^b^Evamāhā^eb^ti ‘‘bhikkhu bhikkhū’’ti evaṃ dvikkhattuṃ avoca.<br/><br/>[03]Vammikapariyāyena ^a^V2.0098^ea^ karajakāyaṃ paccakkhaṃ katvā dassentī devatā ^b^‘‘ayaṃ vammiko’’^eb^ti āha. Tāya pana bhāvatthassa abhāsitattā saddatthameva dassento ^b^‘‘purato ṭhitaṃ…pe… ayanti āhā’’^eb^ti avoca. Sesesupi eseva nayo. ^b^Maṇḍūka^eb^nti thalamaṇḍūkaṃ. So hi uddhumāyikāti vuccati, na udakamaṇḍūko. Tassa nivāsato vāto mā kho bādhayitthāti ^b^‘‘uparivātato apagammā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Kathaṃ panāyaṃ devatā iminā nīhārena ime pañhe therassa ācikkhīti? Keci tāva āhu – yathāsutamatthaṃ upamābhāvena gahetvā attano paṭibhānena upameyyatthaṃ manasā cintetvā taṃ bhagavāva imassa ācikkhissati. Sā ca desanā atthāya hitāya sukhāya hotīti ‘‘ayaṃ vammiko’’tiādinā upamāvaseneva pannarasa pañhe therassa ācikkhi. Kassapasammāsambuddhakāle kira bārāṇasiyaṃ eko seṭṭhi aḍḍho mahaddhano mahantaṃ nidhānaṃ ^a^M2.0104^ea^ nidahitvā palighādiākārāni kānicipi laṅgāni tattha ṭhapesi. So maraṇakāle attano sahāyassa brāhmaṇassa ārocesi – ‘‘imasmiṃ ṭhāne mayā nidhānaṃ nidahitaṃ, taṃ mama puttassa viññutaṃ pattassa dassetī’’ti vatvā kālamakāsi. Brāhmaṇo sahāyakaputtassa viññutaṃ pattakāle taṃ ṭhānaṃ dassesi. So nikhanitvā sabbapacchā nāgaṃ passi, nāgo attano puttaṃ disvā ‘‘sukheneva dhanaṃ gaṇhatū’’ti apagacchi. Svāyamattho tadā loke pākaṭo jāto. Ayaṃ pana devatā tadā bārāṇasiyaṃ gahapatikule nibbattitvā viññutaṃ patto satthari parinibbute uraṃ datvā sāsane pabbajito pañcahi sahāyakabhikkhūhi saddhiṃ samaṇadhammamakāsi. Ye sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘pañca bhikkhū nisseṇiṃ bandhitvā’’tiādi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘yathāsutamatthaṃ upamābhāvena gahetvā’’tiādi. Apare pana ‘‘devatā attano paṭibhānena ime pañhe evaṃ abhisaṅkharitvā therassa ācikkhī’’ti vadanti. ^b^Devaputte nissakkaṃ^eb^ devaputtapañhattā tassa atthassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^251^eb^^b^.^eb^ Catūhi mahābhūtehi nibbattoti ^b^cātumahābhūtiko^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catumahābhūtamayassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vamati^eb^ uggiranto viya hotīti attho. ^b^Vantako^eb^ti ucchaḍḍako. ^b^Vantussayo^eb^ti upacikāhi vantassa mattikāpiṇḍassa ussayabhūto. ^b^Vantasinehasambaddho^eb^ti vantena kheḷasinehena sampiṇḍito. ^b^Asucikalimalaṃ vamatī^eb^ti ettha mukhādīhi pāṇakānaṃ niggamanato pāṇake vamatīti ayampi attho labbhateva. ^b^Ariyehi vantako^eb^ti kāyabhāvasāmaññena vuttaṃ. Dukkhasaccapariññāya vā sabbassapi tebhūmakadhammajātassa pariññātattā sabbopi kāyo ariyehi chandarāgappahānena vanto eva. ^b^Taṃ sabba^eb^nti yehi tīhi aṭṭhisatehi ussito, yehi nhārūhi sambaddho, yehi maṃsehi avalitto, yena allacammena pariyonaddho, yāya chaviyā rañjito, taṃ aṭṭhiādisabbaṃ accantameva jigucchitvā virattatāyavantameva. ^b^‘‘Yathā cā’’^eb^tiādinā vattabbopamatopi vammiko viya vammikoti imamatthaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]Sambhavati ^a^V2.0099^ea^ etasmāti sambhavo, mātāpettiko sambhavo etassāti ^b^mātāpettikasambhavo^eb^. Tassa. Upaciyati etenāti upacayo’ odanakummāsaṃ upacayo etassāti ^b^odanakummāsūpacayo^eb^. Tassa. Adhuvasabhāvatāya ^a^M2.0105^ea^^b^aniccadhammassa,^eb^ sedagūtha-pitta-semhādi-dhātukkhobha-garubhāvaduggandhānaṃ vinodanāya ^b^ucchādetabbadhammassa,^eb^ parito sambāhanena ^b^parimadditabbadhammassa,^eb^ khaṇe khaṇe bhijjanasabhāvatāya ^b^bhedanadhammassa,^eb^ tato eva vikiraṇasabhāvatāya ^b^viddhaṃsanadhammassā^eb^ti dhamma-saddo paccekaṃ yojetabbo. ^b^Tanuvilepanenā^eb^ti kāyāvalepanena ucchādanavilepanena. ^b^Aṅgapaccaṅgābādhavinodanatthāyā^eb^ti tādisasamuṭṭhāna-sarīravikāravigamāya. Yasmā sukkasoṇitaṃ āhāro, ucchādanaṃ parimaddanañca yathārahaṃ uppādassa, vuḍḍhiyā ca paccayo, tasmā āha ^b^‘‘mātāpettika…pe… kathito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Uccāvacabhāvo^eb^ti yathārahaṃ yojetabbo – odanakummāsūpacaya-ucchādanaparimaddanaggahaṇehi ^b^uccabhāvo, vaḍḍhī^eb^. Mātāpettikasambhavaggahaṇena ^b^samudayo^eb^. Itarehi ^b^avacabhāvo, parihāni, atthaṅgamo^eb^ pakāsito. Aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ saṇṭhapanampi hi vaṭṭapaccayattā vaṭṭanti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kodho^eb^ dhūmoti ettha dhūmapariyāyena kodhassa vuttattā dhūma-saddo kodhe vattatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dhūmo viya dhūmo’’^eb^ti. ^b^Bhasmanī^eb^ti ^b^bhasmaṃ. Mosavajja^eb^nti musāvādo. Dhūmo eva ^b^dhūmāyitaṃ^eb^. Icchā dhūmāyitaṃ etissāti ^b^icchādhūmāyitā,^eb^ pajā. Icchādhūmāyitasaddassa taṇhāya vutti vuttanayo eva. ^b^Dhūmāyanto^eb^ti vitakkasantāpena saṃtappento, vitakkentoti attho. ^b^Palipo^eb^ti dukkaramahākaddamaṃ. ^b^Timūla^eb^nti tīhi mūlehi patiṭṭhitaṃ viya acalaṃ pavattanti vuttaṃ. ^b^Rajo ca dhūmo ca mayā pakāsitā^eb^ti rajasabhāvakaraṇaṭṭhena ‘‘rajo’’ti ca dhūmasabhāvakaraṇaṭṭhena ‘‘dhūmo’’ti ca mayā pakāsitā. ^b^Pakatidhūmo^eb^ viya aggissa kilesaggijālassa paññāṇabhāvato. ^b^Dhammadesanādhūmo^eb^ ñāṇaggisandhīpanassa pubbaṅgamabhāvato. ^b^Ayaṃ rattiṃ dhūmāyanā^eb^ti yā divā kattabbakammante uddissa rattiyaṃ anuvitakkanā, ayaṃ rattiṃ dhūmāyanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sattannaṃ dhammāna^eb^nti idaṃ sutte (cūḷani. mettagūmāṇavapucchāniddesa 28) āgatanayena vuttaṃ. Suttañca tathā ārādhanaveneyyajjhāsayavasena. Tadekaṭṭhatāya vā tadaññakilesānaṃ. ^b^Sundarapañño^eb^ti ñātatīraṇapahānapariññāya paññāya sundarapañño.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Eta^eb^nti ^a^M2.0106^ea^ ‘‘sattha’’nti etaṃ ^b^adhivacanaṃ^eb^ saṃkilesadhammānaṃ sasanato samucchindanato. Nti vīriyaṃ. ^b^Paññāgatikameva^eb^ paññāya hitasseva adhippetattā. Lokiyāya paññāya ārambhakāle lokiyavīriyaṃ ^a^V2.0100^ea^ gahetabbaṃ, lokuttarāya paññāya pavattikkhaṇe lokuttaravīriyaṃ gahetabbanti yojanā. ^b^Atthadīpanā^eb^ti upameyyatthadīpanī upamā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gāmato^eb^ti attano vasanagāmato. ^b^Mante^eb^ti āthabbanamante. Te hi brāhmaṇā araññe eva vācenti ‘‘mā aññe assosu’’nti. ^b^Tathā akāsī^eb^ti cattāro koṭṭhāse akāsi. Evamettha vammikapañhasseva vasena upamā āgatā, sesānaṃ vasena heṭṭhā vuttanayena veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]Laṅganaṭṭhena nivāraṇaṭṭhena ^b^laṅgī,^eb^ paligho. ^b^Ñāṇamukhe^eb^ti vipassanāñāṇavīthiyaṃ. ^b^Patatī^eb^ti pavattati. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānauggahaparipucchāvasenā^eb^ti catusaccakammaṭṭhānassa uggaṇhanena tassa atthaparipucchāvasena ceva vipassanāsaṅkhāta-atthavinicchaya-paripucchāvasena ca. Sabbaso ñātuṃ icchā hi paripucchā. Vipassanā ca aniccādito sabbatebhūmakadhammānaṃ ñātuṃ icchati. Evaṃ vipassanāvasena avijjāpahānamāha, uparikattabbasabbhāvato na tāva maggavasena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Valliantare vā^eb^ti ^b^vā^eb^-saddo paṃsuantare vā mattikantare vāti avuttavikappattho. ^b^Cittāvilamattakovā^eb^ti cittakkhobhamattakova. ^b^Aniggahito^eb^ti paṭisaṅkhānabalena anivārito. ^b^Mukhavikulanaṃ^eb^ mukhasaṅkoco. ^b^Hanusañcopanaṃ pāpeti^eb^ antojappanāvatthāyaṃ. ^b^Disā vilokanaṃ pāpeti^eb^ yattha bādhetabbo ṭhito, taṃdassanatthaṃ nivārakaparivāraṇatthaṃ. ^b^Daṇḍasatthābhinipāta^eb^nti daṇḍasatthānaṃ parassa upari nipātanāvatthaṃ. Yena kodhena aniggahitena mātādikaṃ aghātetabbaṃ ugghātetvā ‘‘ayuttaṃ vata mayā kata’’nti attānampi hanati, taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paraghātanampi attaghātanampi pāpetī’’^eb^ti. Yena vā parassa haññamānassa vasena ghātakopi ghātanaṃ pāpuṇāti, tādisassa vasenāyamattho veditabbo. Kodhasāmaññena hetaṃ vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paraṃ ghātetvā attānaṃ ghātetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paramussadagato^eb^ti paramukkaṃsagato. Daḷhaṃ parissayamāvahatāya ^b^kodhova kodhūpāyāso^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘balavappatto’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dvedhāpathasamā^eb^^a^M2.0107^ea^^b^hoti^eb^ appaṭipattihetubhāvato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kusaladhammo na tiṭṭhati^eb^ nīvaraṇehi nivāritaparamattā. Samathapubbaṅgamaṃ vipassanaṃ bhāvayato paṭhamaṃ samathena nīvaraṇavikkhambhanaṃ hoti, vipassanā pana tadaṅgavaseneva tāni nīharatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vikkhambhanatadaṅgavasenā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Kummova ^a^V2.0101^ea^ aṅgāni sake kapāle’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.17) kummassa aṅgabhāvena visesato pādasīsāni eva vuccantīti āha ^b^‘‘pañceva aṅgāni hontī’’^eb^ti. Vipassanācārassa vuccamānattā adhikārato sammasanīyānameva dhammānaṃ idha gahaṇanti ^b^‘‘sabbepi saṅkhatā dhammā’’^eb^ti visesaṃ katvāva vuttaṃ. Tenāha bhagavā ‘‘pañcannetaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ adhivacana’’nti.<br/><br/>[03]Sunanti koṭṭanti etthāti ^b^sūnā,^eb^ adhikuṭṭananti āha ^b^‘‘sūnāya uparī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Asinā^eb^ti maṃsakantanena. ^b^Ghātiyamānā^eb^ti haññamānā vibādhiyamānā. ^b^Vatthukāmānaṃ upari katvā^eb^ti vatthukāmesu ṭhapetvā te accādhānaṃ katvā. ^b^Kantitā^eb^ti chinditā. ^b^Koṭṭitā^eb^ti bilaso vibhajitā. ^b^Chandarāgappahāna^eb^nti chandarāgassa vikkhambhanappahānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sammattā^eb^ti mucchitā sammūḷhā. ^b^Nandīrāgaṃ upagamma vaṭṭaṃ vaḍḍhentī^eb^ti sammūḷhattā evāadīnavaṃ apassantā nandīrāgassa ārammaṇaṃ upagantvā taṃ paribrūhenti. ^b^Nandīrāgabaddhā^eb^ti nandīrāge laggattā tena baddhā. ^b^Vaṭṭe laggantī^eb^ti tebhūmake vaṭṭe sajjanti. Tattha sajjattā eva ^b^dukkhaṃ patvāpi na ukkaṇṭhanti^eb^ na nibbindanti. Idha anavasesappahānaṃ adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘catutthamaggena nandīrāgappahānaṃ kathita’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anaṅgaṇasutte^eb^ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.63) ^b^pakāsito eva^eb^ ‘‘chandādīhi na gacchantī’’tiādinā. ^b^‘‘Buddho so bhagavā’’^eb^tiādi ‘‘namo karohī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.249, 251) vuttanamakkārassa karaṇākāradassanaṃ. ^b^Bodhāyā^eb^ti catusaccasambodhāya. Tathā damathasamathataraṇaparinibbānāni ariyamaggavasena veditabbāni. Samathaparinibbānāni pana anupādisesavasenapi yojetabbāni. ^b^Kammaṭṭhānaṃ ahosī^eb^ti vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ ahosi. ^b^Etassa pañhassā^eb^ti etassa pannarasamassa pañhassa attho. Evaṃ itaresupi vattabbaṃ vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṃ khīṇāsavaguṇehi matthakaṃ pāpento yathānusandhināva desanaṃ niṭṭhapesi, na ^a^M2.0108^ea^ pucchitānusandhināti adhippāyo. Nanu ca pucchāvasenāyaṃ desanā āraddhāti? Saccaṃ āraddhā, evaṃ pana ‘‘pucchāvasiko nikkhepo’’ti vattabbaṃ, na ‘‘pucchānusandhivasena niṭṭhapitā’’ti. Antarapucchāvasena desanāya aparivattitattā ārambhānurūpameva pana desanā niṭṭhapitā.<br/><br/>[06]Vammikasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 120
title: vammikasuttavaṇṇanā^rathavinītasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^252^eb^^b^.^eb^ Mahāgovindena ^a^V2.0102^ea^ pariggahitatākittanaṃ tadā magadharājena pariggahitūpalakkhaṇaṃ. Tassa hi so purohito. ^b^Mahāgovindo^eb^ti purātano eko magadharājāti keci. Gayhatīti gaho, rājūnaṃ gaho ^b^rājagahaṃ^eb^. Nagara-saddāpekkhāya napuṃsakaniddeso. ^b^Aññepettha pakāre^eb^ti rājūhi disvā sammā patiṭṭhāpitattā tesaṃ gahaṃ gehabhūtantipi ^b^rājagahaṃ^eb^. Ārakkhasampattiādinā anatthuppattihetutāya upagatānaṃ paṭirājūnaṃ gahaṃ gahabhūtantipi ^b^rājagahaṃ,^eb^ ārāmarāmaṇīyakādīhi rājate, nivāsasukhatādinā sattehi mamattavasena gayhati, pariggayhatīti vā ^b^rājagaha^eb^nti evamādike pakāre. ^b^Buddhakāle ca cakkavattikāle cā^eb^ti idaṃ yebhuyyavasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Veḷūhi parikkhittaṃ ahosi,^eb^ na pana kevalaṃ kaṭṭhakapavanameva. Rañño uyyānakāle patiṭṭhāpitāṭṭālakavasena ^b^aṭṭālakayuttaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Jananaṃ jāti, jātiyā bhūmi jātibhūmaṃ, jāyi vā mahābodhisatto etthābhi jāti, sā eva bhūmīti jātibhūmaṃ, sā imesaṃ nivāsoti ^b^jātibhūmakā^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘jātibhūmakāti jātibhūmivāsino’’^eb^ti. Kassa panāyaṃ jātibhūmīti āha ^b^‘‘taṃ kho panā’’^eb^tiādi. Tena anaññasādhāraṇāya jātiyā adhippetattā sadevake loke supākaṭabhāvato visesanena vināpi visiṭṭhavisayova idha jāti-saddo viññāyatīti dasseti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbaññubodhisattassa jātaṭṭhānasākiyajanapado’’^eb^ti. Tatthapi kapilavatthusannissayo padesoti āha ^b^‘‘kapilavatthāhāro’’^eb^ti.


volume: 30
item: 121
title: rathavinītasuttavaṇṇanā^^garudhammabhāvavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Sākiyamaṇḍalassā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0109^ea^ sākiyarājasamūhassa. Dasannaṃ appicchakathādīnaṃ vatthu dasakathāvatthu, appicchatādi. Tattha suppatiṭṭhitatāya tassa lābhī ^b^dasakathāvatthulābhī. Tatthā^eb^ti dasakathāvatthusmiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Garukaraṇīyatāya dhammo garu etassāti dhammagaru, tassa bhāvo ^b^dhammagarutā,^eb^ tāya. ^b^‘‘Ajjhāsayena veditabbo’’^eb^ti vatvā na kevalaṃ ajjhāsayeneva, atha kho kāyavacīpayogehipi veditabboti ^a^V2.0103^ea^ dassento ^b^‘‘dhammagarutāyeva hī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Tiyāmarattiṃ dhammakathaṃ katvā^eb^ti ettha ‘‘kumbhakārassa nivesane tiyāmarattiṃ vasanto dhammakathaṃ katvā’’ti evaṃ vacanasesavasena attho veditabbo. Aññathā yathālābhavasena atthe gayhamāne tiyāmarattiṃ dhammakathā katāti āpajjati, na ca taṃ atthi. Vakkhati hi ‘‘bahudeva rattinti diyaḍḍhayāmamatta’’nti. Dasabalādiguṇavisesā viya dhammagāravahetukā parahitapaṭipattipi sabbabuddhānaṃ majjhe bhinnasuvaṇṇaṃ viya sadisā evāti imassa bhagavato dhammagāravakittane ^b^‘‘kassapopi bhagavā’’^eb^tiādinā kassapabhagavato dhammagāravaṃ dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cārikaṃ nikkhamī^eb^ti janapadacārikaṃ carituṃ nikkhami. Janapadacārikāya akāle nikkhantattā kosalarājādayo vāretuṃ ārabhiṃsu. Pavāretvā hi caraṇaṃ buddhāciṇṇaṃ. Puṇṇāya sammāpaṭipattiṃ paccāsīsanto bhagavā ^b^‘‘kiṃ me karissasī’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anahātovā^eb^ti dhammasavanussukkena sāyanhe buddhāciṇṇaṃ nhānaṃ akatvāva. Attahitaparahitapaṭipattīsu ekissā dvinnañca atthitāsiddhā catubbidhatā paṭipattikatā eva nāma hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘paṭipannako ca nāma…pe… catubbidho hotī’’^eb^ti. Paṭikkhepapubbakopi hi paṭipanno atthato paṭipannattho evāti. Kāmaṃ attahitāya paṭipanno tāya sammāpaṭipattiyā sāsanaṃ sobhati, na pana sāsanaṃ vaḍḍheti appossukkabhāvato, na ca kāruṇikassa bhagavato sabbathā manorathaṃ pūreti. Tathā hi bhagavā paṭhamabodhiyaṃ ekasaṭṭhiyā ca arahantesu jātesu ^a^M2.0110^ea^ – ‘‘caratha, bhikkhave, bahujanahitāyā’’tiādinā (dī. ni. 2.86-88; mahāva. 32) bhikkhū parahitapaṭipattiyaṃ niyojesi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘evarūpaṃ bhikkhuṃ bhagavā na pucchati, kasmā? Na mayhaṃ sāsanassa vuḍḍhipakkhe ṭhito’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Samudāyo appakena ūnopi anūno viya hotīti bākulattheraṃ catuttharāsito bahi katvāpi ^b^‘‘asītimahātherā viyā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Asītimahātherasamaññā vā avayavepi aṭṭhasamāpattisāmaññā viya daṭṭhabbā. Īdise ṭhāne bahūnaṃ ekato kathanaṃ mahatā kaṇṭhena ca kathanaṃ satthu cittārādhanamevāti tehi bhikkhūhi tathā paṭipannanti dassento ^b^‘‘te bhikkhū meghasaddaṃ sutvā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Guṇasambhāvanāyā^eb^ti vakkhamānaguṇahetukāya sambhāvanāya sambhāvito, na yena kenaci kiccasamatthatādinā.<br/><br/>[06]Garudhammabhāvavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 122
title: ^garudhammabhāvavaṇṇanā^appicchatādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Appa-saddassa ^a^V2.0104^ea^ parittapariyāyataṃ manasi katvā āha ^b^‘‘byañjanaṃ sāvasesaṃ viyā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na hi tassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Appa^eb^-saddo panettha abhāvatthoti sakkā viññātuṃ ‘‘appābādhatañca sañjānāmī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 1.225; 2.134) viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Atricchatā nāma^eb^ (a. ni. ṭī. 1.1.63) atra atra icchāti katvā. ^b^Asantaguṇasambhāvanatā^eb^ti attani avijjamānaṃ guṇānaṃ vijjamānānaṃ viya paresaṃ pakāsanā. ^b^Saddhoti maṃ jano jānātū^eb^ti vattapaṭipattikārakavisesalābhīti jānātu ‘‘vattapaṭipattiāpāthakajjhāyitā’’ti evamādinā. ^b^Santaguṇasambhāvanā^eb^ti icchācāre ṭhatvā attani vijjamānasīladhutadhammādiguṇavibhāvanā. Tādisassa hi paṭiggahaṇe amattaññutāpi hoti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Gaṇhantoyeva ummujji^eb^ aññesaṃ ajānantānaṃyevāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]Appicchatāpadhānaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānena catubbidhaṃ icchāpabhedaṃ dassetvā punapi puggalādhiṭṭhānena catubbidhaṃ icchāpabhedaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘aparopi catubbidho^eb^^a^M2.0111^ea^^b^appiccho’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Dāyakassa vasa^eb^nti dāyakassa cittavasaṃ. ^b^Deyyadhammassa vasa^eb^nti deyyadhammassa appabahubhāvaṃ. ^b^Attano thāma^eb^nti attano yāpanamattakathāmaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekabhikkhupi na aññāsi^eb^ sosānikavatte sammadeva vuttittā. ^b^Abbokiṇṇa^eb^nti avicchedaṃ. ^b^Dutiyo maṃ na jāneyyā^eb^ti dutiyo sahāyabhūtopi yathā maṃ jānituṃ na sakkuṇeyya, tathā saṭṭhi vassāni nirantaraṃ susāne vasāmi, tasmā ^b^ahaṃ aho sosānikuttamo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dhammakathāya janataṃ khobhetvā^eb^ti lomahaṃsanasādhukāradānacelukkhepādivasena sannipatitaṃ itarañca ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho ayyassa santikeva dhammaṃ sossāmā’’ti kolāhalavasena mahājanaṃ khobhetvā. ^b^Gato^eb^ti ‘‘ayaṃ so, tena rattiyaṃ dhammakathā katā’’ti jānanabhayena pariyattiappicchatāya pariveṇaṃ gato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tayo^eb^^a^V2.0105^ea^^b^kulaputtā viyā^eb^ti pācīnavaṃsadāye samaggavāsaṃ vutthā tayo kulaputtā viya. ^b^Pahāyā^eb^ti pubbabhāge tadaṅgādivasena pacchā aggamaggeneva pajahitvā.<br/><br/>[06]Appicchatādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 123
title: garudhammabhāvavaṇṇanā^appicchatādivaṇṇanā^dvādasavidhasantosavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Pakatidubbalādīnaṃ garucīvarādīni naphāsubhāvāvahāni sarīrakhedāvahāni ca hontīti payojanavasena nātricchatādivasena tāni parivattetvā lahukacīvaraparibhogo na santosavirodhīti āha ^b^‘‘lahukena yāpentopi santuṭṭhova hotī’’^eb^ti. Mahagghacīvaraṃ, bahūni vā cīvarāni labhitvāpi tāni vissajjetvā tadaññassa gahaṇaṃ yathāsāruppanaye ṭhitattā na santosavirodhīti āha ^b^‘‘tesaṃ…pe… dhārentopi santuṭṭhova hotī’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ sesapaccayesupi yathābalayathāsāruppasantosaniddesesu apisaddaggahaṇe adhippāyo veditabbo. ^b^Yathāsāruppasantosoyeva aggo^eb^ alobhajjhāsayassa ukkaṃsanato.<br/><br/>[06]Dvādasavidhasantosavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 124
title: appicchatādivaṇṇanā^dvādasavidhasantosavaṇṇanā^tividhapavivekavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Eko^eb^ti ^a^M2.0112^ea^ ekākī. ^b^Gacchatī^eb^ti cuṇṇikairiyāpathavasena vuttaṃ. ^b^Caratī^eb^ti vihārato bahi sañcāravasena, ^b^viharatī^eb^ti divāvihārādivasena. ^b^Kāyaviveko^eb^ti ca nekkhammādhimuttassa bhāvanānuyogavasena vivekaṭṭhakāyatā, na jhānavivekamattaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nekkhammābhiratāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Parisuddhacittāna^eb^nti nīvaraṇādisaṃkilesato visuddhacittānaṃ. ^b^Paramavodānappattāna^eb^nti vitakkāditaṃtaṃjhānapaṭipakkhavigamena paramaṃ uttamaṃ vodānaṃ pattānaṃ. ^b^Nirupadhīna^eb^nti kilesupadhiādīnaṃ vigamena nirupadhīnaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Tividhapavivekavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 125
title: dvādasavidhasantosavaṇṇanā^tividhapavivekavaṇṇanā^pañcavidhasaṃsaggavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]Saṃsīdati ^a^V2.0106^ea^ etenāti saṃsaggo, rāgo. Savanahetuko, savanavasena vā pavatto saṃsaggo ^b^savanasaṃsaggo^eb^. Esa nayo sesesupi. ^b^Kāyasaṃsaggo^eb^ pana kāyaparāmāso. ^b^Itthī vā^eb^ti vadhū, yuvatī vā. ^b^Sandhānetu^eb^nti pubbenāparaṃ ghaṭetuṃ. ^b^Sotaviññāṇavīthivasenā^eb^ti idaṃ mūlabhūtaṃ savanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, tassa piṭṭhivattakamanodvārikajavanavīthīsu uppannopi rāgo savanasaṃsaggoyeva. ^b^Dassanasaṃsagge^eb^pi eseva nayo. ^b^Anitthigandhabodhisatto^eb^ parehi kathiyamānavasena pavattasavanasaṃsaggassa nidassanaṃ. ^b^Tissadaharo^eb^ attanā suyyamānavasena. Tattha paṭhamaṃ jātake veditabbanti itaraṃ dassento ^b^‘‘daharo kirā’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Kāmarāgena viddho^eb^ti rāgasallena hadaye appito anto anuviddho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So^eb^ti dassanasaṃsaggo. ^b^Evaṃ veditabbo^eb^ti vatthuvasena pākaṭaṃ karoti. Tasmiṃ kira gāme yebhuyyena itthiyo abhirūpā dassanīyā pāsādikā, tasmā thero ^b^‘‘sace antogāme na carissasī’’^eb^ti āha. Kālasseva paviṭṭhattā yāguṃ adāsi, tasmā yāgumeva gahetvā gacchantaṃ ^b^‘‘nivattatha, bhante, bhikkhaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti āhaṃsu. Yācitvā^eb^ti ‘‘na mayaṃ, bhante, bhikkhaṃ dātukāmā nivattema, apica idaṃ bhante kāraṇa’’nti yācitvā.<br/><br/>[03]Ādito ^a^M2.0113^ea^ lapanaṃ ^b^ālāpo,^eb^ vacanapaṭivacanavasena pavatto lāpo ^b^sallāpo. Bhikkhuniyā^eb^ti idaṃ nidassanamattaṃ. Yāya kāyacipi itthiyā santakaparibhogavasena uppannarāgopi ^b^sambhogasaṃsaggova^eb^.<br/><br/>[06]Pañcavidhasaṃsaggavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 126
title: tividhapavivekavaṇṇanā^pañcavidhasaṃsaggavaṇṇanā^gāhagāhakādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^Bhikkhuno bhikkhūhi kāyaparāmāso^eb^ kāyasambāhanādivasena. ^b^Kāyasaṃsagga^eb^nti kāyaparāmāsasaṃsaggaṃ. ^b^Gāhagāhako^eb^ti gaṇhanakānaṃ gaṇhanakoti attho. ^b^Gāhamuttako^eb^ti ayoniso āmisehi saṅgaṇhanakehi sayaṃ muccanako. ^b^Muttagāhako^eb^ti yathāvuttasaṅgahato muttānaṃ saṅgaṇhanako. ^b^Muttamuttako^eb^ti muccanakehi sayampi muccanako. ^b^Gahaṇavasena^eb^ saṅgaṇhanavasena. ^b^Upasaṅkamanti^eb^ tato kiñci ^a^V2.0107^ea^ lokāmisaṃ paccāsīsantā, na dakkhiṇeyyavasena. Bhikkhupakkhe ^b^gahaṇavasenā^eb^ti paccayalābhāya saṅgaṇhanavasenāti yojetabbaṃ. ^b^Vuttanayenā^eb^ti ‘‘āmisenā’’tiādinā vuttanayena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ṭhāna^eb^nti attano ṭhānāvatthaṃ. ^b^Pāpuṇituṃ na deti^eb^ uppannameva taṃ paṭisaṅkhānabalena nīharanto vikkhambheti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mantenā’’^eb^tiādi. Yathā jīvitukāmo puriso kaṇhasappena, amittena vā saha na saṃvasati, evaṃ khaṇamattampi kilesehi saha na saṃvasatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catupārisuddhisīlaṃ^eb^ lokiyaṃ lokuttarañca. Tathā ^b^samādhi^eb^pi. Vipassanāya pādakā ^b^vipassanāpādakā^eb^ti aṭṭhasamāpattiggahaṇena yathā lokiyasamādhi gahito, evaṃ vipassanāpādakā etesanti ^b^vipassanāpādakā^eb^ti aṭṭhasamāpattiggahaṇeneva lokuttaro samādhi gahito. Yathā hi cattāri rūpajjhānāni adhiṭṭhānaṃ katvā pavatto maggasamādhi vipassanāpādako, evaṃ cattāri arūpajjhānāni adhiṭṭhānaṃ katvā pavattopi. Samāpattipariyāyo pana pubbavohārena veditabbo. Paṭipakkhasamucchedanena sammā āpajjanato vā yathā ‘‘sotāpattimaggo’’ti. Evamettha sīlasamādhīnampi missakabhāvo veditabbo, na paññāya eva. ^b^Vimuttīti ariyaphala^eb^nti vuttaṃ ‘‘vimuttisampanno’’ti vuttattā. Tañhi nipphādanaṭṭhena sampādetabbaṃ, na nibbānanti.<br/><br/>[03]Ettha ^a^M2.0114^ea^ ca appicchatāya laddhapaccayena paritussati, santuṭṭhatāya laddhā te agadhito amucchitoādīnavadassī nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjati, evaṃbhūto ca katthaci alaggamānasatāya pavivekaṃ paribrūhento kenaci asaṃsaṭṭho viharati gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā. So evaṃ ajjhāsayasampanno vīriyaṃ ārabhati appattassa pattiyā, anadhigamassa adhigamāya. Ārabhanto ca yathāsamādinnaṃ attano sīlaṃ paccavekkhati, tassa sīlassa suparisuddhataṃ nissāya uppajjati avippaṭisāro, ayamassa ^b^sīlasampadā^eb^. Tassa avippaṭisāramūlakehi pāmojjapītipassaddhisukhehi sammā brūhitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva samādhiyati, ayamassa ^b^samādhisampadā^eb^. Tato yathābhūtaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, ayamassa ^b^paññāsampadā^eb^. Vimuttacittatā panassa ^b^vimuttisampadā,^eb^ tato vimuttito ^b^ñāṇadassana^eb^nti etesaṃ dasannaṃ kathāvatthūnaṃ anupubbī veditabbā. Tassa yo dasahi kathāvatthūhi samannāgamo, ^b^ayaṃ attahitāya paṭipatti^eb^. Yā nesaṃ paresaṃ saṃkittanaṃ, ayaṃ ^b^parahitāya paṭipatti^eb^. Tāsu purimā ñāṇapubbaṅgamā ñāṇasampayuttā ca, itarā karuṇāpubbaṅgamā karuṇāsampayuttā cāti sabbaṃ ñāṇakaruṇākaṇḍaṃ vattabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dasahi^eb^^a^V2.0108^ea^^b^kathāvatthūhi^eb^ karaṇabhūtehi bhikkhūnaṃ ovādaṃ deti, ‘‘bhikkhunā nāma atricchatādike dūrato vajjetvā sammadeva appicchena bhavitabba’’ntiādinā taṃ taṃ kathāvatthuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ upadisatīti attho. Upadisanto hi tāni ‘‘tehi bhikkhū ovadatī’’ti vutto. ^b^Ovadatiyeva^eb^ sarūpadassanamattena. ^b^Sukhumaṃ atthaṃ parivattetvā^eb^ti evampi appicchatā hoti evampīti appicchatādivasena aparāparaṃ appicchatāvuttiṃ dassetvā tattha sukhumanipuṇaṃ appicchatāsaṅkhātaṃ atthaṃ jānāpetuṃ na sakkoti. ^b^Viññāpetī^eb^ti yathāvuttehi visesehi viññāpeti. ^b^Kāraṇa^eb^nti yena kāraṇena appicchatā ijjhati, taṃ pana ‘‘mahicchatādīsu ete dosā, appicchatāya ayamānisaṃso’’tiādīnavānisaṃsadassanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Sammā hetunā appicchataṃ dassetīti ^b^sandassako. Gāhetu^eb^nti yathā gaṇhati, tathā kātuṃ, tattha paṭṭhapetunti attho. ^b^Ussāhajananavasenā^eb^ti yathā taṃ samādānaṃ niccalaṃ hoti, evaṃ ussoḷhiyā uppādanavasena sammadeva uttejetīti ^b^samuttejako. Ussāhajāte^eb^ti appicchatāya jātussāhe. ^b^Vaṇṇaṃ vatvā^eb^ tattha sampattiṃ āyatiñca labbhamānaguṇaṃ kittetvā ^b^sampahaṃseti^eb^ sammadeva pakārehi tosetīti ^a^M2.0115^ea^^b^sampahaṃsako.^eb^ Evaṃ santuṭṭhiādīsu yathārahaṃ yojanā kātabbā.<br/><br/>[06]Gāhagāhakādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 127
title: pañcavidhasaṃsaggavaṇṇanā^gāhagāhakādivaṇṇanā^pañcalābhavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^253^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Satthu sammukhā evaṃ vaṇṇo abbhuggato^eb^ti. Iminā tassa vaṇṇassa yathābhūtaguṇasamuṭṭhitataṃ dasseti. ^b^Mandamando viyā^eb^ti ati viya acheko viya. ^b^Abalabalo viyā^eb^ti ati viya abalo viya. ^b^Bhākuṭikabhākuṭiko viyā^eb^ti ati viya dummukho viya. ^b^Anumassā^eb^ti anumasitvā, dasa kathāvatthūni sarūpato visesato ca anupariggahetvāti attho. Pariggaṇhanaṃ pana nesaṃ anupavisanaṃ viya hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘anupavisitvā’’^eb^ti. Sabrahmacārīhi vaṇṇabhāsanaṃ eko lābhoti yojanā. Evaṃ sesesupi. ^b^Patthayamāno evamāha^eb^ dhammagarutāyāti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[06]Pañcalābhavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 128
title: gāhagāhakādivaṇṇanā^pañcalābhavaṇṇanā^cārikādivaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^254^eb^^b^.^eb^ Abhiramanaṃ ^a^V2.0109^ea^ abhirataṃ, tadeva anunāsikalopaṃ akatvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘abhiranta’’^eb^nti. Bhāvanapuṃsakañcetaṃ. ^b^Anabhirati nāma natthi, abhiramitvā ciravihāropi natthi^eb^ sammadeva pariññātavatthukattā. Sabbasahā hi buddhā bhagavanto asayhalābhino.<br/><br/>[03]Pubbe dhammagarutākittanapasaṅgena gahitaṃ aggahitañca mahākassapapaccuggamanādiṃ ekadesena dassetvā vanavāsitissasāmaṇerassa vatthuṃ vitthāretvā janapadacārikaṃ kathetuṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavā hī’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. Ākāsagāmīhi saddhiṃ gantukāmo ^b^‘‘chaḷabhiññānaṃ ārocehī’’^eb^ti āha. Saṅghakammena sijjhamānāpi upasampadā satthu āṇāvaseneva sijjhanato ^b^‘‘buddhadāyajjaṃ te dassāmī’’^eb^ti vuttanti vadanti. Apare ‘‘aparipuṇṇavīsativassasseva tassa upasampadaṃ anujānanto satthā ^b^‘buddhadāyajjaṃ te^eb^^a^M2.0116^ea^^b^dassāmī^eb^’ti avocā’’ti vadanti. ^b^Upasampādetvā^eb^ti dhammasenāpatinā upajjhāyena upasampādetvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Navayojanasatikaṃ^eb^ majjhimadesapariyāpannameva, tato paraṃ nādhippetaṃ dandhatāvasena gamanato. ^b^Samantā^eb^ti gatagataṭṭhānassa catūsu passesu. ^b^Aññenapi kāraṇenā^eb^ti bhikkhūnaṃ samathavipassanātaruṇabhāvato aññenapi majjhimamaṇḍale veneyyānaṃ ñāṇaparipākādikāraṇena nikkhamati, antomaṇḍalaṃ otarati. ^b^Sattahi vā^eb^tiādi ^b^‘‘ekaṃ māsaṃ vā’’^eb^tiādinā vuttānukkamena yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sarīraphāsukatthāyā^eb^ti ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne nibaddhavāsena ussannadhātukassa sarīrassa virecanena phāsubhāvatthāya. ^b^Aṭṭhuppattikālābhikaṅkhanatthāyā^eb^ti aggikkhandhūpamasutta (a. ni. 7.72) maghadevajātakādidesanānaṃ (jā. 1.1.9) viya dhammadesanāya aṭṭhuppattikālassa ākaṅkhanena. Surāpānasikkhāpadapaññāpane (pāci. 326) viya ^b^sikkhāpadapaññāpanatthāya. Bodhaneyyasatte^eb^ aṅgulimālādike ^b^bodhanatthāya^eb^. Nibaddhavāsañca puggalaṃ uddissa cārikā ^b^nibaddhacārikā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^255^eb^^b^.^eb^ Apariggahabhāvaṃ katthaci alaggabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yūthaṃ pahāya…pe… mattahatthī viyā’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0110^ea^ vuttaṃ. ^b^Asahāyakicco^eb^ti sahāyakiccarahito sīho viya. Tenassa ekavihāritaṃ tejavantatañca dasseti. ^b^Tadā pana kāyaviveko na sakkā laddhu^eb^nti idamettha kāraṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Bahūhī^eb^tiādi pana sabhāvadassanavasena vuttaṃ. Therassa parisā suvinītā ciṇṇagaruvāsā garuno icchānurūpameva vattati.<br/><br/>[03]Vuttakāraṇayutte addhānagamane cārikānaṃ vohāro sāsane niruḷhoti āha ^b^‘‘kiñcāpī’’^eb^tiādi. Kenacideva nimittena kismiñci atthe pavattāya saññāya tannimittarahitepi aññasmiṃ pavatti ^b^ruḷhī^eb^ nāma. Vijitamārattā ^b^saṅgāmavijayamahāyodho viya. Aññaṃ sevitvā^eb^ti ‘‘mama āgatabhāvaṃ satthu ārocehī’’ti ārocanatthaṃ aññaṃ bhikkhuṃ sevitvā.<br/><br/>[03]Bhagavā ^a^M2.0117^ea^ dhammaṃ desento taṃtaṃpuggalajjhāsayānurūpaṃ tadanucchavikameva dhammiṃ kathaṃ karotīti dassento ^b^‘‘cūḷagosiṅgasutte’’^eb^tiādimāha. Tattha ^b^sāmaggirasānisaṃsa^eb^nti ‘‘kacci pana vo, anuruddhā, samaggā sammodamānā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.326) sāmaggirasānisaṃsaṃ kathesi. ^b^Āvasathānisaṃsa^eb^nti ‘‘sītaṃ uṇhaṃ paṭihanatī’’tiādinā (cūḷava. 295, 315) āvasathapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ ānisaṃsaṃ. ^b^Satipaṭilābhika^eb^nti jotipālatthere lāmakaṃ ṭhānaṃ otiṇṇamatte mahābodhipallaṅke pana sabbaññutaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ patthanaṃ katvā pāramiyo pūrento āgato. Tādisassa nāma pamādavihāro na yuttoti yathā kassapo bhagavā bodhisattassa satiṃ paṭilabhituṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ kathesi, tathā ayaṃ bhagavā tameva ^b^pubbenivāsapaṭisaṃyuttakathaṃ^eb^ bhikkhūnaṃ ghaṭikārasuttaṃ (ma. ni. 2.282) kathesi. ^b^Cattāro dhammuddese^eb^ti – ‘‘upanīyati loko addhuvo, atāṇo loko anabhissaro, assako loko sabbaṃ pahāya gamanīyaṃ, ūno loko atitto taṇhādāso cā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.305) ime cattāro dhammuddese kathesi. Kāmañcete dhammuddesā ^b^raṭṭhapālasutte^eb^ (ma. ni. 2.304) āyasmatā raṭṭhapālattherena rañño korabyassa kathitā, te pana bhagavato eva āharitvā therena tattha kathitāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘raṭṭhapālasutte’’^eb^tiādi. Tathā hi vuttaṃ sutte – ‘‘atthi kho, mahārāja, tena bhagavatā jānatā passatā arahatā sammāsambuddhena cattāro dhammuddesā uddiṭṭhā’’tiādi (ma. ni. 2.305) ^b^pānakānisaṃsakatha^eb^nti ‘‘aggihuttaṃ mukhaṃ yaññā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 2.400; su. ni. 573) anumodanaṃ vatvā puna pakiṇṇakakathāvasena pānakapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ ānisaṃsakathaṃ kathesi. ^b^Ekībhāve ānisaṃsaṃ kathesi,^eb^ yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ bhaguṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesī’’tiādi ^a^V2.0111^ea^ (ma. ni. 3.238). ^b^Anantanaya^eb^nti aparimāṇadesanānayaṃ appicchatādipaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘puṇṇa, ayampi appicchakathāyevā’’^eb^tiādi bahūhi pariyāyehi nānānayaṃ deseti. Kathaṃ tathā desitaṃ thero aññāsīti āha ^b^‘‘paṭisambhidāpattassa…pe… ahosī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Cārikādivaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 129
title: pañcalābhavaṇṇanā^cārikādivaṇṇanā^sattavisuddhipañhavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^256^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Tato^eb^^a^M2.0118^ea^^b^paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti. Yadā jātibhūmakā bhikkhū satthu sammukhā therassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsiṃsu, tato paṭṭhāya. Sīsānulokī hutvā piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhanaṃ therena samāgame ādaravasena katanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Tathā hi vuttaṃ pāṭhe ‘‘appeva nāmā’’tiādi, ‘‘taramānarūpo’’ti ca. Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘ekasmiṃ ṭhāne nilīna’’^eb^ntiādi, taṃ akāraṇaṃ. Na hi dhammasenāpati tassa therassa nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ abhiññāñāṇena jānituṃ na sakkoti. ‘‘Kacci nu kho maṃ adisvāva gamissatī’’ti ayampi cintā ādaravasenevāti yuttaṃ. Na hi satthāraṃ daṭṭhuṃ āgato sāvako api āyasmā aññātakoṇḍañño satthukappaṃ dhammasenāpatiṃ tattha vasantaṃ adisvāva gacchanako nāma atthi. ^b^Divāvihāra^eb^nti sampadāne upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘divāvihāratthāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^257^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Purimakathāyā^eb^ti paṭhamālāpe. ^b^Appatiṭṭhitāyā^eb^ti nappavattitāya. ^b^Pacchimakathā na jāyatī^eb^ti pacchā vattabbakathāya avasaro na hoti. ^b^Satta visuddhiyo pucchi^eb^ diṭṭhasaṃsandanavasena. ^b^Ñāṇadassanavisuddhi^eb^ nāma ariyamaggo. Yasmā tato uttarimpi pattabbaṃ attheva, tasmā ^b^‘‘catupārisuddhisīlādīsu ṭhitassapi brahmacariyavāso matthakaṃ na pāpuṇātī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti brahmacariyavāsassa matthakaṃ appattattā. ^b^Sabbaṃ paṭikkhipī^eb^ti sattamampi pañhaṃ paṭikkhipi, itaresu vattabbameva natthi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Appaccayaparinibbāna^eb^nti anupādisesanibbānamāha. Idāni pakārantarenapi anupādāparinibbānaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘dvedhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^gahaṇūpādāna^eb^nti daḷhaggahaṇabhūtaṃ upādānaṃ ^a^V2.0112^ea^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kāmupādānādika’’^eb^nti. ^b^Paccayūpādāna^eb^nti yaṃ kiñci paccayamāha. So hi attano phalaṃ upādiyati upādānavasena gaṇhatīti ^b^upādāna^eb^nti vuccati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘paccayūpādānaṃ nāma…pe… paccayā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccatī’’ti vacanato (mahāva. 28, 30) ^b^arahattaphalaṃ anupādāparinibbānanti kathenti. Na ca upādānasampayutta^eb^nti upādānehi etaṃ na sahitaṃ nāpi upādānehi saha pavatti hutvā. ^b^Na ca kañci dhammaṃ upādiyatī^eb^ti kassaci dhammassa ārammaṇakaraṇavasena na upādiyati ^a^M2.0119^ea^. ^b^Parinibbutante^eb^ti aggamaggena kātabbakilesaparinibbānapariyosānante jātattā. ^b^Amatadhātumeva anupādāparinibbānaṃ kathenti,^eb^ kathentānañca yathā tassa koci paccayo nāma natthi, evaṃ adhigatopi yathā koci paccayo nāma na hoti, tathā parinibbānaṃ apaccayaparinibbānanti dassento ^b^‘‘ayaṃ anto’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Puna pucchaṃ ārabhi^eb^ anupādāparinibbānaṃ sarūpato patiṭṭhāpetukāmo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^258^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sabbaparivattesū^eb^ti sabbesu pañhaparivattanesu, pañhavāresūti attho. ^b^Sagahaṇadhammamevā^eb^ti ‘‘etaṃ mamā’’tiādinā gaṇhatīti gahaṇaṃ, saha gahaṇenāti sagahaṇaṃ, upādāniyanti attho. Vivaṭṭasannissitassa abhāvato vaṭṭameva anugatoti ^b^vaṭṭānugato^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘catupārisuddhisīlamattassapi abhāvato’’^eb^ti. Yo pana catubbidhe vivaṭṭūpanissaye sīle ṭhito, sopi ^b^‘‘aññatra imehi dhammehī’’^eb^ti vattabbataṃ arahati.<br/><br/>[06]Sattavisuddhipañhavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.


volume: 30
item: 130
title: cārikādivaṇṇanā^sattavisuddhipañhavaṇṇanā^sattarathavinītavaṇṇanā^^
content:
  [03]^b^259^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nissakkavacanametaṃ^eb^ ‘‘yāva heṭṭhimasopānakaḷevarā’’tiādīsu viya. ^b^Attho^eb^ti payojanaṃ. Cittavisuddhi hettha sīlavisuddhiṃ payojeti tassa tadatthattā. ^b^Sīlavisuddhikiccaṃ kataṃ nāma hoti^eb^ samādhisaṃvattanato. Samādhisaṃvattanikā hi sīlavisuddhi nāma. ^b^Sabbapadesū^eb^ti ‘‘cittavisuddhi yāvadeva diṭṭhivisuddhatthā’’tiādīsu sabbapadesu, diṭṭhivisuddhiyaṃ ṭhitassa cittavisuddhakiccaṃ kataṃ nāma hotītiādinā yojetabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sāvatthinagaraṃ viya sakkāyanagaraṃ^eb^ atikkamitabbattā. ^b^Sāketanagaraṃ viya nibbānanagaraṃ^eb^ pāpuṇitabbattā ^a^V2.0113^ea^. ^b^Accāyikassa kiccassa uppādakālo viya^eb^ navameneva khaṇena pattabbassa abhisamayakiccassa upādakālo. Yathā rañño sattamena rathavinītena sākete antepuradvāre oruḷhassa na tāva kiccaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ nāma hoti, saṃvidhātabbasaṃvidhānaṃ ñātimittagaṇaparivutassa surasabhojanaparibhoge niṭṭhitaṃ nāma siyā, evametaṃ ñāṇadassanavisuddhiyā kilese khepetvā tesaṃyeva paṭippassaddhipahānasādhakāriyaphalasamaṅgikāle abhisamayakiccaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ nāma hoti. Tenāha ^a^M2.0120^ea^^b^‘‘yogino…pe… kālo daṭṭhabbo’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^paropaṇṇāsa kusaladhammā nāma^eb^ cittuppādapariyāpannā phassādayo paropaṇṇāsa anavajjadhammā. ^b^Nirodhasayane^eb^ti nibbānasayane.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Visuddhiyo’’ti vā ‘‘kathāvatthūnī’’ti vā atthato ekaṃ, byañjanameva nānanti tesaṃ atthato anaññabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘itī’’^eb^ti āraddhaṃ. ^b^Āyasmā puṇṇo dasa kathāvatthūni vissajjesī^eb^ti satta visuddhiyo nāma vissajjantopi dasa kathāvatthūni vissajjesi tesaṃ atthato anaññattā. Eteneva dhammasenāpati sāriputtatthero satta visuddhiyo pucchanto dasa kathāvatthūni pucchīti ayampi attho vuttovāti veditabbo. Nti pañhaṃ. ^b^Kiṃ jānitvā pucchī^eb^ti visuddhipariyāyena kathāvatthūni pucchāmīti kiṃ jānitvā pucchi. Dasakathāvatthulābhinaṃ theraṃ visuddhiyo pucchanto pucchitaṭṭhāneyeva pucchanena kiṃ titthakusalo vā pana hutvā visayasmiṃ pucchi, udāhu pānīyatthikamatitthehi chinnataṭehi pātento viya atitthakusalo hutvā apucchitabbaṭṭhāne avisayasmiṃ pucchīti yojanā. Iminā nayena vissajjanapakkhepi atthayojanā veditabbā. Yadatthamassa vicāraṇā āraddhā, taṃ dassentena ^b^‘‘titthakusalo hutvā’’^eb^tiādiṃ vatvā visuddhikathāvatthūnaṃ atthato anaññattepi ayaṃ viseso veditabboti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Tadaminā^eb^ti yaṃ ‘‘saṃkhittaṃ, vitthiṇṇa’’nti ca vuttaṃ, ^b^taṃ^eb^ iminā idāni vuccamānena nayena vidhinā veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ekā sīlavisuddhī^eb^ti visuddhīsu visuṃ ekā sīlavisuddhi. Dasasu kathāvatthūsu ^b^cattāri kathāvatthūni hutvā āgatā^eb^ appicchatādīhi vinā sīlavisuddhiyā asambhavato. ^b^Appicchakathā^eb^tiādīsu kathāsīsena dasakathāvatthu gahitaṃ. Kathetabbattā vā vatthu ^b^kathāvatthū^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Evañca upakārato, sabhāvato vā catunnaṃ kathāvatthūnaṃ sīlavisuddhisaṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Tiṇṇaṃ kathāvatthūnaṃ cittavisuddhisaṅgahepi eseva nayo. ^b^Pañca visuddhiyo^eb^ti nāmarūpaparicchedo diṭṭhivisuddhi, sappaccayanāmarūpadassanaṃ kaṅkhāvitaraṇavisuddhi, vipassanupakkilese pahāya uppannaṃ vipassanāñāṇaṃ ^a^V2.0114^ea^ maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhi, udayabbayañāṇādi navavidhañāṇaṃ paṭipadāñāṇadassanavisuddhi, ariyamaggañāṇaṃ ñāṇadassanavisuddhīti imā pañca visuddhiyo.<br/><br/>[06]Sattarathavinītavaṇṇanā niṭṭhitā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^260^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sammoditu^eb^nti ^a^M2.0121^ea^ anantaraṃ vuccamānena sammodituṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhānaparikappenā^eb^ti akāraṇassa vatthuno parikappanena tadā asambhavantaṃ atthaṃ parikappetvā vacanena. ^b^Abhiṇhadassanassā^eb^ti niccadassanassa, niyatadassanassāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ukkhipī^eb^ti guṇato kathitabhāvena ukkaṃseti. ^b^Therassā^eb^ti āyasmato puṇṇattherassa. ^b^Imasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ imasmiṃ kāraṇe ekapadeneva sāvakavisaye anaññasādhāraṇaguṇāvikaraṇanimittaṃ. Idāni tamevatthaṃ pākaṭataraṃ kātuṃ ^b^‘‘amaccañhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Apacāyamāno^eb^ti pūjayanto.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Anumassa anumassa pucchitā’’ti vuttattā vicāraṇavasenāha ^b^‘‘kiṃ pana pañhassa pucchanaṃ bhāriyaṃ udāhu vissajjana’’^eb^nti. ^b^Sahetukaṃ katvā^eb^ti yuttāyuttaṃ katvā. ^b^Sakāraṇa^eb^nti tasseva vevacanaṃ. ^b^Pucchanampī^eb^ti evaṃ sahadhammena pucchitabbamatthaṃ sayaṃ sampādetvā pucchanampi bhāriyaṃ dukkaraṃ. ^b^Vissajjanampīti^eb^ sahadhammena vissajjanampi dukkaraṃ. Evañhi vissajjento viññūnaṃ cittaṃ ārādhetīti. ^b^Yathānusandhināva desanā niṭṭhitā^eb^ādito saparikkhāraṃ sīlaṃ, majjhe samādhiṃ, ante vasībhāvappattaṃ paññaṃ dassetvā desanāya niṭṭhāpitattāti.<br/><br/>[06]Rathavinītasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 131
title: sattavisuddhipañhavaṇṇanā^nivāpasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^261^eb^^b^.^eb^ Nivappatīti ^a^V2.0115^ea^ nivāpo, nivāpaṃ vatteti, nivāpabhojanaṃ vā etassāti ^b^nevāpiko,^eb^ nivāpena mige palobhetvā gaṇhanakamāgaviko. ^b^Tiṇabījānī^eb^ti nivāpatiṇabījāni. ^b^Vappa^eb^nti sassaṃ viya vapitabbaṭṭhena vappaṃ. ‘‘Mayaṃ viya aññe ke īdisaṃ labhissantī’’ti ^b^mānamadaṃ āpajjissanti. Vissaṭṭhasatibhāva^eb^nti anussaṅkitaparisaṅkitabhāvaṃ. Tiracchānā hi vijātiyabalavatiracchānavasanaṭṭhānesu sāsaṅkā ubbiggahadayā appamattā honti visesato māgavikādimanussūpacāre, rasataṇhāya pana baddhā pamādaṃ āpajjassanti. Nivapati etthāti ^b^nivāpo,^eb^ nivāpabhūmi nivāpaṭṭhānaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nivāpaṭṭhāne’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Yathākāmakaraṇīyā’’ti vuttamatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘ekaṃ kirā’’^eb^tiādi ^a^M2.0122^ea^ vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^nīvāravanaṃ viyā^eb^ti nīvārassa samūho viya. ^b^Nīvāro^eb^ nāma araññe sayaṃjātavīhijāti. ^b^Meghamālā viyā^eb^ti meghaghaṭā viya. ^b^Ekagghananti^eb^ ekajjhaṃ viya aviraṭṭhaṃ. ^b^Pakkamantī^eb^ti āsaṅkaparisaṅkā hutvā pakkamanti. ^b^Kaṇṇe cālayamānā^eb^ti anāsaṅkantānaṃ pahaṭṭhākāradassanaṃ. ^b^Maṇḍalagumba^eb^nti maṇḍalakākārena ṭhitaṃ gumbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^262^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kappetvā^eb^ti upamābhāvena parikappetvā. Mige attano vase vattāpanaṃ ^b^vasībhāvo^eb^. So eva ijjhanaṭṭhena ^b^iddhi,^eb^ pabhāvanaṭṭhena ^b^ānubhāvo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^263^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Bhayena bhogato^eb^ti bhayena saha sabhayaṃ nivāpaparibhogato. ^b^Balavīriya^eb^nti kāyabalañca uṭṭhānavīriyañca. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana balameva vīriyaṃ. ^b^Bala^eb^nti ca sarīrabalaṃ, tañca atthato manasikāramaggehi aparāparaṃ sañcaraṇakavātoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘aparāparaṃ sañcaraṇavāyodhātū’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^264^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sikkhitakerāṭikā^eb^ti paricitasāṭheyyā, vañcakāti attho. ^b^Iddhimanto viya^eb^ ānubhāvavanto viya. Pacurajanehi parabhūtā jātāti ^b^parajanā,^eb^ mahābhūtā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yakkhā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samantā sappadesa^eb^nti samantato padesavantaṃ vipulokāsasannivāsaṭṭhānaṃ. Tassa pana sappadesatā mahāokāsatāyāti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘mahantaṃ okāsa’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^265^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ghaṭṭessantī^eb^ti ‘‘sabhayasamuṭṭhāna’’nti saññādānavasena cittaṃ cetessanti, tāsessantīti ^a^V2.0116^ea^ attho. ^b^Pariccajissantī^eb^ti nibbisissanti. ^b^Mahallako^eb^ti jātiyā mahallako jiṇṇo. ^b^Dubbalo^eb^ti byādhivasena, pakatiyā vā balavirahito.<br/><br/>[03]^b^267^eb^^b^.^eb^ Nivāpasadisatāya ^b^nivāpoti vā^eb^. Lokapariyāpannaṃ hutvā kilesehi āmasitabbatāya ^b^lokāmisānīti vā^eb^. Vaṭṭe āmisabhūtattā ^b^vaṭṭāmisabhūtānaṃ. Vasaṃ vattetī^eb^ti kāmaguṇehi kāmaguṇe giddhe satte tasseva gedhassa vasena attano vase vattetīti. Tenāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Antalikkhacaro ^a^M2.0123^ea^ pāso, yvāyaṃ carati mānaso;<br/><br/>[22]Tena taṃ bādhayissāmi, na me samaṇa mokkhasī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.151; mahāva. 33);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aya^eb^nti paṭhamamigajātūpamā. Vānapatthassa satova papañcaparadattikādisaputtadāranikkhamanaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘saputtabhariyapabbajjāyā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^268^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kāmato cittassa vimutti idha cetovimuttīti adhippetāti āha ^b^‘‘cetovimutti nāma…pe… uppannājjhāsayo’’^eb^ti. Kāme vissajjetvā puna tattha nimuggatāya dutiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇā dutiyamigajātūpamā vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^269^eb^^b^.^eb^ Tatiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇā yathāpariccatte kāme pariccajitvā evaṃ ṭhitā, na dutiyā viya tattha nimuggāti adhippāyena ^b^‘‘kiṃ pana te akaṃsū’’^eb^ti pucchati. Itare kāmaṃ ujukaṃ kāmaguṇesu na nimuggā, pariyāyena pana nimuggā diṭṭhijālena ca ajjhotthaṭāti dassento ^b^‘‘gāmanigamajanapadarājadhāniyo’’^eb^tiādimāha. Diṭṭhijālampi taṇhājālānugatamevāti āha ^b^‘‘mārassa pāpimato diṭṭhijālena parikkhipitvā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^271^eb^^b^.^eb^ Khandhakilesābhisaṅkhāramārā vā idha ^b^māra^eb^ggahaṇena gahitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Akkhīni bhindi^eb^ daṭṭhuṃ asamatthabhāvāpādanena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vipassanāpādakajjhāna’’^eb^ntiādi. Kiñcāpi māro yaṃ kiñci jhānaṃ samāpannassapi bhikkhuno cittaṃ imaṃ nāma ārammaṇaṃ nissāya vattatīti na jānāti, idhādhippetassa pana bhikkhuno vasena ^b^‘‘vipassanāpādakajjhāna’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Teneva pariyāyenā^eb^ti ‘‘na mārassa akkhīni bhindī’’ti evamādinā yathāvuttapariyāyena. ^b^Adassanaṃ gato^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Cakkhussa padaṃ patiṭṭhāti ca idha ārammaṇaṃ adhippetaṃ taṃ pariggayha ^a^V2.0117^ea^ pavattanatoti āha ^b^‘‘appatiṭṭhaṃ nirārammaṇa’’^eb^nti. ^b^So^eb^ti māro. ^b^Disvā^eb^ti dassanahetu. Yasmā maggena catusaccadassanahetu āsavā na parikkhīṇā. Phalakkhaṇe hi te khīṇāti vuccantīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Loke^eb^ti sattaloke saṅkhāraloke ca. ^b^Sattavisattabhāvenā^eb^ti laggabhāvena ceva savisesaṃ āsattabhāvena ca. ^b^Atha vā^eb^tiādinā ^b^niddesanayavasena^eb^ (mahāni. 3, cūḷani. mettagūmāṇavapucchāniddesa 22, 23; cūḷani. khaggavisāṇasuttaniddesa 124) visattikāpadaṃ niddisati. ^b^Visatā^eb^ti vitthaṭā ^a^M2.0124^ea^ rūpādīsu tebhūmakadhammesu byāpanavasena ^b^visaṭā^eb^ti purimavacanameva takārassa ṭakāraṃ katvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Visālā^eb^ti vipulā. ^b^Visakkatī^eb^ti parisakkati sahati. Ratto hi rāgavatthunā pādena tāliyamānopi sahati. Osakkanaṃ, vipphandanaṃ vā ^b^visakkana^eb^ntipi vadanti. ^b^Visaṃharatī^eb^ti yathā tathā kāmesu ānisaṃsaṃ dassentī vividhehi ākārehi nekkhammābhimukhappavattito cittaṃ saṃharati saṅkhipati, visaṃ vā dukkhaṃ, taṃ harati upanetīti attho. ^b^Visaṃvādikā^eb^ti aniccādiṃ niccādito gaṇhāpentī visaṃvādikā hoti. Dukkhanibbattakassa kammassa hetubhāvato ^b^visamūlā,^eb^ visaṃ vā dukkhadukkhādibhūtā vedanā mūlaṃ etissāti ^b^visamūlā^eb^. Dukkhasamudayattā visaṃ phalaṃ etissāti ^b^visaphalā^eb^. Taṇhāya rūpādikassa dukkhasseva paribhogo hoti, na amatassāti sā ^b^‘‘visaparibhogā’’^eb^ti vuttā. Sabbattha niruttivasena saddasiddhi veditabbā. Yo panettha padhāno attho, taṃ dassetuṃ puna ^b^‘‘visālā vā panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Nittiṇṇo uttiṇṇo^eb^ti upasaggavasena padaṃ vaḍḍhitaṃ. Niravasesato vā tiṇṇo ^b^nittiṇṇo^eb^. Tena tena maggena uddhamuddhaṃ tiṇṇo ^b^uttiṇṇo^eb^. Yaṃ panettha atthato avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[06]Nivāpasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 132
title: nivāpasuttavaṇṇanā^pāsarāsisuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^272^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sādhumaya^eb^nti ^a^V2.0118^ea^ ettha ^b^sādhu^eb^-saddo āyācanattho, na ‘‘sādhāvuso’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.246; su. ni. 182) viya abhinandanādiatthoti āha ^b^‘‘āyācantā’’^eb^ti. Tenāha pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘labheyyāmā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Na sakkonti,^eb^ kasmā? ^b^Buddhā hi garū honti,^eb^ paramagarū uttamaṃ gāravaṭṭhānaṃ, na yathā tathā upasaṅkamanīyā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekacāriko sīho’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Pākaṭakiriyāyā’’^eb^ti saṅkhepena vuttaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘yaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Bhagavā sabbakālaṃ kimevamakāsīti? Na sabbakālamevamakāsi. Yadā pana akāsi, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavā paṭhamabodhiya’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Manussattabhāve^eb^ti iminā purisattabhāvaṃ ulliṅgeti. ^b^Dhanapariccāgo kato nāma natthi^eb^ bhagavato dharamānakāleti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Mālākacavara^eb^nti ^a^M2.0125^ea^ milātamālākacavaraṃ. ^b^Rajojallaṃ na upalimpati^eb^ acchatarachavibhāvato. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘sukhumattā chaviyā kāye rajojallaṃ na limpatī’’ti. Yadi evaṃ kasmā bhagavā nahāyatīti āha ^b^‘‘utuggahaṇattha’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vihāro^eb^ti jetavanavihāro. ^b^Vīsatiusabhaṃ^eb^ gāvutassa catuttho bhāgoti vadanti. ^b^Kadācī^eb^ti kasmiñci buddhuppāde. ^b^Acalamevā^eb^ti aparivattameva anaññabhāvato, mañcānaṃ pana appamahantatāhi pādānaṃ patiṭṭhitaṭṭhānassa hānivaḍḍhiyo hontiyeva.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yantanāḷikāhi^eb^ paripuṇṇasuvaṇṇarasadhārāhi. ^b^Nhānavatta^eb^nti ‘‘pabbajitena nāma evaṃ nhāyitabba’’nti nahānacārittaṃ dassetvā. Yasmā bhagavato sarīraṃ sudhantacāmīkarasamānavaṇṇaṃ suparisodhitapavāḷarucirakaracaraṇāvaraṃ suvisuddhanīlaratanāvaḷisadisakesatanuruhaṃ, tasmā tahaṃ tahaṃ vinissatajātihiṅgulakarasūpasobhitaṃ upari mahaggharatanāvaḷisañchāditaṃ jaṅgamamiva kanakagirisikharaṃ virocittha. Tasmiñca samaye dasabalassa sarīrato nikkhamitvā chabbaṇṇarasmiyo samantato asītihatthappamāṇe padese ādhāvantī vidhāvantī ratanāvaḷiratanadāma-ratanacuṇṇa-vippakiṇṇaṃ viya, pasāritaratanacittakañcanapaṭṭamiva, āsiñcamānalākhārasadhārā-citamiva ^a^V2.0119^ea^, ukkāsatanipātasamākulamiva, nirantaraṃ vippakiṇṇa-kaṇikāra-kiṅkiṇika-pupphamiva, vāyuvegasamuddhata-cinapiṭṭhacuṇṇa-rañjitamiva, indadhanu-vijjulatā-vitānasanthatamiva, gaganatalaṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ pavanañca sammā pharanti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘vaṇṇabhūmi nāmesā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Attha^eb^nti upameyyatthaṃ. ^b^Upamāyo^eb^ti ‘‘īdiso ca hotī’’ti yathārahaṃ tadanucchavikā upamā. ^b^Kāraṇānī^eb^ti upamupameyyasambandhavibhāvanāni kāraṇāni. ^b^Pūretvā^eb^ti vaṇṇanaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ katvā. ^b^Thāmo veditabbo^eb^ ‘‘atitthe pakkhando’’ti avattabbattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^273^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Kaṇṇikā^eb^ti sarīragatabindukatāni maṇḍalāni. ^b^Parikkhārabhaṇḍa^eb^nti uttarāsaṅgaṃ saṅghāṭiñca sandhāya vadati. Kiṃ panāyaṃ nayo buddhānampi sarīre hotīti? Na hoti, vattadassanatthaṃ panetaṃ katanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘buddhānaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Gamanavasena kāyassābhinīharaṇaṃ ^b^gamanābhihāro^eb^. Yathādhippāyāvattanaṃ ^b^adhippāyakopanaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aññatarāya pāramiyā^eb^ti nekkhammapāramiyā. Vīriyapāramiyāti apare. ^b^Mahābhinikkhamanassā^eb^ti mahantassa carimabhave abhinikkhamanassa. Tañhi mahantaṃ ^a^M2.0126^ea^ bhogakkhandhaṃ mahantañca ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ mahantañca cakkavattisiriṃ pajahitvā sadevakassa lokassa samārakassa ca acinteyyāparimeyyabhedassa mahato atthāya hitāya sukhāya pavattattā mahanīyatāya ca mahantaṃ abhinikkhamananti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Purimo^eb^ti ‘‘katamāya nu kathāya sannisinnā bhavathā’’ti evaṃ vuttāttho. ^b^Kā ca pana vo^eb^ti ettha ^b^ca^eb^-saddo byatireke. Tena yathāpucchitāya kathāya vakkhamānaṃ vippakatabhāvaṃ joteti. ^b^Pana^eb^-saddo vacanālaṅkāre. Yāya hi kathāya te bhikkhū sannisinnā, sā eva antarākathābhūtā vippakatā visesena puna pucchīyati. ^b^Aññā^eb^ti antarā-saddassa atthamāha. Aññattho hi ayaṃ antarā-saddo ‘‘bhūmantaraṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. nidānakathā) samayantara’’ntiādīsu viya, ^b^antarā^eb^ti vā vemajjheti attho. ^b^Dasakathāvatthunissitā^eb^ti ‘‘kiṃ sīlaṃ nāma, kathañca pūretabbaṃ, kāni cassa saṃkilesavodānānī’’tiādinā appicchādinissitā sīlādinissitā ca kathā. ^b^Ariyo^eb^ti niddoso. Atha vā atthakāmehi araṇīyoti ^b^ariyo,^eb^ ariyānaṃ ayanti vā ^b^ariyo^eb^ti. Bhāvanāmanasikāravasena ^b^tuṇhī^eb^ bhavanti, na ekaccabāhirakapabbajitā viya mūgabbatasamādānena. ^b^Dutiyajjhānampi ariyo tuṇhībhāvo^eb^ vacīsaṅkhārapahānato. ^b^Mūlakammaṭṭhāna^eb^nti pārihāriya kammaṭṭhānampi. ^b^Jhāna^eb^nti dutiyajjhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^274^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Sannipatitānaṃ ^a^V2.0120^ea^ vo, bhikkhave, dvaya’’nti (ma. ni. 1.273; udā. 12, 28, 29) aṭṭhuppattivasena desanā pavattāti tassā uparidesanāya sambandhaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘dvemā, bhikkhave, pariyesanāti ko anusandhī’’^eb^ti anusandhiṃ pucchati. ^b^Ayaṃ tumhākaṃ pariyesanā^eb^ti yā mahābhinikkhamanapaṭibaddhā dhammī kathā, sā tumhākaṃ dhammapariyesanā dhammavicāraṇā ariyapariyesanā nāma. ^b^Apāyamagga^eb^nti anatthāvahaṃ maggaṃ. ^b^Uddesānukkamaṃ bhinditvā^eb^ti uddesānupubbiṃ laṅghitvā. ^b^Dhamma^eb^-saddo ‘‘amosadhammaṃ nibbāna’’ntiādīsu viya pakatipariyāyo. ^b^Jāyanasabhāvo^eb^ti jāyanapakatikoti attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbatthā^eb^ti yathā ‘‘puttabhariya’’nti dvandasamāsavasena ekattaṃ, esa nayo sabbattha ‘‘dāsidāsa’’ntiādīsu sabbapadesu. Parato vikāraṃ anāpajjitvā ^a^M2.0127^ea^ sabbadā jātarūpameva hotīti ^b^jātarūpaṃ,^eb^ suvaṇṇaṃ. Dhavalasabhāvatāya rañjīyatīti ^b^rajataṃ,^eb^ rūpiyaṃ. Idha pana suvaṇṇaṃ ṭhapetvā yaṃ kiñci upabhogaparibhogārahaṃ rajataṃteva gahitaṃ. Upadhīyati ettha dukkhanti ^b^upadhayo. Cutīsaṅkhātaṃ maraṇa^eb^nti ekabhavapariyāpannaṃ khandhanirodhasaṅkhātaṃ maraṇamāha. Khaṇikanirodho pana khaṇe khaṇe. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sattānaṃ viyā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Saṃkilissatī^eb^ti dūsavisena viya attānaṃ dūsissati. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘pañcime, bhikkhave, jātarūpassa upakkilesā ayo loha’’ntiādi (a. ni. 5.23). ^b^Malaṃ gahetvā^eb^ti yehi sahayogato malinaṃ hoti, tesaṃ malinabhāvapaccayānaṃ vasena malaṃ gahetvā. Jīraṇato jarādhammavāre jātarūpaṃ gahitanti yojanā. Ye pana jātidhammavārepi jātarūpaṃ na paṭhanti, tesaṃ itaresaṃ viya jīraṇadhammavāre sarūpato anāgatampi upadhiggahaṇena gahitamevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Pariggahe ṭhitānaṃ pana vasena vuccamāne apākaṭānampi jātijarāmaraṇānaṃ vasena yojanā labbhateva. Jātarūpasīsena cettha sabbassapi anindriyabaddhassa gahaṇaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, puttabhariyādiggahaṇena viya mittāmaccādiggahaṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^275^eb^^b^.^eb^ Ariyehi pariyesanā, ariyānaṃ pariyesanāti vā ^b^ariyapariyesanā^eb^ti samāsadvayaṃ dasseti ^b^‘‘ayaṃ, bhikkhave’’^eb^tiādinā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^276^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Mūlato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti yaṃ mahābhinikkhamanassa mūlabhāvesuādīnavadassanaṃ, tato paṭṭhāya. Yasmā te bhikkhū tattha mahābhinikkhamanakathāya sannisinnā, sā ca nesaṃ antarākathā vippakatā, tasmā bhagavā tesaṃ mūlato paṭṭhāya mahābhinikkhamanakathaṃ kathetuṃ ārabhi. ^b^Ahampi pubbe^eb^ti visesavacanaṃ aparipakkañāṇena sayaṃ carimabhave tīsu pāsādesu tividhanāṭakaparivārassa dibbasampattisadisāya mahāsampattiyā anubhavanaṃ, abhinikkhamitvā padhānapadahanavasena ^a^V2.0121^ea^ attakilamathānuyogañca sandhāyāha. ^b^Anariyapariyesanaṃ pariyesi^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Pañcavaggiyāpī^eb^ti yathāsakaṃ gihibhogaṃ anuyuttā taṃ pahāya pabbajitvā attakilamathānuyoge ṭhitā satthu dhammacakkapavattanadesanāya (saṃ. ni. 5.1081; mahāva. 13; paṭi. ma. 2.30) tampi pahāya ariyapariyesanaṃ pariyesiṃsūti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^277^eb^^b^.^eb^ Kāmaṃ ^a^M2.0128^ea^^b^dahara^eb^-saddo ‘‘daharaṃ kumāraṃ mandaṃ uttānaseyyaka’’nti (ma. ni. 1.496) ettha bāladārake āgato, ‘‘bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato’’ti pana vakkhamānattā yuvāvatthā idha dahara-saddena vuttāti āha ^b^‘‘taruṇova samāno’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭhamavayena^eb^ ekūnatiṃsavayattā. Jātiyā hi yāva tettiṃsavayā paṭhamavayo. ^b^Anādaratthe sāmivacanaṃ^eb^ yathā ‘‘devadattassa rudantassa pabbajī’’ti. Kāmaṃ assumuccanaṃ rodanaṃ, taṃ ^b^assumukhāna^eb^nti iminā pakāsitaṃ, taṃ pana vatvā ^b^‘‘rudantāna’’^eb^nti vacanaṃ balavasokasamuṭṭhānaṃ ārodanavatthuṃ pakāsetīti āha ^b^‘‘kanditvā rodamānāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Kiṃ kusalanti gavesamāno^eb^ti kinti sabbaso avajjarahitaṃ ekanta niyyānikaṃ pariyesamāno. ^b^Varapada^eb^nti vaṭṭadukkhanissaraṇatthikehi ekantena varaṇīyaṭṭhena varaṃ, pajjitabbaṭṭhena padaṃ. Tuṅgasarīratāya dīgho, piṅgalacakkhutāya piṅgaloti ^b^dīghapiṅgalo. Dhammo^eb^ti vinayo, samayoti attho. ^b^Sutvāva uggaṇhi^eb^nti tena vuccamānassa savanamatteneva uggaṇhiṃ vācuggataṃ akāsiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṭilapanamattakenā^eb^ti puna lapanamattakena. Jānātīti ñāṇo, ñāṇoti vādo ñāṇavādo, taṃ ^b^ñāṇavādaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Vadāmī’’ti āgatattā ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘jānāmī’’^eb^ti uttamapurisavasena attho vutto. ^b^Aññepi bahū^eb^ti aññepi bahū mama tathābhāvaṃ jānantā ‘‘ayaṃ imaṃ dhammaṃ jānātī’’ti, ‘‘akampanīyatāya thiro’’ti vā evaṃ vadanti. ^b^Lābhīti aññāsī^eb^ti dhammassa uddisanena mahāpaññatāya ‘‘ayaṃ attanā gatamaggaṃ pavedeti, na anussutiko’’ti aññāsi. ^b^Assā^eb^ti bodhisattassa. ^b^Etadahosī^eb^ti etaṃ ‘‘na kho āḷāro kālāmo’’tiādi manasi ahosi, cintesīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Heṭṭhimasamāpattīhi vinā uparimasamāpattīnaṃ sampādanassa asambhavato ^b^‘‘satta samāpattiyo maṃ jānāpesī’’^eb^ti āha. ^b^Payogaṃ kareyya^eb^nti bhāvanaṃ anuyuñjeyyanti attho. ^b^Evamāhā^eb^ti evaṃ ‘‘ahaṃ, āvuso’’tiādimāha, sattannaṃ samāpattīnaṃ adhigamaṃ paccaññāsīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anusūyako^eb^ti anissukī. Tena mahāpurise pasādaṃ pavedesi. Bodhisattassa tā samāpattiyo ^a^V2.0122^ea^ nibbattetvā ṭhitassa purimajātiparicayena ñāṇassa ca mahantatāya tāsaṃ gati ca abhisamparāyo ca upaṭṭhāsi ^a^M2.0129^ea^. Tena ‘‘vaṭṭapariyāpannā evetā’’ti nicchayo udapādi. Tenāha ^b^‘‘nāyaṃ dhammo nibbidāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Ekaccānaṃ virāgabhāvanāsamatikkamāvahopi neva tesampi accantāya samatikkamāvaho, sayañca vaṭṭapariyāpannoyeva, tasmā neva vaṭṭe nibbindanatthāya, yadaggena na nibbidāya, tadaggena na virajjanatthāya, rāgādīnaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ na nirujjhanatthāya, na upasamatthāya, tasmā taṃ abhiññeyyadhammaṃ na abhijānanatthāya…pe… saṃvattatīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yāvadeva ākiñcaññāyatanupapattiyā^eb^ti sattasu samāpattīsu ukkaṭṭhaṃ gahetvā vadati. Uṭṭhāya samuṭṭhāya acutidhammaṃ pariyesituṃ yuttattā tañca anatikkantajātidhammamevāti mahāsatto pajahatīti āha ^b^‘‘yañca ṭhānaṃ pāpetī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tato paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti yadā samāpattidhammassa gatiñca abhisamparāyañca abbhaññāsi, tato paṭṭhāya. ^b^Makkhikāvasenā^eb^ti bhojanassa makkhikāmissatāvasena. ^b^Manaṃ na uppādeti^eb^ bhuñjitunti adhippāyo. ^b^Mahantena ussāhenā^eb^ti idaṃ katipāhaṃ tattha bhāvanānuyogamattaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na aññesaṃ viya kasiṇaparikammādikaraṇaṃ. Na hi antimabhavikabodhisattānaṃ samāpattinibbattane bhāriyaṃ nāma. ^b^Analaṅkaritvā^eb^ti anu anu alaṃkatvā punappunaṃ ‘‘iminā na kiñci payojana’’nti katvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^278^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vācāya uggahitamattovā^eb^ti ettha pubbe vuttanayānusārena attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^279^eb^^b^.^eb^ Mahāvelā viya ^b^mahāvelā,^eb^ vipulavālikapuñjatāya mahanto velātaṭo viyāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘mahāvālikarāsīti attho’’^eb^ti. Uru maru sikatā vālukā vaṇṇu vālikāti ime saddā samānatthā, byañjanameva nānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Senā nigacchi nivisi etthāti ^b^senānigamo,^eb^ senāya niviṭṭhaṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Senānigāmo^eb^ti pana ayaṃ samaññā aparakālikā. Gocaragāmanidassanañcetaṃ. ^b^Uparisuttasmi^eb^nti mahāsaccakasutte. ^b^Idha pana bodhipallaṅko adhippeto^eb^ ariyapariyesanāya vuccamānattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^280^eb^^b^.^eb^ ‘‘Ñāṇadassana’’nti ^a^M2.0130^ea^ ca ekajjhaṃ gahitapadadvayavisayavisesassa anāmaṭṭhattā ‘‘me’’ti ca gahitattā anavasesañeyyāvabodhanasamatthameva ñāṇavisesaṃ bodheti, na ñāṇamattaṃ, na dassanamattanti āha ^b^‘‘sabbadhammadassanasamatthañca me sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ udapādī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Akuppatāyā^eb^ti vimokkhantatāya sabbaso paṭipakkhadhammehi asaṅkhobhanīyatāya. Tenāha ^b^‘‘rāgādīhi^eb^^a^V2.0123^ea^^b^na kuppatī’’^eb^ti. Ārammaṇasantatāyapi tadārammaṇānaṃ atthi viseso yathā taṃ ‘‘āneñjavihāre’’ti āha ^b^‘‘akuppārammaṇatāya cā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paccavekkhaṇañāṇampī^eb^ti na kevalaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇameva, atha kho yathādhigate paṭivedhasaddhamme ekūnavīsatividhapaccavekkhaṇañāṇampi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^281^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paṭividdhoti^eb^ (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.64; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.172; sārattha. ṭī. mahāvagga 3.7) sayambhuñāṇena ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’ntiādinā paṭimukhaṃ nibbijjhanavasena patto, yathābhūtaṃ avabuddhoti attho. ^b^Gambhīro^eb^ti mahāsamuddo viya makasatuṇḍasūciyā aññatra samupacitaparipakkañāṇasambhārehi aññesaṃ ñāṇena alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘uttānabhāvapaṭikkhepavacanameta’’^eb^nti. Yo alabbhaneyyapatiṭṭho, so ogāhitumasakkuṇeyyatāya sarūpato ca passituṃ na sakkāti āha ^b^‘‘gambhīrattāva duddaso’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dukkhena daṭṭhabbo^eb^ti kicchena kenacideva daṭṭhabbo. Yaṃ pana daṭṭhumeva na sakkā, tassa ogāhetvā anu anu bujjhane kathā eva natthīti āha ^b^‘‘duddasattāva duranubodho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dukkhena avabujjhitabbo^eb^ avabodhassa dukkarabhāvato. Imasmiṃ ṭhāne – ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, katamaṃ nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā’’ti ^b^suttapadaṃ^eb^ (saṃ. ni. 5.1115) vattabbaṃ. Santārammaṇatāya vā ^b^santo.^eb^ Nibbutasabbapariḷāhatāya^b^ nibbuto^eb^. Padhānabhāvaṃ nītoti vā ^b^paṇīto^eb^. Atittikaraṭṭhena ^b^atappako^eb^ sādurasabhojanaṃ viya. Ettha ca nirodhasaccaṃ santaṃ ārammaṇanti ^b^santārammaṇaṃ,^eb^ maggasaccaṃ santaṃ santārammaṇañcāti ^b^santārammaṇaṃ^eb^. Anupasantasabhāvānaṃ kilesānaṃ saṅkhārānañca abhāvato nibbutasabbapariḷāhatāya santapaṇītabhāveneva ca asecanakatāya atappakatā daṭṭhabbā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idaṃ dvayaṃ lokuttarameva sandhāya vutta’’^eb^nti. Uttamañāṇavisayattā ^b^na takkena avacaritabbo,^eb^ tato eva nipuṇañāṇagocaratāya ca ^b^saṇho^eb^. Sukhumasabhāvattā ca ^b^nipuṇo,^eb^ bālānaṃ avisayattā ^a^M2.0131^ea^ paṇḍitehi eva veditabboti ^b^paṇḍitavedanīyo^eb^. Ālīyanti abhiramitabbaṭṭhena sevīyantīti ^b^ālayā,^eb^ pañca kāmaguṇā. Ālayanti allīyantī abhiramaṇavasena sevantīti ^b^ālayā,^eb^ taṇhāvicaritāni. ^b^Ramantī^eb^ti ratiṃ vindanti kīḷanti laḷanti. ^b^Ālayaratā^eb^ti ālayaniratā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ṭhānaṃ sandhāyā^eb^ti ṭhāna-saddaṃ sandhāya. Atthato pana ^b^ṭhāna^eb^nti ca paṭiccasamuppādo eva adhippeto. Tiṭṭhati phalaṃ tadāyattavuttitāyāti ^b^ṭhānaṃ,^eb^ saṅkhārādīnaṃ paccayabhūtā avijjādayo. Imesaṃ saṅkhārādīnaṃ paccayāti idappaccayā, avijjādayova. Idappaccayā eva ^b^idappaccayatā^eb^ yathā ‘‘devo eva devatā’’ti, idappaccayānaṃ vā avijjādīnaṃ attano phalaṃ pati paccayabhāvo ^a^V2.0124^ea^ uppādanasamatthatā ^b^idappaccayatā^eb^. Tena samatthapaccayalakkhaṇo paṭiccasamuppādo dassito hoti. Paṭicca samuppajjati phalaṃ etasmāti ^b^paṭiccasamuppādo^eb^. Padadvayenapi dhammānaṃ paccayaṭṭho eva vibhāvito. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saṅkhārādipaccayānaṃ etaṃ adhivacana’’^eb^nti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana ^b^visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.572-573) vuttanayena veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbasaṅkhārasamathotiādi sabba^eb^nti sabbasaṅkhārasamathādisaddābhidheyyaṃ sabbaṃ atthato ^b^nibbānameva^eb^. Idāni tassa nibbānabhāvaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yasmā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Nti nibbānaṃ. ^b^Āgammā^eb^ti paṭicca ariyamaggassa ārammaṇapaccayabhāvahetu. ^b^Sammantī^eb^ti appaṭisandhikūpasamavasena sammanti. Tathā santā savisesaṃ upasantā nāma hontīti āha ^b^‘‘vūpasammantī’’^eb^ti. Etena ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā sammanti etthāti ^b^sabbasaṅkhārasamatho,^eb^ nibbāna’’nti dasseti. Sabbasaṅkhatavisaṃyutte ca nibbāne sabbasaṅkhāravūpasamapariyāyo heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. ^b^Paṭinissaṭṭhā^eb^ti samucchedavasena pariccattā honti. ^b^Sabbā taṇhā^eb^ti aṭṭhasatappabhedā sabbāpi taṇhā. ^b^Sabbe kilesarāgā^eb^ti kāmarāgarūparāgādibhedā sabbepi kilesabhūtā rāgā, sabbepi vā kilesā idha ‘‘kilesarāgā’’ti veditabbā, na lobhavisesā eva cittassa vipariṇatabhāvāpādanato ^a^M2.0132^ea^. Yathāha ‘‘rattampi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ, duṭṭhampi cittaṃ vipariṇataṃ, mūḷhampi cittaṃ vipariṇata’’nti (pārā. 271). ^b^Virajjantī^eb^ti palujjanti.<br/><br/>[03]Ciranisajjācirabhāsanehi piṭṭhiāgilāyanatālugalasosādivasena ^b^kāyakilamatho^eb^ ceva ^b^kāyavihesā^eb^ ca veditabbā. Sā ca kho desanāya atthaṃ ajānantānaṃ vasena vuttā, jānantānaṃ pana desanāya kāyaparissamopi satthu aparissamova. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘na ca maṃ dhammādhikaraṇaṃ vihesesī’’ti (udā. 10). Tenevāha ^b^‘‘yā ajānantānaṃ desanā nāma, so mama kilamatho assā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ubhaya^eb^nti cittakilamatho ceva cittavihesā cāti ubhayampetaṃ ^b^buddhānaṃ natthi^eb^ bodhimūleyeva samucchinnattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anubrūhanaṃ^eb^ sampiṇḍanaṃ. ^b^So^eb^ti ‘‘apissū’’ti nipāto. ^b^Ma^eb^nti paṭi-saddayogena sāmiatthe upayogavacananti āha ^b^‘‘mamā’’^eb^ti. Vuddhippattā vā acchariyā ^b^anacchariyā^eb^. Vuddhiatthopi hi a-kāro hoti yathā ‘‘asekkhā dhammā’’ti (dha. sa. 11ṭikamātikā). Kappānaṃ satasahassaṃ cattāri ca asaṅkhyeyyāni sadevakassa lokassa dhammasaṃvibhāgakaraṇatthameva pāramiyo pūretvā ^a^V2.0125^ea^ idāni adhigatadhammarajjassa tattha appossukkatāpattidīpanatā, gāthātthassa acchariyatā, tassa vuddhippatti cāti veditabbaṃ. Atthadvārena hi gāthānaṃ anacchariyatā. ^b^Gocarā ahesu^eb^nti upaṭṭhahesuṃ. Upaṭṭhānañca vitakketabbatāti āha ^b^‘‘parivitakkayitabbataṃ pāpuṇiṃsū’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Yadi sukhāpaṭipadāva, kathaṃ kicchatāti āha ^b^‘‘pāramīpūraṇakāle panā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Evamādīni^eb^ duppariccajāni ^b^dentassa. Ha^eb^-iti vā ‘‘byatta’’nti etasmiṃ atthe nipāto. Ekaṃsattheti keci. Ha byattaṃ, ekaṃsena vā alaṃ nippayojanaṃ evaṃ kicchena adhigatassa dhammassa desitanti yojanā. ^b^Hala^eb^nti vā ‘‘ala’’nti iminā samānatthaṃ padaṃ ‘‘halanti vadāmī’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. ṭī. 2.65; saṃ. ni. ṭī. 1.1.172) viya. ^b^Rāgadosapariphuṭṭhehī^eb^ti phuṭṭhavisena viya sappena rāgena dosena ca samphuṭṭhehi abhibhūtehi. ^b^Rāgadosānugatehī^eb^ti rāgena ca dosena ca anubandhehi.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmarāgarattā ^a^M2.0133^ea^ bhavarāgarattā ca nīvaraṇehi nivutatāya, diṭṭhirāgarattā viparītābhinivesena. ^b^Na dakkhantī^eb^ti yāthāvato dhammaṃ na paṭivijjhissanti. ^b^Evaṃ gāhāpetu^eb^nti ‘‘anicca’’ntiādinā sabhāvena yāthāvato dhammaṃ jānāpetuṃ. Rāgadosaparetatāpi nesaṃ sammūḷhabhāvenevāti āha ^b^‘‘tamokhandhena āvuṭā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^282^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dhammadesanāya appossukkatāpattiyā kāraṇaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘kasmā panā’’^eb^tiādinā sayameva codanaṃ samuṭṭhāpeti. Tattha ^b^aññātavesenā^eb^ti imassa bhagavato sāvakabhāvūpagamanena aññātarūpena. Tāpasavesenāti keci. So pana arahattādhigameneva vigaccheyya. Tividhaṃ kāraṇaṃ appossukkatāpattiyā paṭipakkhassa balavabhāvo, dhammassa gambhīratā, tattha ca sātisayaṃ gāravanti, ta dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘tassa hī’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. (Tattha ^b^paṭipakkhā^eb^ nāma rāgādayo kilesā sammāpaṭipattiyā antarāyakarattā. Tesaṃ balavabhāvato ciraparibhāvanāya sattasantānato dubbisodhiyatāya te satte mattahatthino viya dubbalapurisaṃ adhibhavitvā ajjhottharitvā anayabyasanaṃ āpādentā anekasatayojanāyāmavitthāraṃ sunicitaṃ ghanasannivesaṃ kaṇṭakaduggampi adhisenti. Dūrappabhedaducchejjatāhi dubbisodhiyataṃ pana dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘athassā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ca anto amaṭṭhatāya ^b^kañjiyapuṇṇā lābu^eb^. Cirapārivāsikatāya ^b^takkabharitā cāṭi^eb^. Snehatintadubbalabhāvena ^b^vasāpītapilotikā^eb^. Telamissitatāya ^b^añjanamakkhitahattho^eb^ dubbisodhanīyā vuttā, hīnūpamā cetā rūpapabandhabhāvato acirakālikattā ca malīnatāya, kilesasaṃkileso eva pana dubbisodhanīyataro anādikālikattā ^a^V2.0126^ea^ anusayitattā ca. Tenāha ^b^‘‘atisaṃkiliṭṭhā’’^eb^ti. Yathā ca dubbisodhanīyataratāya, evaṃ gambhīraduddasaduranubodhānampi vuttaupamā hīnūpamāva).<br/><br/>[03]Paṭipakkhavigamanena gambhīropi dhammo supākaṭo bhaveyya. Paṭipakkhavigamanaṃ pana sammāpaṭipattipaṭibaddhaṃ, sā saddhammassavanādhīnā. Taṃ satthari dhamme ca pasādāyattaṃ, so garuṭṭhāniyānaṃ ajjhesanahetukoti panāḷikāya sattānaṃ dhammasampaṭipattiyā brahmayācanānimittanti taṃ dassento ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādimāha.<br/><br/>[03]Upakkilesabhūtaṃ ^a^M2.0134^ea^ appaṃ rāgādirajaṃ etassāti apparajaṃ, apparajaṃ akkhi paññācakkhu yesaṃ te taṃsabhāvāti katvā ^b^apparajakkhajātikā^eb^ti ayamattho vibhāvito ^b^‘‘paññāmaye’’^eb^tiādinā. Appaṃ rāgādirajaṃ yesaṃ taṃsabhāvā ^b^apparajakkhajātikā^eb^ti evampi saddattho sambhavati. Dānādidasapuññakiriyavatthūni saraṇagamanaparahitapariṇāmanehi saddhiṃ (dvādasa hontīti) ^b^‘‘dvādasapuññakiriyavasenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Rāgādimalena ^b^samalehi^eb^ pūraṇādīhi ^b^chahi satthārehi^eb^ satthupaṭiññehi kabbaracanāvasena cintākaviādibhāve ṭhatvā takkapariyāhataṃ vīmaṃsānucaritaṃ sayaṃpaṭibhānaṃ ^b^cintito^eb^. Te kira buddhakolāhalānussavena sañjātakutūhalaṃ lokaṃ vañcetvā kohaññe ṭhatvā sabbaññutaṃ paṭijānantā yaṃ kiñci adhammaṃyeva dhammoti dīpesuṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘te hi puretaraṃ uppajjitvā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Apāpureta^eb^nti etaṃ kassapassa bhagavato sāsanantaradhānato pabhuti pihitaṃ nibbānanagarassa mahādvāraṃ ariyamaggaṃ saddhammadesanāhatthena apāpura vivara.<br/><br/>[03]Selapabbato ucco hoti thiro ca, na paṃsupabbato missakapabbato cāti āha ^b^‘‘sele yathā pabbatamuddhanī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Dhammamayaṃ pāsāda^eb^nti lokuttaradhammamāha. So hi sabbaso pasādāvaho, sabbadhamme atikkamma abbhuggataṭṭhena pāsādasadiso ca. Paññāpariyāyo vā idha ^b^dhamma^eb^-saddo. Sā hi abbhuggataṭṭhena ‘‘pāsādo’’ti ^b^abhidhamme^eb^ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 16) niddiṭṭhā. Tathā cāha –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Paññāpāsādamāruyha, asoko sokiniṃ pajaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Pabbataṭṭhova bhūmaṭṭhe, dhīro bāle avekkhatī’’ti. (dha. pa. 28);<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uṭṭhehī^eb^ti ^a^V2.0127^ea^ vā dhammadesanāya appossukkatāsaṅkhātasaṅkocāpattito kilāsubhāvato uṭṭhaha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^283^eb^^b^.^eb^ Garuṭṭhāniyaṃ payirupāsitvā garutaraṃ payojanaṃ uddissa abhipatthanā ajjhesanā, sāpi atthato yācanāva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘ajjhesananti yācana’’^eb^nti. Padesavisayaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ ahutvā buddhānaṃyeva ^a^M2.0135^ea^ āveṇikabhāvato idaṃ ñāṇadvayaṃ ‘‘buddhacakkhū’’ti vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘imesañhi dvinnaṃ ñāṇānaṃ buddhacakkhūti nāma’’^eb^nti. ^b^Tiṇṇaṃ maggañāṇāna^eb^nti heṭṭhimānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ maggañāṇānaṃ ^b^‘‘dhammacakkhū’’^eb^ti nāmaṃ catusaccadhammadassanamattabhāvato. Yato tāni ñāṇāni vijjūpamabhāvena vuttāni, aggamaggañāṇaṃ pana ñāṇakiccassa sikhāppattiyā na dassanamattaṃ hotīti ‘‘dhammacakkhū’’ti na vuccati, tato taṃ vajirūpamabhāvena vuttaṃ. ^b^Vuttanayenā^eb^ti ‘‘apparajakkhā’’ti ettha vuttanayena. Yasmā mandakilesā ^b^‘‘apparajakkhā’’^eb^ti vuttā, tasmā bahalakilesā ^b^‘‘mahārajakkhā’’^eb^ti veditabbā. Paṭipakkhavidhamanasamatthatāya ^b^tikkhāni^eb^ sūrāni visadāni, vuttavipariyāyena ^b^mudūni. Saddhādayo ākārā^eb^ti saddahanādippakāre vadati. ^b^Sundarā^eb^ti kalyāṇā. ^b^Sammohavinodaniyaṃ^eb^ (vibha. aṭṭha. 814) pana ‘‘yesaṃ āsayādayo koṭṭhāsā sundarā, te svākārā, viparītā dvākārā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ imāya atthavaṇṇanāya aññadatthu saṃsandati sametīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. ^b^Kāraṇaṃ^eb^ nāma paccayākāro, saccāni vā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ayaṃ panettha pāḷī^eb^ti ettha apparajakkhādipadānaṃ atthavibhāvane ayaṃ tassatthassa vibhāvanī pāḷi. Saddhādīnaṃ vimuttiparipācakadhammānaṃ balavabhāvo tappaṭipakkhānaṃ pāpadhammānaṃ dubbalabhāveneva hoti, tesañca balavabhāvo saddhādīnaṃ dubbalabhāvenāti vimuttiparipācakadhammānaṃ atthitānatthitāvasena apparajakkhamahārajakkhatādayo pāḷiyaṃ vibhajitvā dassitā. Khandhādayo eva lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena ^b^loko^eb^. Sampattibhavabhūto loko ^b^sampattibhavaloko,^eb^ sugatisaṅkhāto upapattibhavo. Sampatti sambhavati etenāti ^b^sampattisambhavaloko^eb^. Sugatisaṃvattaniyo kammabhavo. Duggati saṅkhātaupapattibhavaduggati saṃvattaniyakammabhavā ^b^vipattibhavalokavipattisambhavalokā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Puna ekakadukādivasena lokaṃ vibhajitvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘eko loko’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Āhārādayo viya hi āhāraṭṭhitikā saṅkhārā lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena lokoti. Ettha ^b^eko loko sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā^eb^ti yāyaṃ puggalādhiṭṭhānāya kathāya sabbasaṅkhārānaṃ paccayāyattavutti, tāya sabbe saṅkhārā ekova loko ekavidho pakārantarassa abhāvato. ^b^Dve lokā^eb^tiādīsupi iminā ^a^M2.0136^ea^ nayena attho veditabbo. Nāmaggahaṇena cettha nibbānassa aggahaṇaṃ tassa alokasabhāvattā. Nanu ca ^b^āhāraṭṭhitikā^eb^ti ettha paccayāyattavuttitāya maggaphalānampi lokatā ^a^V2.0128^ea^ āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati pariññeyyānaṃ dukkhasaccadhammānaṃ idha ‘‘loko’’ti adhippetattā. Atha vā na lujjati na palujjatīti yo gahito tathā na hoti, so lokoti taṃ-gahaṇarahitānaṃ lokuttarānaṃ natthi lokatā. Upādānānaṃ ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā ^b^upādānakkhandhā. Dasāyatanānī^eb^ti dasa rūpāyatanāni. Sesamettha suviññeyyameva.<br/><br/>[03]Vivaṭṭajjhāsayassa adhippetattā tassa ca sabbaṃ tebhūmakakammaṃ garahitabbaṃ vajjitabbañca hutvā upaṭṭhātīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbe abhisaṅkhārā vajjaṃ, sabbe bhavagāmikammā vajja’’^eb^nti. Apparajakkhamahārajakkhādīsu pañcasu dukesu ekekasmiṃ dasa dasa katvā ^b^‘‘paññāsāya ākārehi imāni pañcindriyāni jānātī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Atha vā anvayato byatirekato ca saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ paropariyattaṃ jānātīti katvā tathā vuttaṃ. Ettha ca apparajakkhādibhabbādivasena āvajjentassa bhagavato te sattā puñjapuñjāva hutvā upaṭṭhahanti, na ekekā.<br/><br/>[03]Uppalāni ettha santīti ^b^uppalinī,^eb^ gacchopi jalāsayopi, idha pana jalāsayo adhippetoti āha ^b^‘‘uppalavane’’^eb^ti. Yāni udakassa anto nimuggāneva hutvā pusanti vaḍḍhanti, tāni ^b^antonimuggaposīni. Dīpitānī^eb^ti ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pakāsitāni, idheva vā ‘‘aññānipī’’tiādinā bhāsitāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ugghaṭitaññū^eb^ti ugghaṭitaṃ nāma ñāṇugghaṭanaṃ, ñāṇe ugghaṭitamatte eva jānātīti attho. Vipañcitaṃ vitthāritameva atthaṃ jānātīti ^b^vipañcitaññū^eb^. Uddesādīhi netabboti ^b^neyyo. Saha udāhaṭavelāyā^eb^ti udāhāre udāhaṭamatteyeva. ^b^Dhammābhisamayo^eb^ti catusaccadhammassa ñāṇena saddhiṃ abhisamayo. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti ayaṃ ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’tiādinā nayena saṃkhittena mātikāya ṭhapiyamānāya desanānusārena ñāṇaṃ pesetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhituṃ samattho puggalo ^b^‘‘ugghaṭitaññū’’^eb^ti vuccati. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccatī^eb^ti ayaṃ saṃkhittena mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā vitthārena atthe ^a^M2.0137^ea^ vibhajiyamāne arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ samattho puggalo ^b^‘‘vipañcitaññū’’^eb^ti vuccati. ^b^Uddesato^eb^ti uddesahetu, uddisantassa, uddisāpentassa vāti attho. ^b^Paripucchato^eb^ti atthaṃ paripucchantassa. ^b^Anupubbena dhammābhisamayo hotī^eb^ti anukkamena arahattappatti hoti. ^b^Na tāya jātiyā dhammābhisamayo hotī^eb^ti tena attabhāvena maggaṃ vā phalaṃ vā antamaso jhānaṃ vā vipassanaṃ vā nibbattetuṃ na sakkoti. ^b^Ayaṃ vuccati puggalo padaparamo^eb^ti ayaṃ puggalo byañjanapadameva paramaṃ assāti padaparamoti vuccati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kammāvaraṇenā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0129^ea^ (vibha. aṭṭha. 826) pañcavidhena ānantariyakammena. ^b^Vipākāvaraṇenā^eb^ti ahetukapaṭisandhiyā. Yasmā pana duhetukānampi ariyamaggapaṭivedho natthi, tasmā duhetukā paṭisandhipi ‘‘vipākāvaraṇamevā’’ti veditabbā. ^b^Kilesāvaraṇenā^eb^ti niyatamicchādiṭṭhiyā. ^b^Assaddhā^eb^ti buddhādīsu saddhārahitā. ^b^Acchandikā^eb^ti kattukamyatākusalacchandarahitā. Uttarakurukā manussā acchandikaṭṭhānaṃ paviṭṭhā. ^b^Duppaññā^eb^ti bhavaṅgapaññāya parihīnā. Bhavaṅgapaññāya pana paripuṇṇāyapi yassa bhavaṅgaṃ lokuttarassa paccayo na hoti, sopi duppañño eva nāma. ^b^Abhabbā niyāmaṃ okkamituṃ kusalesu dhammesu sammatta^eb^nti kusalesu dhammesu sammattaniyāmasaṅkhātaṃ maggaṃ okkamituṃ adhigantuṃ abhabbā. ^b^Na kammāvaraṇenā^eb^tiādīni vuttavipariyāyena veditabbāni.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nibbānassa dvāraṃ^eb^ pavisanamaggo. ^b^Vivaritvā ṭhapito^eb^ mahākaruṇūpanissayena sayambhuñāṇena adhigatattā. ^b^Saddhaṃ pamuñcantū^eb^ti attano saddhaṃ pavesentu, saddahanākāraṃ upaṭṭhapentūti attho. Sukhena akicchena pavattanīyatāya ^b^suppavattitaṃ. Na bhāsiṃ^eb^ na bhāsissāmīti cintesiṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^284^eb^^b^.^eb^ Dhammaṃ desessāmīti evaṃ pavattitadhammadesanāpaṭisaṃyuttassa vitakkassa sattamasattāhato paraṃ aṭṭhamasattāheyeva uppannattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘aṭṭhame sattāhe’’^eb^ti. Na itarasattāhāni viya paṭiniyatakiccalakkhitassa aṭṭhamasattāhassa nāma pavattitassa sabbhāvā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vivaṭa^eb^nti ^a^M2.0138^ea^ devatāviggahena vivaṭāṅgapaccaṅganiddāya janānaṃ pākaṭaṃ vippakāranti attho. ‘‘Buddhattaṃ anadhigantvā na paccāgamissāmī’’ti uppannavitakkātisayahetukena ^b^pathavīparivattanacetiyaṃ nāma dassetvā^eb^. Sākiyakoliyamallarajjavasena ^b^tīṇi rajjāni. Rukkhamūle^eb^ti nigrodhamūle. ^b^Vatvā pakkāmi,^eb^ pakkamantiyā cassā mahāsatto ākāraṃ dassesi suvaṇṇathālaggahaṇāya, sā ‘‘tumhākaṃ taṃ pariccattamevā’’ti pakkāmi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Divāvihāraṃ katvā^eb^ti nānāsamāpattiyo samāpajjanena divāvihāraṃ viharitvā. ‘‘Kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca, aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, upasussatu sarīre maṃsalohita’’ntiādinā ^b^sutte^eb^ (ma. ni. 2.184; saṃ. ni. 2.237; a. ni. 2.5; 8.13; mahāni. 17, 196) āgatanayena ^b^caturaṅgavīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Navayojana^eb^nti ubbedhato vuttaṃ, puthulato dvādasayojanā, dīghato yāva cakkavāḷā āyatāti ^a^V2.0130^ea^ vadanti. Ajjhottharanto upasaṅkamitvā – ‘‘uṭṭhehi so, siddhattha, ahaṃ imassa pallaṅkassa anucchaviko’’ti vatvā tattha sakkhiṃ otārento attano parisaṃ niddisi. Ekappahāreneva – ‘‘ayameva anucchaviko, ayameva anucchaviko’’ti kolāhalamakāsi, taṃ sutvā ^b^mahāsatto…pe… hatthaṃ pasāreti^eb^. Yaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Acetanāyaṃ pathavī, aviññāya sukhaṃ dukhaṃ;<br/><br/>[22]Sāpi dānabalā mayhaṃ, sattakkhattuṃ pakampathā’’ti. (cariyā. 1.124);<br/><br/>[03]Pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ visodhetvāti ānetvā sambandho sīhāvalokanañāyena. ^b^Vaṭṭavivaṭṭaṃ sammasitvā^eb^ti catusaccamanasikāraṃ sandhāyāha. ^b^Imassa pallaṅkassa atthāyā^eb^ti pallaṅkasīsena adhigatavisesaṃ dasseti. Tattha hi sikhāppattavimuttisukhaṃ avijahanto antarantarā ca paṭiccasamuppādaṅgaṃ manasikaronto ekapallaṅkena nisīdi. ^b^Ekaccāna^eb^nti yā adhigatamaggā sacchikatanirodhā ekadesena ca buddhaguṇe jānanti, tā ṭhapetvā tadaññesaṃ devatānaṃ. ^b^Aññepi buddhattakarā^eb^ti visākhāpuṇṇamato paṭṭhāya rattindivaṃ evaṃ niccasamāhitabhāvahetukānaṃ buddhaguṇānaṃ upari aññepi ^a^M2.0139^ea^ buddhattasādhakā, ‘‘ayaṃ buddho’’ti buddhabhāvassa paresaṃ vibhāvanā dhammā kiṃ nu kho atthīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Animisehī^eb^ti dhammapītivipphāravasena pasādavikasitaniccalatāya nimesarahitehi. ^b^Ratanacaṅkame^eb^ti devatāhi māpite ratanamayacaṅkame. Ratanabhūtānaṃ sattannaṃ pakaraṇānaṃ tattha ca anantanayassa dhammaratanassa sammasanena ^b^taṃ ṭhānaṃ ratanagharacetiyaṃ nāma jāta^eb^ntipi vadanti. ^b^Evanti^eb^ vakkhamānākārena. Chabbaṇṇānaṃ rasmīnaṃ dantehi nikkhamanato ^b^chaddantanāgakulaṃ viyā^eb^ti nidassanaṃ vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Heṭṭhā lohapāsādappamāṇo^eb^ti navabhūmakassa sabbapaṭhamassa lohapāsādassa heṭṭhā lohapāsādappamāṇo. ^b^Khandhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 5) pana tattha ‘‘bhaṇḍāgāragabbhappamāṇa’’nti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paccagghe^eb^ti abhinave. Paccekaṃ mahagghatāya ^b^paccagghe^eb^ti keci, taṃ na sundaraṃ. Na hi buddhā bhagavanto mahagghaṃ paṭiggaṇhanti paribhuñjanti vā. ^b^Piṇḍapāta^eb^nti ettha manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca ^a^V2.0131^ea^ sandhāya vadati. ^b^Ayaṃ vitakko^eb^ti – ‘‘kassa nu kho ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ dhammaṃ deseyya’’nti ayaṃ parivitakko.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Paṇḍiccenā^eb^ti samāpattipaṭilābhasaṃsiddhena adhigamabāhusaccasaṅkhātena paṇḍitabhāvena. ^b^Veyyattiyenā^eb^ti samāpattipaṭilābhapaccayena pārihāriyapaññāsaṅkhātena byattabhāvena. ^b^Medhāvī^eb^ti tihetukapaṭisandhipaññāsaṅkhātāya taṃtaṃitikattabbatāpaññāsaṅkhātāya ca medhāya samannāgatoti evampettha attho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Mahājāniyo^eb^ti mahāparihāniko. ^b^Āgamanapādāpi natthī^eb^ti idaṃ paṭhamaṃ vattabbaṃ, athāhaṃ tattha gaccheyyaṃ, gantvā desiyamānaṃ dhammampissa sotuṃ sotapasādopi natthīti yojanā. Kiṃ pana bhagavatā attano buddhānubhāvena te dhammaṃ ñāpetuṃ na sakkāti? Āma, na sakkā. Na hi parato ghosaṃ antarena sāvakānaṃ dhammābhisamayo sambhavati, aññathā itarapaccayarahitassapi dhammābhisamayena bhavitabbaṃ, na ca taṃ atthi. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘dveme, bhikkhave, paccayā sammādiṭṭhiyā uppādāya parato ca ghoso ajjhattañca yonisomanasikāro’’ti (a. ni. 2.127). Pāḷiyaṃ rāmasseva samāpattilābhitā āgatā, na udakassa, taṃ tassa bodhisattena samāgatakālavasena vuttaṃ ^a^M2.0140^ea^. So hi pubbepi tattha yuttappayutto viharanto mahāpurisena khippaññeva samāpattīnaṃ nibbattitabhāvaṃ sutvā saṃvegajāto mahāsatte tato nibbijja pakkante ghaṭento vāyamanto nacirasseva aṭṭha samāpattiyo nibbattesi. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘nevasaññānāsaññāyatane nibbattoti addasā’’^eb^ti. Ete aṭṭha brāhmaṇāti sambandho. ^b^Chaḷaṅgavā^eb^ti chaḷaṅgaviduno. ^b^Manta^eb^nti mantapadaṃ. ‘‘Nijjhāyitvā’’ti vacanaseso, mantetvāti attho. ^b^Viyākariṃsū^eb^ti kathesuṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yathāmantapada^eb^nti lakkhaṇamantasaṅkhātavedavacanānurūpaṃ. ^b^Gatā^eb^ti paṭipannā. ‘‘Dveva gatiyo bhavanti anaññā’’ti (dī. ni. 2.33; 3.199-200; ma. ni. 2.384, 398) vuttaniyāmena nicchinituṃ asakkontā brāhmaṇā vuttameva paṭipajjiṃsu, na mahāpurisassa buddhabhāvappattiṃ paccāsīsiṃsu. ^b^Ime pana^eb^ koṇḍaññādayo ^b^pañca^eb^ ‘‘ekaṃsato buddho bhavissatī’’ti jātanicchayattā ^b^mantapadaṃ atikkantā. Puṇṇapatta^eb^nti tuṭṭhidānaṃ. ^b^Nibbitakkā^eb^ti nibbikappā, na dvedhā takkā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vappakāle^eb^ti vapanakāle. Vapanatthaṃ bījāni nīharaṇantena tattha aggaṃ gahetvā dānaṃ ^b^bījaggadānaṃ^eb^ nāma. ^b^Lāyanaggā^eb^dīsupi eseva nayo. Dhaññaphalassa nātipariṇatakāle ^b^puthukakāle. Lāyane^eb^ti sassalāyane. Yathā lūnaṃ hatthakaṃ katvā veṇivasena bandhanaṃ ^b^veṇikaraṇaṃ^eb^. Veṇiyo pana purisabhāravasena ^a^V2.0132^ea^ bandhanaṃ ^b^kalāpo^eb^. Khale kalāpānaṃ ṭhapanadivase aggaṃ gahetvā dānaṃ ^b^khalaggaṃ^eb^. Madditvā vīhīnaṃ rāsikaraṇadivase aggaṃ gahetvā dānaṃ ^b^bhaṇḍaggaṃ^eb^. Koṭṭhāgāre dhaññassa pakkhipanadivase dānaṃ ^b^koṭṭhaggaṃ. Uddharitvā^eb^ti khalato dhaññassa uddharitvā. ^b^Navannaṃ aggadānānaṃ dinnattā^eb^ti idaṃ tassa rattaññūnaṃ aggabhāvatthāya katābhinīhārānurūpaṃ pavattitasāvakapāramiyā ciṇṇante pavattitattā vuttaṃ. Tiṇṇampi hi bodhisattānaṃ taṃtaṃpāramiyā sikhāppattakāle pavattitaṃ puññaṃ apuññaṃ vā garutaravipākameva hoti, dhammassa ca sabbapaṭhamaṃ sacchikiriyāya vinā kathaṃ rattaññūnaṃ aggabhāvasiddhīti. ^b^Bahukārā kho ime pañcavaggiyā^eb^ti idaṃ pana upakārānussaraṇamattakameva paricayavasena āḷārudakānussaraṇaṃ viya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^285^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Vivare^eb^ti majjhe. Tenāha ^b^‘‘tigāvutantare ṭhāne’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ayojiyamāne upayogavacanaṃ na pāpuṇāti^eb^ sāmivacanassa pasaṅge antarā-saddayogena ^a^M2.0141^ea^ upayogavacanassa icchitattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘antarāsaddena pana yuttattā upayogavacanaṃ kata’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbaṃ tebhūmakadhammaṃ abhibhavitvā^eb^ pariññābhisamayavasena atikkamitvā. ^b^Catubhūmakadhammaṃ^eb^ anavasesaṃ ñeyyaṃ sabbaso ñeyyāvaraṇassa pahīnattā sabbaññutaññāṇena ^b^avediṃ^eb^. Rajjanadussanamuyhanādinā ^b^kilesena^eb^. Appahātabbampi kusalābyākataṃ tappaṭibaddhakilesamathanena pahīnattā na hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sabbaṃ tebhūmakadhammaṃ jahitvā ṭhito’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ārammaṇato^eb^ti ārammaṇakaraṇavasena.<br/><br/>[03]Kiñcāpi lokiyadhammānampi yādiso lokanāthassa adhigamo, na tādiso adhigamo parūpadeso atthi, lokuttaradhamme panassa lesopi natthīti āha ^b^‘‘lokuttaradhamme mayhaṃ ācariyo nāma natthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Paṭibhāgapuggalo^eb^ti sīlādīhi guṇehi paṭinidhibhūto puggalo. ^b^Sahetunā^eb^ti sahadhammena sapāṭihīrakatāya. ^b^Nayenā^eb^ti abhijānanatādividhinā. ^b^Cattāri saccānī^eb^ti idaṃ tabbinimuttassa ñeyyassa abhāvato vuttaṃ. ^b^Sayaṃ buddho^eb^ti sayameva sayambhuñāṇena buddho. Vigatapariḷāhatāya ^b^sītibhūto^eb^. Tato eva ^b^nibbuto. Āhañchanti^eb^ āhanissāmi. Veneyyānaṃ amatādhigamāya ugghosanādiṃ katvā satthu dhammadesanā ^b^amatadundubhī^eb^ti vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]Anantañāṇo jitakilesoti ^b^anantajino. Evampi nāma bhaveyyā^eb^ti evaṃvidhe nāma rūparatane īdisena ñāṇena bhavitabbanti adhippāyo. Ayaṃ hissa pabbajjāya paccayo jāto, katādhikāro cesa. Tathā hi bhagavā tena samāgamatthaṃ padasāva taṃ maggaṃ paṭipajji.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Koṭṭhāsasampannā^eb^ti ^a^V2.0133^ea^ aṅgapaccaṅgasaṅkhātāvayavasampannā. ^b^Aṭṭīyatī^eb^ti aṭṭo hoti, domanassaṃ āpajjatīti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Avihaṃ upapannāse^eb^ti avihesu nibbattā. ^b^Vimuttā^eb^ti aggaphalavimuttiyā vimuttā. ^b^Te hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, dibbayogaṃ upajjhagu^eb^nti te upakā dayo mānusaṃ attabhāvaṃ jahitvā orambhāgiyasaṃyojanappahānena avihesu nibbattamattāva aggamaggādhigamena dibbayogaṃ uddhambhāgiyasaṃyojanaṃ samatikkamiṃsu.<br/><br/>[03]^b^286^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Saṇṭhapesu^eb^nti ^a^M2.0142^ea^ ‘‘neva abhivādetabbo’’tiādinā (mahāva. 12) saṇṭhaṃ kiriyākāraṃ akaṃsu. Tenāha ^b^‘‘katikaṃ akaṃsū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Padhānato^eb^ti pubbe anuṭṭhitadukkaracaraṇato. ^b^Pabhāvita^eb^nti vācāsamuṭṭhānaṃ, vacīnicchāraṇanti attho. ‘‘Ayaṃ na kiñci visesaṃ adhigamissatī’’ti ^b^anukkaṇṭhanatthaṃ^eb^. ‘‘Mayaṃ yattha katthaci gamissāmā’’ti ^b^mā vitakkayittha. Obhāso^eb^ti vipassanobhāso. ^b^Nimitta^eb^nti kammaṭṭhānanimittaṃ. ^b^Ekapadenevā^eb^ti ekavacaneneva. ‘‘Anena pubbepi na kiñci micchā vuttapubba’’nti ^b^satiṃ labhitvā^eb^. Yathābhūtavādīti ^b^uppannagāravā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Antovihāreyeva ahosi^eb^ daharakumāro viya tehi bhikkhūhi pariharito. ^b^Male^eb^ti saṃkilese. Gāmato bhikkhūhi nīhaṭaṃ upanītaṃ bhattaṃ etassāti nīhaṭabhatto, tena ^b^nīhaṭabhattena^eb^ bhagavatā. ^b^Ettakaṃ kathāmagga^eb^nti – ‘‘dvemā, bhikkhave, pariyesanā’’ti ārabhitvā yāva – ‘‘natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti padaṃ, ettakaṃ desanāmaggaṃ. Kāmañcettha – ‘‘tumhepi mamañceva pañcavaggiyānañca maggaṃ ārūḷhā, ariyapariyesanā tumhākaṃ pariyesanā’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ. Tena pana – ‘‘so kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, attanā jātidhammo samāno…pe… asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamanti, atha kho, bhikkhave, pañcavaggiyā bhikkhū mayā evaṃ ovadiyamānā…pe… anuttaraṃ yogakkhemaṃ nibbānaṃ ajjhagamaṃsu…pe… natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti imasseva suttapadassa attho vibhāvitoti katvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bhagavā yaṃ pubbe avaca tumhepi mamañceva pañcavaggiyānañca maggaṃ āruḷhā, ariyapariyesanā tumhākaṃ pariyesanāti. Imaṃ ekameva anusandhiṃ dassento āharī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^287^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Anagāriyānampī^eb^ti pabbajitānampi. ^b^Pañcakāmaguṇavasena anariyapariyesanā hoti^eb^ gadhitādibhāvena paribhuñjanato. Micchājīvavasenapi anariyapariyesanā hotīti tato visesanatthaṃ ^a^V2.0134^ea^^b^‘‘pañcakāmaguṇavasenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ sacchandarāgaparibhogassa adhippetattā. Idāni catūsu paccayesu kāmaguṇe niddhāretuṃ ^b^‘‘tatthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Paribhogaraso^eb^ti paribhogapaccayapītisomanassaṃ. Ayaṃ pana rasasamānatāvasena gahaṇaṃ upādāya ^a^M2.0143^ea^ ‘‘raso’’ti vutto, na sabhāvato. Sabhāvena gahaṇaṃ upādāya pītisomanassaṃ dhammārammaṇaṃ siyā, na rasārammaṇaṃ. ^b^Appaccavekkhaṇaparibhogo^eb^ti paccavekkhaṇarahito paribhogo, idamatthitaṃ anissāya gadhitādibhāvena paribhogoti attho. ^b^Gadhitā^eb^ti taṇhāya baddhā. ^b^Mucchitā^eb^ti mucchaṃ mohaṃ pamādaṃ āpannā. ^b^Ajjhogāḷhā^eb^ti adhiogāḷhā, taṃ taṃ ārammaṇaṃ anupavisitvā ṭhitā. ^b^Ādīnavaṃ apassantā^eb^ti sacchandarāgaparibhoge dosaṃ ajānantā. Apaccavekkhitaparibhogahetuādīnavaṃ nissarati atikkamati etenāti ^b^nissaraṇaṃ,^eb^ paccavekkhaṇañāṇaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pāsarāsi^eb^nti pāsasamudāyaṃ. Luddako hi pāsaṃ oḍḍento na ekaṃyeva, na ca ekasmiṃyeva ṭhāne oḍḍeti, atha kho taṃtaṃmigānaṃ āgamanamaggaṃ sallakkhetvā tattha tattha oḍḍento bahūyeva oḍḍeti, tasmā te cittena ekato gahetvā ^b^‘‘pāsarāsī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Vāgurassa vā pāsapadesānaṃ bahubhāvato ^b^‘‘pāsarāsī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[06]Pāsarāsisuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 133
title: pāsarāsisuttavaṇṇanā^cūḷahatthipadopamasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^288^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Setaparivāro^eb^ti ^a^V2.0135^ea^ setapaṭicchado, setavaṇṇālaṅkāroti attho. Pubbe pana ‘‘setālaṅkārā’’ti assālaṅkāro gahito, idha cakkapañjarakubbarādirathāvayavesu kātabbālaṅkāro. ^b^Evaṃ vuttenā^eb^ti evaṃ ‘‘setāya suda’’ntiādinā pakārena saṃyuttamahāvagge (saṃ. ni. 5.4) vuttena. ^b^Nātimahā^eb^ yuddhamaṇḍale sañcārasukhatthaṃ. Yodho sārathīti ^b^dvinnaṃ,^eb^ paharaṇadāyakena saddhiṃ ^b^tiṇṇaṃ vā^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karoti^eb^ nagarasobhanatthaṃ. Idaṃ kira tassa brāhmaṇassa jāṇussoṇiṭṭhānantaraṃ jātisiddhaṃ paramparāgataṃ cārittaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ito ettakehi divasehī’’^eb^tiādi. Cārittavasena nagaravāsinopi tathā tathā paṭipajjanti. Puññavādimaṅgalakathane niyuttā ^b^māṅgalikā^eb^. Suvatthipattanāya ^b^sovatthikā. Ādi^eb^-saddena vandīādīnaṃ saṅgaho. ^b^Yasasirisampattiyā^eb^ti yasasampattiyā sirisampattiyā ca, parivārasampattiyā ceva vibhavasobhāsampattiyā cāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nagarābhimukho^eb^^a^M2.0144^ea^^b^pāyāsi^eb^ attano bhikkhācāravelāya. ^b^Paṇḍito maññe^eb^ti ettha ^b^maññe^eb^ti idaṃ ‘‘maññatī’’ti iminā samānatthaṃ nipātapadaṃ. Tassa iti-saddaṃ ānetvā atthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘paṇḍitoti maññatī’’^eb^ti āha. Anumatipucchāvasena cetaṃ vuttaṃ. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘udāhu no’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññati bhavaṃ vacchāyano samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiya’’nti hi vuttamevatthaṃ puna gaṇhanto ^b^‘‘paṇḍito maññe’’^eb^ti āha. Tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bhavaṃ vacchāyano, samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ paṇḍitoti maññati, udāhu no’’^eb^ti, yathā te khameyya, tathā naṃ kathehīti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Ahaṃ ko nāma,^eb^ mama avisayo esoti dasseti. ^b^Ko cā^eb^ti hetunissakke paccattavacananti āha ^b^‘‘kuto cā’’^eb^ti. Tathā cāha ^b^‘‘kena kāraṇena jānissāmī’’^eb^ti, yena kāraṇena samaṇassa gotamassa paññāveyyattiyaṃ jāneyyaṃ, taṃ kāraṇaṃ mayi natthīti adhippāyo. ^b^Buddhoyeva bhaveyya,^eb^ abuddhassa sabbathā buddhañāṇānubhāvaṃ jānituṃ na sakkāti. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘appamattakaṃ kho panetaṃ, bhikkhave, oramattakaṃ sīlamattakaṃ, yena puthujjano tathāgatassa vaṇṇaṃ vadamāno vadeyya (dī. ni. 1.7), atthi, bhikkhave, aññeva dhammā gambhīrā duddasā duranubodhā ^a^V2.0136^ea^ …pe… yehi tathāgatassa yathābhuccaṃ vaṇṇaṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyyā’’ti (dī. ni. 1.28) ca. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ‘‘sopi nūnassa tādisovā’’ti etasmiṃ pade. ^b^Pasattha pasattho^eb^ti pasatthehi attano guṇeheva so pasattho, na tassa kittinā, pasaṃsāsabhāveneva pāsaṃsoti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbaguṇāna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Maṇiratana^eb^nti cakkavattino maṇiratanaṃ. Sadevake loke pāsaṃsānampi pāsaṃsoti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘pasatthehi vā’’^eb^ti dutiyavikappo gahito.<br/><br/>[03]Araṇīyato attho, so eva vasatīti vasoti ^b^atthavaso,^eb^ tassa tassa payogassa ānisaṃsabhūtaṃ phalanti āha ^b^‘‘atthavasanti atthānisaṃsa’’^eb^nti. Attho vā vuttalakkhaṇo vaso etassāti ^b^atthavaso,^eb^ kāraṇaṃ. ^b^Nāgavanavāsiko^eb^ti hatthināgānaṃ vicaraṇavane tesaṃ gahaṇatthaṃ vasanako. ^b^Anuggahitasippo^eb^ti asikkhitahatthisippo āyatavitthatassa padamattassa dassanena ‘‘mahā vata, bho nāgo’’ti niṭṭhāgamanato. ^b^Parato pana^eb^ bhagavatā vuttaṭṭhāne. ^b^Uggahitasippo puriso nāgavanikoti āgato^eb^ āyatavitthatassa ^a^M2.0145^ea^ padassa uccassa ca nisevitassa byabhicārabhāvaṃ ñatvā tattakena niṭṭhaṃ agantvā mahāhatthiṃ disvāva niṭṭhāgamanato. Ñāṇaṃ pajjati etthāti ^b^ñāṇapadāni,^eb^ khattiyapaṇḍitādīnaṃ dhammavinaye vinītattā vinayehi adhigatajjhānādīni. Tāni hi tathāgatagandhahatthino desanāñāṇena akkantaṭṭhānāni. ^b^Cattārī^eb^ti pana vineyyānaṃ idha khattiyapaṇḍitādivasena catubbidhānaṃyeva gahitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^289^eb^^b^.^eb^ Puggalesu paññāya ca nipuṇatā paṇḍitasamaññā nipuṇatthassa dassanasamatthatāvasenevāti āha ^b^‘‘sukhumātthantarapaṭivijjhanasamatthe’’^eb^ti. ^b^Kata^eb^-saddo idha nipphannapariyāyo. Pare pavadanti ettha, etenāti ^b^parappavādo,^eb^ parasamayo. Parehi pavadanaṃ ^b^parappavādo,^eb^ viggāhikakathāya paravādamaddanaṃ. Tadubhayampi ekato katvā pāḷiyaṃ vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘viññātaparappavāde ceva parehi saddhiṃ katavādaparicaye cā’’^eb^ti, parasamayesu paravādamaddanesu ca nipphanneti attho. ^b^Vālavedhirūpe^eb^ti vālavedhipatirūpe. Tenāha ^b^‘‘vālavedhidhanuggahasadise’’^eb^ti. ^b^Vāla^eb^nti anekadhā bhinnassa vālassa aṃsusaṅkhātaṃ vālaṃ. ^b^Bhindantā viyā^eb^ti ghaṭādiṃ saviggahaṃ muggarādinā bhindantā viya, diṭṭhigatāni ekaṃsato bhindantāti adhippāyo. ‘‘Atthaṃ guyhaṃ paṭicchannaṃ katvā pucchissāmā’’ti saṅkhataṃ padapañhaṃ pucchantīti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘dupadampī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Vadanti etenāti ^b^vādo,^eb^ doso. Pucchīyatīti ^b^pañho,^eb^ attho. Pucchati etenāti ^b^pañho,^eb^ saddo. Tadubhayaṃ ekato gahetvā āha ^b^‘‘evarūpe pañhe’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^‘‘Evaṃ puccheyya, evaṃ vissajjeyyā’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0137^ea^ ca pucchāvissajjanānaṃ sikhāvagamanaṃ dasseti. ^b^Seyyo^eb^ti uttamo, paramo lābhoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]Evaṃ attano vādavidhamanabhayenapi pare bhagavantaṃ pañhaṃ pucchituṃ na visahantīti vatvā idāni vādavidhamanena vināpi na visahanti evāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi āraddhaṃ. ^b^Cittaṃ pasīdati^eb^ pare attano attabhāvampi vissatthaṃ niyyādetukāmā honti odhisakamettāpharaṇasadisattā tassa mettāyanassa. ^b^Dassanasampannā^eb^ti daṭṭhabbatāya sampannā dassanānuttariyabhāvato, ativiya dassanīyāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saraṇagamanavasena^eb^^a^M2.0146^ea^^b^sāvakā^eb^ti lokiyasaraṇagamanena sāvakā, lokuttarasaraṇagamanena pana sāvakattaṃ parato āgamissati, tañca pabbajitavasena vuccati, idha gahaṭṭhavasena, ubhayatthāpi saraṇagamanena sāvakattaṃ veditabbaṃ. Te hi paralokavajjabhayadassāvino kulaputtā, ācārakulaputtāpi tādisā bhavanti. ^b^Thokenā^eb^ti iminā ‘‘manaṃ anassāmā’’ti padassatthaṃ vadati.<br/><br/>[03]^b^290^eb^^b^.^eb^ Udāharīyati ubbegapītivasenāti, tathā vā udāharaṇaṃ ^b^udānaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘udāhāraṃ udāharī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Assa dhammassā^eb^ti assa paṭipattisaddhammapubbakassa paṭivedhasaddhammassa. ^b^So^eb^ti hatthipadopamo hatthipadopamabhāvena vuccamāno dhammo. ^b^Ettāvatā^eb^ti ettakena paribbājakena vuttakathāmaggamattena. Kāmaṃ tena vuttakathāmaggenapi hatthipadopamabhāvena vuccamāno dhammo paripuṇṇova arahattaṃ pāpetvā paveditattā, so ca kho saṅkhepato, na vitthāratoti āha ^b^‘‘na ettāvatā vitthārena paripūro hotī’’^eb^ti. Yadi yathā vitthārena hatthipadopamo paripūro hoti, tathā desanā āraddhā, ^b^atha kasmā kusaloti na vutto^eb^ti codanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^291^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āyāmatopī^eb^ti ^b^pi^eb^-saddena ubbedhenapi rassāti dasseti. Nīcakāyā hi tā honti. ^b^Uccā^eb^ti uccakā. Nisevanaṃ, nisevati etthāti vā ^b^nisevitaṃ^eb^. Nisevanañcettha kaṇḍuyitavinodanatthaṃ ghaṃsanaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘khandhappadese ghaṃsitaṭṭhāna’’^eb^nti. ^b^Uccā^eb^ti anīcā, ubbedhavantiyoti attho. ^b^Kāḷārikā^eb^ti viraḷadantā, visaṅgatadantāti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘dantāna’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Kaḷāratāyā^eb^ti viraḷatāya. ^b^Ārañjitānī^eb^ti rañjitāni, vilikhitānīti attho. ^b^Kaṇerutāyā^eb^ti kuṭumalasaṇṭhānatāya. ^b^Ayaṃ vā^eb^ti ettha ^b^vā^eb^-saddo saṃsayitanicchayattho yathā aññatthāpi ‘‘ayaṃ vā imesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ sabbabālo sabbamūḷho’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.181).<br/><br/>[03]^b^Nāgavanaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0138^ea^^b^viyā^eb^ti mahāhatthino vāmanikādīnañca padadassanaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ nāgavanaṃ viya. ^b^Ādito paṭṭhāya yāva nīvaraṇappahānā dhammadesanā^eb^ tathāgatassa ^a^M2.0147^ea^ bāhiraparibbājakādīnañca padadassanabhāvato. ^b^Ādito paṭṭhāyā^eb^ti ca ‘‘taṃ suṇāhī’’ti padato paṭṭhāya. ^b^Kusalo nāgavaniko viya yogāvacaro^eb^ pariyesanavasena pamāṇaggahaṇato. ^b^Matthake ṭhatvā^eb^ti imassa suttassa pariyosāne ṭhatvā. ^b^Imasmimpi ṭhāne^eb^ti ‘‘evameva kho brāhmaṇā’’tiādinā upameyyassa atthassa upaññāsanaṭṭhānepi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Svāya^eb^nti (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.190) idha-saddamattaṃ gaṇhāti, na yathāvisesitabbaṃ idha-saddaṃ. Tathā hi vakkhati ‘‘katthaci padapūraṇamattamevā’’ti. ^b^Lokaṃ upādāya vuccati^eb^ loka-saddena samānādhikaraṇabhāvena vuttattā. Sesapadadvaye pana saddantarasannidhānamattena taṃ taṃ upādāya vuttatā daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Okāsa^eb^nti kañci padesaṃ indasālaguhāya adhippetattā. ^b^Padapūraṇamattameva^eb^ okāsāpadisanassapi asambhavato.<br/><br/>[03]Tathāgata-saddādīnaṃ atthaviseso ^b^mūlapariyāyaṭṭhakathā^eb^(ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.12)^b^ visuddhimaggasaṃvaṇṇanāsu^eb^ vutto eva. Tathāgatassa sattanikāyantogadhatāya ^b^‘‘idha pana sattaloko adhippeto’’^eb^ti vatvā tatthāyaṃ yasmiṃ sattanikāye, yasmiñca okāse uppajjati, taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sattaloke uppajjamānopi cā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^imasmiṃyeva cakkavāḷe^eb^ti imissā eva lokadhātuyā. ‘‘Aṭṭhānametaṃ, bhikkhave, anavakāso, yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddho apubbaṃ acarimaṃ uppajjeyyu’’nti (dī. ni. 3.161; ma. ni. 3.129; a. ni. 1.278; netti. 57; mi. pa. 5.1.1) ettha jātikhettabhūtā dasasahassilokadhātu ‘‘ekissā lokadhātuyā’’ti vuttā. Idha pana imaṃyeva lokadhātuṃ sandhāya ‘‘imasmiṃyeva cakkavāḷe’’ti vuttaṃ. Tisso hi saṅgītiyo āruḷhe tepiṭake buddhavacane visayakhettaṃ āṇākhettaṃ jātikhettanti tividhe khette ṭhapetvā imaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ aññasmiṃ cakkavāḷe buddhā uppajjantīti suttaṃ natthi, na uppajjantīti pana atthi. Kathaṃ? ‘‘Na me ācariyo atthi, sadiso me na vijjati (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; mahāva. 11; kathā. 405; mi. pa. 4.5.11), ekomhi sammāsambuddho’’ti (ma. ni. 1.285; 2.341; kathā. 405; mahāva. 11) evamādīni imissā lokadhātuyā ṭhatvā vadantena bhagavatā – ‘‘kiṃ panāvuso, sāriputta, atthetarahi ^a^M2.0148^ea^ añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā samasamo sambodhiyanti evaṃ puṭṭhāhaṃ, bhante, noti vadeyya’’nti vatvā tassa kāraṇaṃ dassetuṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ ekissā lokadhātuyā dve arahanto sammāsambuddhā’’ti ^a^V2.0139^ea^ imaṃ suttaṃ dassentena dhammasenāpatinā ca buddhānaṃ uppattiṭṭhānabhūtaṃ imaṃ lokadhātuṃ ṭhapetvā aññattha anuppatti vuttā hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sujātāyā^eb^tiādinā vuttesu catūsu vikappesu paṭhamo vikappo buddhabhāvāya āsannatarapaṭipattidassanavasena vutto. Āsannatarāya hi paṭipattiyaṃ ṭhito ^b^‘‘uppajjatī’’^eb^ti vuccati uppādassa ekantikattā, pageva paṭipattiyā matthake ṭhito. Dutiyo buddhabhāvāvahapabbajjato paṭṭhāya āsannapaṭipattidassanavasena, tatiyo buddhakaradhammapāripūrito paṭṭhāya buddhabhāvāya paṭipattidassanavasena. Na hi mahāsattānaṃ tusitabhavūpapattito paṭṭhāya bodhisambhārasambharaṇaṃ nāma atthi. Catuttho buddhakaradhammasamārambhato paṭṭhāya. Bodhiyā niyatabhāvāpattito pabhuti hi viññūhi ^b^‘‘buddho uppajjatī’’^eb^ti vattuṃ sakkā uppādassa ekantikattā, yathā pana ‘‘tiṭṭhanti pabbatā, sandanti nadiyo’’ti tiṭṭhanasandanakiriyānaṃ avicchedamupādāya vattamānapayogo, evaṃ uppādatthāya paṭipajjanakiriyāya avicchedamupādāya catūsu vikappesu ^b^‘‘uppajjati nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Sabbapaṭhamaṃ uppannabhāva^eb^nti sabbehi upari vuccamānehi visesehi paṭhamaṃ tathāgatassa uppannatāsaṅkhātaṃ atthitāvisesaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^So bhagavā^eb^ti (a. ni. ṭī. 2.3.64) yo ‘‘tathāgato araha’’ntiādinā kittitaguṇo, so bhagavā. ^b^Imaṃ loka^eb^nti nayidaṃ mahājanassa sammukhāmattaṃ lokaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, atha kho anavasesaṃ pariyādāyāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sadevaka’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘idāni vattabbaṃ nidassetī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Pajātattā^eb^ti yathāsakaṃ kammakilesehi nibbattattā. ^b^Pañcakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ^eb^ pārisesañāyena itaresaṃ padantarehi saṅgahitattā. ^b^Sadevaka^eb^nti ca avayavena viggaho samudāyo samāsattho. ^b^Chaṭṭhakāmāvacaradevaggahaṇaṃ^eb^ paccāsattiñāyena. Tattha hi so jāto tannivāsī ca. ^b^Brahmakāyikādibrahmaggahaṇa^eb^nti etthāpi eseva nayo. ^b^Paccatthikapaccāmittasamaṇabrāhmaṇaggahaṇa^eb^nti ^a^M2.0149^ea^ nidassanamattametaṃ apaccatthikānaṃ asamitābāhitapāpānañca samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇivacanena gahitattā. Kāmaṃ ‘‘sadevaka’’ntiādivisesanānaṃ vasena sattavisayo loka-saddoti viññāyati tulyayogavisayattā tesaṃ, ‘‘salomako sapakkhako’’tiādīsu pana atulyayogepi ayaṃ samāso labbhatīti byabhicāradassanato pajāgahaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘pajāvacanena sattalokaggahaṇa’’^eb^nti.<br/><br/>[03]Arūpino ^a^V2.0140^ea^ sattā attano āneñjavihārena viharantā ‘‘dibbantīti ^b^devā’’^eb^ti imaṃ nibbacanaṃ labhantīti āha ^b^‘‘sadevakaggahaṇena arūpāvacaradevaloko gahito’’^eb^ti. Tenevāha ‘‘ākāsānañcāyatanūpagānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyata’’nti (a. ni. 3.117). ^b^Samārakaggahaṇena chakāmāvacaradevaloko gahito^eb^ tassa savisesaṃ mārassa vase vattanato. ^b^Rūpī brahmaloko gahito^eb^ arūpībrahmalokassa visuṃ gahitattā. ^b^Catuparisavasenā^eb^ti khattiyādicatuparisavasena. Itarā pana catasso parisā samārakādiggahaṇena gahitā evāti. ^b^Avasesasabbasattaloko^eb^ nāgagaruḷādibhedo.<br/><br/>[03]Ettāvatā bhāgaso lokaṃ gahetvā yojanaṃ dassetvā idāni tena tena visesena abhāgasova lokaṃ gahetvā yojanaṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicetthā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ukkaṭṭhaparicchedato^eb^ti ukkaṃsagabhivijānanena. Pañcasu hi gatīsu devalokova seṭṭho. Tatthāpi arūpino ‘‘dūrasamussāritakilesadukkhatāya, santapaṇītāaneñjavihārasamaṅgitāya, ativiya dīghāyukatāyā’’ti evamādīhi visesehi ativiya itarehi ukkaṭṭhā. ^b^Brahmā mahānubhāvo^eb^tiādiṃ dasasahassiyaṃ mahābrahmuno vasena vadati. ‘‘Ukkaṭṭhaparicchedato’’ti hi vuttaṃ. ^b^Anuttara^eb^nti seṭṭhaṃ navalokuttaraṃ. ^b^Bhāvānukkamo^eb^ bhāvavasena paresaṃ ajjhāsayavasena ‘‘sadevaka’’ntiādīnaṃ padānaṃ anukkamo. ^b^Tīhākārehī^eb^ti devamārabrahmasahitatāsaṅkhātehi tīhi pakārehi. ^b^Tīsu padesū^eb^ti ‘‘sadevaka’’ntiādīsu tīsu padesu. ^b^Tena tenākārenā^eb^ti sadevakattādinā tena tena pakārena. Tedhātukameva pariyādinnanti porāṇā panāhūti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Abhiññā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0150^ea^ ya-kāralopenāyaṃ niddeso, abhijānitvāti ayamettha atthoti āha ^b^‘‘abhiññāya, adhikena ñāṇena ñatvā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Anumānādipaṭikkhepo^eb^ti anumānaupamānātthāpattiādipaṭikkhepo ekappamāṇattā. Sabbattha appaṭihatañāṇācāratāya hi sabbapaccakkhā buddhā bhagavanto. ^b^Anuttaraṃ vivekasukha^eb^nti phalasamāpattisukhaṃ. Tena vītimissāpi kadāci bhagavato dhammadesanā hotīti āha ^b^‘‘hitvāpī’’^eb^ti. Bhagavā hi dhammaṃ desento yasmiṃ khaṇe parisā sādhukāraṃ vā deti, yathāsutaṃ vā dhammaṃ paccavekkhati, taṃ khaṇaṃ pubbabhāgena paricchinditvā phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, yathāparicchedañca samāpattito vuṭṭhāya ṭhitaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya dhammaṃ deseti.<br/><br/>[03]Desakāyattena āṇādividhinā atisajjanaṃ pabodhanaṃ ^b^desanā^eb^ti sā pariyattidhammavasena veditabbāti āha ^b^‘‘desanāya tāva catuppadikāyapi gāthāyā’’^eb^tiādi. Sāsitabbapuggalagatena yathāparādhādisāsitabbabhāvena ^a^V2.0141^ea^ anusāsanaṃ tadaṅgavinayādivasena vinayanaṃ ^b^sāsana^eb^nti taṃ paṭipattidhammavasena veditabbanti āha ^b^‘‘sīlasamādhivipassanā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Kusalāna^eb^nti maggakusalānaṃ, ^b^kusalāna^eb^nti vā anavajjānaṃ. Tena phaladhammānampi saṅgaho siddho hoti. ^b^Ādi^eb^bhāvo sīladiṭṭhīnaṃ tammūlakattā uttarimanussadhammānaṃ. Tasmiṃ tasmiṃ atthe kathāvadhisaddappabandho gāthāvasena suttavasena ca vavatthito pariyattidhammo, yo idheva ‘‘desanā’’ti vutto. Tassa pana attho visesena sīlādi evāti āha ^b^‘‘bhagavā hi dhammaṃ desento…pe… nibbānaṃ dassetī’’^eb^ti. Tattha ^b^sīlaṃ dassetvā^eb^ti sīlaggahaṇena sasambhāraṃ sīlaṃ gahitaṃ. Tathā maggaggahaṇena sasambhāro maggoti tadubhayena anavasesato pariyattiatthaṃ pariyādiyati. ^b^Tenā^eb^ti sīlādidassanena. Atthavasena hi idha desanāya ādikalyāṇādibhāvo adhippeto. ^b^Kathikasaṇṭhitī^eb^ti kathikassa saṇṭhānaṃ kathanavasena samavaṭṭhānaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Na so sātthaṃ deseti^eb^ niyyānatthavirahato tassā desanāya. ^b^Ekabyañjanādiyuttā vā^eb^ti sithilādibhedesu byañjanesu ekappakāreneva, dvippakāreneva vā byañjanena yuttā vā damiḷabhāsā viya. Sabbattha niroṭṭhaṃ katvā vattabbatāya ^b^sabbaniroṭṭhabyañjanā vā^eb^ kirātabhāsā viya. Sabbattheva vissajjanīyayuttatāya ^a^M2.0151^ea^^b^sabbavissaṭṭhabyañjanā vā^eb^ yavanabhāsā viya. Sabbattheva sānusāratāya ^b^sabbaniggahitabyañjanā vā^eb^ pārasikādimilakkhabhāsā viya. Sabbāpesā ekadesabyañjanavaseneva pavattiyā aparipuṇṇabyañjanāti katvā ^b^‘‘abyañjanā’’^eb^ti vuttā. ^b^Amakkhetvā^eb^ti apalicchetvā avināsetvā, ahāpetvāti vā attho.<br/><br/>[03]Bhagavā yamatthaṃ ñāpetuṃ ekagāthampi ekavākyampi deseti, tamatthaṃ tāya desanāya sabbaso paripuṇṇameva katvā deseti, evaṃ sabbatthāti āha ^b^‘‘ekadesanāpi aparipuṇṇā natthī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ullumpanasabhāvasaṇṭhitenā^eb^ti saṃkilesapakkhato vaṭṭadukkhato ca uddharaṇasabhāvāvaṭṭhitena cittena. ^b^Tasmā^eb^ti yasmā sikkhāttayasaṅgahaṃ sakalaṃ sāsanaṃ idha ‘‘brahmacariya’’nti adhippetaṃ, tasmā. ^b^Brahmacariya^eb^nti iminā samānādhikaraṇāni sabbapadāni yojetvā atthaṃ dassento ^b^‘‘so dhammaṃ deseti…pe… pakāsetīti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo’’^eb^ti āha.<br/><br/>[03]Dūrasamussāritamānasseva sāsane sammāpaṭipatti sambhavati, na māna jātikassāti āha ^b^‘‘nihatamānattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ussannattā^eb^ti bahulabhāvato. Bhogārogyādivatthukā madā suppaheyyā honti nimittassa anavaṭṭhānato’ na tathā kulavijjāmadāti khattiyabrāhmaṇakulīnānaṃ pabbajitānampi jātivijjā nissāya mānajappanaṃ duppajahanti āha ^b^‘‘yebhuyyena hi…pe… mānaṃ karontī’’^eb^ti ^a^V2.0142^ea^. ^b^Vijātitāyā^eb^ti nihīnajātitāya. ^b^Patiṭṭhātuṃ na sakkontī^eb^ti suvisuddhiṃ katvā sīlaṃ rakkhituṃ na sakkonti. Sīlavasena hi sāsane patiṭṭhāti. ^b^Patiṭṭhātu^eb^nti vā saccapaṭivedhena lokuttarāya patiṭṭhāya patiṭṭhātuṃ. Yebhuyyena hi upanissayasampannā sujātā eva honti, na dujjātā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Parisuddha^eb^nti rāgādīnaṃ accantameva pahānadīpanato nirupakkilesatāya sabbaso visuddhaṃ. ^b^Saddhaṃ paṭilabhatī^eb^ti pothujjanikasaddhāvasena saddahati. Viññujātikānañhi dhammasampattigahaṇapubbikā saddhāsiddhi dhammapamāṇadhammappasannabhāvato. ^b^Jāyampatikā vasantī^eb^ti kāmaṃ ‘‘jāyampatikā’’ti vutte gharasāmikagharasāminivasena dvinnaṃyeva gahaṇaṃ viññāyati. Yassa pana ^a^M2.0152^ea^ purisassa anekā pajāpatiyo honti, tattha kiṃ vattabbaṃ? Ekāyapi tāya vāso sambādhoti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘dve’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Rāgādinā ^b^sakiñcanaṭṭhena,^eb^ khettavatthuādinā ^b^sapalibodhaṭṭhena^eb^. Rāgarajādīnaṃ āgamanapathatāpi uppajjanaṭṭhānatā evāti dvepi vaṇṇanā ekatthā, byañjanameva nānaṃ. ^b^Alagganaṭṭhenā^eb^ti asajjanaṭṭhena appaṭibaddhabhāvena. Evaṃ akusalakusalappavattīnaṃ ṭhānabhāvena gharāvāsapabbajjānaṃ sambādhabbhokāsataṃ dassetvā idāni kusalappavattiyā eva aṭṭhānaṭhānabhāvena tesaṃ taṃ dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘apicā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saṅkhepakathā^eb^ti visuṃ visuṃ paduddhāraṃ akatvā saṅkhepato atthavaṇṇanā. ^b^Ekampi divasa^eb^nti ekadivasamattampi. ^b^Akhaṇḍaṃ katvā^eb^ti dukkaṭamattassapi anāpajjanena akhaṇḍitaṃ katvā. ^b^Kilesamalena amalīna^eb^nti taṇhāsaṃkilesādivasena asaṃkiliṭṭhaṃ katvā. ^b^Paridahitvā^eb^ti nivāsetvā ceva pārupitvā ca. Agāravāso agāraṃ uttarapadalopena, tassa vaḍḍhiāvahaṃ ^b^agārassa hitaṃ. Bhogakkhandho^eb^ti bhogarāsi bhogasamudāyo. ^b^Ābandhanaṭṭhenā^eb^ti ‘‘putto nattā’’tiādinā pemavasena saparicchedaṃ sambandhanaṭṭhena. ‘‘Amhākamete’’ti ñāyantīti ^b^ñātī^eb^. Pitāmahapituputtādivasena parivattanaṭṭhena ^b^parivaṭṭo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^292^eb^^b^.^eb^ Sāmaññavācīpi ^b^sikkhā^eb^-saddo sājīva-saddasannidhānato upari vuccamānavisesāpekkhāya ca visesaniviṭṭhova hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yā bhikkhūnaṃ adhisīlasaṅkhātā sikkhā’’^eb^ti. Sikkhitabbaṭṭhena ^b^sikkhā^eb^. Saha ājīvanti etthāti ^b^sājīvo. Sikkhanabhāvenā^eb^ti sikkhāya sājīve ca sikkhanabhāvena. ^b^Sikkhaṃ paripūrento^eb^ti sīlasaṃvaraṃ paripūrento. ^b^Sājīvañca avītikkamanto^eb^ti – ‘‘nāmakāyo padakāyo niruttikāyo byañjanakāyo’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 39) vuttasikkhāpadaṃ bhagavato vacanaṃ avītikkamanto hutvāti attho. Idameva ^a^V2.0143^ea^ ca dvayaṃ ‘‘sikkhana’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha sājīvānatikkamo sikkhāpāripūriyā paccayo. Tato hi yāva maggā sikkhāpāripūrī hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pajahitvā^eb^ti samādānavasena pariccajitvā. ^b^Pahīnakālato paṭṭhāya…pe… viratovā^eb^ti etena pahānassa viratiyā ca samānakālataṃ dasseti ^a^M2.0153^ea^. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘pahāyā’’ti kathaṃ purimakālaniddesoti? Tathā gahetabbataṃ upādāya. Dhammānañhi paccayapaccayuppannabhāve apekkhite sahajātānampi paccayapaccayuppannabhāvena gahaṇaṃ purimapacchimabhāveneva hotīti gahaṇapavattiākāravasena paccayabhūtesu hirottappañāṇādīsu pahānakiriyāya purimakālavohāro, paccayuppannāsu ca viratīsu viramaṇakiriyāya aparakālavohāro ca hotīti ‘‘pahāya paṭivirato hotī’’ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Pahāyā^eb^ti vā samādānakālavasena vuttaṃ, pacchā vītikkamitabbavatthusamāyogavasena ^b^paṭivirato^eb^ti. ^b^Pahāyā^eb^ti vā –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Nihantvāna tamokhandhaṃ, uditoyaṃ divākaro;<br/><br/>[22]Vaṇṇapabhāya bhāseti, obhāsetvā samuggato’’ti ca. (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 2.578) –<br/><br/>[07]Evamādīsu viya samānakālavasena veditabbo. Atha vā pāṇo atipātīyati etenāti ^b^pāṇātipāto,^eb^ pāṇaghātahetubhūto ahirikānottappadosamohavihiṃ sādiko cetanāpadhāno saṃkilesadhammo, taṃ samādānavasena pahāya. ^b^Tato…pe… viratova hotī^eb^ti avadhāraṇena tassā viratiyā kālādivasena apariyantataṃ dasseti. Yathā hi aññe samādinnaviratikāpi anavaṭṭhitacittatāya lābhajīvikādihetu samādānaṃ bhindanteva, na evamayaṃ. Ayaṃ pana pahīnakālato paṭṭhāya orato viratoti. ^b^Adinnādānaṃ pahāyā^eb^tiādīsupi iminā nayena attho veditabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Daṇḍanaṃ daṇḍanipātanaṃ ^b^daṇḍo^eb^. Muggarādipaharaṇavisesopi idha paharaṇavisesoti adhippeto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ṭhapetvā daṇḍaṃ sabbampi avasesaṃ upakaraṇa’’^eb^nti. Daṇḍanasaṅkhātassa paraviheṭhanassa parivajjitabhāvadīpanatthaṃ daṇḍasatthānaṃ nikkhepavacananti āha ^b^‘‘parūpaghātatthāyā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Vihiṃsanabhāvato^eb^ti vibādhanabhāvato. ^b^Lajjī^eb^ti ettha vuttalajjāya ottappampi vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Na hi pāpajigucchanapāputtāsarahitaṃ, pāpabhayaṃ vā alajjanaṃ atthi. Yassa vā dhammagarutāya dhammassa ca attādhīnattā attādhipatibhūtā lajjākiccakārī, tassa ^a^V2.0144^ea^ lokādhipatibhūtaṃ ottappaṃ kiccakaranti vattabbameva natthīti ‘‘lajjī’’icceva vuttaṃ. ^b^Dayaṃ mettacittataṃ āpanno^eb^ti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu ^a^M2.0154^ea^^b^dayā^eb^-saddo ‘‘adayāpanno’’tiādīsu karuṇāya vattatīti? Saccametaṃ, ayaṃ pana dayā-saddo anurakkhaṇatthaṃ antonītaṃ katvā pavattamāno mettāya ca karuṇāya ca pavattatīti idha mettāya pavattamāno vutto. Mijjati siniyhatīti mettā, sā etassa atthīti mettaṃ, mettaṃ cittaṃ etassa atthīti mettacitto, tassa bhāvo ^b^mettacittatā,^eb^ mettāicceva attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī^eb^ti etena tassā viratiyā sattavasena apariyantataṃ dasseti. ^b^Pāṇabhūte^eb^ti pāṇajāte. ^b^Anukampako^eb^ti karuṇāyanako. Yasmā pana mettā karuṇāya visesapaccayo hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘tāya eva dayāpannatāyā’’^eb^ti. Evaṃ yehi dhammehi pāṇātipātā virati sampajjati, tehi lajjāmettākaruṇādhammehi samaṅgibhāvo dassito, saddhiṃ piṭṭhivaṭṭakadhammehīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Etthāha – kasmā ‘‘pāṇātipātaṃ pahāyā’’ti ekavacananiddeso kato, nanu niravasesānaṃ pāṇānaṃ atipātato virati idhādhippetā? Tathā hi vuttaṃ ‘‘sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharatī’’ti. Teneva hi ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘sabbe pāṇabhūte hitena anukampako’’ti puthuvacananiddesoti? Saccametaṃ, pāṇabhāvasāmaññavasena panettha pāḷiyaṃ ādito ekavacananiddeso kato, sabbasaddasannidhānena puthuttaṃ viññāyamānamevāti sāmaññaniddesaṃ akatvā bhedavacanicchāvasena dassetuṃ ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ bahuvacanavasena attho vutto. Kiñca bhiyyo – sāmaññato saṃvarasamādānaṃ, tabbisesato saṃvarabhedoti imassa visesassa dassanatthaṃ ayaṃ vacanabhedo katoti veditabbaṃ. ^b^Viharatī^eb^ti vuttappakāro hutvā ekasmiṃ iriyāpathe uppannaṃ dukkhaṃ aññena iriyāpathena vicchinditvā attabhāvaṃ harati pavattetīti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘iriyati pāletī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Na kevalaṃ kāyavacīpayogavasena ādānameva, atha kho ākaṅkhapissa pariccattavatthuvisayāvāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘cittenapī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Theneti theyyaṃ karotīti ^b^theno,^eb^ coro. ^b^Sucibhūtenā^eb^ti ettha sucibhāvo adhikārato saddantarasannidhānato ca theyyasaṃkilesaviramaṇanti āha ^b^‘‘athenattāyeva sucibhūtenā’’^eb^ti. Kāmañcettha ‘‘lajjī ^a^M2.0155^ea^ dayāpanno’’tiādi na vuttaṃ, adhikāravasena pana atthato vā vuttamevāti veditabbaṃ. Yathā hi lajjādayo pāṇātipātapahānassa visesapaccayo, evaṃ adinnādānapahānassapīti, tasmā sāpi pāḷi ānetvā vattabbā. Esa nayo ito paresupi. Atha vā ^b^sucibhūtenā^eb^ti etena hirottappādīhi ^a^V2.0145^ea^ samannāgamo, ahirikādīnañca pahānaṃ vuttamevāti ‘‘lajjī’’tiādi na vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Aseṭṭhacariyanti aseṭṭhānaṃ cariyaṃ, aseṭṭhaṃ vā cariyaṃ. Mithunānaṃ vuttākārena sadisabhūtānaṃ ayanti ^b^mithuno,^eb^ yathāvutto durācāro. ^b^Ārācārī methunā^eb^ti etena – ‘‘idha brāhmaṇa, ekacco…pe… na heva kho mātugāmena saddhiṃ dvayaṃdvayasamāpattiṃ samāpajjati, apica kho mātugāmassa ucchādanaparimaddananhāpanasambāhanaṃ sādiyati, so tadassādeti, taṃ nikāmeti, tena ca vittiṃ āpajjatī’’tiādinā (a. ni. 7.50) vuttā sattavidhamethunasaṃyogāpi paṭivirati dassitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Saccena sacca^eb^nti purimena vacīsaccena pacchimaṃ vacīsaccaṃ ^b^sandahati^eb^ asaccena anantarikattā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘yo hī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Haliddirāgo viya na thirakato hotī^eb^ti ettha kathāya anavaṭṭhitabhāvena haliddirāgasadisatā veditabbā, na puggalassa. ^b^Pāsāṇalekhā viyā^eb^ti etthāpi eseva nayo. Saddhā ayati pavattati etthāti saddhāyo, saddhāyo eva ^b^saddhāyiko^eb^ yathā ‘‘venayiko’’ti (ma. ni. 1.246; a. ni. 8.11; pārā. 8), saddhāya vā ayitabbo ^b^saddhāyiko,^eb^ saddheyyoti attho. ^b^Vattabbataṃ āpajjati^eb^visaṃvādanatoti adhippāyo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Anuppadātā^eb^ti (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.9; a. ni. ṭī. 2.4.198) anubalappadātā, anuvattanavasena vā padātā. Kassa pana anuvattanaṃ padānañcāti? ‘‘Sahitāna’’nti vuttattā sandhānassāti viññāyati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sandhānānuppadātā’’^eb^ti. Yasmā pana anuvattanavasena sandhānassa padānaṃ ādhānaṃ, rakkhaṇaṃ vā daḷhīkaraṇaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘dve jane samagge disvā’’^eb^tiādi. Āramanti etthāti ^b^ārāmo,^eb^ ramitabbaṭṭhānaṃ. Yasmā pana ā-kārena vināpi ayamattho labbhati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘samaggarāmotipi pāḷi, ayamevettha attho’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Etthā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0156^ea^ –<br/><br/>[21]‘‘Nelaṅgo setapacchādo, ekāro vattatī ratho;<br/><br/>[22]Anīghaṃ passa āyantaṃ, chinnasotaṃ abandhana’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 4.347; udā. 65; peṭako. 25;dī. ni. ṭī. 1.9) –<br/><br/>[07]Imissā ^a^V2.0146^ea^ gāthāya. Sīlañhettha ‘‘nelaṅga’’nti vuttaṃ. Tenevāha – citto gahapati, ‘‘nelaṅganti kho, bhante, sīlānametaṃ adhivacana’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.347; dī. ni. ṭī. 1.9). ^b^Sukumārā^eb^ti apharusatāya mudukā. ^b^Purassa esā^eb^ti ettha ^b^pura^eb^-saddo tannivāsīvācako daṭṭhabbo ‘‘gāmo āgato’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. ṭī. 1.9) viya. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘nagaravāsīna’’^eb^nti. Manaṃ appāyati vaḍḍhetīti ^b^manāpā^eb^. Tena vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘cittavuddhikarā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kālavādī^eb^tiādi samphappalāpāpaṭiviratassa paṭipattidassanaṃ. Atthasaṃhitāpi hi vācā ayuttakālapayogena atthāvahā na siyāti anatthaviññāpanavācaṃ anulometi, tasmā samphappalāpaṃ pajahantena akālavāditā pariharitabbāti vuttaṃ ‘‘kālavādī’’ti. Kāle vadantenapi ubhayānatthasādhanato abhūtaṃ parivajjetabbanti āha ^b^‘‘bhūtavādī’’^eb^ti. Bhūtañca vadantena yaṃ idhaloka-paraloka-hitasampādakaṃ, tadeva vattabbanti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘atthavādī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Atthaṃ vadantenapi lokiyadhammasannissitameva avatvā lokuttaradhammasannissitaṃ katvā vattabbanti dassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘dhammavādī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Yathā ca attho lokuttaradhammasannissito hoti, taṃdassanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘vinayavādī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Pañcannañhi saṃvaravinayānaṃ, pañcannañca pahānavinayānaṃ vasena vuccamāno attho nibbānādhigamahetubhāvato lokuttaradhammasannissito hotīti. Evaṃ guṇavisesayuttova attho vuccamāno desanākosalle sati sobhati, kiccakaro ca hoti, na aññathāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Idāni taṃ desanākosallaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘kālenā’’^eb^tiādimāha. Pucchādivasena hi otiṇṇavācāvatthusmiṃ ekaṃsādibyākaraṇavibhāgaṃ sallakkhetvā ṭhapanāhetūdāharaṇaṃ saṃsandanādiṃ taṃtaṃkālānurūpaṃ vibhāventiyā parimitaparicchinnarūpāya vipulatara-gambhīrodāra-paramattha-vitthārasaṅgāhikāya kathāya ñāṇabalānurūpaṃ pare yāthāvato dhamme patiṭṭhāpento ‘‘desanākusalo’’ti vuccatīti evamettha atthayojanā veditabbā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^293^eb^^b^.^eb^ Evaṃ ^a^M2.0157^ea^ paṭipāṭiyā satta mūlasikkhāpadāni vibhāvetvā satipi abhijjhādipahānaindriyasaṃvarasatisampajaññajāgariyānuyogādike uttaradesanāyaṃ vibhāvetuṃ taṃ pariharitvā ācārasīlasseva vibhajanavasena pāḷi pavattāti tadatthaṃ vivarituṃ ^b^‘‘bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha bījānaṃ gāmo samūho ^b^bījagāmo.^eb^ Bhūtānaṃ jātānaṃ nibbattānaṃ rukkhagacchalatādīnaṃ samūho ^b^bhūtagāmo^eb^. Nanu ca rukkhādayo cittarahitatāya na jīvā, cittarahitatā ca paripphandābhāvato chinne viruhanato visadisajātikabhāvato catuyoniapariyāpannato ca veditabbā, vuḍḍhi pana pavāḷasilālavaṇānampi vijjatīti na tesaṃ jīvabhāve ^a^V2.0147^ea^ kāraṇaṃ, visayaggahaṇañca nesaṃ parikappanāmattaṃ supanaṃ viya ciñcādenaṃ, tathā dohaḷādayo, tattha kasmā bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā paṭivirati icchitāti? Samaṇasāruppato tannivāsisattānurakkhaṇato ca. Tenevāha – ‘‘jīvasaññino hi moghapurisa manussā rukkhasmi’’ntiādi (pāci. 89).<br/><br/>[03]Mūlameva bījaṃ ^b^mūlabījaṃ,^eb^ mūlabījaṃ etassātipi ^b^mūlabījaṃ^eb^. Sesesupi eseva nayo. ^b^Phaḷubīja^eb^nti pabbabījaṃ. Paccayantarasamavāye sadisaphaluppattiyā visesakāraṇabhāvato viruhaṇasamatthe sāraphale niruḷho bījasaddo tadatthasaṃsiddhiyā mūlādīsupi kesuci pavattatīti mūlādito nivattanatthaṃ ekena bīja-saddena visesetvā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘bījabīja’’^eb^nti ‘‘rūparūpaṃ (visuddhi. 2.449), dukkhadukkha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 4.327; 5.165; netti. 11) ca yathā. Kasmā panettha bījagāmabhūtagāmaṃ uddharitvā bījagāmo eva niddiṭṭhoti? Na kho panetaṃ evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ, nanu avocumha – ‘‘mūlameva bījaṃ mūlabījaṃ, mūlabījaṃ etassātipi mūlabīja’’nti. Tattha purimena bījagāmo niddiṭṭho, dutiyena bhūtagāmo, duvidhopesa mūlabījañca mūlabījañca ^b^mūlabīja^eb^nti sāmaññaniddesena, ekasesanayena vā uddiṭṭhoti veditabbo. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘pañcavidhassā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Nīlatiṇarukkhādikassā^eb^ti allatiṇassa ceva allarukkhādikassa ca. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena osadhigacchalatādīnaṃ saṅgaho.<br/><br/>[03]Ekaṃ bhattaṃ ekabhattaṃ, taṃ assa atthīti ^b^ekabhattiko^eb^. So pana rattibhojanenapi siyāti tannivattanatthaṃ āha ^b^‘‘rattūparato’’^eb^ti. Evampi aparaṇhabhojīpi siyā ekabhattikoti tannivattanatthaṃ ^b^‘‘virato vikālabhojanā’’^eb^ti ^a^M2.0158^ea^ vuttaṃ. Aruṇuggamanakālato paṭṭhāya yāva majjhanhikā ayaṃ buddhādīnaṃ ariyānaṃ āciṇṇasamāciṇṇo bhojanassa kālo nāma, tadañño ^b^vikālo^eb^. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana dutiyapadena rattibhojanassa paṭikkhittattā ^b^‘‘atikkante majjhanhike yāva sūriyatthaṅgamanā bhojanaṃ vikālabhojanaṃ nāmā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]‘‘Sabbapāpassa akaraṇa’’ntiādinayappavattaṃ (dī. ni. 2.90; dha. pa. 183; netti. 30, 50, 116, 124) bhagavato sāsanaṃ accantarāguppattiyā naccādidassanaṃ na anulometīti āha ^b^‘‘sāsanassa ananulomattā’’^eb^ti. Attanā payojiyamānaṃ, parehi payojāpiyamānañca naccaṃ naccabhāvasāmaññena pāḷiyaṃ ekeneva ^b^nacca^eb^-saddena gahitaṃ, tathā gītavādita-saddena cāti āha ^b^‘‘naccananaccāpanādivasenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ādi^eb^-saddena gāyanagāyāpanavādanavādāpanāni saṅgayhanti. Dassanena cettha savanampi saṅgahitaṃ virūpekasesanayena ^a^V2.0148^ea^. Yathāsakaṃ visayassa ālocanasabhāvatāya vā pañcannaṃ viññāṇānaṃ savanakiriyāyapi dassanasaṅkhepasabbhāvato ^b^‘‘dassanā’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘pañcahi viññāṇehi na kañci dhammaṃ paṭivijānāti aññatra abhinipātamattā’’ti. Avisūkabhūtassa gītassa savanaṃ kadāci vaṭṭatīti āha ^b^‘‘visūkabhūtā dassanā’’^eb^ti. Tathā hi vuttaṃ paramatthajotikāyaṃ ^b^khuddakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (khu. pā. aṭṭha. 2.pacchimapañcasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ gītaṃ vaṭṭati, gītūpasaṃhito dhammo na vaṭṭatī’’ti. ^b^Yaṃ kiñcī^eb^ti ganthitaṃ vā aganthitaṃ vā yaṃ kiñci pupphaṃ. ^b^Gandhajāta^eb^nti gandhajātikaṃ. Tassapi ‘‘yaṃ kiñcī’’ti vacanato pisitassa apisitassapi yassa kassaci vilepanādi na vaṭṭatīti dasseti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Uccā^eb^ti ucca-saddena samānatthaṃ ekaṃ saddantaraṃ. Seti etthāti ^b^sayanaṃ^eb^. Uccāsayanaṃ mahāsayanañca samaṇasārupparahitaṃ adhippetanti āha ^b^‘‘pamāṇātikkantaṃ akappiyattharaṇa’’^eb^nti. Āsanañcettha sayaneneva saṅgahitanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yasmā pana ādhāre paṭikkhitte tadādhārā kiriyā paṭikkhittāva hoti, tasmā ‘‘uccāsayanamahāsayanā’’icceva vuttaṃ, atthato ^a^M2.0159^ea^ pana tadupabhogabhūtanisajjānipajjanehi virati dassitāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā uccāsayanamahāsayanañca uccāsayanamahāsayanañca ^b^uccāsayanamahāsayana^eb^nti etasmiṃ atthe ekasesena ayaṃ niddeso kato yathā ‘‘nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’nti (ma. ni. 3.126; saṃ. ni. 2.1; udā. 1), āsanakiriyāpubbakattā vā sayanakiriyāya sayanaggahaṇena āsanampi gahitanti veditabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Dārumāsakoti ye vohāraṃ gacchantī^eb^ti ^b^iti^eb^-saddena evaṃpakāre dasseti. Aññehi gāhāpane upanikkhittasādiyane ca paṭiggahaṇattho labbhatīti āha ^b^‘‘neva naṃ uggaṇhāti, na uggaṇhāpeti, na upanikkhittaṃ sādiyatī’’^eb^ti. Atha vā tividhaṃ paṭiggahaṇaṃ kāyena vācāya manasāti. Tattha kāyena paṭiggahaṇaṃ ^b^uggaṇhanaṃ,^eb^ vācāya paṭiggahaṇaṃ ^b^uggahāpanaṃ,^eb^ manasā paṭiggahaṇaṃ ^b^sādiyana^eb^nti tividhampi paṭiggahaṇaṃ ekajjhaṃ gahetvā ‘‘paṭiggahaṇā’’ti vuttanti āha ^b^‘‘neva naṃ uggaṇhātī’’^eb^tiādi. Esa nayo ^b^āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇā^eb^tiādīsupi. Nīvārādiupadhaññassa sāliādimūladhaññantogadhattā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sattavidhassā’’^eb^ti. ‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pañca vasāni bhesajjāni acchavasaṃ macchavasaṃ susukāvasaṃ sukaravasaṃ gadrabhavasa’’nti (mahāva. 262) vuttattā idaṃ odissa anuññātaṃ nāma, tassa pana ‘‘kāle paṭiggahita’’nti (mahāva. 262) vuttattā paṭiggahaṇaṃ vaṭṭati. Sati paccayeti āha ^b^‘‘aññatra odissa anuññātā’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]Sarūpena ^a^V2.0149^ea^ vañcanaṃ ^b^rūpakūṭaṃ,^eb^ patirūpena vañcanāti attho. Aṅgena attano sarīrāvayavena vañcanaṃ ^b^aṅgakūṭaṃ^eb^. Gahaṇavasena vañcanaṃ ^b^gahaṇakūṭaṃ^eb^. Paṭicchannaṃ katvā vañcanaṃ ^b^paṭicchannakūṭaṃ. Akkamatī^eb^ti nippīḷeti, pubbabhāge akkamatīti sambandho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Hadaya^eb^nti nāḷiādīnaṃ mānabhājanānaṃ abbhantaraṃ. Tilādīnaṃ nāḷiādīhi minanakāle ussāpitasikhāyeva sikhā. ^b^Sikhābhedo^eb^ tassāhāpanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kecī^eb^ti ^a^M2.0160^ea^ sārasamāsācariyā, uttaravihāravāsino ca. ^b^Vadho^eb^ti muṭṭhipahārakasātāḷanādīhi vihesanaṃ, vibādhananti attho. Viheṭhanatthopi hi vadha-saddo dissati ‘‘attānaṃvadhitvā vadhitvā rodatī’’tiādīsu (pāci. 879, 881). Yathā hi apariggahabhāvasāmaññe satipi pabbajitehi appaṭiggahitabbavatthuvibhāgasandassanatthaṃ itthikumāridāsidāsādayo vibhāgena vuttā. Evaṃ parassa haraṇabhāvato adinnādānabhāvasāmaññe satipi tulākūṭādayo adinnādānavisesabhāvadassanatthaṃ vibhāgena vuttā, na evaṃ pāṇātipātapariyāyassa vadhassa puna gahaṇe payojanaṃ atthi, tattha sayaṃkāro, idha paraṃkāroti ca na sakkā vattuṃ ‘‘kāyavacīpayogasamuṭṭhāpikā cetanā chappayogā’’ti vacanato. Tasmā yathāvutto evettha attho yutto. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana ^b^‘‘vadhoti māraṇa’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ, tampi pothanameva sandhāyāti ca sakkā viññātuṃ māraṇa-saddassapi vihiṃsane dissanato.<br/><br/>[03]^b^294^eb^^b^.^eb^ Cīvarapiṇḍapātānaṃ yathākkamaṃ kāyakucchipariharaṇamattajotanāyaṃ avisesato aṭṭhannaṃ parikkhārānaṃ antare tappayojanatā sambhavatīti dassento ^b^‘‘te sabbepī’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Etepī^eb^ti navaparikkhārikādayopi appicchāva santuṭṭhāva. Na hi tatthakena mahicchatā, asantuṭṭhitā vā hotīti.<br/><br/>[03]Catūsu disāsu sukhaṃ viharati, tato eva sukhavihāraṭṭhānabhūtā catasso disā assa santīti vā ^b^cātuddiso^eb^. Tattha cāyaṃ satte vā saṅkhāre vā bhayena na paṭihaññatīti ^b^appaṭigho^eb^. Dvādasavidhassa santosassa vasena santussanako ^b^santussamāno. Itarītarenā^eb^ti uccāvacena. ^b^Parissayānaṃ^eb^ bāhirānaṃ sīhabyagghādīnaṃ, abbhantarānañca kāmacchandādīnaṃ kāyacittupaddavānaṃ abhibhavanato parissayānaṃ ^b^sahitā^eb^. Thaddhabhāvakarabhayābhāvena ^b^acchambhī. Eko^eb^ asahāyo. Tato eva khaggamigasiṅgasadisatāya ^b^khaggavisāṇakappo^eb^ careyyāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]Chinnapakkho ^a^V2.0150^ea^, asañjātapakkho vā sakuṇo gantuṃ na sakkotīti ^b^‘‘pakkhī sakuṇo’’^eb^ti pakkhi-saddena visesetvā sakuṇo pāḷiyaṃ vuttoti ^a^M2.0161^ea^ āha ^b^‘‘pakkhayutto sakuṇo’’^eb^ti. Yassa sannidhikāraparibhogo kiñci ṭhapetabbaṃ sāpekkhāya ṭhapanañca natthi, tādiso ayaṃ bhikkhūti dassento ^b^‘‘ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho’’^eb^tiādimāha. Ariyanti apenti tato dosā, tehi vā ārakāti ^b^ariyo^eb^ti āha ^b^‘‘ariyenāti niddosenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ajjhatta^eb^nti attani. ^b^Niddosasukha^eb^nti nirāmisasukhaṃ kilesavajjarahitattā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^295^eb^^b^.^eb^ Yathāvutte sīlasaṃvare patiṭṭhitasseva indriyasaṃvaro icchitabbo tadadhiṭṭhānato, tassa ca paripālakabhāvatoti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘so iminā ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato bhikkhū’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sesapadesū^eb^ti ‘‘na nimittaggāhī hotī’’tiādīsu padesu. Yasmā ^b^visuddhimagge^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.15) vuttaṃ, tasmā tassa ^b^līnatthappakāsiniyaṃ saṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (visuddhi. mahāṭī. 1.15) vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Rūpādīsu nimittādiggāhaparivajjanalakkhaṇattā indriyasaṃvarassa kilesehi anavasittasukhatā avikiṇṇasukhatā cassa vuttā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^296^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Paccayasampatti^eb^nti paccayapāripūriṃ. ^b^Ime cattāro^eb^ti sīlasaṃvaro santoso indriyasaṃvaro satisampajaññanti ime cattāro araññavāsassa sambhārā. ^b^Tiracchānagatehi vattabbataṃ āpajjati^eb^ isisiṅgassa pituādayo viya. ^b^Vanacarakehī^eb^ti vanacarakamātugāmehi. ^b^Bheravasaddaṃ sāventi,^eb^ tāvatā apalāyantānaṃ ^b^hatthehi sīsaṃ…pe… karonti^eb^. Paṇṇattivītikkamasaṅkhātaṃ ^b^kāḷakaṃ vā^eb^. Micchāvitakkasaṅkhātaṃ ^b^tilakaṃ vā. Ta^eb^nti pītiṃ vibhūtabhāvena upaṭṭhānato ^b^khayato sammasanto^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vivitta^eb^nti janavivittaṃ. Tenāha ^b^‘‘suñña’’^eb^nti. Sā ca vivittatā nissaddabhāvena lakkhitabbāti āha ^b^‘‘appasaddaṃ appanigghosa’’^eb^nti. Āvasathabhūtaṃ senāsanaṃ viharitabbaṭṭhena ^b^vihārasenāsanaṃ^eb^. Masārakādi mañcapīṭhaṃ tattha attharitabbaṃ bhisiupadhānañca mañcapīṭhasambandhito ^b^mañcapīṭhasenāsanaṃ^eb^. Cimilikādi bhūmiyaṃ santharitabbatāya ^b^santhatasenāsanaṃ^eb^. Rukkhamūlādi paṭikkamitabbaṭṭhānaṃ caṅkamanādīnaṃ okāsabhāvato ^b^okāsasenāsanaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Anucchavikaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0151^ea^^b^dassento’’^eb^ti vatvā tameva anucchavikabhāvaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘tattha hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Acchanna^eb^nti iṭṭhakachadanādinā antamaso rukkhasākhāhipi na channaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Bhattassa^eb^^a^M2.0162^ea^^b^pacchato^eb^ti bhattabhuñjanassa pacchato. ^b^Ūrubaddhāsana^eb^nti ūrūnaṃ adhobandhanavasena nisajjaṃ. Heṭṭhimakāyassa anujukaṭṭhapanaṃ nisajjāvacaneneva bodhitanti. ^b^Ujuṃ kāya^eb^nti ettha ^b^kāya^eb^-saddo uparimakāyavisayoti āha ^b^‘‘uparimaṃ sarīraṃ ujukaṃ ṭhapetvā’’^eb^ti. Taṃ pana ujukaṭṭhapanaṃ sarūpato payojanato ca dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘aṭṭhārasā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Na paṇamantī^eb^ti na oṇamanti. ^b^Na paripatatī^eb^ti na vigacchati, vīthiṃ na vilaṅgheti. Tato eva pubbenāparaṃ visesappattiyā kammaṭṭhānaṃ ^b^vuddhiṃ phātiṃ upagacchati. Mukhasamīpe^eb^ti mukhassa samīpe nāsikagge vā uttaroṭṭhe vā. Idha ^b^pari^eb^-saddo abhi-saddena samānatthoti āha ^b^‘‘kammaṭṭhānābhimukha’’^eb^nti, bahiddhā puthuttārammaṇato nivāretvā kammaṭṭhānaṃyeva purakkhatvāti attho. ^b^Parīti pariggahaṭṭho^eb^ ‘‘pariṇāyikā’’tiādīsu (dha. sa. 16) viya. ^b^Niyyānaṭṭho^eb^ paṭipakkhato niggamanaṭṭho, tasmā ^b^pariggahitaniyyānasati^eb^nti sabbathā gahitāsammosaṃ pariccattasammosaṃ satiṃ katvā, paramaṃ satinepakkaṃ upaṭṭhapetvāti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vikkhambhanavasenā^eb^ti ettha vikkhambhanaṃ anuppādanaṃ appavattanaṃ na paṭipakkhena suppahīnatā. ^b^Pahīnattā^eb^ti ca pahīnasadisataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ jhānassa anadhigatatā. Tathāpi nayidaṃ cakkhuviññāṇaṃ viya sabhāvato vigatābhijjhaṃ, atha kho bhāvanāvasena. Tenāha ^b^‘‘na cakkhuviññāṇasadisenā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Eseva nayo^eb^ti yathā cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sabhāvena vigatābhijjhaṃ abyāpannañca, na bhāvanāya vikkhambhitattā, na evamidaṃ. Idaṃ pana cittaṃ bhāvanāya parisodhitattā abyāpannaṃ vigatathinamiddhaṃ anuddhataṃ nibbicikicchañcāti attho. ^b^Idaṃ ubhaya^eb^nti satisampajaññamāha.<br/><br/>[03]^b^297^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ucchinditvā pātentī^eb^ti ettha ucchindanaṃ pātanañca tāsaṃ paññānaṃ anuppannānaṃ uppajjituṃ appadānameva. Iti mahaggatānuttarapaññānaṃ ekaccāya ca parittapaññāya anuppattihetubhūtā nīvaraṇā dhammā itarāya ca samatthataṃ vihanantiyevāti ^b^paññāya dubbalīkaraṇā^eb^ vuttā. Idampi paṭhamajjhānaṃ veneyyasantāne patiṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ ñāṇaṃ pajjati etthāti ^b^ñāṇapadaṃ^eb^. Ñāṇaṃ vaḷañjeti etthāti ^b^ñāṇavaḷañjaṃ^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^299^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Na^eb^^a^V2.0152^ea^^b^tāva niṭṭhaṃ gato^eb^ bāhirakānaṃ ñāṇena akkantaṭṭhānānipi siyunti. Yadi evaṃ anaññasādhāraṇe maggañāṇapade kathaṃ na niṭṭhaṅgatoti āha ^a^M2.0163^ea^^b^‘‘maggakkhaṇepī’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Tīsu ratanesu niṭṭhaṃ gato hotī^eb^ti buddhasubuddhataṃ dhammasudhammataṃ saṅghasuppaṭipattitañca ārabbha ñāṇena niṭṭhaṃ nicchayaṃ upagato hoti. Kāmañcettha paṭhamamaggeneva sabbaso vicikicchāya pahīnattā sabbassapi ariyasāvakassa kaṅkhā vā vimati vā natthi, tattha pana yathā paññāvepullappattassa arahato savisaye ñāṇaṃ savisesaṃ ogāhati, na tathā anāgāmiādīnanti ratanattaye sātisayaṃ ñāṇanicchayagamanaṃ sandhāya ‘‘aggamaggavasena tatthaniṭṭhāgamanaṃ vutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Yaṃ panettha avibhattaṃ, taṃ suviññeyyamevāti.<br/><br/>[06]Cūḷahatthipadopamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


volume: 30
item: 134
title: cūḷahatthipadopamasuttavaṇṇanā^mahāhatthipadopamasuttavaṇṇanā^^^
content:
  [03]^b^300^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Jaṅgalāna^eb^nti ^a^V2.0153^ea^ ettha yo nipicchalena amuduko nirudakatāya thaddhalūkhabhūmippadeso, so ‘‘jaṅgalo’’ti vuccati. Tabbahulatāya pana idha sabbo bhūmippadeso jaṅgalo, tasmiṃ jaṅgale jātā, bhavāti vā jaṅgalā, tesaṃ jaṅgalānaṃ. Evañhi nadīcarānampi hatthīnaṃ saṅgaho kato hoti. Samodhātabbānaṃ viya hi samodhāyakānampi jaṅgalaggahaṇena gahetabbato. ^b^Pathavītalacārīna^eb^nti iminā jalacārino na nivatteti adissamānapādattā. ^b^Pāṇāna^eb^nti sādhāraṇavacanampi ‘‘padajātānī’’ti saddantarasannidhānena visesaniviṭṭhameva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘sapādakapāṇāna’’^eb^nti. ‘‘Muttagata’’ntiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.119; a. ni. 9.11) gata-saddo anatthantaro viya, ^b^jāta^eb^-saddo anatthantaroti āha ^b^‘‘padajātānīti padānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samodhāna^eb^nti samavarodhaṃ, antogamaṃ vā. ^b^Mahantattenā^eb^ti vipulabhāvena.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Kusalā dhammā^eb^ti anavajjasukhavipākā dhammā, na anavajjamattadhammā. Kusalattike āgatanayena hi idha kusalā dhammā gahetabbā, na bāhitikasutte āgatanayena. ^b^Catubbidho saṅgaho^eb^ti kasmā vuttaṃ, nanu ekavidhovettha saṅgaho adhippetoti? Na, atthaṃ aggahetvā aniddhāritatthassa saddasseva gahitattā. Saṅgaha-saddo tāva attano atthavasena ^a^M2.0164^ea^ catubbidhoti ayañhettha attho. Atthopi vā aniddhāritaviseso sāmaññena gahetabbataṃ patto ‘‘saṅgahaṃ gacchatī’’ti ettha saṅgaha-saddena vacanīyataṃ gatoti na koci doso, niddhārite visese tassa ekavidhatā siyā, na tato pubbeti. ^b^Sajātisaṅgaho^eb^ti samānajātiyā, samānajātikānaṃ vā saṅgaho. Dhātukathāvaṇṇanāyaṃ pana ^b^‘‘jātisaṅgaho’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ, taṃ jāti-saddassa sāpekkhasaddattā jātiyā saṅgahoti vutte attano jātiyāti viññāyati sambandhārahassa aññassa avuttattāti katvā vuttaṃ. Idha pana ^b^rūpakaṇḍavaṇṇanāyaṃ^eb^ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 594) viya pākaṭaṃ katvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sajātisaṅgaho’’^eb^icceva vuttaṃ. Sañjāyanti etthāti sañjāti, sañjātiyā saṅgaho ^b^sañjātisaṅgaho,^eb^ sañjātidesavasena saṅgahoti attho. ‘‘Sabbe rathikā’’ti vutte sabbe rathayodhā rathena yujjhanakiriyāya ekasaṅgahoti. ‘‘Sabbe dhanuggahā’’ti vutte sabbe issāsā dhanunā vijjhanakiriyāya ekasaṅgahoti āha ^b^‘‘evaṃ kiriyavasena saṅgaho’’^eb^ti. ^b^Rūpakkhandhena saṅgahita^eb^nti rūpakkhandhena ekasaṅgahaṃ rūpakkhandhoteva gaṇitaṃ, gahaṇaṃ gatanti attho.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Diyaḍḍhameva^eb^^a^V2.0154^ea^^b^saccaṃ bhajati^eb^ maggasaccadukkhasaccekadesabhāvato. Saccekadesantogadhampi saccantogadhameva hotīti āha ^b^‘‘saccānaṃ antogadhattā’’^eb^ti. Idāni tamatthaṃ sāsanato ca lokato ca upamaṃ āha ritvā dīpetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^sādhikamidaṃ, bhikkhave, diyaḍḍhasikkhāpadasata^eb^nti idaṃ yasmiṃ kāle taṃ suttaṃ desitaṃ, tadā paññattasikkhāpadavasena vuttaṃ, tato paraṃ pana sādhikāni dvesatāni sikkhāpadānīti. ^b^Sikkhānaṃ antogadhattā^eb^ adhisīlasikkhāya. Ettha ca ‘‘sīlaṃ sikkhantopi tisso sikkhā sikkhatī’’ti visamoyaṃ upaññāso. Tattha hi yo pahātabbaṃ pajahati, saṃvaritabbato saṃvaraṃ āpajjati, ayamassa ^b^adhisīlasikkhā^eb^. Yo tattha cetaso avikkhepo, ayamassa ^b^adhicittasikkhā^eb^. Yā tattha vīmaṃsā, ayamassa ^b^adhipaññāsikkhā^eb^. Iti so kulaputto sarūpato labbhamānā eva tisso sikkhā sikkhatīti dīpito, na sikkhānaṃ antogadhatāmattena. Tenāha ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘yo tathābhūtassa saṃvaro, ayamettha adhisīlasikkhā, yo tathābhūtassa ^a^M2.0165^ea^ samādhi, ayamettha adhicittasikkhā, yā tathābhūtassa paññā, ayaṃ adhipaññāsikkhā. Imā tisso sikkhā tasmiṃ ārammaṇe tāya satiyā tena manasikārena sikkhati āsevati bhāveti bahulīkarotī’’ti. Idha pana saccānaṃ antogadhattā sacca-saddābhidheyyatāmattena catūsu saccesu gaṇanantogadhā hontīti? Na, tatthāpi hi nippariyāyato adhisīlasikkhāva labbhati, itarā pariyāyatoti katvā ^b^‘‘sikkhānaṃ antogadhattā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Catūsu ariyasaccesu saṅgahaṃ gacchantī^eb^ti ca tato amuccitvā tasseva antogadhataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Evañca katvā ‘‘yathā ca ekassa hatthipadassā’’tiādinā dassitā hatthipadopamā samatthitā daṭṭhabbā. ^b^Ekasmimpi dvīsupi tīsupi saccesu gaṇanaṃ gatā dhammā^eb^ti idaṃ na kusalattikavaseneva veditabbaṃ, atha kho tikadukesu yathārahaṃ labbhamānapadavasena veditabbaṃ. Tattha ekasmiṃ sacce gaṇanaṃ gato dhammo asaṅkhatadhammo daṭṭhabbo, dvīsu saccesu gaṇanaṃ gatā kusalā dhammā, tathā akusalā dhammā, abyākatā ca dhammā, tīsu saccesu gaṇanaṃ gatā saṅkhatā dhammā, evaṃ aññesampi tikadukapadānaṃ vasena ayamattho yathārahaṃ vibhajitvā vattabbo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ekasmimpi…pe… gatāva hontī’’^eb^ti. Ekadeso hi samudāyantogadhattā viseso viya sāmaññena samūhena saṅgahaṃ labhati. Tenāha ^b^‘‘saccānaṃ antogadhattā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Desanānukkamo^eb^ti ariyasaccāni uddisitvā dukkhasaccaniddesavasena pañcannaṃ upādānakkhandhānaṃ vibhajanaṃ. Tattha ca rūpakkhandhaniddesavasenāadito ajjhattikāya pathavīdhātuyā vibhajananti. Ayaṃ imissā desanāya anukkamo.<br/><br/>[03]^b^301^eb^^b^.^eb^ Taṃ ^a^V2.0155^ea^ panetaṃ upamāhi vibhāvetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā hī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^sujāta^eb^nti sundaraṃ, susaṇṭhitaṃ supariṇatañcāti adhippāyo. ^b^Pesiyo^eb^ti vilīve. Mudubhāvato ^b^kucchibhāgaṃ ādāya. Itare ca cattāro koṭṭhāse^eb^ti pañcadhā bhinnakoṭṭhāsesu itare ca cattāro koṭṭhāse. ^b^Itare ca tayo koṭṭhāse^eb^tiādito catudhā bhinnakoṭṭhāsesu itare ca tayo koṭṭhāse.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Rājaputtūpamāyā^eb^ti rañño jeṭṭhaputtaupamāya. Nti piḷandhanaṃ. Ure vāyāmajanitāriyajātiyā ^b^oraso. Mukhato jāto^eb^ti mukhato niggatadhammadesanāya ^a^M2.0166^ea^ jāto, buddhānaṃ vā dhammakāyassa mukhabhūtāriyadhammato jāto. Tato eva ^b^dhammajo dhammanimmito^eb^. Satthu dhammadāyādasseva gahitattā ^b^dhammadāyādo^eb^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘no āmisadāyādo’’^eb^ti. Nti ‘‘bhagavato putto’’tiādivacanaṃ. Mahāpaññatādiguṇehi sātisayaṃ anupubbabhāve ṭhitattā ^b^sammā^eb^ yathābhūtaṃ ^b^vadamāno^eb^ vattuṃ sakkonto ^b^vadeyya^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Akutobhayaṃ^eb^ nibbānaṃ nibbānagāminiñca. Rāgarajādīnaṃ vigamena vigatarajaṃ dhammaṃ desentaṃ sugataṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ parosahassaṃ payirupāsatīti yojanā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^‘‘Sevetha bhajathā’’^eb^ti vatvā tattha kāraṇamāha ^b^‘‘paṇḍitā bhikkhū anuggāhakā’’^eb^ti. Paṇḍitāpi samānā na appassutā, atha kho ovādānusāsanīhi anuggāhakāti purimā upamā therasseva vasena udāhaṭā, dutiyā pana bhagavato bhikkhusaṅghassapi vasena udāhaṭā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^302^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Ajjhattikā^eb^ti sattasantānapariyāpannā. ^b^Ajjhattaṃ paccatta^eb^nti padadvayenapi taṃtaṃpāṭipuggalikadhammā vuccantīti āha ^b^‘‘ubhayampetaṃ niyakādhivacanamevā’’^eb^ti. Sasantatipariyāpannatāya pana attāti gahetabbabhāvūpagamanavasena attānaṃ adhikicca uddissa pavattaṃ ^b^ajjhattaṃ,^eb^ taṃtaṃsattasantānapariyāpannatāya ^b^paccattaṃ^eb^. Tenāha ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ (visuddhi. 1.307) ‘‘attani pavattattā ajjhattaṃ, attānaṃ paṭicca paṭicca pavattattā paccatta’’nti. ^b^Kakkhaḷa^eb^nti kathinaṃ. Yasmā taṃ thaddhabhāvena sahajātānaṃ patiṭṭhā hoti, tasmā ^b^‘‘thaddha’’^eb^nti vuttaṃ. ^b^Kharigata^eb^nti kharasabhāvesu gataṃ tappariyāpannaṃ, kharasabhāvamevāti attho. Yasmā pana kharasabhāvaṃ pharusākārena upaṭṭhānato pharusākāraṃ hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘pharusa’’^eb^nti. ^b^Upādinnaṃ^eb^ nāma sarīraṭṭhakaṃ. Tattha yaṃ kammasamuṭṭhānaṃ, taṃ nippariyāyato ^b^‘‘upādinna’’^eb^nti vuccati, itaraṃ ^b^anupādinnaṃ^eb^. Tadubhayampi idha taṇhādīhi ādinnagahitaparāmaṭṭhavasena upādinnamevāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘sarīraṭṭhakañhī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. Tattha ^b^ādinna^eb^nti abhiniviṭṭhaṃ. Mamanti ^b^gahitaṃ^eb^. Ahanti ^b^parāmaṭṭhaṃ^eb^^a^V2.0156^ea^. ^b^Dhātukammaṭṭhānikassā^eb^ti catudhātuvavatthānavasena dhātukammaṭṭhānaṃ pariharantassa. ^b^Etthā^eb^ti ^a^M2.0167^ea^ etasmiṃ dhātukammaṭṭhāne. ^b^Tīsu koṭṭhāsesū^eb^ti tippakāresu koṭṭhāsesu. Na hi te tayo cattāro koṭṭhāsā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vuttappakārā^eb^ti ‘‘kesā lomā’’tiādinā vuttappakārā. ^b^Nānāsabhāvato^eb^ti satipi kakkhaḷabhāvasāmaññe sasambhāravibhattito pana kesādisaṅghātagatanānāsabhāvato. ^b^Ālayo^eb^ti apekkhā. ^b^Nikantī^eb^ti nikāmanā. ^b^Patthanā^eb^ti taṇhāpatthanā. ^b^Pariyuṭṭhāna^eb^nti taṇhāpariyuṭṭhānaṃ. ^b^Gahaṇa^eb^nti kāmupādānaṃ. ^b^Parāmāso^eb^ti parato āmasanā micchābhiniveso. ^b^Na balavā^eb^ ālayādi. Yadi evaṃ kasmā vibhaṅge bāhirāpi pathavīdhātu vitthāreneva vibhattāti? Yathādhammadesanattā tattha vitthāreneva desanā pavattā, yathānulomadesanattā panettha vuttanayena desanā saṃkhittā.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Yojetvā dassetī^eb^ti ekajjhaṃ katvā dasseti. ^b^Sā^eb^ti ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu. ^b^Sukhapariggaho hoti^eb^ ‘‘na me so attā’’ti. Siddhe hi anattalakkhaṇe dukkhalakkhaṇaṃ aniccalakkhaṇañca siddhameva hoti saṅkhatadhammesu tadavinābhāvatoti. ^b^Visūkāyatī^eb^ti visūkaṃ virūpakiriyaṃ pavatteti. Sā pana atthato vipphandanamevāti āha ^b^‘‘vipphandatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Assā^eb^ti ajjhattikāya pathavīdhātuyā. ^b^Acetanābhāvo pākaṭo hoti^eb^ dhātumattatāya dassanato. ^b^Taṃ ubhayampī^eb^ti taṃ pathavīdhātudvayampi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Tato visesatarenā^eb^ti tato bāhiramahāpathavito visesavantatarena, lahutarenāti attho. ^b^Kuppatī^eb^ti luppati. ^b^Vilīyamānā^eb^ti pakatiudake loṇaṃ viya vilayaṃ gacchantī. ^b^Udakānugatā^eb^ti udakaṃ anugatā udakagatikā. Tenāha ^b^‘‘udakameva hotī’’^eb^ti. Abhāvo ^b^eva abhāvatā,^eb^ na bhavatīti vā abhāvo, tathāsabhāvo dhammo. Tassa bhāvo ^b^abhāvatā^eb^. Vayo vināso dhammo sabhāvo etassāti vayadhammo, tassa bhāvo ^b^vayadhammatā,^eb^ atthato khayo eva. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sabbehipi imehi padehi aniccalakkhaṇameva vutta’’^eb^nti. Viddhaṃsanabhāvassa pana paveditabbattā kāmaṃ aniccalakkhaṇameva vuttaṃ sarūpato, itarānipi atthato vuttānevāti dassento āha ^b^‘‘yaṃ panā’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]Mattaṃ ^a^M2.0168^ea^ khaṇamattaṃ tiṭṭhatīti mattaṭṭho, appamattaṭṭho ^b^mattaṭṭhako,^eb^ atīttarakhaṇikoti attho. Tenāha ^b^‘‘parittaṭṭhitikassā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ṭhitiparittatāyā^eb^ti ekacittapavattimattatāṭhānalakkhaṇassa itarabhāvena ^a^V2.0157^ea^. Ekassa cittassa pavattikkhaṇamatteneva hi sattānaṃ paramatthato jīvanakkhaṇo paricchinno. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayaṃ hī’’^eb^tiādi.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Jīvita^eb^nti jīvitindriyaṃ. ^b^Sukhadukkhā^eb^ti sukhadukkhā vedanā. Upekkhāpi hi sukhadukkhāsveva antogadhā iṭṭhāniṭṭhabhāvato. ^b^Attabhāvo^eb^ti jīvitavedanāviññāṇāni ṭhapetvā avasiṭṭhadhammā vuttā. ^b^Kevalā^eb^ti attaniccabhāvena avomissā. ^b^Ekacittasamāyuttā^eb^ti ekena cittena sahitā ekacittakkhaṇikā. ^b^Lahuso vattate khaṇo^eb^ti tāya eva ekakkhaṇikatāya lahuko atīttaro jīvitādīnaṃ khaṇo vattati vītivattatīti attho. ^b^Ida^eb^nti gāthāvacanaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Yasmā sattānaṃ jīvitaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ aparāparasañcaraṇaṃ labhamānameva pavattati, na alabhamānaṃ, tasmā ^b^assāsapassāsūpanibaddhaṃ^eb^. Tathā mahābhūtānaṃ samavuttitaṃ labhamānameva pavattati. Pathavīdhātuyā hi āpodhātuādīnaṃ vā aññatarapakopena balasampannopi puriso patthaddhakāyo vā, atisārādivasena kilinnapūtikāyo vā, mahāḍāhapareto vā, sañchijjamānasandhibandhano vā hutvā jīvitakkhayaṃ pāpuṇāti. Kabaḷīkārāhārānaṃ yuttakāle labhantasseva jīvitaṃ pavattati, alabhantassa parikkhayaṃ gacchati, viññāṇe pavattamāneyeva ca jīvitaṃ pavattati, na tasmiṃ appavattamāne.^b^ Jīvita^eb^nti ettha ^b^iti^eb^-saddena iriyāpathūpanibaddhatāsītuṇhūpanibaddhatādīnaṃ saṅgaho. Catunnañhi iriyāpathānaṃ samavuttitaṃ labhamānameva jīvitaṃ pavattati, aññatarassa pana adhimattatāya āyusaṅkhārā upacchijjanti, sītuṇhānampi samavuttitaṃ labhamānameva pavattati, atisītena pana atiuṇhena vā abhibhūtassa vipajjatīti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Taṇhupādinnassā^eb^ti iminā hi paccayuppannatākittanena sarasapabhaṅgutaṃyeva vibhāveti. Dukkhānupassanāya taṇhāggāhassa aniccānupassanāya mānaggāhassa anattānupassanāya diṭṭhiggāhassa ujuvipaccanīkabhāvato ekaṃseneva tīhi anupassanāhi gāhāpi vigacchantīti āha^b^ ‘‘noteva hotī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Ekaṃyeva āgataṃ^eb^ bāhirāya pathavīdhātuyā antaradhānadassanapavattajotanāya.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pariggaha^eb^nti ^a^M2.0169^ea^ dhātupariggahaṇaṃ. ^b^Paṭṭhapento^eb^ti ārabhanto desento. Sotadvāre balaṃ dassetīti yojanā. Kammaṭṭhānikassa baladassanāpadesena kammaṭṭhānassa ānubhāvaṃ dasseti. ^b^Vācāya ghaṭṭanameva vuttaṃ^eb^ sotadvāre baladassanabhāvato. ^b^Bala^eb^nti ca bāhirāya viya ajjhattikāyapi pathavīdhātuyā acetanābhāvadassanena ^a^V2.0158^ea^ rukkhassa viya akkosantepi paharantepi nibbikāratā. ^b^Sampativattamānuppannabhāvenā^eb^ti tadā paccuppannabhāvena. ^b^Samudācāruppannabhāvenā^eb^ti āpāthagate tasmiṃ aniṭṭhe saddārammaṇe ārammaṇakaraṇasaṅkhātauppattivasena sotadvāre javanavedanā dukkhāti vacanato. Tathā hi ^b^‘‘upanissayavasenā’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. ^b^Vedanādayopī^eb^ti ‘‘vedanā aniccā’’ti ettha vuttavedanā ceva saññādayo ca. Te hi phassena samānabhūmikā na pubbe vuttavedanā. ^b^Dhātusaṅkhātameva ārammaṇa^eb^nti yathāpariggahitaṃ pathavīdhātusaṅkhātameva visayaṃ. ^b^Pakkhandatī^eb^ti vipassanācittaṃ aniccantipi dukkhantipi anattātipi sammasanavasena anupavisati. Etena bahiddhāvikkhepābhāvamāha, ^b^pasīdatī^eb^ti pana iminā kammaṭṭhānassa vīthipaṭipannataṃ. ^b^Santiṭṭhatī^eb^ti iminā uparūpari visesāvahabhāvena avatthānaṃ paṭipakkhābhibhavena niccalabhāvato. ^b^Vimuccatī^eb^ti iminā taṇhāmānadiṭṭhiggāhato visesena muccanaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana samuṭṭhānavasena attho vutto ^b^‘‘adhimokkhaṃ labhatī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Sotadvāramhi ārammaṇe āpāthagate^eb^ti idaṃ mūlapariññāya mūladassanaṃ. Sotadvārehi āvajjanavoṭṭhabbanānaṃ ayoniso āvajjayato voṭṭhabbanavasena iṭṭhe ārammaṇe lobho, aniṭṭhe ca paṭigho uppajjati, manodvāre pana ‘‘itthī, puriso’’ti rajjanādi hoti, tassa pañcadvārajavanaṃ ^b^mūlaṃ,^eb^ sabbaṃ vā bhavaṅgādi. Evaṃ manodvārajavanassa mūlavasena ^b^pariññā^eb^. ^b^Āgantukatāvakālikapariññā^eb^ pana pañcadvārajavanasseva apubbabhāvavasena itarabhāvavasena ca veditabbā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana satipaṭṭhānasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ vutto eva.<br/><br/>[03]Yāthāvato dhātūnaṃ pariggaṇhanavasena katapariggahassapi anādikālabhāvanāvasena ^b^ayoniso āvajjanaṃ sacepi uppajjati. Voṭṭhabbanaṃ patvā^eb^ti voṭṭhabbanakiccataṃ patvā. ^b^Ekaṃ dve vāre āsevanaṃ labhitvā, na^eb^ āsevanapaccayaṃ. Na hi upekkhāsahagatāhetukacittaṃ āsevanapaccayabhūtaṃ atthi. Yadi siyā, paṭṭhāne kusalattike paṭiccavārādīsu ^a^M2.0170^ea^ ‘‘na maggapaccayā āsevane dve, āsevanapaccayā na magge dve’’ti ca vattabbaṃ siyā, ‘‘na maggapaccayā āsevane ekaṃ (paṭṭhā. 1.1.221), āsevanapaccayā na magge eka’’nti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.152) ca pana vuttaṃ. ^b^Ekaṃ dve vāre^eb^ti ettha ca ekaggahaṇaṃ vacanasiliṭṭhatāya vasena vuttaṃ. Na hi dutiye moghavāre ekavārameva voṭṭhabbanaṃ pavattati. Dvikkhattuṃ vā tassa pavattiṃ sandhāya ekavāraggahaṇaṃ, tikkhattuṃ pavattiṃ sandhāya dvevāraggahaṇaṃ. Tattha dutiyaṃ tatiyañca pavattamānaṃ laddhāsevanaṃ viya hoti. Yasmā pana ‘‘voṭṭhabbanaṃ patvā ekaṃ dve vāreāsevanaṃ labhitvā cittaṃ bhavaṅgameva otaratī’’ti idaṃ dutiyamoghavāravasena vuttaṃ bhaveyya. So ca ārammaṇadubbalatāya eva hotīti ^b^abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ niyamito. Idha pana tikkhānupassanānubhāvena akusaluppattiyā asambhavavasena ayonisova āvajjato ayoniso vavatthānaṃ ^a^V2.0159^ea^ siyā, na yoniso, tasmiñca pavatte mahati atimahati vā ārammaṇe javanaṃ na uppajjeyyāti ayamattho vicāretvā gahetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Etasseva vā satipi duvidhatāparikappane so ca yadi anulome vedanāttike paṭiccavārādīsu ‘‘āsevanapaccayā na magge dve, na maggapaccayā āsevane dve’’ti ca vuttaṃ siyā, (labbheyya), na ca vuttaṃ. Yadi pana voṭṭhabbanampi āsevanapaccayo siyā, kusalākusalānampi siyā. Na hi āsevanapaccayaṃ laddhuṃ yuttassa āsevanapaccayatāpi dhammo āsevanapaccayo hotīti avutto atthi, voṭṭhabbanassa pana kusalākusalānaṃ āsevanapaccayabhāvo avutto – ‘‘kusalaṃ dhammaṃ paṭicca kusalo dhammo uppajjati nāsevanapaccayā. Akusalaṃ…pe… nāsevanapaccayā’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.93-94) vacanato paṭikkhitto ca. Athāpi siyā asamānavedanānaṃ vaseneva vuttanti ca, evamapi yathā – ‘‘āvajjanā kusalānaṃ khandhānaṃ akusalānaṃ khandhānaṃ anantarapaccayena paccayo’’ti (paṭṭhā. 1.1.417) vuttaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘āsevanapaccayena paccayo’’tipi vattabbaṃ siyā. Taṃ jātibhedā na vuttanti ce? Bhūmibhinnassa kāmāvacarassa rūpāvacarādīnaṃ āsevanapaccayabhāvo viya jātibhinnassapi bhaveyyāti vattabbo eva siyā, abhinnajātikassa ca vasena yathā – ‘‘āvajjanā sahetukānaṃ khandhānaṃ anantarapaccayena paccayo’’ti ^a^M2.0171^ea^ vuttaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘āsevanapaccayena paccayo’’tipi vattabbaṃ siyā, na ca vuttaṃ. Tasmā vedanāttikepi ‘‘āsevanapaccayā na magge ekaṃ, na maggapaccayā āsevane eka’’nti evaṃ gaṇanāya niddhāriyamānāya voṭṭhabbanassa āsevanapaccayattassa abhāvā ayaṃ moghavāro upaparikkhitvā gahetabbo.<br/><br/>[03]Voṭṭhabbanaṃ pana vīthivipākasantatiyā āvaṭṭanato āvajjanā, tato visadisassa javanassa karaṇato manasikāroti ca vattabbataṃ labheyya, evañca katvā ^b^paṭṭhāne^eb^ ‘‘voṭṭhabbanaṃ kusalānaṃ khandhānaṃ anantarapaccayena paccayo’’tiādi na vuttaṃ, ‘‘āvajjanā’’icceva (paṭṭhā. 1.1.417) vuttaṃ, tampi voṭṭhabbanato paraṃ catunnaṃ pañcannaṃ vā javanānaṃ ārammaṇapurejātaṃ bhavituṃ asakkontaṃ rūpādiṃ ārabbha pavattamānaṃ voṭṭhabbanaṃ javanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā bhavaṅgaṃ otarati. ^b^Javanaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā^eb^ti ca javanassa uppajjanaṭṭhāne dvikkhattuṃ pavattitvāti attho, na javanabhāvenāti. ^b^Āsevanaṃ labhitvā^eb^ti cettha āsevanaṃ viya āsevananti vuttovāyamattho. Vipphārikattā cassa dvikkhattuṃ vā tikkhattuṃ vā pavattiyeva cettha āsevanasadisatā. Vipphārikatāya hi viññattisamuṭṭhāpakatā cassa vuccati. Vipphārikampi javanaṃ viya anekakkhattuṃ appavattiyā asuppatiṭṭhitatāya ca na nippariyāyato āsevanabhāvena ^a^V2.0160^ea^ vattatīti na imassa āsevanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. ^b^Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ pana phalacittesu maggapariyāyo viya pariyāyavasena vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Aya^eb^nti ‘‘sacepī’’tiādinā vutto ekavārampi rāgādīnaṃ anuppādanavasena vipassanāya kammaṃ karonto yogāvacaro. ^b^Koṭippatto^eb^ti matthakaṃ patto. Paṭipakkhehi anabhibhūtattā visadavipassanāñāṇatāya ^b^tikkhavipassako. Ārammaṇaṃ pariggahitameva hoti^eb^ ‘‘evaṃ me javanaṃ javita’’nti sārammaṇassa javanassa hutvā abhāvavavatthāpanassa kammaṭṭhānabhāvato, tathā āvajjanavasena vā taṃ ārammaṇaṃ vissajjetvā tāvadeva mūlakammaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ ārammaṇaṃ pariggahitameva hoti. ^b^Dutiyassa pana vasenā^eb^ti ‘‘aparassa rāgādivasena ekavāraṃ javanaṃ javatī’’tiādinā vuttassa nātitikkhavipassakassa vasena ‘‘tassa dhātārammaṇameva cittaṃ pakkhandatī’’tiādinā imasmiṃ sutte āgatattā. ‘‘Tamenaṃ upadhipahānāya paṭipannaṃ upadhipaṭinissaggāya kadāci karahaci satisammosā upadhipaṭisaṃyuttā sarasaṅkappā samudācaranti. Dandho udāyi satuppādo, atha kho ^a^M2.0172^ea^ naṃ khippameva pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gametī’’ti ^b^laṭukikopame^eb^. Tassa hi ^b^aṭṭhakathāyaṃ^eb^ ‘‘sotāpannādayo tāva pajahantu, puthujjano kathaṃ pajahatī’’ti codanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā ‘‘āraddhavipassako hi satisammosena sahasā kilese uppanne ‘mādisassa nāma bhikkhuno kileso uppanno’ti saṃvegaṃ katvā vīriyaṃ paggayha vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā maggena kilese samugghāteti, iti so pajahati nāmā’’ti attho vutto. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘tassa dhātārammaṇameva cittaṃ pakkhandatītiādinā imasmiṃ sutte āgatattā’’tiādi. ^b^Indriyabhāvane ca^eb^ majjhimassa vasena ^b^ayamattho veditabbo^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Pariggahavasenā^eb^ti dhātupariggahavasena. Mammacchedanādivasena pavattākkosanādiṃ aniṭṭhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ patvā ^b^sotadvāre kilamati^eb^ puggalo, tathā pothanapaharaṇādikaṃ aniṭṭhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ patvā ^b^kāyadvāre kilamati^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Samudācarantī^eb^ti sabbaso uddhaṃ ācaranti. Tayidaṃ amanāpehi samudācaraṇaṃ nāma pothanapaharaṇādivasena upakkamanamevāti āha ^b^‘‘upakkamantī’’^eb^ti, bādhantīti attho. ^b^Tathāsabhāvo^eb^ti yathā pāṇippahārādīhi ghaṭṭitamatto vikāraṃ āpajjati, tathāsabhāvo. ‘‘Ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacenā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.232) ovādadānaṃ nāma anaññasādhāraṇaṃ buddhānaṃyeva āveṇikanti āha ^b^‘‘vuttaṃ kho panetaṃ bhagavatāti anussarantopi…pe… kakacūpamovādaṃ anussarantopī’’^eb^ti vuttaṃ. Tassapi pariyattidhammabhāvatoti keci ^a^V2.0161^ea^. Yaṃ pana kakacokantakesupi manussesu appadussanaṃ nibbikāraṃ, taṃ satthusāsanaṃ anussarantopi sammāpaṭipattilakkhaṇaṃ dhammaṃ anussaratiyevāti evaṃ vā ettha attho veditabbo. ^b^Bhikkhuno guṇa^eb^nti ariyadhammādhigamanasiddhaṃ guṇamāha. So ca sabbesampi ariyānaṃ guṇoti taṃ anussarantopi saṅghaṃ anussarati evāti vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Vipassanupekkhā adhippetā,^eb^ tasmā upekkhā kusalanissitā na saṇṭhātīti vipassanāvasena sabbasmimpi saṅkhāragate ajjhupekkhanaṃ na labhatīti attho. ^b^Chaḷaṅgupekkhā^eb^ti chaḷaṅgupekkhā viya chaḷaṅgupekkhā iṭṭhāniṭṭhesu nibbikāratāsāmaññena ^a^M2.0173^ea^. Tenāha ^b^‘‘sā panesā’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Chaḷaṅgupekkhāṭhāne ṭhapeti^eb^ ‘‘lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me’’tiādinā attamanataṃ āpajjanto.<br/><br/>[03]^b^303^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Āpogata^eb^nti ābandhanavasena āpo, tadeva āposabhāvaṃ gatattā āpogataṃ, sabhāveneva āpobhāvaṃ vā pattanti attho. Yasmā pana so āpobhāvasaṅkhāto allayūsabhāvo sasambhārapathavīsasambhāraudakādigate sabbasmimpi āpasmiṃ vijjati, tasmā vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘sabbāapesu gataṃ allayūsabhāvalakkhaṇa’’^eb^nti, dravabhāvalakkhaṇanti attho. ‘‘Pakuppatī’’ti pākatikapakopaṃ sandhāyāha ^b^‘‘oghavasena vaḍḍhatī’’^eb^ti. Tenāha ^b^‘‘ayamassa pākatiko pakopo’’^eb^ti. Itaraṃ pana dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘āposaṃvaṭṭakāle panā’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Ogacchantī^eb^ti ettha ogamananti pariyādānaṃ adhippetaṃ, na adhogamanamattanti āha ^b^‘‘uddhane…pe… pāpuṇantī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[03]^b^304^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Sabbatejesu gata^eb^nti indhanādivasena anekabhedesu sabbesu tejokoṭṭhāsesu gataṃ pavattaṃ. Yathā pīti eva pītigataṃ, evaṃ ^b^tejo eva tejogataṃ,^eb^ tejanavasena pavattimattanti attho. Evaṃ āpogataṃ, vāyogatañca veditabbanti āha ^b^‘‘purime’’^eb^tiādi. ^b^Ekāhikajarādibhāvenā^eb^ti ekāhikādijarābhedena. ^b^Usumajāto^eb^ti usmābhibhūto. ^b^Jīratī^eb^ti jiṇṇo hoti. Tejodhātuvasena labbhamānā imasmiṃ kāye jarāpavatti pākaṭajarāvasena veditabbāti dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘indriyavekallatta’’^eb^ntiādi vuttaṃ. ^b^Valipalitādibhāva^eb^nti valitapalitabhāvaṃ, aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ sithilabhāvañca.^b^ Kuppitenā^eb^ti khubhitena. Satakkhattuṃ tāpetvā tāpetvā sītūdake pakkhipitvā uddhaṭasappi ^b^satadhotasappī^eb^ti vadanti. Sarīre pakatiusumaṃ atikkamitvā uṇhabhāvo ^b^santāpo,^eb^ sarīrassa dahanavasena pavatto mahādāho ^b^paridāho^eb^ti ayameva tesaṃ viseso. ^b^Asita^eb^nti suttaṃ. ^b^Khāyita^eb^nti khāditaṃ. ^b^Sāyita^eb^nti assāditaṃ. ^b^Sammā paripākaṃ gacchatī^eb^ti samavepākiniyā gahaṇiyā vasena vuttaṃ. Asammāparipākopi visamapākiniyā gahaṇiyā ^a^V2.0162^ea^ vasena veditabbo. ^b^Rasādibhāvenā^eb^ti rasarudhiramaṃsamedanhāruaṭṭhiaṭṭhimiñjasukkabhāvena. ^b^Viveka^eb^nti puthubhāvaṃ aññamaññaṃ visadisabhāvaṃ. Asitādibhedassa ^a^M2.0174^ea^ āhārassa pariṇāme raso hoti, taṃ paṭicca rasadhātu uppajjatīti attho. Evaṃ rasassa pariṇāme ‘‘rudhira’’ntiādinā sabbaṃ netabbaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Haritantanti haritameva,^eb^ anta-saddena padavaḍḍhanaṃ kataṃ yathā ‘‘vanantaṃ suttanta’’nti. ^b^Cammanillekhanaṃ^eb^ cammaṃ likhitvā chaḍḍitakasaṭaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]^b^305^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Uggārahikkārādī^eb^ti ettha ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena uddekakhīpanādipavattakavātānaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. ^b^Uccārapassāvādī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena pittasemhalasikādinīharaṇavātassa ceva usumavātassa ca saṅgaho veditabbo. Yadipi ^b^kucchi^eb^-saddo udarapariyāyo, koṭṭha-saddena pana abbhantarassa vuccamānattā tadavasiṭṭho udarapadeso idha kucchi-saddena vuccatīti āha ^b^‘‘kucchisayā vātāti antānaṃ bahivātā’’^eb^ti. ^b^Samiñjanapasāraṇādīnī^eb^ti ^b^ādi^eb^-saddena ālokanavilokanauddharaṇādikā sabbā kāyikakiriyā saṅgahitā. Avasavati udakaṃ etasmāti ^b^ossavanaṃ,^eb^ chadananto. ^b^Idhā^eb^ti imasmiṃ ṭhāne.<br/><br/>[03]^b^306^eb^^b^.^eb^^b^Nissattabhāva^eb^nti anattakataṃ. Yathādassitā hi catasso dhātuyo anattaniyaṃ kevalaṃ dhātumattā nissattanijjīvāti imamatthaṃ dasseti. ^b^Parivārito^eb^ti parivāritabhāvena ṭhito parivuto. Tenāha ^b^‘‘etānī’’^eb^tiādi, kaṭṭhādīni sannivesavisesavasena ṭhapitānīti adhippāyo. Aññathā agārasamaññāya bhāvato. Tenāha ^b^‘‘kaṭṭhādīsu panā’’^eb^tiādi. Yadatthaṃ pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘seyyathāpi, āvuso’’tiādi āraddhaṃ, tamatthaṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā dassetuṃ ^b^‘‘yathā kaṭṭhādīnī’’^eb^tiādi vuttaṃ.<br/><br/>[03]Kāmaṃ heṭṭhā ‘‘mattaṭṭhakassa kāyassā’’tiādinā (ma. ni. 1.302) avibhāgena ekadesena ca upādārūpampi kathitaṃ, tathā vedanādayo khandhabhāvena pariggahetvā na kathitā, tathā taṇhāpi samudayasaccabhāvena. Itarāni pana saccāni sabbena sabbaṃ na kathitāni. Tenevāha ^b^‘‘heṭṭhā…pe… na kathitānī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Cakkhupasāde niruddhe^eb^ti cakkhupasāde vinaṭṭhe. ^b^Upahate^eb^ti pubbakimiādīhi upaddute. ^b^Palibuddhe^eb^ti pubbādiuppattiyā vinā paṭicchādite. ^b^Tajjo^eb^ti tassānurūpo, cakkhuviññāṇuppattiyā anurūpoti attho. Cakkhussa ^a^M2.0175^ea^ rūpārammaṇe āpāthagate uppajjanamanasikāro hadayasannissayopi cakkhumhi sati hoti, asati na hotīti ^a^V2.0163^ea^ katvā ^b^‘‘cakkhuṃ paṭicca uppajjanamanasikāro’’^eb^ti vutto. Bhavaṅgāvaṭṭanaṃ tassa yathā ārammaṇapaccaye, evaṃ pasādapaccayepi hotīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘cakkhuñca rūpe ca paṭiccā’’^eb^ti. Nti cakkhudvāre kiriyamanodhātucittaṃ. ^b^Aññavihitassā^eb^ti aññārammaṇapasutassa. ^b^Tadanurūpassā^eb^ti tesaṃ cakkhurūpatadābhogānaṃ anurūpassa.<br/><br/>[03]^b^Cattāri saccāni dasseti^eb^ sarūpato atthāpattito cāti adhippāyo. Tappakāro bhūto, tappakāraṃ vā patto ^b^tathābhūto,^eb^ tassa, yathā cakkhuviññāṇaṃ uppajjati, tādisassa paccayākārasamavetassāti attho. ^b^Tisamuṭṭhānarūpa^eb^nti utukammāhārasamuṭṭhānarūpaṃ. Idañca satipi tadā bhavaṅgāvaṭṭanacittasamuṭṭhānarūpe kevalaṃ cakkhuviññāṇasamuṭṭhitarūpassa abhāvamattaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ. ^b^Saṅgahaṃ gacchatī^eb^ti nagaraṃ viya rajje rūpakkhandhe saṅgahetabbataṃ gahetabbataṃ gacchati. ‘‘Tathābhūtassā’’ti vuttattā ^b^vedanādayo cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttāva, viññāṇampi cakkhuviññāṇameva. Saṅkhārāti cetanāva vuttā^eb^ cetanāpadhānattā saṅkhārakkhandhassāti adhippāyo. Tattha pana phassajīvitindriyamanasikāracittaṭṭhitiyopi saṅkhārakkhandhadhammāva. ^b^Ekato saṅgaho^eb^ ‘‘pañcakkhandhā’’ti ekato gaṇanā. ^b^Samāgamoti^eb^ yathāsakaṃ paccayavasena samodhānaṃ. ^b^Samavāyo^eb^ti aññamaññassa paccayabhāvena samavetatāya samuditabhāvo.<br/><br/>[03]Paccayuppannadhammo paṭicca samuppajjati etasmāti ^b^paṭiccasamuppādo,^eb^ paccayākāro. Paccayadhamme passantopi paccayuppannadhamme passati, te passantopi paccayadhamme passatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘yo paṭiccasamuppāda’’^eb^ntiādi. ^b^Chandakaraṇavasenā^eb^ti taṇhāyanavasena. ^b^Ālayakaraṇavasenā^eb^ti apekkhākaraṇavasena. ^b^Anunayakaraṇavasenā^eb^ti anurajjanavasena. ^b^Ajjhogāhitvā^eb^ti ārammaṇaṃ anupavisitvā viya gilitvā viya niṭṭhapetvā viya daḷhaggahaṇavasena. Chandarāgo vinayati pahīyati etthāti ^b^chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānañcā^eb^ti vuccati nibbānaṃ. ^b^Āharitvā^eb^ti pāḷiyaṃ sarūpato anāgatampi atthato ānetvā saṅgaṇhanavasena gahetabbaṃ. Āharaṇavidhiṃ pana dassento ^b^‘‘yā imesū’’^eb^tiādimāha. ^b^Imesu tīsu ṭhānesū^eb^ti yathāvuttesu sukhadukkhādīsu tīsu abhisamayaṭṭhānesu. ^b^Diṭṭhī^eb^ti pariññābhisamayādivasena pavattā sammādiṭṭhi yāthāvadassanaṃ. Evaṃ saṅkappādayopi ^a^M2.0176^ea^ yathārahaṃ veditabbā. ^b^Bhāvanāpaṭivedho^eb^ti bhāvanāvasena paṭivedho, na ārammaṇakaraṇamattena. ^b^Ayaṃ maggo^eb^ti ayaṃ catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ paṭivijjhanavasena pavatto aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. ^b^Ettāvatāpī^eb^ti evaṃ ekasmiṃ cakkhudvāre vatthu pariggahamukhenapi catusaccakammaṭṭhānassa matthakaṃ pāpanena ^b^bahuṃ^eb^ vipulaṃ paripuṇṇameva ^b^bhagavato sāsanaṃ kataṃ^eb^ anuṭṭhitaṃ ^b^hoti^eb^.<br/><br/>[03]Uppajjitvā ^a^V2.0164^ea^ niruddhameva bhavaṅgacittaṃ āvajjanacittassa paccayo bhavatīti vuttaṃ ^b^‘‘taṃ niruddhampī’’^eb^ti. ^b^Mandathāmagatamevā^eb^ti mahatiyā niddāya abhibhūtassa vasena vuttaṃ, kapimiddhaparetassa pana bhavaṅgacittaṃ kadāci āvajjanassa paccayo bhaveyyāti. ^b^Bhavaṅgasamayenevā^eb^ti bhavaṅgasseva pavattanasamayena paguṇajjhānapaguṇakammaṭṭhānapaguṇaganthesu tesaṃ paguṇabhāveneva ābhogena vināpi manasikāro pavattati. Tathā hi paguṇaṃ ganthaṃ paguṇabhāveneva nirantaraṃ viya ajjhayamāne aññavihitatāya ‘‘ettako gantho gato, ettako avasiṭṭho’’ti sallakkhaṇā na hoti. ^b^Catusamuṭṭhānampī^eb^ti sabbaṃ catusamuṭṭhānarūpaṃ, na pubbe viya tisamuṭṭhānamevāti adhippāyo. Pubbaṅgamattā oḷārikattā ca phassacetanāva saṅkhārakkhandhoti gahitā, na aññesaṃ abhāvā. ^b^Ekadesameva sammasanto^eb^ti yathāuddiṭṭhaṃ atthaṃ heṭṭhā anavasesato aniddisitvā ekadesameva niddisanavasena desanāya āmasanto. ^b^Imasmiṃ ṭhāne^eb^ti yathāuddiṭṭhassa atthassa ‘‘ajjhattikañceva, āvuso, cakkhu’’ntiādinā (ma. ni. 1.306) chadvāravasena niddisanaṭṭhāne. ^b^Heṭṭhā parihīnadesana^eb^nti – ‘‘yaṃ upādārūpaṃ cattāro arūpino khandhā upari tīṇi ariyasaccānī’’ti niddesavasena parihīnaṃ atthajātaṃ sabbaṃ. ^b^Taṃtaṃdvāravasenā^eb^ti cakkhudvārādikaṃ taṃtaṃdvāravasena. Catusaccavasena āraddhā desanā catusacceneva pariyosāpitāti āha ^b^‘‘yathānusandhināva suttantaṃ niṭṭhapesī’’^eb^ti.<br/><br/>[06]Mahāhatthipadopamasuttavaṇṇanāya līnatthappakāsanā samattā.


